45 141% Veet ‘ phen nd bee va dds i ' A NE AA late wa whole Yu 1 ana RUES A RCE EU ded UE CC CURE GRR \ ‘ DR PIRE Ales ee wu. ‘ “u De CROATIE NCA EC" TE HEILEN IR I a wis CORTE PA a aed de ew a> Co en DR Da EN COR EHE ee QU ic EL NM À le * ON ot ON ew Me IC A ah Bead ee eral de oh AEP RANE PTE TL Moda td PA dr a We WN ere Nn OTe D BEN cr 44 CA RE Ni Vel fl aa PUNO HUE NEE à 4 DREIER HT) ’ * VON eo ra ore COTE AE AE PRET ICH HERR I APTE TELE Er ONCE AL EDEN AL 4 À “raue ihn RER AE NE EHI ERICH 4 i Ree I ot HN CL i 4 W à RNA: Pe AT AURONT IL 1 HH oe Ge ke DATENT MENT UE 0 in nd NN abe HD CUITE LIEU sh CAR NME FOIE EE ARLES LE AIT RTE) WHERE Cu à y Dre) PU AUS ai AL le Leda A : Lk iO ae kasd Feike th Ow AI à HP ES Welt RES PA PA NE) 4 ” ra ‘Aya AAA UN Writ) eee hed ede teed 5 wi EL: y aie f ’ win “ud. 1 OH Re ET (ORNE EN TL TEE AL # x un A Ur élu Dei Va Looney PPD SP a eo pee A A OO i a 240 Pe eRe ie en et a ee nern ee a N ay MI cH bag laut Au » pe LY i + Toba A Wei Dive cn a MO RR ICH ER NET eee ede bay RAT We PR ON ee [NA CRAN 4 ki DDR a , LRO Fade ay sur TN LT ch 1 ME Ne CU 4 La va kt “it il a i, > RUE EE CET CICR: A AO Le Lt td AE UE ke dred Be et I TT] re hae ‘ih ry a CA OU A HR ae i LC ae SN wor wl CH AN , EAN ATEN EN LUE AN CEE A ECO Hs À fut ay ie HO) Maths RHIC Ro eeu tee eyed (| Du dur TAUX \ N ON w i? DS BEI ed OUT DCR DIT OT EE ee PAIR SEHEN) 4 Fou eee dan a dee ht Een à te eer eee fea CY Nal Prine ec) ay Ah a 4 & w i, CHU Pr AE AO Kira | RR \ or) N den 4 Da ad 4 eu WA ed LEE yy eu wi ‘ À a NE à re ah CACHE IT" EL NE IR) EU nnd wen Late ii } UPA LANE AL Leu 4 ENT, i AURAS AE? LATE TRUE LRO) DD EC AO AE beta ON net om ead 1 NE LAON NE 4 Le Be bee ih RL à ins A LATE heh hag UT y) Mi Anne) UL RUHR MYATT te ats TL LAN a ia dre AAA Led) so ee nae TO % ah LATE N CAC RON AT D ICI TELE DES y tu CROATIE sdb shy Vea bu dtm Aarne x kn dub N + COCR TE ALAN LEE ON EUR ATOS DUC AC CA PL a ; ny Cire eae yee X \ CHE A AC AR NC POL Bese WD Ve N CAEN vn) PEN à May Da MERE yout ja dan DIE N en) PHONE DORE N) Kur IR ha I Ra DUR a ah IE FE dau de ae ee Ver a ede CO Mel Ni a TEE AT ER QE IR) SH KNUT, vu ur AN 2 RON ju Les y As AUSH, CEE A 4 4 : ER EUR PUR] } À CDN ALI nr DEC CA 3 } a, ey { ; NO) NET Wear tard PR NO Ce TE TER REN DE PPL hat PTE HELM) ER diet ee AE SP NEED De EE WEL eM WER LIEN ANY CRAN) 0 i bi ear a eee yy ta eae ve yoy ‘ } We a N ya ya york VAD aie eh Git RUN a UAB des à OO RE TTL ET RWW NEN Coe RICK HER 4 ra PE TAC PSE DA DE RD VE a A AL MATE) jh PRO EAN } gi [| PEUX A ha 0 2 Va ICE dart) oy iq [PA five ye 7} Shihab TIER TIROL NT PP et WEHREN Nese ae eek bape CROP tei rns HE JUNE Peete et COTES ei eet u DRE RO AAA AE COLE ES) ahd een IE ! Ü hr epee IE KH | KERNEL EN We len area land a) Vas Vu dia OU Lé ant 4 an CRE EC à HA Wa daa Pi ee en iad Na ai de ih a Ne AU psi tote is SH nee hing tte AS Mees NT? a À (4 AR ANNEE oY OLA CHU pts ? ie if ‘i ii et Pe diy Mahe DENK à def AU On Lt AU en UE Kid Eng Ona im any Hi a NH es Ka: ; fé dar UT L on " en BEN a un Bu Ten a , MR \ IR BUN ARTEN, LA LA CEE vi 9 ee DO) O0 KOLBEN AOL aan iF ae te White aad ÿ Me a tr QU CHE rar qe " \ Be hf NU RU MU VE te ERICH N ER une +e my if ty LL \ À Di Ag NEN 1s FBS ag dae Or CGY RN ù CAR ADEME SE Er a ER PO ve 5 tn x PLE T bane ER I À ee De rt BIER sees Seas LA ety! Mes mains NAN one ve Mile aha ITS QU * caren SAS Hs [I i rm y # tr IX % Au LS { MEMOIRS of the INDIAN MUSEUM Vol. III, 1910-1914. EDITED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. Calcutta : PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 1910-1014. No. CONTENTS. ——— I, November, 19I0.— Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer “Golden Crown’’. Part II. — Additional Notes on the Batoidei. Dr. N. ANNANDALE i Part III.—Plectognathi and Pediculati. Dr. N. ANNANDALE and Dr. J. T. JENKINS Part IV.—On a collection of Indian Pleuronectidae. Dr. J. T. JENKINS . 2, February, 1911.—Studies in post-larval development and minute anatomy iu the genera Scalpellum and Ibla. Capt. F. H. STEWART . 3, May, 1913.—-Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-flies) in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Prof. M. BEzz1 . 4, September, 1914.—An account of the Oriental Passalidae (Coleoptera) based primarily on the collection in the Indian Museum. F. H. GRAVELY Page In PISISOERMErEAMDES"E —— Plates I—III (Fish) Plates IV—VII (Barnacles) Plates VIII—X (Trypaneids) Plates XI—XIII (Passalidae) Follow page 32 52 176 354 INDEX. — > — [N.B.—An asterisk (*) preceding a line denotes a new variety or subspecies; a dagger (f) indicates a new species; a section ($) a new subgenus; and a double dagger ({) a new genus; in the case of synonyms the page-numbers are printed in bold faced type. | A | Page Page | Aceraius grandis 231, 233, 237, 262—63, 265, 288, Acanthiophilus .. Sie pe 88 | 28G, 312 —13, 314, 322 (and footnote), Acanthipeza A a so My | 3323376339 maculifrons : ie 84 | subsp. chinensis 290, 322 (footnote) Acanthoneura 65, 66, 68, 73, 75, 81, 87, 89, 110 | subsp. hirsutus 180, ISI, 231, 233, ampla .. aye 73 | 235, 263, 265, 288, 289, bataecaer se EB ee 313, 322 (footnote), 332, formosana a es 2 339, 340 fuscipennis | 73, 82, 117 var. addendus 322 (footnote). lata Fe "= de 73 À var. rectidens 233, 234, 288, 200, mecniipennts 36 sé S275 || 313, 322 (footnote), 332 montina 6 oc 82 helferi 238, 262, 292 (and foofnote), 323, normaliceps BR Ge Ge | 333, 339, 340 polyxena wie: .. 77 thimalayensis 236, 237, 238, 292, 323 Aceraiinae 182 (footnote), 194—197, 108, 199, 215, | hirsutus . 288, 289 262, 280, 289, 311—13, 314, 315, | illegalis 230, 231, Ba, 287, 321 316—17, 329, 330, 331, | inaequalis pe Be 286 337—40 | incidens = ae 293 Aceraius 179 (footnote), 191, 195, 197, 226, 228, | infantilis 52 283 243, 266, 280, 281, 286, 289, 291,293, | kaupii .. 299, 293 299, 312—14, 310, 317, 318, 320, 332, | kuwerti 234, 235, 290, 322, 338 3301338. SSO) | laevicollis 230, 232, 233, 236, 287, 293, addendus ; aye 288 313, 322 (and footnote), 332 faequidens 234, 240, 293, 317, 323 | laevimargo 180, 235, 236, 291, 323 (and alutaceosternus 234, 236, 237, 290, 291, | footnote) , 333 323 laniger 55 BR) 23535 BOO, SA assamensis 2971 230120232301 luzonicus Be .. 287, 288 borneanus 229, 236, 238, 240, 291, 292, | magnus da 288 293, 313, 323, 333 | meyeri 2 | 987, 288 cancrus We 3: 280 | fminor 234, 240, 293, 317, 323, 333 cantori AG .. 282, 284 | minutifrons ” a 288 ceylonicus _ Es .. 288, 289 | molossus Er 288 chinensis @ .. 288, 289 | monticulosus pa 56 298 comptoni ae 281 möschleri a 229, 287, 321 emarginatus 236, 287. 290. 291, 292, 293 | nanus se Aon 293 germari .. oe 301 | naviculator de 00 301 ii Index. Page Aceraius neelgherriensis .… 289,283 nicobaricus 50 Si 291 nikobaricus i a 291 occulidens 234, 290, 312—13, 322 palawanus eS Ph 288 perakensis 229, 235 (footnote), 287, 321, 323 (footnote), 332 percheronii ; .. 292, 293 pilifer 235, 237, 201, 292, 323, 333 pontifex .. 287, 288 prosternisulcatus . .. 288, 289 puerilis a ote 283 rectidens we = 288 reticulaticollis ie ae 991 ftavoyanus 237, 238 (and footnote), 292 (and footnote) tricornis 234, 235, 290, 322 wallacei 220, 228, 230, 231, 236, 237. 238, 240, 286, 317, 321 Achias horsfieldi 73, 117 maculipennis BR oo O6) 75 Achirus er A ei 28 maculatus : 28. Acidia 62, 65, 66, 67, 71, 74, 76, 77, 78, 87, 90, 132, 137, 138, 130, I40, I42, 147, 153, 156 alboscutellata 50 -. IAI, 145 fapicalis 0 .. 140, 144 caesio 6 ae 140 centaureae Do 26 140 cognata 20 50 I40 ferythraspis Me TATRA excellens co sa 140 fossata 78, 132, 141, 144, 145, 146 fratria te 140 heraclei de ae 140 fhimalayensis de SE LAO RELA lucida .. Go .. 62, 140 melania aa bs 148 fpraestans ar oe 140 quadrincisa # 5e 147 frioxaeformis Le .. 140, 143 separata Bion os De 140 sexmaculata sis x 148 SOIOT .. BR = 79 (Hemilea) dimidiata Be IAI (Ocneros) dimidiata aA 141 fpraestans si I4I Acidogona LE 5% as 88 | | Page Acinia en 66, 67, 69, 77, 88 faciestriata 7I fuscata ; 73 marginemaculata . 75 stellata 79, 115 Aciura 65, 67, 76, 88, 90, OI, 149, 151, 152, 153 alacris .. 149 caloptera 149 Cory: 149 filiola .. 147, 149 insecta 149, I5I, 152 fmonochaeta . 149, 150 phoenicura . 149, 152 rotundiventris 149 tibialis. . 149 winnertzi a 149 Txanthotricha . 150, I5I Acrotaenia 60, 64, 88 Acrotoxa 87 Actinoptera 88, 166 Adrama 70, 84, 85, 87 austeni 83 determinata 70, 84 selecta 79, 83, 84 Aegus : 265 kandyensis 265 roepstorffi 205 Aétobatis 4 flagellum 5 guttata 4 narinari 4 var. A 4 var. B 4 var. C 4 Aluteres Io, 12 monoceros 8, 12 nasicornis 5. 0, 012 scriptus 25 On WA, 1B Amphicyphus 76, 78 reticulatus 54, 78 Anacanthus Io barbatus 8 Analaches 194 (footnote), 195 (and footnote), 108, 199 (footnote), 201 (and footnote), filius infantilis schenklingi 283, 314, 315, 317 283 +s 283 200 (footnote) Index. iii Page Anastrepha 63, 64, 86, 87, 92, 105 fraterculus ER 62 serpentina oe ic 81 Anomoea 64, 66, 71, 72, 88, 131, 145 alboscutellata 66, 145 elimia Tien, TA fossata 72, 144 Anomoia 71, 130 elimia on se Faby a fossata iB ee 144 tAnoplomus 68, 71, 72 89, 100 Tflexuosus 72, 100 Anosmius Be ais oe 16 Antennariidae in, IS, LO Antennarius 18, 20 coccin eus 2 2 commersonii 17002023 var. A 2 21 var. B ec 21 hispidus 17, 20 marmoratus 50 50 20 nummifer WG), AO, Bit tridens .. 21 (footnote) Antineura 70, 78, 80 Aphoristia Aa a6 op 29 gilesii de of 29 wood-masoni 29, 30 Aragara oF ce ee 84 Asimoneura ue m sie 88 Aspilota or oe 2d &8 Atopognathus platypalpus .. 77 Aulacocyclinae 182 (and footnote), 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, IQI (and footnote), 192, 204, 267, 311, 331, 336, 338 Aulacocylus 191 (footnote), 192, 193 (and foot- note), 211, 267, 270, 272, 274, 211, 311, 318, 319, 331, 338 alicornis De 273 ab. sulcatipons .. 273 aliicornis Ar 273 Tandrewesi > 2ET, 275,910 arcuatoclypeatus .. = 274 aruensis so 2773319 bicanthatus 3e Be 270 bicuspis Se 2 272 bihastatus ae ve 277 cavicornis oe nf 268 celebensis mo 4e 277 Page Aulacocylus collaris fr 2 275 comatus ule En 267 cylindraceus Re: 269 deyrollei IR 00 AA, SON dilatus * 5.270, 319 edentulus ce te 275 errans a ie 275 foveipunctatus .. ae 274 fratricornis = a 274 glabriusculus Be om 276 kaupi oc # 275 laevicornis ge se 268 mastersi Le 58 273 parreyi a = 276 var. aruensis a 217 var. perlatus 65 276 parryi 268, 276, 319 patalis ays 36 279 percheroni x he 274 perlatus SC u: 276 platypus 5 de 270 pugnax ei 3 2/7 pygmaeus 3% 56 271 rosenbergii 193 (footnote), 274, 319 rotundatoclypeatus ar 274 sp. CR ac .. 331 tereoides BE ce 273 BORE oc 30 50 273 variolosus ae ie 277 Aurelius 198, 202 (and footnote), 314, 315 Aurikulus patalis ae rs 279 Auritulus TSB), WOM, WOM, MOR, 2/0 Spit, SUG) 331, 336 patalis 279, 319, 331 B Bactrocera 65,66, 69, 70, 71 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77,78; 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 86, 87, 88, 89, 92, 93 caudata 72, 83, 84, 93, 97, 98 conformis ‘fe 69, 95 cucurbitae 62, 93, 96 diversa 93; 94; 99 fasciatipennis da = do ferruginea OR, COR TA We 17.80, 81, 83, 84, 86, 93, 95 var. mangiferae 75, 93, 96 fgarciniae 04, 97 longicornis 74, 8I, 92 + Bactrocera maculiger maculigera maculipennis scutellaris tryoni-ferruginea .. umbrosa vespoides zonata Bactrocerae Balanus Balistes ° aculeatus buniva conspicillum ellioti erythrodon flavimarginatus fuscus maculatus mitis niger rectangulus stellaris stellatus undulatus vetula viridescens Balistidae Baryphlegma Basilianus 195, 196, 197, 215, 230, 281, 284, Batoidei andamanensis binominis cancrus cantori cantoris certus convexifrons inaequalis indicus interrogationus neelgherriensis nicobaricus sikkimensis sinkepicus stoliczkae Bengalichthys impennis Bloteres 282, 284, 285, 316, 317 Index. Page 75 94. 95 94, 98 A 62 69, AT, 7%; 74; 86, 93 81 75» 77» 93> 94 81 33, 39 10, I2 (Oe) Wwe) (e2) (02) (ee) (2) (ee) (65) co [0 2) em M O0 © © D ND OC m Fe, Gy RO» WA 88 293, 316—17 294 283 280 284 .. 289, 283 = 284 283, 284, 286 .. 282, 317 234 196, 282, 283, 317 242 294 Page Blepharoneura 64, 87, 117 Brachypleura 5 27 xanthosticta ge dE 27 Braconidae > Be ar 63 C Caliantra 3 Se oe 87 smicroides 7. aie 84 smieroides whe ee 84 tCallistomyia TENTATION CO, OB, 12H icarus a a 68 fpavonina 68, 125 Campiglossa 88, 92, 160, 161 Tcribellata 16: grandinata I6I irrorata 161 Cardiocera 64, 85, 87 dispar oc a 70 Carphotricha 66, 74, 79, 88 pupillata a 63 Carpomyia 88, OI, 132, 133 arctit 134 bucchichii 133 incompleta De Se 63 pardalina 77, 132 schineri 133 sp. ac 134 vesuviana 63, 64, 133, 134 64, 82, 86, 88, 105 183, 192, 193 64, 88 Cephalopoda 298 (footnote) Ceracupes 180, 188, IQI, 192, 212, 265, 277, 311, 319, 331, 336 Carpophthoromyia Caulifer Cecidochares arrowi 278 T0 ok austeni 180, 202202) 2785310 fronticornis 186, 212, 277, 278, 319 Cerajocera os si ae 88 Ceratias da Ir > 18 bispinosus or 56 17 Ceratiidae 170 163) Ceratites 50 129 Ceratitinae fi 60, 72, 83 Ceratitininae 62, 64, 65, 86, 87, 100, 152 Ceratitis 59, 63, 67, 68, 70, 71. 80, 85, 88, 89 (footnote), 90, 102, 104, 105, 127, 129, 130 asiatica ne ne 67 capitata 62, 64, 130 Index. V Page Ceratitis loranthi 2 sé 2:82 striata . 80, 104 Ceratocupes cornutus 278 (footnote) fronticornis : 278 Cetejus 194 (foofnote), ES, 199 se) 201, 283, 314, 315, 317, 334 grabowskyi 2 = 334 iChaetellipsis 167, 70, 82, 89, 126, 127, 128 Tparadoxa 72776729 iChaetodacus 86, 87.89, 93 ferrugineus 52 aie 93 Chaetopsis aenea an = 65 Chaetostoma .. ge on O4GES 7 Chalcididae se 3h a 63 Chaunax ss dE 18 APS. De “a 77 pictus a 2; 77 Chelyophora .. we 138 Chilomazus 170, 195, Ney 197, 219, 281, 316 -17 borealis 195, 216 (footnote), 281 comptoni a3 ue 316 Chlorops + she oe 67 Chyliza aye se # 73 Cleitamia liturata +. FR 74 Coccidae ae a is 60 Coelopacidia .. i Br 88 Coleoptera ER “ae a 75 Colobostroter .. vs = 87 pulchralis 82 Comacupes 109, 192, 193 (and Remote). ), 204, 267. 271, 318, 331 angusticornis ais ss 269 basalis 22671328 cavicornis 204, 205—207, 268, 318 *yar. borneensis . 205, 268 laevicornis I8I, 205, 268 cormocerus 207, 208 (footnote), 269 cylindraceus 206, 207, 268, 269 (and footnote) 318, 331 felderi .. és oe 267 foveicollis . 193 (footnote), 267, 318, 331 _ Subsp. minor ; 267 masoni 206, 207, 268— 69, 318 minor 193 (footnote), 267 pugnax ea 5 277 punctifrons Er ce 269 Page fComacupes stoliczkae 206, 207, 268, 269, 318 westermanni oA De 268 Compositae 60, 62, 64, 87 Conchoderma virgatum fi De 39 Conicipithea .. + ae 66 Conops ae at Ss 74 Conradtina 66, 87 Cordylura = à ke LAD tCraspedoxantha QI, 156 Toctopunctata sa i 156 Crayracion astrotaenia 15 Cylindrocaulus LOZ LOL LOZ 103: 270; SLL, 319, 336 bucerus IQI, 279, 319 Cynoglossus oe 23, 30 ie nr ne 30 var. punctatus >" 31 macrolepidotus 23,,°30 puncticeps ne 36 30 quadrilineatus .. 56 30 semifasciatus a SP 30 D Dacinae 60, 62, 64, 65 82, 84, 85, 87, 89 (foot- note), 92 Dacus 63, 64, 67, 68, 69, 72, 73,74, 75, 70, 77, 78, 79, 80, 83, 84, 85, 87, 92, 93, 125 absolutus ß 3 65 acroleucus ar Er 65 addens 66, 70, 74, 78 aeneus 5 : 66 aequalis oe Se 66 albistrigatus 9.0 ae 83 amoyensis I Ne 66 apicalis 30 er 83 areolatus co ce 67 basalis De ue 67 basilis are 3 68 biarcuatus ae & 68 bicolor on à: 68 bilineatus Je We EOS 74 caudatus 69, 97, 99 chrysotoxus 3% dc 83 cilifer 7 SE 83 concisus 35 se 69 conformis De #: 69 conopsoides 2% or 83 contrahens = a 69 CH ae En 122 vi Dacus cucumis Index. Page o 79 cucurbitae 64, 70, 93, 96 eurvifer 79 curvipennis 79 cylindricus 70 determinatus 70 detrudens 79 devius 79 diffusus 79 discipennis .: 70 divergens 79; 74, 78 diversus .. 71, 94 dorsalis 83 emittens 70, 71 exigens 71 expandens 7I expertus 7 facialis 71 fascipennis : 6 72 ferrugineus 71; 72, 95, 96, 97 var. obscuratus 84 var. persicae 93 var. squalidus 93 figuratus 72 frauenfeldi 72 frenchi 72 fulvidus 72 fulvitarsis 72 fulviventris 2 furcifer 72 hageni 83 icarus 73, 125 imitans 73 inaptus .. Sn 715 incisus 73; 93, 94, 99 inscriptus .. TE instabilis . . 74 kirki 82 klugii 74, 93, 125 lateralis .. 74 latifascia 74 lativentris 74 limbipennis 74 lituratus .. 74 longicornis 74, 79, 83 longistylus 85, 92 longivitta 74 macilentus 75 maculentus 7 Dacus maculipennis mangiferae melanotus modestus mutilloides nigrilinea nigrolineatus nubilus obtrudens obscuratus oleae ornatipes.. ornatissimus passiflorae parvulus .. pavoninus pectoralis pepisalae perplexus pictus pompilioides psidii pubiseta raratongae ritsemae . rufipetia .. scutellatus sepedonoides sepsoides. . signatipes sordidus .. speculifer squalidus strigifer strigifinis. . succinatus succinctus terminifer tongensis trivittatus tryoni vay. cucumis .. turgidus umbrosus varialis virgatus xanthodes zonatus Dasyneura Page 69, 99 75> 93, 96 75, 82 75, 109 76 she 84 02/04 72018: 77 77 82 84 126 77 82 Ha, 77 77 78 78. 82 78 79 84 79 79 79 79 79 79; 93 80 80 80 80 80 83 ISO) 95 70 69, 80 80, 92, 93 81 81 81, 96 83, 94 81, 86, 87, 92 Index. vil Page Dasyneura caudata 69, 97 nebulosa Ge de 70 CAR 36 56 80 zonata .. 81, 93, 94 {Diarrhegma 68, 76, 90, 108 modestum eR 77, 109 Dibranchus 50 sa: 18 micropus oe A T7 nasutus 5e ae 7 nudiventer A DE iG Dimeringophrys Ee “à 87 ortalina ke SE 82 Dinarmus fae a 3% 63 Diodon 30 eS se 9 hystrix. . ne ie 8 maculatus Bt ae 8 orbicularis Ne 8 8 Diodontidae FB 13 Diplochorda 69, 80 Ditricha 88, 166 Dorcinae ur a ns 265 Drosophilidae .. = er 54 Dryomyzidae .. SF ee 54 E Elaphomyia brevicornis .. DE 69 Elaphromyia .. Sr 20 88 Elassogaster an 79, 81 Embryulcus N = it 902 Ensina 67, 73, 83, 88, 159 aurifera is : 159 bisetosa Le ate 82 guttata be 73, 153 humilis se Sf 159 picciola se = 159 reticulata ae a 78 sonchi 63, 159 sororcula ss Æ 159 vacillans x De 159 Ephydridae ae Er + 54 Epicerella guttipennis Ye 4 73 Epidesmia Ae oe sf, 87 Epilaches 195 (and footnote), 196, 197, 283 filius .. 195, 196 (foolnote), 283 infantilis 196 (and footnote), 183 Epipertinax er = 194 Episphenoides 198, 200 (and footnote), .314, 315, 333 Page Episphenoides pectinigera .. ae 315 quaestionis ; 333 Episphenus 189, 194 (and footnote), 195, 196, 217, AX, Adi, 3.7 172403107 207), Sy, 327, 338 Episphenus comptoni 204, 217, 218, 220, 222, 262, 263, 281, 282 (and footnote), 311—12, 314, 320, 337, 339 var. on 220 var. flachi 219, 220, 281, 282 (footnote) indicus 1870522002224 2233 224, 262—b3, 265, 282, 283, 3II—I2, 314, 320, 327, 337, 339, 340 moorei PG], PINS), AMO), Ashe, 317,312 (footnote), =14, 315 (and foot- note), 316, 320 222, 2202252027 282} 283 110312; 314, 320, 330, 339, neelgherriensis 340 fpearsoni 218, 219, 281 Epochra a 64, 88 Eriocnemis 191 (footnote), 297, 298 burmeisteri ee à 298 dispar .. % bs 298 dorsalis Ne .. 297, 299 faberi .. ne 3 298 gelon .. Ar se 298 ignotus Br DE 299 mniszechi ae 4 299 monticulosus .. 298, 299 tridens “a . 298, 299 ab. angustior en 299 var. angustior oF 299 Euaresta de 88, 161 Euleia tas ce we Gi heraclei ay ate 62 mutyca + 112 Euleja 62, 76, 78, 88, 140 Eulophus 23 63 Eupelmus AR En 63 Euphranta ' 64, 65, 71, 82, 86, 87, 122 latilimbata ae 7 82 nigra .. De at 82 Euresta ws er : 67 Euribia 84, 88 florescentiae = ue 64 Index. viii Page Euribia onotrophes 63 Euribiidae 84 Eurosta 64, 83 picta 117 Eurytoma 5 63 Eutreta 3 64, 66, 79, 88, 116 stellata ak 66 Euxesta 65 parvula a 77, 148 quadrincisa = 148 F Forellia . 87 G Garcinia De 98 tGastrozona 72, 90, 105 fasciventris at ae 103 fmelanista 105, 107, 108 fmontana . 105, 106 Gnaphalocneminae Gnaphalocnemis burmeisteri 182 (footnote), 191 (footnote), 194 (and footnote), 195. 197, 198, 199, 246, 297, 311, 313, 314325, S31), BAS, 320, AHO. S885 S375 380 SSO 185 (footnote), 186, 191 (foot- note), 198, 199 (and footnote), 201 (footnote), 202 (and foot- note), 203 (footnote), 248, 208, 314, 318, 324, 335, 337 249, 208, 324. 335 monticulosus 248, 249, 208, 299, 325, 335 Tsimplex 203 (footnote), 248, 298, 324 tridens 249 (Joofnofe), 250, 209, 316, 325, 335 Gonatas 180, 198, 199, 201, 203, 250, 209, 313, 314, 318, 325, 337 albertisi 390 altidens 302 cetioides 301 differens SE a, 300 germari 250, 301, 313 (footnote), 325 ab. brevis .. a 301 major .. ae sh 300 naviculator 301, 313 (footnote), 325 novaebritanniae 35 300 Page Gonatas peregrinus = de 301 schellongi 300 var. differens 300 spp. 316 tibialis. . 300 tridentatus 300 yorkensis ae 300 Gonyglossum 64, 86, 88, 133 wiedemanni 62, 133 Gymnodontes Bo Ta H Halicmetus de de do 18 ruber .. ae SE 7 Halieutaea 7, 18 coccinea 77, 10), AO fumosa 17 00 findica Ch 1075 Wy 10) ZO nigra 17, 19 stellata 17, 19, 19 Halimochirurgus de 3d 9 centriscoides 8,9 Halterophora 88, 129 Heleomyzidae .. 50 Le 54 Helomyza Blo #0 + 77 meritoria re i 75 nivistriga 30 se 76 optatura x 55 76 ortalioides 5e = 77 quadrifera 50 78 Hemilea do 64, 87, 140, I4I dimidiata Do 3e I4I excellens aD se 140 roborowskii a oe 78 Henicoptera .. 65, 70, 72, 85, 87, 89 (footnote) arcuosa ne oe 67 flava 72, 78, 80 gigantea > de 82 pictipennis 36 53 77 plagifera IE: en 77 proditrix 50 ef 78 rufiventris 30 De 79 tortuosa so 00 80 Heterochilus 195, 196, 197, | 286 crinitus 286 oculitesselatus 286 wallacei 286 Page Heteroneuridae = oh 54 Hexachaeta 64, 87, 109 eximia.. ae Ke 72 Hoplochaeta .. a a6 88 Hypenidium .... ig: 64, 87 Hyperplesthenus 194 (footnote), 197 (footnote), 198, 199, 200 (footnote) , 201, 202 (and footnote), 314, 315, 328, 334, 337 gracilis 202 (footnote), 334 impar .. 202 (footnote) i bla Se an 5c BBA ZIG) cumingii 34, 35, 30; 37, 4750 quadrivalvis 34, 35, 48, 50 sibogae 56 4% 34 Icaria a ss i 88 licteracantha "=: 6 de 69 Icterica.. .. 64, 88 (and footnote) K Kaupioloides 198, 199 (and footnote), 200 (and footnote), 202 (footnote) 314, 334, 337 trigonophorus Le 334 Katipiolus 180, 193, 202 (and footnote), 314, 334 compergus sve Je 334 moluccanus Je de 334 trigonophorus 202 (footnote) L Labienus 180, 191 (footnote), 198, 202, 314, 315, 334 gracilis : 202 (footnote) sp. 50 ue 26 334 Laches us 195, 197, 281 comptonil 35 “4 281 Hach er 281 flachii .. 23 *: 281 fruhstorferi a 54 281 frustorferi ae ae 281 infantilis © 283, 284, 330 parallelogrammifrons = 281 puella .. ie 281 puerilis 283, 284, 330 socius .. a 4 281 Lachinae oF 56 Er 195 Index. 1X Page Lagarosia 73, 82, 83, 87, 127, 128 imitans se er 83 lacteata 2 83, 84 striatella Be A 84 Lamprogaster fasciestriata .. Ere 72 Lenophila 64, 88 dentipes de 70 Lepas . 33, 34, 39 australis 33, 34, 37 (footnote), 39 Leptaulacides 203, 204, 257 (footnote), 302 analis Se at 308 anaulax io Se 308 andamanarum He dE 308 anipunctus GE sc 306 barbicauda de sa 308 bicolor aie . 202, 264 eschscholtzi 2% SA 308 fruhstorferi a Se 308 glaber .. me a 307 nietneri Est do 308 palawanicus of 50 308 papuanus 50 So 308 planus ore .. 190, 310 pulchellus ie se 307 rugulosus ce se 308 vicinus se Edi 308 Leptaulacinae 182 (footnote), 185, 189, 190, IQI (footnote), 194, 199, 203, 251, Aw, AOR SOF, St, 329,399, 335; 337—40 Leptaulax 178 (footnote), 189, 191 (footnote), 203, 204, 251, 261, 264, 266, 302, 318, 325, 330, 335, 337 abdominibarbatus.. 303, 304 (footnote) abdominisculptus .. .. 307, 308 angustifrons 3% BS 305 anibarbis 303, 304, 305 anipunctus 188, 256, 260, 306, 326 anna .. bc 303, 325, 336 aurivillii .» 307, 308 basalis oe se 267 batchianae 306, 307—8 beccarii ; 251, 302, 325 bicolor 257 (and footnote), 260, 261, 262, 264, 265, 302, 303, 304 (fooinote), 306, 307 (and footnote), 308 (and footnote), 310, 326, 336, 337, 340 259, 265, 308, 336 var. vicinus x Index. Page | Page Leptaulax bornensis ER “ 303 Leptaulax novaeguineae ab. morator .. 306 calcuttae = * 308 obtusidens 307, 325 (footnote), 326 celebensis RR ae 303 orolieus . .. 286 cicatrosus ne 306, 307—8 papua .. .. 305, 306 consequens 306, 307-8 | planicollis .. 309 cyclotaenius .. 255, 256, 305, 326 planus 260, 262, 309, 310, 326 subsp. himalayae 256, 305, 336 ribbei = 303, 304, 306 darjeelingi = u 303 | roepstorfi 260, 261, 308 (and darjeilingi > 12 303 footnote), 309, 326, 340 dentatus 181, 185, 251, 252, 250,257 | à saigonicus - 303 (and footnote), 258, 262, 263, | separandus 307 (and footnote), 308 264, 265, 302, 303, 304, 306, (and footnote) 307 (footnote), 308 (and foot- | var. maxillonotus .. 307 note), 326, 336, 337, 340 = medius be 307 var. bornensis Be 303 Pr ne ve =: 308 ,, *glabriventris 255, 308, Sulumnedliis = 5 303 304, 336 subsequens = me 308 ,, indicus = 303 sumatrae a dhs 308 … Hormis u 303 tenasserimensis .. EN 308 differentispina .. .. 307, 308 Ananas! > OC 310 dindigalensis + ee 308 CSSS 2 303, 326, 336 Es chestoltes | 307—8 tonkinensis ae = 303 evidens ae De 308 HEURE Fa + 310 exterris = Be 303 Leptomyza 5 a + 65 ane iR 303, 304, 306 varipennis + OT. 159 ermine iy Fi 308 | Leptoxyda 7: en 85, 87, 88, 92 glaber 307, 325 (footnote), 326 longistyla ee 92 glabricollis Mi 5 303 sp. near longistyla ae 62 hansemanni 3 ee 306 Lesacer a 20 92 himalayae .. 203 (footnote), 305 ROSE Ri ge 64, 67, 87, 92 humerosus 251, 256, 262, 302, 303, HQE a = oe 54 325, 335 Lonopiere fe Sig N 67 incipiens Bet in 307 Tonchaeidacrssr oc oc 54 indiens 4 RE 908 | Lophiidae oe a 17 (aud footnote) ab. insignis +: 303 repas Se oo 17 (footnote) insipiens ae 5 308 Lopes ee Di 0 17 interponendus er 303 | Seellmanıs oe ay: 107) macassariensis .. 305, 306, 325 | rations pus a Se, subsp. anibarbis 2356, 305, 306 | lugubris cie or 177 malaccae un er mutilus Se mr 17 ie & = 303 | triradiatus = Se 17 manillae er 71307 30804 Lophodolus a - “te 18 maxillonotus .. 308 (and footnote) indicus Er me: 17 medius -. 308 (and footnote) Los sera se Xi oF ab. divaricatus ec ee 2 180, 265, 337 re di of 303 Lucanus lunifer ie do 254 niae .. N 7 308 | M novaeguineae 304, 305, 306, 308, 325 Macrolininae 183, 194, 195, 197, 199, 227, 240, (footnote), 326 | 293, 311, 316, 320, 333, 337, 338 Macrolinus andamanensis batesi . crenatipennis dissimilis diuvenbodei fraternus javanus latipennis ab. orbatus Tnicobaricus orbatus parallelipennis rotundifrons sikkimensis — 244, 245, 295, 324, 340 197, 243, 244, 294, 205, Page 180, 185, 197, 225, 240, 293, 318, 323; 333; 330 188, 107, 242, 243, 245, 294, 324 296 244, 295, 324, 333 ee 296 197, 294, 323 296 My 296 245, 296, 324 296 I8I, 197, 241, 242, 243, 294, 324 296 296 323, 340 *subsp. tavoyanus 243, 294, 295 singhalensis sulciperfectus urus waterhousei weberi Macrotrypeta .. Maltbidae Malthopsis lutea triangularis Mastachilus Mastochilus politus polyphyllus Meracantha maculipennis Meracanthomyia gamma Melanocoetus sp. Micropezidae Mikimyia Milichiella Molidae Molynocoelia Monacanthus choerocephalus monoceros 295 197, 296, 324, 333 197, 294, 323 245, 295, 324 245, 296, 324 87 7), 368) 18 17 as 17 195 (footnote) 195 (and footnote), 198, 290 (and footnote), 314, 334 178 (footnote), 273 195 (footnote), 334 87 ws 75 65, 75, 84, 85, 87 73 18 Index. Monacanthus nematophorus oculatus scriptus setifer tomentosus Mosina Musca coryli crux ferrugineus histrionicus leontodontis pulchella purmundus stellata Myioleja Myiopardalis pardalina Myiopites bloti .. Myiopitininae Myliobatidae Neleus Neoaspilota Nigidius Ninoides Noeeta 5 latiuscula Ocneros a5 dimidiata praestans Ocythoe emarginatus tridens Oedaspis dichotoma escheri fissa multifasciata Oedemachilus Oedicarena Omegarius minimus Oneirodes glomerosus Ophrygonius 196, 224, 284, 285, 31213, 314, 316—17, 318, 320, 331, 339 AN) 16955122 72, 92, 93, 95 73 71 OP I4I 131 166 87 G77 Soy Ol, 132 > 92, Us 64, 88 63 87, 88 I, 4 191 (footnote) 64, 88 278 205 66, 79, 88 74 87, 140 141 133 133 100 (and footnote) 64, 88 198, 203, 314, 335 335 18 17 Index. xii Page Ophrygonius— +birmanicus 226, 227, 285, 320 cantori 194 (footnote), 224, 225, 226, 262, 284, 285, 311, 320 subsp. convexifrons 225, 284 285, 331 *subsp. dunsiriensis 225, 284, 285 inaequalis 224, 226, 227, 285, 280, 310, 320, 332 oroleius 285 (footnote) quadrifer En 286 Tsingapurae 183 (footnote), 226, 285, 317; 320 Opias 63 Orellia : 88, 133 bucchichi 134 flavicans 133 vesuviana 134 Ormyrus 63 Ortalidae 54, 150 Ortalis regularis 78, 144 sanctae-mariae 148 Orthagoriscus sp. 8 Ostracion MORTE cornutus 8, 13 cubicus 8 fornasini SOS gibbosus By UZ nasus Sy Le punctatus 8 turritus ‘ 13 Ostraciontidae Ar 8, WO; 13 Oxyna OF, OF, (C0), 70, FG Sil, WS), OC, 158 bullans 64 contingens 69 diluta .. 70 elongatula 159 evanescens Pik margaritifera 160 i PaAkCameae 159 parce-guttata 160 semiatra AR 160 sororcula JAN OG IS2 ES 0 tessellata 160 tristis . 160 Oxyphora 88 fenestella 72 malaica 75 P Paracantha TParalleloptera .. Tpterocallaeformis ulula Parapelopides 198, 202, 246, 248, 297, 314, 324, symmetricus Passalidae Page 88 155 155 334 . 246, 247, 297, 324, 334 177, 178, 179, 180, 182 (footnote), IQI, 199, 203, 206, 262, 264, 265, 266, 302, 310, 315, 318, 328, 336, Passalus basalis bicanthatus bicolor bihastatus cancrus cantori.. cylindraceus dentatus edentulus emarginatus fronticornis furcicornis grandis inaequalis innocuus laevicollis laterisculptus latipennis marginepunctatus monticulosus naviculator neelgherriensis orientalis oroleius pilifer .. planus punctifrons quadridentatus sexdentatus teres timoriensis tridens.. vicinus (Episphenus) neelgherriensis Paxilloides 338, 339 267 270 = 307 > PAA, PU 280 a 284 . 269, 275 303 .. 275 287, 288, 291 277 275 288 285 307 287 299 296 296 298 301 283 299 285 291 310 269 ae 303 195 (footnote) 273 303 299 os 307 270 (foot- note) 178 (footnote) Paxilloides philippinensis schmidtii Pediculati Pelopides 197, 198, gravidus schraderi Pelops Percnoptera Peronyma Pertinacides Petalophora Phaeogramma vittipennis jPhaeospila fvaripes Phagocarpus fossata fimmsi purmundus Pharochilus dilatatus sp. Philocompus Philophylla Phorellia Phraortes generosus nobilis respectabilis Phytalmia Plagiostenopterina Plagiotoma Plagusia 6 bilineata marmorata Platensina acrostacta sumbana Platophrys pantherinus Platyparea discoidea poeciloptera Platystominae . Plectognathi Plesthenes Page 178 (footnote) 178 (footnote) | ER, 199 (footnote), 201 (and foot- note), 314 201 (footnote), 203 (footnote), 208 (footnote), 325 201 (footnote) 201 88 64, 88 194 88, 129 64, 88 81 90, II7 118 88, 130, 131 ie ae 132 TOT ah 131 197, 198, 200 (and footnote), 314, 334 194 (footnote), 197 334 GE 88, 140 87 297 297 297 297 Hh 73» 75 64, 88, 138 28120 29 a 29 73, 83, 88, 153 83 83 26 26 64, 87 118 117 80 7:9 202 (/ootnote) Index. | | xiii Page Plesthenus 198, 199, 202 (and footnote), 208, 314, 337 Pleurariinae 182 (footnote), 185, 194, 199, 213, 279, 311, 329, 337, 338 Pleurarius 194, 213, 279, 320. 336 brachyphyllus 5 BES, 210, 202, 202; 280, 320, 339 pilipes .. co . 279, 320 Pleuronectes 23 flessus . 23 limanda 23 Pleuronectidae .. 23, 24 tPoecillis we 89, 128 Tjudicanda 128 Polionota 64, 88 Polymorphomyia 87 Poticara 77 Pristidae te I Proculus 191 (footnote) 191 (footnote), 198, 199 (and fool- note), 200 (and footnote), 201 (and footnote), 314, 328, 334, 337 Protomocoelus heynei 334 Psettodes 23 erumei se 23 Psettylis 27 ocellata Bis 27 Pseudepicausta .. 6070/1070 V7 chalybea 76 {Pseudepisphenus 327, 329, 329 Tperplexus 327, 328, 330 Pseudorhombus. . 23, 24, 25 arsius .. DE. Bh 25 20 javanicus DB Dish, G5) PAO) russellii ZA, 25); AO triocellatus 25 Psila 122 cruciata 83 Psilonotus 16 Pterocalla 155 Pterocallinae % 150 Ptilona 05.085.755 On) PT, 07, 89,109, 122 amurensis Er 67 bischofi 68 brevicornis 68, IIO, III dunlopi Fite UI) lateralis 74 modesta 109 . fuigriventris 110 xiv Ptilona notabilis sexmaculata variabilis Ptilonina Ptilonota Raja fluviatilis . Rhabdochaeta pulchella Rhachiptera Rhacochlaena Rhagoletis cerasi signata .. Rhinobatidae Rhipsaspis Rhochmopterum Rhomboidichthys Rioxa Rivellia azureus valderostratus Index. Page 76 79 81 79 87 67 . 196, 286 64, 88 AD, Qi) 27 26 Op CO, CO O05 On 72 725 189 VA's Ds 76, 78: 79, 80, 82, 83, 045674 G0, 109, STIEO, BOGE, INEZ, Er Er 0 VEO), 307133 bimaculata 68 confinis 69 debeaufortii 719,78 dunlopi IT, WIR. IA erebus 71 formosipennis 72 helomyzoides m 76 lanceolata TA Je, 1016 modesta 73, 109 musae 5 ie, OAI mutyca bc CZ nigra 76 Nox 76 parvipunctata 84 quadrifera 5 66, 77 fquinquemaculata .. 33, WA, TS sexmaculata 84, II5 vay. parvipunctata 84 fsoluta . ae 66 IIA, LCTA: stellata fever, 1802, see stellipennis 116 sumatrana 83 115 vaga FRO», WIEC,, Sie), 1 fvidua .. $A, 100) 68, 75, 8c persicae 72, 77, 93, 94, 95 Page Rivellia succinctus 80 zonata 94 S Sapromyza: picta 76 pulchripennis 54 punctipennis 76 trypetoptera 54, 76, 80 Scalpellum 48, 49, 50 acutum de 00 34 bengalense 34, 36, 37, 44, 45, 48, 49 chitinosum 5 : 34 erinitum 34 cumingii 35, 36 distinctum 34 erosum 33 fissum 34 gigas 34 gracile i 34 gruvelii 34, 37, 45, 48, 49 hexagonum 34 hoeki 34 inflatum 34 javanicum 34 longirostrum 34 lutium 34 obesum 33 ornatum 34 pellicatum 90 34 peronii 34, 35, 30, 40, 43, 44, 50 pollicipedoides 34 polymorphum 34 quadrivalvis 35 regium 33, 34, 39, 45, 46, 48 rostratum 50 50 34 scorpio Be Bie 33 squamuliferum 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 (foot. note), 39, 43—50 stearnsi 34 striatum 34 triangulare 1 1134,40 uncus .. 34 velutinum 34, 46 villosum 34, 35 vulgare 34, 35, 39, 50 Schistopterum .. 64, 78, 88 Scholastes cinctus VE G2 Scianectes : 27 macrophthalmus 27 Index: Page Sciomyzidae .. a ae 54 Sclerodermi 8, 9 Scotinosoma 67 Semicyclus 178 (footnote) redtenbacheri 178 (footnote) Siliquaria To VD, 19 Sineura 88 Sitarea 88 Smilium 50 Solea es 28 fsynapturoides 28 Sophira 87 appendiculata 82 bipars 68 bistriga 68 concinna 69 distorta TOME limbata 82 . punctifera 78 venusta 81 Spathulina Ne 88 Sphaeniscus .. 146, 147 brevicauda 147 Sphenella 73, 79, 88, 91, 157 indica .. 73, 158 marginata 63, 158 sinensis oF Ss 79 fSpheniscomyia 67, 75, 78, 80, 88, 91, 146, 149 atilia ne 0779 filiola .. se 149 quadrincisa 77, 80, 147 sexmaculata 82, I47, 148 Spheniscus 67, 88, 146, 147 Spheroides spinosissimus afc 14 Spilographa 62, 87, 136, 140 armifrons ar 137 quadrifasciata 82 Spiroglyphus M 7 1Staurella FO nd, WAN crux 122 Tdissoluta BT220123 Tnigripeda > UAB, WER Stemonocera 87 cornuta 136 Stenopa B er 64, 88 Stenopterina 66, 67, 68, 69, 71, 73, Fy G59 GOs 78, 79, 80 aenea .. : 66 fStictaspis 80, 90, 102, 107 XV Page fStictaspis ceratitina 102, 103, 104 Tseparata . 102, IO4 striata ae ‚. 102, 104 Straussia 0 = so O1, 87 longipennis 56 so 190, TAZ Strauzia a a a2 87 Strobelia one En 1104, 60 Strumeta 86, 87, 92 concisa . oH 69 conformis Be Bip 69 helomyzoides 66 So 73 repleta 36 56 78 Stylia a Le 58 88 Synaptura pe ae 66 | By Bo) altipinnis oc ce 29 commersoniana .. ef 29 cornuta a0 so AS, A) orientalis 2 5e 29 quagga ce 60. 2, AO) zebra .. ce Sc 28 Syntomosphyrum ae spe 63 T Tachiniscidae 54 (footnote) Taeniocerus 190, 192, 193 (and footnote), 208, 2505 A0 PAC Bi), SRE bicanthatus 206, 208,210, 211, 270, 319 ab. perturbans 270 bicuspis 210, 272, 319, 339 deyrollei .. 193 (footnote), 272, 273 imitator 33 ae 270 mastersi 193 (footnote), 273 parvus So de 271 platypus 27100 30), Bsn pygmaeus ZOO), AO, Ar Bat, Sie) {Taeniostola 73; 79, 82, 90, IIQ fgracilis ie Ja 120 fvittigera ne 3% 119 Tarquiniinae 193, 329, 335; 338 Tarquinius 178, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 335, 337, 338 paradoxus Bb 203275335 Tatius 5 Lou HOY/, OS}, AOS, Hiv Teleostei ac 5e me 7 tTephrella ~ 65, 91 149 (footnote), 151 fdecipiens LE 152 Tephritidae de 84 Tephritis 54, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 74, 75, 77> 78, 79> 81, 83, 84, 88, 92, UK, UNF, WON, WOH, 166 XVI Tephritis absinthii acroleuca aenea alternata amplipennis angustipennis argentea asteria brahma caerulea “ cognata cratericola feuryptera fasciventris flexuosa fossata fusciventris irrorata limpidapex lugubris Tlyncea marginata orientalis paritii pelia . psidii . rufitarsis sauteri fspiloptera strigipennis tryoni violacea vittata xanthodes fzodiacalis fzonogastra 1Tephrostola Terellia acrostacta CAECARE cyclopica reinhardi tephronota immaculata Tetrodon cutcutia fluviatilis var. À var. B Index. Page 158 65 66, 68 134 163 64 67 67, 167 68 68 140 g 69 O2 OA 72, 100, 101, 105 102 72, 144 105 161 74 5,9 75 5 OY, 105 158 77, 166 77, 109 77 78 68, 79 83 . 162, 165 80 80 81 8I, 108 6 81 102, 108 co HOD, 101 66, 78. 83, 91, 153 66, 73, 153 153 153 .. 153, 154 153 88 73 163. 4, 10 8 8, 15 15 15 Page Tetrodon hispidus 8 hypselogenion 8 immaculatus Mrs inermis 5 A leopardus 8 lunaris 8, 14 nigropunctatus 8, 15 oblongus ; 8, IA patoca 55 155 AG 105) reticularis 8 scleratus 8 spadiceus I4 spinosissimus Sy ©), WA stellatus Se is, var. a 15 var. B 15 var. y i 15 viridipunctatus 8, 15 Tetrodontidae 7,8, 13 Thelyphonidae .. 315 Themara 5 OS CONS Sin ic alboguttata af 66 ampla 66, 117 hirtipes 73 maculipennis AB. 75 nigropunctulata .. 76 ypsilon ors 81 tTiberioides 180 195, O0 Ales}, ASO, Bru — WA, 315 (footnote), 317, 320, 339 Tausteni 105, 2102811820 880 borealis Lo 201, 220 kuwerti 215, 262, 280, 320 Tiberius e 194, 105, 197, 280, 293 andamanensis .. .. 2062, 294 caffer 194 (footnote), 197 cancrus . 195, 280 crenatipennis ae 295 kuwerti . 195, 230 nicobaricus 291 rotundifrons % 295 sikkimensis .. 262, 294 singhalensis 295 waterhousei 295 Torpedinidae Be it Toxotrypana 64, 85, 87 Toxura Se 5 3% 73 Trapezochilus 198, 202 (and footnote), 247, 297, 314, 324, 335 Trapezochilus dorsalis Index. Page 247 (footnote), 249, 250, 207, 324, 335 \ generosus 297 (and footnote) nobilis 246, 247, 249, 297, 208 respectabilis 247, 248, 297, 298 Triacanthidae Fo, Sy Oo LO Triacanthodes 9 ethiops 8,9 Triacanthus 4 Gs, Op XO biaculeatus II brevirostris G, UO, WI oxycephalus So UO, ii strigilifer &, tO, Wu weberi oe SOLE Trichostigmus 107, 203, 261, 310, 318, 326 glaber Je 307 thoreyi 261, 310, 326 ursulus 55 BuO; SAO Triodon bursarius 8 Triodontidae 52 ea 8 Tristorthus 192, 193 (and footnote), 267, 331 cavicornis 268 tricuspis 331 Tropidichthys 2130.10 bennettii & ©), do Tinvestigatoris 3, ©, utd margaritatus : 8, 10) valentini 8,29,.10 Trupanea 84, 88 Trygon 4 akajei .. 2 alcockii I bleekeri 2 fluviatilis 2 gerrardii se oe i, 2 marginatus 3 pareh .. I uarnak me oe 1,2 undulatus i variegatus T Trygonidae Le BE I Trypanea 67, 69, 73, 76, 78, 81, 84, 88, 92, 166 amoena ae 100 1072 asteria on so 160, 107 faucta .. uy cae ae 166 quadrifera I 76 stellata 64, 73, 74» 75 Trypaneidae 63, 64, 77, 84, 92 Try paneinae .. 84, 86, 87, 100, 116 xvii Page Trypaneininae 60,62, 64, 66, 81, 87, 88, 151, 152 Trypeta 66, 68, 70, 71, 79, 82, 83, 84, 88 acrostacta aM 66, 153 adatha. . ans as 155 albida .. u ils 66 alcestis ER ai 66 alkestis te re 66 alvea .. is a 66 amoena 3% a 167 amplipennis se 50 66 amplissima aie at 67 antiqua es da 67 approximans a 67 CHR ae us 134 molle 56 Ne 67, 75, 148 basalis te ; 67 basifascia GR Sg 68 basilaris = of 68 brevivitta a BR 68 brevivittata de a 68 capitata 68, 129, 130 cassandra BY sf 68 chalybeiventris .. 2 69 cluana .. ae De 69 cometa 56 Ne 69 contraria oc oc 69 crassipes be jo 69 crux 122 cylindrica 70 diversata We doclea .. 71 dorsigutta PAT elimia 71, 78 falcata.. 133 ferruginea 72 fessata.. 144 formosana . 82, 148 fossata.. 72, 144 glauca .. 73 heterura 73 impleta WS) incisa .. 73, 109 jucunda 138 lateralis 74 lativentris 74 lemniscata 82 lineata.. MATT, longirostris 74 manto .. 75 xviii Index. 672 Page Page Trypeta marginalis 73, 150 Urellia variata .. Pa se 81 marginata AE 8 73 Urogymnus a Ae 38 4 melaleuca 75, 148 asperrimus au oe 3 ini ta ee ae 5% 75 Urophora 64, 67, 69, 7I, 80, 86, 88, 146 modesta 53 af 109 bicolor ws LME 68 multistriga Es dr 76 cardui ~ = at 63 musae .. 76, II4 fasciata En ued i mutyca 76, 112, 113 nigripes er Ge 76 nigricans Dé de 76 ruficeps de fe 79 nigricauda as Le III rufipes a af 145 nigrifascia 76 sexmaculata 22 Ss 148 obsoleta 3% 3e 76 taeniata > 36 80 poenia .. #2 Se 77 tenuis ae #2 80 pornia .. ae ae 77 testacea 76, 80 pulla .. Le M 78 vittithorax So ac 81 quadrincisa 78, 147 Urophorinae 62, 64 quinaria ak St 78 reinhardi 78, 154 Vv retorta.. ae = 78 Vellejus ge Mr sd 202 roripennis =e 7 78 Vidalia 65, 87, 90, 135 rudis .. ER 79 fceratophora > 136,737 sexincisa ss .. 79, 148 impressifrons Re as 136 signifacies ri Se 79 Ttriceratops 136, 137, 142 sinensis 79 sinieam.. 79 sororcula 159 Westermannia .. 88 (and footnote) stella 79 aoe a Xanthacrona . 127, 156 Suboeallitera 80 {Xanthorrachis .. 89, 137, 156 superflucta 83 Tannandalei 138 lasıa 80, 147 Xarnuta 87 COS 80 leucotelus 74, 75 rien a Xenochaeta 88 tucia 80, 147 Xenopterus à 0 13 ulula 155 Xiria | 70> 74, Ol, 87, 127 undecimguttata 81 auticd 4 vaga 81, 112 EeDuahe 7 laser ax | Xyphosia 88 Trypetidae 84 | Zizyphus . 134 U | jujuba 134 Umbelliferae ph 62 Zonogastra Be 7I Urellia 67, 73, 84, 88, 166 Zonosema 61, 64, 87, OI, 134 cribrata 69 alternata 62 nebulosa 76 | fdubium 135 punctum 78 | meigenii 62 an MEMOIRS ae of the INDIAN MUSEUM Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer “‘Golden Crown’ (WITH PLATES Ill). PART IIl.—Additional Notes on the Batoidei, By N. ANNANDALE. PART Ill.—Plectognathi and Pediculati, By N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS. PART IV.—Pleuronectid, By J. T. JENKINS. PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. ¢ Calcutta : PRINTED AT ‘THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. NOVEMBER, 1910. Price Three Rupees. Miscellaneous Zoological Publications. Account of the Deep-sea Brachyura collected by the R.I.M.S. “ Investigator.” By A. Alcock, M.B., C,M.Z.S. 30 Account of the Deep-sea Madreporaria collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘Investigator.” By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. 20 Account of the Triaxon (Hexactinellid) sponges collected by the R.I.M.S. “ Investigator.”” By F.E. Schulze, Ph.D., M.D. .. Account of the Alcyonarians collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘Investigator,” Part I. By J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., and W. D. Henderson, M.A., B.Sc. 5 Account of the Alcyonarians “collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator,’ PartII. By J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., and J.J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc. Aids to the identification of Rats connected with Plague in India. By W. C. Hossack, M.D. .. Catalogue of Indian Crustacea. Part I—Introduc- tion and Brachyura Primigenia. 2 A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., F.R.S. Catalogue of Indian Decapod Crustacea. Brachyura. Fasciculus II.—The Indian Fresh- water Crabs—Potamonide. By A. Alcock, C.L.E., M.B., LL.D., F.R.S. Gear I.— Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part II.—Anomura. Fasciculus I.—Pagurides. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., F.R.S., C.I.E. 5à Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part IIT.—Macrura. Fasciculus I—The Prawns of the Peneus Group. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., F.R.S., C.LE. Catalogue of Indian Deep- sea Crustacea: Decapoda Macrura and Anomala in the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., C.M.Z.S. Catalogue of Indian Deep- -sea Fishes in the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. = Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian Museum, Part I. By J. Anderson, M.D., LI..D., F.R.S. Part II. By W.].. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. Catalogue of Mantodea in the Indian Museum, Parts I and II. By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., etc. Catalogue of Moths of India, Parts I to VII. By E. C. Cotes and C. Swinhoe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc. Echinoderma of the Indian Museum : Account of the Deep-sea Holothurioidea collected by the RMS: Tivestigators By R. Koehler and C. Vaney .., Rs. As. 6 o Aveo 16 0 16 0 20 © o 8 ZO 14 O 14 O FEO 10 0 5 © CO DINO 5 12 16 o Echinoderma of the Indian Museum : Littoral & Sohn, ıı, Carlstrasse, Berlin, Other Publications edited and obtainable from sold by the Superintendent of the Indian Messrs. Friedlander & Sohn) issued by: the Director Holothurioidea ““ Investigator.”” Echinoderma oi the indian Museum: Deep-sea Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. “ Investi- gator.’’ By R. Koehler Echinoderma of the Indian Museum: Shallow- water Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. “ Investigator.” By R. Koehler 5 Echinoderma of the Indian Museum, Part Vv: _An account of the Deep-sea Asteroidea col- lected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.” By R. Koehler 50 Echinoderma of the Indian Museum, Part VI: An account of the Shallow-water Asteroidea. By R. Koehler - 35 Figures and Descriptions of Nine Species of Squil- lidæ from the collection of the Indian Museum. By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., etc., edited 2 A. Alcock, M.B. C.M.Z.S. collected by the Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Bird Gallery of the Indian Museum. By F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.S. Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Fish Gallery of the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. .. Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Invertebrate Gallery of the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. (Out of print.) Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Reptile and Amphibia Gallery of the Indian Mu- seum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. (Out of print.) Hand Jist of Mollusca in the Indian Museum, Parts I and II, and FasciculusE. By G. Nevill, C.M.Z.S., etc. Index, Parts I and II. By W. - Theobold Tilustrated Catalogue of the “Asiatic Horns and ‘Antlers in the Indian Museum. By T. Bentham List of Batrachia in the Indian Museum. By W. IL. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. List of Birds in the Indian Museum. © Part pe _ Corvidæ, Paradiseidæ, Ptilonorhynchidæ and Crateropodidæ. By F. Finn, BEA EVANS 5 List of Snakes in the Indian Museum. By W.L. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera and Catalogue of the Species of Bats in the Indian Museum. By G. E. Dobson, M.A., M.B., F.R.S. Monograph of the ‘Oriental Cicadidæ, Parts I to VII. By W. L. Distant, F.E.S. ee Museuni of the Royal Indian Marine. Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. I to V, 1894. Fishes, Plates VII to XIII. Echinoderma, Plates IV and V. Fishes, Plates XVI to XXVII, 1897. Fishes, Plate XVII. VI, 1898. 1399. Fishes, Plates XXV and XXVI. XXXV. Crustacea, Plates XLVI to XLVIII. Plates IX to XIII, 1902. XXXVI to XXXVIII, 1905. Plates I and II. As 8 per plate. “ Investigator,” Crustacea, Plates VI to VIII. Plates XIV to XVI. Crustacea, Plates XXVIII to XXXII. Fishes, Plates XVIII to XXIV. Crustacea, Plates XXXIII to XXXV. Mollusca, Crustacea, Plates XXXVI to XLV, Index, Part I, Crustacea, Plates LVI to LXVII. Crustacea (Malacostraca), Plates LXXVII to LXXIX. Mollusca, Plates XIV to XVIII, 1907. Fishes, Plates XXXIX to XLIII. ca), Plates III to V. Mollusca, Plates Se and x, 1908.—Re. I per plate. 1892. Fishes, Plates I to VII. Crustacea, Echinoderma, Plates I to III, Crustacea, Plates IX to XV, Plates VII and 1900. Fishes, 1901. Crustacea, Plates LXVIII to LXXVI. Fishes, Ks. As, R.I.M.S. By R. Koehler and C. Vaney 2 0 10 O 12 © 20 0 © 31 14 The ee can be obtained from the Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and from Messrs. Friedlander (also Plates 1895. 1896. Crustacea, Mollusca, Plates I to VIII, Plates XXVII to Crustacea, Plates XLIX to LV. Mollusca, Plates Crustacea (Entomostraca), Crustacea (Entomostra- Mollusca, Plates XXI to XXTII, 1909.— REPORT ON THE FISHES TAKEN BY THE BENGAL FISHERIES STEAMER “GOLDEN CROWN.” PART II.—ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE BATOIDEI. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Indian Museum. Since my report on the Batoidei was published (Mem. Ind. Mus., ii, pp. 1—60), a considerable number of interesting specimens of this group have been obtained by the “ Golden Crown,’ whose operations have now been brought to a close so far as the Government of Bengal is concerned, and I have had the opportunity of examining some of the Indian rays in the British and the Royal Scottish Museums. It has therefore become advisable in some cases to supplement, and in one to correct my former statements in the lisht of additional knowledge. I have nothing to add to what I said as regards the Pristidae and Rhinobatidae, but the Trygonidae and My- liobatidae need further comment, while as regards the Torpedinidae I may note that a considerable number of specimens of Bengalichthys impennis of both sexes have recently been taken in Balasore Bay, and one small female on the shore at Puri. My great and increased obligations in this work to Dr. J. T. Jenkins must be acknowledged, and also my sense of the courteous assistance which I met in the British Museum at the hands of Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Family TRYGONIDAE. Trygon uarnak (Forskäl). Mem. Ind. Mus., ii, p. 22. Bleeker’s specimen of T. undulatus (one of the types of that “species’’) in the British Museum (specimen M in Günther’s Catalogue) appears to be a young example of T. uarnak in which the spots have already begun to coalesce. At this stage I am unable to distinguish the colour variety variegatus from the typical form. Several of the synonyms in the Catalogue must undoubtedly be transferred from this species to T. gerrardii, but a more careful examination of Bleeker’s specimens than I had time to undertake in Europe would be necessary to elucidate this point fully. T. pareh seems to me to be distinct from either species, although it is probably identical with my own T. alcocki, which of course, should this prove to be the case, must be sunk as a synonym. It may be noted that in dried or shrivelled specimens of T. alcockw the flat scales on the dorsal surface become more conspicuous than is the 2 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, case in fresh specimens. They do not, however, even in a dried skin assume the regular pattern with well-defined outlines so characteristic of T. gerrardii and T. bleekeri. The measurements of the disk of the young specimen of T. uarnak given on page 30 of my report are unusual, the disk being broader than is commonly the case. The following measurements were taken from a single batch of somewhat older speci- mens in which the spots had already begun to coalesce and the ground colour of the back to darken :— of 3 of Q Q fe) Q Length of disk 40°0 cm. 38°75 cm. 35:0 cm. 37°5 cm. 40:0 cm. 38°75 cm. 41°25 cm. Breadth of disk 50:02, 175, 2, 12 105 SOSE », Trygon gerrardıi, Gray. Mem. Ind. Mus., ii, P. 24. Two species are confused under this name in the British Museum Catalogue, a half-grown specimen from Japan being certainly distinct from the types of the species. The latter are young stuffed specimens, but I am pretty sure that they are identical with what I call T. gevvardır.. In T. geyrardi the spots never extend to the anterior half of the disk, as they do in the half-grown Japanese specimen, in which there are traces of a mid-dorsal row of spines resembling those of T. akajeı. A large adult male of T. gerrardii was recently captured off the Madras coast which had the ventral surface suffused with dark pigment. Its measurements were as follows :— Breadth of disk .. me Se Le 86°25 cm. Length of disk .. N ne TENSIONS Length from mouth to vent .. RR = ARTS) Breadth between eyes de ae ae 12 SM Length of snout .. me a ae DESSIN This is by far the largest specimen of the species I have seen, but the pale spots, which were confined to the posterior margin of the disk, were quite distinct. Trygon fluviatilis (Ham. Buch.). (Plate ee) Size fairly large (a female from the sea measured 4 ft. 74 in. across the disk). Disk slightly broader than long without the pelvic fins, very flat, with the lateral angles very broadly and gradually rounded, so that the whole body, including the 1 But see Dr. Günther’s remarks in his ‘‘ Fische der Südsee,’’ pt. ix, p. 492 (1910). He is of the opinion that the species of these type specimens cannot be recognized. It is only after comparing large numbers of specimens in different conditions of preservation that I venture to differ from him. 1010. | N. ANNANDALE: Notes on the Batorder. 3 pelvic fins, has an oval outline. The snout acutely pointed and much produced, more than twice as long as the distance between the eyes. Colour. —Dorsal surface a dark livid purplish grey, changing to dull ochraceous in the middle of the disk. Ventral surface white with a broad, irregular, deeply pig- mented margin, which is more or less interrupted in front. Eyes small, not very prominent. Skin tough ; the entire dorsal surface {except that of the pelvic fins) and a con- siderable part of the ventral covered by small indistinctly stellate scales, the project- ing points of which are for the most part blunt. These scales are larger for the most part on the head than on the rest of the disk, but on the posterior half of the body some of them are markedly larger than the rest and bear sharp, straight spines; on the fins and on the ventral surface they are very small. This species is closely allied to Blyth’s T. marginatus, from which its produced and pointed snout will at once distinguish it. It also occurs in theR. Ganges, and is evidently the species named by Hamilton Raja fluviatilis. On this point I shall have more to say on another occasion. A specimen was taken off the Madras coast from between 20 and 30 fathoms in November, 1909. Its measurements were as follows :— Breadth of disk .. se ns ar 138 75 cm. Length of disk .. ti ee ae E35 On tess Breadth between eyes + mr er BOO 55 Breadth of mouth Se a ie To, Length from mouth to vent Eu ar SS The tail had unfortunately been removed before the specimen was brought to the Museum, but we have recently obtained another specimen in which the tail was apparently complete, but was less than twice as long as the body. Urogymnus asperrimus, Müller and Henle. (Plates, es 1) Ta, 1b.) Mem. Ind. Mus., ii, p. 37. Another large female specimen of this fish was taken off the Madras coast in September, 1909. Curiously enough its tail was mutilated in exactly the same way as was the case in the individual of the same species previously described. Its measurements were as follows : — Breadth across disk sx ae i N 720/08 Sin, Length of disk .. En ae ur ER HATA 5, Breadth between eyes fr a a i DENTS Breadth of mouth - sit “ Ar GPE, 5; Mouth to vent .. ne tie x: de OO +, This specimen had on the floor of the mouth, in addition to three finger-like pro- cesses in the centre, a shorter process on either side. 4 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Wor 1006, On the same voyage as that on which the large individual was taken, a young one, perhaps born from it prematurely, was also captured. It differed from the adult in the total absence of scales from the pectoral fins and snout and in possessing only blunt scales on the body and tail. Although there was no trace of a spine on the latter, the place in which it would have been in a Trygon was occupied by a distinct naked groove (pl. ii, fig. Ib)—-an interesting piece of evidence as regards the descent of Urogymnus from a genus such as Trygon with a poison-spine on the tail. On the snout a few soft tubercles were visible, which appeared to be developing spines with a flat base. Family MYLIOBATIDAE. Aétobatis narinari (Euphrasen). CAGE, 2) A. narinari, Mem. Ind. Mus., ui, p. 55 (© }. À. guttata, ibid., p. 56 (2). It becomes clear from an examination .of specimens from localities outside the Bay of Bengal and of individuals taken recently by the ‘ Golden Crown’’ off the Madras coast, that I was wrong in two particulars as regards the species of Aötobatis ; firstly, in thinking that the form I called A. narinari was peculiar to the Atlantic, and secondly, in regarding it as specifically distinct from the common Indian form. For some reason all the specimens I had examined in a fresh condition were males, in which the snout appears to be normally more pointed than it is in females; and it is evident that the coloration of the species is more variable than I realized. In Edinburgh and London there are Indian specimens that agree closely with American and South Sea specimens in the British Museum, while an old female from the Madras coast differs in more respects than one from all other specimens I have seen. It appears, however, that if very old and very young individuals, in both of which the spots are obscure or absent, are omitted from consideration, three colour varieties may be distinguished as follows :— Var. A.—Entire dorsal surface of disk, including the snout, spotted. Var. B.—Spots on the dorsal surface confined to the post-spiracular part of the disk. Var. C.—Spots confluent into short transverse streaks. Var. B is the common variety in the northern parts of the Bay of Bengal, but is by no means confined to Indian seas. Var. Ais found off the Coromandel and Mala- bar coasts as well as in the Atlantic and South Pacific; while var. C is probably liable to occur in diverse places as an individual sport. The large female recently taken by the “Golden Crown’’ is practically devoid of spots, which appear to have become almost obsolete. Very young individuals are also unspotted ; but in them the spots are just commencing to appear. For the following measurements of the large specimen I am indebted to Dr. Jenkins 1910.| N. ANNANDALE: Notes on the Batoidei. 5 and Mr. G. H. Tipper. They were taken on the fresh fish, while I have only been able to examine the skin in spirit. Unfortunately the snout was not measured, but it has evidently been extremely broad, short, and blunt. The measurements of young males were taken from two specimens captured together in the Bay of Bengal and preserved in spirit. Unfortunately the snout is much distorted in the smaller of the two, which was probably born prematurely :— 9 GF (eve) GP (EN) Breadth of disk ie 52 i. 2050iCM #22372) CH 2074 cm: Length of disk + = a BSD RES Ew 12 400, Length of tail a a es SOS NOT py | GTS ,, Mouth to vent OO A OR Breadth of snout at base =” Ke ae IAG] Length of snout = sc 2 > DO, The length of disk includes that of the snout. The large female differs not only in its inconspicuous coloration, very large size and short rounded snout from other specimens sent to the Museum from the ‘‘ Golden Crown,” but also in having the dorsal surface and the whole of the tail covered with small, star-shaped denticles. On the head these are sufficiently close together to form a regular pavement, while on the tail they have a spinous character. Müller and Henle have noticed that the tail of very large specimens of A. flagellum is some- times rough (Plagiostomen, p. 180), and I am inclined to think that this is a character denoting extreme old age The teeth in the ““ Golden Crown’’ specimen are trans- verse, and not pointed at the tip in the lower jaw; the nasal flap is nearly straight; there is no trace of a serrated spine on the tail. It is evident. therefore, that neither the shape of the tooth-band of the lower jaw, the outline of the snout, that of the nasal flap, nor the number of spines present on the tail can be regarded as characters of specific importance. ji à 2 HS PART IIlL.—-PLECTOGNATHI AND PEDICULATI. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Indian Museum, and J. T. JENKINS, B.Sc. (Lond.), D.Sc. (Wales), Ph.D. (Kiel), Superintendent, Lanca- shire and Western Sea Fishertes, late Fishery Adviser, Government of Bengal. INTRODUCTION. As comparatively few sharks and dog-fish have been taken by the ‘Golden Crown,” and as the collection of Selachians in the Indian Museum is by no means complete, we have thought it best to defer the consideration of this group. More- over, to describe the Teleostei in the collection of the ‘ Golden Crown’ in an adequate manner will mean little less than a revision of the Indian representatives of all the families of which specimens have been obtained, and this work cannot yet be undertaken as regards the larger groups. We have therefore decided to deal, in the first instance, with those groups that are compact and of moderate size without reference to their exact systematic position. As a beginning we here discuss the sub- orders Plectognathi and Pediculati, in our arrangement of which we follow Mr. Boulenger’s account of the Teleostei in the Cambridge Natural History, vol. vii (1904). Most of the specimens of these suborders that Day has figured in his Fishes o/ India are in the collection of the Indian Museum, including the types of severalspecies. In the “Golden Crown’’ collection the Triacanthidae and Tetrodontidae of the Bay of Bengalare fairly well represented, but the Balistidae, Diodontidae and Pediculati poorly. The Balistidae and Diodontidae are mainly species which frequent coral reefs, but coral reefs do not occur in the northern part of the Bay of Bengal, and it is only near the southern limits of the trawler’s cruises, that is to say, off the Madras coast, that Balistidae have been taken. Their presence there is probably due to the large masses formed by molluscs of the genera Sılıguarıa and Spiroglyphus and almost comparable to coral reefs in growth. The Indian Pediculati, on the other hand, are mostly deep- sea forms; the majority of the species that belong to our fauna have been described by Col. Alcock or by Capt. Lloyd from the “‘Investigator”’ collections, the types being in the Indian Museum. We must express our obligations to Prof. Max Weber of Amsterdam for valuable notes on the genera Triacanthus and Halieutaea. I.—Suborder PLECTOGNATAHT. LIST OF THE PLECTOGNATHI OF INDIAN SEAS. [The names of species not represented in the collection of the Indian Museum are printed in italics. ‘Those of species taken by the ““ Golden Crown’’ are distinguished 8 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Norte by a *, those of species of which the types are in the Indian Museum with a }, and those of species not recorded or recognized as distinct by Day in the ‘‘Fauna’’ with a $.] OUR NH BB. 33- SCLERODERMI. Fam. TRIACANTHIDAE. Triacanthus brevirostris.* vs oxycephalus.*$ a strigilifer.* a weberi.*§ + Triacanthodes ethiops.§ + Halimochirurgus centriscoides.§ + Fam. TRIODONTIDAE. Triodon bursarius. Fam. BALISTIDAE. Balistes stellaris.* maculatus. vetula. niger. a Toes: Balistes conspicillum. Balistes viridescens. fuscus. ,, flavimarginatus. Balistes elliott. Balistes aculeatus. rectangulus. Ve undalatus: Balstes buniva. Balistes erythrodon. Monacanthus oculatus.$ Monacanthus nematophorus.s Rs setifer. Monacanthus choerocephalus. ne tomentosus. Aluteres monoceros.* FE scriptus.* Aluteres nasicornis.$ Anacanthus barbatus. J) ») Fam. OSTRACIONTIDAE. Ostracion gibbosus.* cubicus. +) 38. oie Ostracion punctatus. nasus.* A cornutus. Ostracion fornasinti.$ 3 GYMNODONTES. Fam. TETRODONTIDAE. Tetrodon lunaris.* inermis.* sceleratus. hypselogenion. oblongus.* spinosissimus.$ patoca.* cutcutia. immaculatus.* i nigropunctatus. stellatus.* reticularis.* hispidus. fst leopardus. + viridipunctatus. f t fluviatilis. Tropidichthys investigatoris, sp. nov.§ + Tropidichthys valentim.$ = bennettii.s Tropidichthys margaritatus.* Fam. DIODONTIDAE. Diodon hystrix. Diodon maculatus. Diodon orbicularis.*$ Fam. MOLIDAE. Orthagoriscus, SP. I010.] N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS: Plectognathi and Pediculati. 9 Of the 61 species in the above list, only 17 have been taken by the “Golden Crown,’ although 34 of the 54 Batoidei known from Indian seas were obtained. This is evidently due to the fact that the great majority of the Plectognathi are reef- haunting species not found in water suitable for the operations of a trawler. Three species in the list (Triacanthodes ethiops, Halimochirurgus centriscoides and Ostracion fornasini) have been added to the Indian fauna by Col. Alcock,' while five have recently been recorded from the south-western limits of the Indian seas by Mr. Tate Regan in his account of the fish taken off the Maldives and in other parts of the Indian Ocean by Prof. Stanley Gardiner.” These five species, only the first of which is represented in the collection of the Indian Museum, are Monacanthus oculatus, M. nematophorus, Aluteres nasicorms, Tropidichthys valentim and T. bennettii. Two additional species have recently been taken by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘Investigator’’ in fairly deep water, both new to the fauna, namely, Tetrodon spinosissimus and Tropid- ichihys investigatoris,sp.nov. The former was described by Mr. Tate Regan from the Saya de Maïha Bankin the Indian Ocean, and is represented in the Indian Museum by several specimens from the Gulf of Martaban and from Hongkong. Two species of Tri- acanthus and one of Diodon, not recognized by Day, have been taken by the ‘‘ Golden Crown.” Most of the forms dealt with in this paper are, however, well known; only two new species are described here (Tvopidichthys investigatoris and Halieutaca indica), while a third (Triacanthus weberi) has recently been described by Mr. B. L,. Chaudhuri. The families and genera of the Plectognathi have so often been discussed that in most cases it will be unnecessary for us to describe their peculiarities, which are fully described in Gtinther’s Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. viii. Sclerodermi. Key to the Families and Indian Genera of Sclerodermi. Family I, TRIACANTHIDAE. Skin covered with small scales; body compressed ; a spinous dorsal fin consisting of at least two spines; a pair of stout moveable ventral spines. A.—Snout moderately produced; teeth small, conical, in a double series af: IF .. Triacanthodes. B.—Snout moderately produced; teeth of the outer series incisor-like pra .. Triacanthus. C. -Snout produced into a long, curved, perfectly tubular organ IB 5x ... Halimochirurgus. 2 Journ, Astat. Soc. Bengal (ii), vol. Ixiii, p. 137, pl. vii, fig. 6 (1894), and vol. Ixv, p. 338 (1896) ; Proc. Astat. Soc. Bengal, 1899, p. 78; Illustr. Zool. R.I.M.S. “ Investigator,” Fishes, pl. xv, fig. 9, and px fee * Gardiner’s Fauna and Geogr. Maldive and Laccadive Arch., vol. i, p. 279, and Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2), xii, p. 252. Io Memoirs of the Indian Museum. IVOr ME Family II, BALISTIDAE. Skin rough or with moveable scales; body compressed ; not more than three spines in the dorsal; ventral reduced to a single spine or absent. A.— Three dorsal spines present Dr 0 LBCUISIOS. B.— One perfect and usually one rudimentary dorsal spine. (b) Ventral spine present or absent; no barbel; less than 40 rays in the anal fin oe .. Monacanthus. (b’) No ventral spine; no barbel; more than 40 rays in the anal fin 55 Be do AVES. (b”) No ventral spine; a fleshy barbel on the lower jaw us aie N .. Anacanthus. Family III, OSTRACIONTIDAE. The scales modified into a firm and inflexible carapace formed of mosaic-like scutes; spinous dorsal and ventral fins absent. Teeth small, slender, in a single series ae .. Ostracion. The above key is based on the one given by Günther in his Catalogue (vol. viii, p. 208), but only Indian forms are included and certain modifications have been ren- dered necessary by more recent work on Oriental ichthyology. Family TRIACANTHIDAE. Genus TRIACANTHUS, Cuvier. Key to the Indian species of Triacanthus. A.—Second dorsal spine much more than half as long as the first. First dorsal spine shorter than the head ; membrane of the dorsal fin tipped with black .. IL. strigilifer. B.—Second dorsal spine less than half as long as the first. (b) Membrane of dorsal fin entirely pale; first dorsal spine distinctly longer than the head; snout fairly stout ; dorsal profile of head sinuous... T. oxycephalus. (b’) Membrane of dorsal fin black; first dorsal spine not longer than the head; snout stout, with the dorsal profile nearly straight .. IL. brevirostris. 1910.] N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS: Plectognathi and Pediculatı. II (5°) Membrane of dorsal fin edged with black; first dorsal spine not or barely longer than the head ; snout slender, with the dorsal profile distinctly concave and the ventral profile sinuous .. I. weber. Triacanthus strigilifer, Cantor. Day, Faun. Brit. Ind., Fishes, vol. ii, p. 472. This species, which does not appear to be quite so common in the Bay of Bengal as T. brevirosinis, is easily distinguished by the length of the second dorsal spine. Should this spine be broken, as is sometimes the case, the characteristic form of the snout, midway between that of 7. brevirostris and T. weberi, will serve as diagnostic. T. strigilifer has been taken on both sides of the Bay by the “‘Golden Crown ’’ and is represented in Day’s collection. Triacanthus oxycephalus, Bleeker. Bleeker, Atlas Ichthyologique, vol. v, p. 00, pl. cexx, fig. 3. This species is regarded by Günther as synonymous with 7. braculeatus, but is apparently distinguished from the latter not only by the outline of its snout and the great length of the anterior dorsal spine, but also by distinct differences in coloration and in form of body. Prof. Max Weber has been kind enough to compare a specimen with Bleeker’s original specimens. T. oxycephalus is not represented in Day’s collection. It has been taken off the coast of Orissa by the ‘‘Golden Crown’’ and also occurs off that of Lower Burma as well as in the Malay Archipelago. Triacanthus brevirostris, Temm. and Schleg. Day, Faun. Brit. Ind., Fishes, vol. ii, p. 471. T. brevirostris is perhaps the commonest species of the genus in the Bay of Bengalé In Lake Chilka it occurs in brackish water. It is easily distinguished from other species by its comparatively stout snout and by the almost complete blackness of the membrane of the dorsal fin. Triacanthus weberi, Chaudhuri. T weberi, Chaudhurt, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (N.S.), vol. vi, p. 497, pl. xxxii (r910). This species is not represented in Day’s collection; indeed, all the specimens in the collection of the Indian Museum were taken by the ‘Golden Crown.’’ Possibly it inhabits rather deeper water than the other species. The peculiar form of the snout, which it is difficult to express accurately by means of measurements, will at once distinguish the species. The dark pigment on the snout, moreover, forms a narrower and better defined band on the sides than is the case in 7. sivigilifer, T. brevirostris or T. oxycephalus. 12 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Family BALISTIDAE. Genus BALISTES, Lacépède. Balistes stellarıs, Bloch and Schneid. This is the only species of the genus that has been taken by the ‘‘ Golden Crown.” It is apparently not uncommon on the Si/iquaria grounds off the Madras coast at a depth of from 20 to 30 fathoms. Genus MONACANTHUS, Cuvier. No species of this genus (sensu stricto) has been taken by the “Golden Crown.” As, however, two new species have recently been added to the Indian fauna, the following key may prove useful. All the Indian species are fully described in Günther’s Catalogue: — Key to the Indian species of Monacanthus. A.— Ventral spine moveable; the ventral protuberance not extending beyond it. (a) Upper profile of snout concave; scales minute, each with four or five spines on the margin .. M. tomentosus. (a’) Upper profile of snout concave; scales minute, not very rough, sometimes mixed with minute eirri sts ue ue 55 WL, SORIA. (a”) Upper profile of snout nearly straight; skin velvety, with long fringed filaments .. M. nematophorus. B.—Ventral spine absent. Body subeircular, marked with purplish ocelli .. M. oculatus. Genus ALUTERES, Bleeker. Key to the Indian species of Aluteres. A.—Dorsal spine not in front of the orbit. (a) Dorsal profile of snout convex; caudal fin much shorter than the head de .. A. monoceros. (a’) Dorsal profile of snout concave; caudal fin nearly as long as or longer than the head a AL SCripius. B.—Dorsal spine distinctly in front of the orbit. Dorsal profile of snout convex; dorsal spine nearly as long as the head .. Er NEPA Ra SUCOTMUS: Aluteres monoceros {Osbeck). Monacanthus monoceros, Day, Faun. Brit. Ind., Fishes, vol. ii, p. 482. This species has been taken by the “Golden Crown’’ on several occasions. It appears to be not uncommon, together with Balistes stellatus, on the Stılrquaria grounds off the Madras coast. 1910.] N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS. Plectognatm and Pediculatı. 13 An abnormal specimen in the collection, while agreeing in other ae with typical examples, shows no trace of the dorsal spine. Aluteres scriptus (Osbeck). Monacanthus scriptus, Dav, op. cit., p. 483. >) At least one specimen was taken by the “Golden Crown as the last species. on the same grounds Family OSTRACIONTIDAE. Genus OSTRACION, Artedi. The only species of this genus taken by the ‘‘Golden Crown’’ are O. gibbosus (the O. turritus of Day’s books) and O. nasus. The two species do not appear to have quite the same distribution in the Bay of Bengal, for while O. nasus has been taken in considerable numbers in the muddy waters opposite the mouths of the Ganges, O. gibbosus appears to be characteristic rather of the Sr/iquaria grounds off the Madras coast and the rocky bottom off Arakan. Both species occur, however, in the Andamans. Alcock (Journ. Asrat. Soc. Bengal (ii), vol. Ixv, p. 338) has added ©. fornasini, a species widely distributed in the Indian Ocean, to the fauna of British India; but we have been unable to find his specimen, which was taken off Ceylon in 34 fathoms, in the collection of the Indian Museum. The species is easily distinguished from its ally T. cornutus by its much shorter superciliary spines, which are parallel or slightly con- vergent, and by the fact that it possesses a large, conical, compressed spine in the middle of the back. Gymnodontes. The families here recognized are clearly distinguished by Day as ‘groups,’ except that he does not separate the Diodontidae, which have only a single tooth in each jaw, from the Tetrodontidæ, which have two. Family TETRODONTIDAE. Considerable difference of cpinion exists among ichthyologists as to the number of genera that should be recognized in this family. We are able to distinguish three among the Indian forms, as follows: — A.— Back rounded or flat ; nostrils conspicuous. (a) Dorsal and anal fins with more than 20 rays each 55 .. Xenopterus. (a’) Dorsal and anal fins nn not more an 16 rays each ry ay Se .. Tetrodon. B.—Back compressed into a ridge; nostrils very inconspicuous. Dorsal and anal fins with not more than 16 rays each ae 2 +R .. Tropidichthys. 14 Memoirs of the Indian Museuni. WOES JOO, Genus TETRODON, Linn. Tetrodon inermis, Schlegel. A specimen of this species was taken by the ‘ Golden Crown’’ off the mouth of the Eastern Channel (R. Hughli), in November, 1909. The sides of the fresh speci- men are of a bright golden-green colour. Tetrodon lunarıs, Bloch and Schneid. There seems to be every gradation between T. /unaris and 7. spadiceus, Richard- son. The only difference is the extent to which the spines on the dorsal surface extend backwards. T°. lunaris isone of the commonest species in the Bay and was fre- quently taken on the “Golden Crown.” Young individuals from 2 cm. in length were taken in large numbers on the shore at Puri at the commencement of February, 1900. In fresh specimens the back is dark bluish or greenish grey, sometimes obscurely marbled with a paler shade. The sides and belly are white. Tetrodon oblongus, Bloch. A common species in the Bay of Bengal frequently recorded on the “Golden Crown.” The length of the largest specimen is 28 cm. Tetrodon spinosissimus (Tate Regan). (Plate i, fig. 2.) Spheroides spinosissimus, Tate Regan, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2) Zool., voi. xii, part 1a. 10, AS, plie rides There are two specimens in the collection of the Indian Museum from the Gulf of Martaban, taken by the ““Investigator”’ from a depth of 100 fathoms. ‘They differ from Tate Regan’s figure in having very much shorter spines, and one of them has numerous small black dots on the tail. Several specimens from Hongkong agree closely with the original figure. The species may be distinguished from all those described by Day, in the group with two nasal apertures on each side, by the uniform pale brown coloration of its dorsal surface. Tetrodon patoca, Ham. Buch. Two large specimens were taken by the “Golden Crown,’ one off the Orissa coast in August, 1908, the other off Gopalpur (Madras Presidency) in September, 1909, the latter measuring 144 inches in length. The species is common in the estuaries of the Ganges. There are also several small specimens from Karachi in the collection. In these the pale spots are somewhat obscure. This, however, may be due to the fact that they were originally preserved in formalin. IQIO.] N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS: Plectognathi and Pediculati. 15 Tetrodon viridipunctatus, Day. This appears to be a species of doubtful validity, as Day’s descriptions and figures differ from those of 7. patoca mainly as regards markings. The type is a painted skin, and no other example is known; moreover, the artificial markings on the type do not at all agree with Day’s figure. The specimen, therefore, is hardly even of historical value. Tetrodon immaculatus, Bloch and Schneid. Several specimens have been recorded from both sides of the Bay. The largest specimen in the collection is 21'5 cm. long. The spines in this species are covered with a thick cuticular investment. None of the specimens in the collection have barred sides. Telrodon mgropunctatus, Bloch and Schneid. This species was not recorded on the ‘Golden Crown.’ There are two specimens in the collection. One iscovered with fairly long spines, the other almost naked. In the latter the skin is covered with small, closely set, soft tubercles. The spiny spécimen has no history: the other is from Port Blair in the Andamans. Tetrodon stellatus, Bloch and Schneid. Recorded from the ““ Golden Crown’’ on several occasions. In a series of specimens it does not seem possible to draw any real distinction between Günther’s varieties « and 8, except that variety « probably consists of old and variety ß of young individuals. Of Gunther’s var. y (the Crayracıon astrotaenıa of Bleeker), we have examined two small specimens; but we do not feel justified in expressing an opinion, in the absence of intermediate forms, as to its distinctness. Tetrodon fluviatilis, Ham. Buch. This species, which appears to be entirely littoral, estuarine and fluviatile, was not obtained by the “Golden Crown,’ but a large series of specimens has been examined. | There are two well-marked varieties in the river Ganges and on the Indian coasts. In var. A (figured by Hamilton in his Fishes of the Ganges) there are well- defined pale bars across the back, and the caudal fin is more or less definitely spotted or barred. The ventral surface is usually unpigmented. In var. B (figured by Day in his Fishes of India) the markings are much less distinct, the dorsal surface being marbled rather than barred. The ventral surface is usually pigmented. Var. B has not yet been examined by us from fresh water, but var. A occurs on the Orissa coast as well as far up the Ganges (Sara Ghat). 16 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. — Mor IE The two varieties were taken together in a trawl on December 6th, 1909, in brackish water in the Sattermukhi River, Ganges delta. Genus TROPIDICHTHYS, Bleeker. Key to the Indian species of Tropidichthys. A.—A large black ocellus present at the base of the dorsal fin. (a) Pale ocelli on the snout, sides and caudal fin .. T. margantatus. (a’) Pale ocelli absent from the caudal fin LOT Donner B.—No dark ocellus at the base of the dorsal fin. (b) Dark markings consisting solely of delicate longitudinal and transverse lines; no pale ocelli T. investigatoris. (b’) Somewhat irregular dark bands present; sides with pale ocelli Ae i PM wwalentin. Bleeker in 1854 referred those species with ridged back and inconspicuous nasal organs to a genus Tropidichthys. In 1865 he called the species with these characters Psilonotus. Günther regarded them as a subgenus of Tetrodon under the name of Anosmius, Peters, 1855; and Day treated them as a division of Tetrodon. Tropidichthys margantatus, Rupp. (Plate i, fig. 3.) There are four specimens in the Museum, all taken by the ‘Golden Crown’’ off the Madras coast. The lines under the eye are nearly horizontal, and. not radiating. There are no horizontal lines on the lower part of the head, and the small ocelli on the tail show a tendency to run together and form ventral bars. Those on the ventral surface are very faint, if they can be distinguished at all. Tropidichthys investigatoris, sp. nov. (CPlaee 1 fe 4.) Two specimens from the Andamans (St. 239 of the ‘‘ Investigator”’) at a depth of 55 fathoms. Dow Eu No Cr Outline of back distinctly angular, the highest point being just above the gill- opening. Depth of body very variable. The whole of head and body, except the tail, covered with small spines which lie parallei to the skin. Each spine with two roots. No dark spot at base of dorsal fin. Fins practically colourless. Back and sides pale brown. Three narrow somewhat sinuous dark lines crossing the snout in front of the eye, the two posterior ones bending inwards towards the orbit; a fourth line joining the orbits near the centre; at least one similar line across the 1910.] N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS: Plectognathi and Pediculatı. 17 back ; two or three transverse lines on upper part of each side behind the pectoral ; several short vertical lines beneath the eye. Ventral surface cream-coloured. II.—Suborder PEDICULATI. LIST OF THE PEDICULATI OF INDIAN SEAS. Fam. LOPHIIDAE. 12. Antennarius hispidus. T3. ifer. I. Lophius indicus.f$ > Fe Te LU ig 14. he commersoni1.§ 2, gracilimanus. t§ 3: » mutilus. f$' Fam. MALTHIDAE. 4. a. lugubris. t§ { 5. . Héradla tre. 8 15. Malthopsis lutea.t$ À 16. Sp triangularis. t$ Fam. CERATIIDAE. 17. Halieutaea indica.*+$ 6. Lophodolus indicus. +§ 18. nigra +§ 7. Melanocoetus sp.$ TQ. +) coccinea.Ÿ\ 8. Ceratias bispinosus.$ 7 20: ») stellata.* }$ 9. Oneirodes glomerosus. f$ Ant >> fumosa.f$ 22. Halicmetus ruber.f$ 23. Dibranchus nasutus.f$ Io. Chaunax pictus.$ 24. Mr micropus. § Tone Le apus. t§ 25. Ae nudiventer. t§ Fam. ANTENNARIIDAE. Of the Indian Pediculati, out of a total of 25 species, 20 are deep-sea forms. Only three have been taken by the ‘‘Golden Crown,” viz., Antennarius hispidus, Halieutaea stellataand H.indica. The last isdescribedasanewspecies. Allthe Indian species are, however, represented in the collection of the Indian Museum. The deep-sea forms of which the types are in this collection are fully described either in Col. Alcock’s Descriptive Catalogue of Deep-Sea Fishes in the Indian Museum, or in Capt. Lloyd’s appendix, and are figured in the Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. ““ Investigator.”’ Key to the Indian Families and Genera of Pediculati. I.—Head and body depressed, more or less disk-like. A.— Gill opening in lower axil of pectoral. Family I, LOPHIIDAE. Genus Lophus. l This and other species of Lophtidae which have the second portion of the spinous dorsal obsoles- cent are placed by Goode and Bean in a new genus Lophiodes : see ‘‘Oceanic Ichthyology,’’ Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1895, p. 537- 2 Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. ii, No. 3 (1909). 18 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, B.— Gill opening above pectoral. Family II, MALTHIDAE. a.—A soft dorsal present. (a) Palate edentulous; 2 gills 20 .. Dibranchus. (a’) Palate edentulous; 24 gills a .. Halieutaea. (a”) Teeth on palate and vomers ad .. Malthopsis. b.—No soft dorsal .. de Bt .. Halicmetus. II.—Head and body compressed or rounded. A.—Pectoral fin straight. Family III, CERATIIDAE. a.—Skin smooth. (a) A pair of cephalic spines ; a jointed dorsal fila- ment situated behind the head .. .. Lophodolus. (a’) Dorsal flament on snout ue .. Melanocoetus. (a”) Two dorsal filaments fe .. Onetrodes. b.—Skin covered with minute prickles oe ae) Genanası B.—Pectoral fin distinctly elbowed. Family IV, ANTENNARIIDAE. {a Body not much compressed; spinous dorsal consisting of I or 2 unprotected tentacles .. Chaunax. (b) Body compressed and elevated ; spinous dorsal consisting of 3 spines, of which the first is tentacular oh LÉ .. Antennarius. Family MALTHIDAE. Genus HALIEUTAEA, Cuv. & Val. Key to the Indian species of Halieutaea. I.— Under surface of disk covered with perfectly smooth, glandular, nearly transparent skin. Five rays in the dorsal fin oy .. H. fumosa. II.—Under surface of disk bearing minute stellate spines or granules covered with skin which is opaque or slightly translucent. A.—Four rays in the dorsal fin. (a) Roof of tentacular cavity extending forward as far as the edge of the disk; caudal and pectoral fins not edged with black so HndIca IgIo.] N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS: Plectognathi and Pediculatı. Ig (a’) Roof of tentacular cavity not extending to the margin of the disk ; caudal and pectoral fins edged with black a .. dH. stellata. B.—Five rays in the dorsal fin. (b) Disk flat > as H. negra. (o’) Disk distinctly convex in front in Li coccencan Halieutaea indica, sp. nov. (Blatesi 110440) H. stellata, Day (nec Kühl), Faun. Brit. Ind., Fishes, p. 234, fig. 85. Dez IS N. 12 pre te Co Tail, excluding the caudal fin, from + to & length of disk. Caudal usually slightly longer than the tail, occasionally of the same length. Length and width of disk approximately equal. Dorsal surface covered with numerous strong subequal spines, many of which are bifid; at the edge many are trifid. Most of the spines have four roots ; at the edge of the disk they project freely and are accompanied by delicate cuticular processes. The anterior extremity of the roof of the tentacular cavity reaches or is slightly in advance of the anterior extremity of the disk, and the aperture of the cavity is vertical, so that the cavity is concealed from above. The strong spine at each side of it projects beyond the margin of the disk. Superciliary ridge with strong spines. Interorbital space equals or slightly exceeds diameter of eye. The ventral surface with minute scattered spines. Colour (in spirit). Dorsal surface white, densely covered with very minute black dots, which are grouped together in places to form thin lines and reticulated patterns. Ventral surface white (Somewhat translucent) with scattered minute black and opaque white dots. Pectoral fins colourless, caudal fin clouded with grey, occasionally with white, vertical bands. Colour of dorsal surface of living specimens pink. This is undoubtedly the species figured by Day as H. stellata of Kühl, but it differs from the latter species, amongst other characters, in the following points:— (I) The spines on the dorsal surface are less strongly developed. (2) The extremity of the roof of the tentacular cavity extends at least as far forwards as the edge of the disk. Professor Max Weber, who has been kind enough to examine a specimen, agrees with us in regarding this species as distinct. Halieutaea stellata, Kühl. (Plate ii, fig. 3.) Dee ME ee ERST Tail, excluding the caudal fin, } length of disk. Caudal fin nearly the same length as the tail. 20 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte Disk distinctly broader than long. Dorsai surface covered with stout stellate spines, most of which have more than four roots. They vary considerably in size, but none are very small. Over the greater part of the disk the spines are single At the edge, where they are accompanied by numerous cuticular processes, they have at least four sharp points. The anterior extremity of the roof of the tentacular cavity does not reach the edge of the disk. The aperture of the cavity slopes down- wards and forwards, so that it is partly visible from above. The disk is much flatter than in A. coccinea. Superciliary ridge with strong simple spines. Interorbital space distinctly broader than diameter of eye. Ventral surface with very minute and widely scattered spines. Colour (in spirit). Dorsal surface pinkish grey with numerous black spots, the centre of each of which is much darker than the periphery. These spots tend to be arranged in eight groups, four on each lateral half of the disk. The most marked group is that on each side of the centre of the mid-dorsal region. The whole of the dorsal surface is covered with minute pigment cells; the ventral surface white. In life the ground colour of the dorsal surface is a deep red. Pectoral and caudal fins white, broadlv edged with black. Dorsal fin black, edged with white. This species appears to reach a much larger size than A. indica. In some res- pects it resembles H. coccinea, but the disk is much flatter, the spines on the dorsal surface are stouter, and those on the ventral surface are smaller or more widely scattered. The coloration is also different, and there are only 4 rays in the dorsal. We had proposed to describe this species as new, but notes that Prof. Max Weber has been kind enough to send convince us that we would have been wrong in so doing. Family ANTENNARIIDAE. Genus ANTENNARIUS, Cuv. Key to the Indian species of Antennarius. I.—Skin devoid of spines. Skin bearing numerous foliaceous processes .. A. marmoratus. II.—Skin covered with minute spines. A.—Sides pale with numerous dark streaks, which radiate from the eye and from the pectoral fin.. A. hispidus. B.—Sides variously mottled or spotted. (b) First dorsal spine (tentacle) longer than the second Be ne a .. A. commersoni. (b’) First dorsal spine not longer than the second A. nummifer. Antennarius hispidus, Bloch and Schneid. Two specimens have been taken by the ‘ Golden Crown ” off the Ganjam coast. There are several others in the collection of the Indian Museum, one of which from 1910.] . N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS: Plectognathi and Pediculatı. ZT Dhappa near Calcutta (if the locality is correct) must have been taken in brackish water. The series examined exhibit considerable variation as regards marking, but all the specimens differ from Günther’s figure,' in that the markings on the posterior part of the sides of the body take the form of streaks instead of spots. There is considerable variation in the length of the tentacles and in the form and size of the tuft at its extremity. Day’s figure is taken from a shrivelled and distorted speci- men still in the collection of the Indian Museum. The body is much deeper than he represents it. Antennarius nummifer, Cuv. (Plate figs 5.) If Gunther’ iscorrect as to the synonymy of this species, Day’s figure in the Fishes of India’ represents not it but a variety of A. commersonii, Günth. There is, however, a specimen in the collection of the Indian Museum that agrees fairly well with Bleeker’s figure* of A. coccineus, which Günther regards as a representation of the true A. nummifer. It is by no means improbable that these three forms, as well as several others,’ will ultimately prove to be conspecific. Antennarius commersoni (Lacép.). Day’s specimen in the collection of the Indian Museum, although apparently not the one he figured as A. nummifer in the Fishes of India, belongs perhaps to Günther’s A. commersonii var. B. The spots, however, are less numerous than in the individuals figured by the latter author. There are several young specimens in the collection (length from 28 to 42 mm.) which agree fairly well with the definition and figure of var. A of the same species, except that the first dorsal spine is dis- tinctly shorter than the second. Perhaps they are the young of that form. These specimens are from Bombay. 1 « Die Fische der Stidsee,’’ vol. v, Journ. Mus. God., Hamburg, 1876—81, pl. 99, fig. A. » Ibid., p. 163, pls. 100—106. 3 Plate lix, fig. 2. + Atlas Ichthyologique, vol. v, pl. excvii, fig. 2 (1865). 5 Notably A. iridens (Schlegel); see Pietschmann in Ann. k. k. Naturh. Hofmus., vol. xxiii, p. I, pl. i (Vienna, 1900). MODO Es PAU D PART IV.—ON A COLLECTION OF INDIAN PLEURONECTIDAE. By J. T. JENKINS, D.Sc. (Wales), Superintendent, Lancashire and Western Sea Fishenes. This collection was for the most part obtained by the Bengal Government’s steam trawler the ‘‘ Golden Crown’ in the Bay of Bengal during 1908-09. A few specimens from the Trivandrum Museum, from the Indian Marine Survey collection, and several collected by Dr. Annandale on Puri beach are also included. Most of the species figured in the accompanying plate (pl. iii) have been described in the Records of the Indian Museum, vol. v, pp. 123—140 (1910). So far as the observations of the “ Golden Crown’ extended it would appear that the Pleuronectidae are not so abundant in the Bay of Bengal between to and 35 fathoms as they are on similar ground in British waters. The genus Pleuronectes, which is frequently taken in enormous quantities in the seas of Northern Europe, and is a valuable commercial fish, is entirely absent in the Bay, and its place is apparently taken by the genera Pseudorhombus and Psettodes. At any rate these genera are found in localities which would in England be inhabited by Pleuronectes. The habitat of the two common species of Pseudorhombus, P. arsius and P. javanicus, is similar to that of the Dab {Pleuronectes limanda), while Psettodes erumei may be taken to be the representative of the Flounder (Pleuronectes flesus) in Indian waters. Of the ‘‘soles,”’ the genera Cynoglossus and Synaptura are characteristic of depths between Io and 35 fathoms, while Plagusia, which was rarely taken on the “Golden Crown,’’ would appear to frequent shallower areas since it is commonly taken by the beach fishermen at Puri. The commonest sole in the Bay is Cynoglos- sus macrolepidotus, and this species formed the bulk of the commercial ‘‘sole”” of the “Golden Crown.’’ So far as the limited observations in the Sunderbuns extended, it seems that Cynoglossus extends well into the estuaries, at any rate specimens were captured at Morrelganj and Kan Rondighee. At the latter place the salinity is very slight, the reading with the Kiel araeometer being I’0090. PLEURONECTIDAE. PSETTODES, Bennett. Psettodes erumei, Bloch and Schneid. Numerous specimens of this species were obtained by the “Golden Crown.’’ It is especially abundant on the muddy grounds off the entrance to the Eastern Chan- nel (mouth of the Hughli). 24 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor DI, Three specimens were added to the Museum collection from the “Golden Crown.” No. Locality. Length. 2139. Off Elephant Pt., Arakan Coast, July, 1909 SET Cine. 3634. Off Santapalii, Madras Presidency, October, 1909 .. 176 ,, 3644. Off Gopalpur, re i Ne MEZ PSEUDORHOMBUS, Bleeker. Three species of Pseudorhombus are represented in the collection, viz. :— Pseudorhombus arsius, Bleeker. Pseudorhombus javanicus, Bleeker. Pseudorhombus russell, Gray. As is the case in British Pleuronectidae, there is a considerable variation in colour and marking within the limits of a single species. This is especially notice- able in the case of the specimens of Pseudorhombus arsius. The presence of interme- diate specimens between the extreme colour varieties, however, renders it certain that only one species is represented. Pseudorhombus arsius, Bleeker. This species is distinguished from the nearly related P. javanicus by the larger number of dorsal fin rays (over 70) and the enlarged anterior teeth. No. Locality. Length. ee Où eds, Mike, Coast, CColcen Crowe à D I OS SiS, F 2438 Puri beach, Dr. N. Annandale .. 56 ZO CUS, F 3432 Jen specimens. Balasore Bay, “Golden Crown” ae Sg Kor, OO, OA, DTP DE), AR 2470, ASS), Ai, AP SiS, F 344° Balasore Bay, ‘‘ Golden Crown” .. -. 24°9 cms. F 2222 Five specimens, namely :-— Pk eb bande Pie tre lee, JOIN Annandale LE as 2 152718540, 195% 21°5, 21°6 cms. F 5448 S. Orissa, “ Golden Crown’’ = >. T0 GTS, Pseudorhombus javanicus, Bleeker. Day in his description of this species says ‘ A well-developed pre-anal spine,’’ whereas in P. arsius the ‘‘ pre-anal spine, when present, is but slightly apparent.’’ According to my observations this spine is occasionally well-developed (vide Nos. F 2442 or F 2442, P,) and more often absent (vide other specimens). Possibly IgIo.] J. T. JENKINS : Indian Pleuronectidae. 25 this is a sexual difference; at any rate it does not serve as a specific distinction from P. arsius. It will be noticed that the specimens of P. javanicus are on the average smaller than those of P. arsius. No. Locality. Length. F 21243 Off Elephant Point, Arakan Coast, “Golden Crown” .. dee a BE BAO) Gane F 3441 Puri beach, Dr. N. Annandale .. 55 MOTOWN, +2 Potlmspecimens—— DE, wk ba bunt beach, Dr. N. Annandale .. oe een Mla ANE CE ea der and 16°4 cms. Pseudorhombus russellir, Gray. Day evidently regards this species as identical with P. arsius, but from an examination of this collection I am convinced that the species are distinct. 12242. Off Orissa Coast, Marine Survey. The Indian species of Pseudorhombus may be distinguished by the following characteristics :— . Dorsal fin rays over 70 .. P. arsius, Bleeker. una (si collagen ' Dorsal fin rays 70 or less .. P.javanicus, Bleeker. (Longest dorsal rays at com- Teeth minute _ | mencement of posterior Lu VENAIS .. PP. yussellii, Gray. Anterior dorsal rays elevated P. triocellatus, Bl. Sch. The following table gives the height, length, ratio of height to length of body (inclusive of caudal) and the number of dorsal and ventral fin rays in the various specimens of Pseudorhombus examined : — No. Length, mm.| Height. Ratio H.tol,. Dorsal fin rays. | Vas fin Species. 2142 185 83 22 | 74 6 P. arsius. 3438 208 90 2°3 | 71 6 | a 343915 271 120 2°2 | 74 6 > op Tie 246 104 2'4 | 75 6 Hs a iG 258 108 2:4 | 75 6 a >: ie 261 II5 2°3 73 6

1Bi 169 | 71 2a 73 6 »» 3440 240 | 10 24 176 6 N 34421 Ta 63 a 74 6 >» >» P2 216 | 89 | 2A | 73 6 me TE 184 83 252 75 | 6 > He 215 gI 2°4 pi 6 3 59 59 195 | 87 2°2 ? 6 nn 3443 778, 73 2:4 76 6 = 2143 129 53 2'4 69 6 P. javanicus. 3441 | 166 70 2°4 | 70 6 a 3442p4 | 133 | 56 2°4 | 68 6 ae > BB ey | Se 69 6 fh > PG 164 | 69 | 2°4 68 6 D =; wa AS oe A oe 69 6 5 12242 | 107 | A | 2°4 | 69 6 P. russellii. PLATOPHRYS, Swainson. Platophrys was sparingly obtained by the “Golden Crown.’’ Occasionally it was met with in rough ground off the Arakan Coast in the neighbourhood of Oyster Island. One species only was taken. Platophrys pantherinus, Rupp. 2022. Arakan Coast, January, 1909. Length, 9°6 cms. RHOMBOIDICHTHYS, Bleeker. ) At least two species are met with in the ‘‘ Golden Crown’’ collection, both being obtained off the Arakan Coast in January, 1909, in the same locality as Platophrys pantherinus. Neither species had previously been recorded from the Arakan Coast. Rhomboidichthys valderostratus, Alcock. 2623. Arakan Coast, January, I909. Length, 8:2 and 7°5 cms. 2624. > > > pa ny OP RO ande GTS, 1910. J. T. JENKINS : Indian Pleuronectidae. Rhomboidichthys azureus, Alcock. 2625. Arakan Coast, January, 1909. Length, 7°6 cms. BRACHYPLEURA, Günther. Brachypleura xanthosticta, Alcock. 27 This species was recorded from the Ganjam Coast, whence Alcock’s type speci- mens were obtained, and also off the entrance to the Eastern Channel at the mouth of the Hughli. F 3426, 9 Off Gopalpur, Ganjam Coast, 24 fathoms, Feb., 1909 .. II'2 cms. F 3426a, 2 = >) HS ATOM CG is 33 39 F 3427, 2 Off Pilot Ship, Eastern Channel, 25th Feb. PSETTYLIS, Alcock. Length. © N TOT, 2) 242 9°5 3) 000) er TRANS This genus was established by Alcock' in 1890 for a number of Pleuronectids allied to Rhomboidichthys. One of the generic characters as given by Alcock is ‘‘no scales’’* but I agree with Johnstone’ that the body is covered with scales which are cycloid, except at the bases of the dorsal and anal fins, on the ocular side, where they are ctenoid. The single specimen in the collection is Psettylis ocellata. Psettylis ocellata, Alcock. F #183 Indian Marine Survey Station 387, 49-40 fathoms. Kar N er, 2502 onen wos, 745% SCIANECTES, Alcock. Scianectes macrophthalmus, Alcock. This species was described by Alcock * from a specimen taken at a depth of 100 fathoms off Akyab. It was obtained in much shallower water by the ‘Golden 2) Crown ’’ off Puri on March 15th, 1900. F 3436, Puri, Orissa Coast, March, 1909 .. 43008 | 3) Br an Marine Se Stat OS 0/1 4940 a thomMs: Pate ON Bone gs, 15. 2 Length. 12'3 cms. IO'I 9 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vi, 1890, p. 436. * Ibid., p. 437, and Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian deep-sea Fishes in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, 1899, p. 124. 3 Rep. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish., pt. ii, p. 207 (Roy. Soc. Lond., 1904). + See Journ. As. Soc. Beng., vol. lviii, pt. ii, No. 3, 1880. 28 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, SOLEA, Klein. When fishing off the Ganjam Coast on the “ Golden Crown,” the trawl brought up a specimen of what at first sight appeared to bea Synaptura zebra or allied species. The caudal fin was, however, distinctly separate from the vertical fins. Subsequently another specimen was obtained in the same locality. The term “Synaptura” was first applied by Cantor,! to distinguish a sub- genus of Solea, in which the caudal, dorsal and anal fins are all united. In other res- pects the subgenus has the general structure of Solea. Subsequently, when looking through some of the ‘‘Investigator’’ Pleuronectidae, three specimens were found provisionally labelled “ Synaptura quagga,’’ one of which was undoubtedly Synaptura cornuta (Kaup) (see below), and the other two showed the same distinction of the caudal fin, and are consequently referred, together with the two ‘Golden Crown’ specimens, to a new species of Solea, here described as Solea synapluroides. Solea synapturoides, sp. nov. (Plate iii, figs. 4, 4a, 40.) Type specimen F 243°. DE Oe ER tue Nor Il, Ci7ed OO-OR, Ce a, Length of head 54, height of body 3 in total length inclusive of caudal. The eyes are situated close together less than half a diameter apart, the upper being slightly in advance of the lower. Diameter 5 in length of head and about a diameter or slightly more from end of snout. Nostrils on coloured side at end of tube, which is situated just anterior to the lower orbit. Fins.-—Dorsal and anal rays unbranched. Both pectorals present. Colour.—Slate-coloured, with nine dark transverse unbranched bands on body and seven or eight on head. Locality. —Off Ganjam Coast, 24-30 fathoms. Obtained on the Steam Trawler ‘ Golden Crown.’’ ACHIRUS, Lacépède. ) One specimen of this genus was identified in the “Golden Crown ” collection, namely, Achirus maculatus, Bl. Schn., taken off the Ganjam district of the Madras Presidency in March, 1900. Achirus maculatus, Bloch and Schneid. F 3428. Ganjam Coast, off Sonapur, March, 1909. Length roo cms.; depth 20 to 25 fathoms. SYNAPTURA, Cantor. There are four species of Synaptura represented in the collection, and of these two were recorded on the “Golden Crown.’ ’ 1 « Catalogue of Malayan Fishes,’’ Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xvili, p. 1204. 1910. | J. T. JENKINS: Indian Pleuronectidae. 29 Synaptura commersoniana, Lacép. F 2328. Off Burmese (Arakan) Coast, 17th November, 1908. Length, 23°4 cms. “Golden Crown.” Synaptura altipinnis, Alcock. A specimen of this species was taken by the ‘‘Golden Crown’’ off the Ganjam Coast in from 24—30 fathoms. Alcock’s type was recorded from the Vizagapatam Coast from similar depths (25 fathoms). F 2472. Ganjam Coast, 24—30 fathoms, February, 1909. Length, 18:0 cms. “Golden Crown.’’ Synaptura orientalis, Bloch and Schneid. , Quilon, Trivandrum Museum, KR. S. N. Pillay coll. Trivandrum Synaptura cornuta (Kaup). A specimen of this species occurs in the collection. It had been labelled provi- sionally “ Synaptura quagga.’ There can, however, be no doubt, from the cycloid scales and the first dorsal ray being thickened and prolonged, that the specimen belongs to this species. Length. F 223 Off Malabar Coast, 68 fathoms, Marine Survey 0 LAO Ging. PLAGUSIA, Cuvier. The genus Plagusia appears to be an inshore genus At any rate, it is far commoner on Puri beach than in the ‘‘Golden Crown” hauls. P. bilineata was occasionally taken on the ‘Golden Crown.” Both species are represented in the collection. Plagusia bilineata, Bloch. Length. F 3431, Ganjam Coast, ‘Golden Crown,’ March, 1909. Le 207 SS. F 34314, x 5 > Serre Orr ene Plagusia marmorata, Bleeker. F 4177, young specimen, Puri beach, Dr. Annandale. APHORISTIA, Kaup. There is one damaged Pleuronectid in the collection which is referable to the above genus. In this specimen the head is badly damaged, and it is not possible to determine the extension of the mouth-cleft with reference to the eyes. Both sides of the body are coloured, and there are no cross-bands, consequently the species is either Apdhoristia wood-masoni, Alcock, or Aphoristia gilesii, Alcock. The fact that 30 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor 200% the anal fin commences a little way behind the ventral and not closely adjacent to it leads me to place this specimen in the former species, which has previousiy been recorded from the Andaman Sea.' Aphoristia wood-masoni, Alcock. F 1140, Station 332, Indian Marine Survey, 279 fathoms. Kat N ton 27%. Pons 371027 16. CYNOGLOSSUS, Ham. Buch. At least three species were obtained on the “Golden Crown’ and of these Cynoglossus macrolepidotus was by far the commonest, this species being the commer- cial ““sole’’ of the “Golden Crown.” Cynoglossus macrolepidotus, Bleeker. F 3648, Off Pilot Ship, Eastern Channel, mouth of Hughli, Length. BEG, 1000 : Le ze = Joo, Butte) uals F 3445, Off Puri, Orissa Coast, September, 1908 DAT 23035 F 34454, ,, 3» » ” 29,006, Cynoglossus semifasciatus, Day. F 3437, Puri Coast, “Golden Crown,” March, 1909 .. Length, 11-4 cms. Cynoglossus quadrilineatus, Bleeker. F 3444, Elephant Pt., Arakan Coast, ‘ Golden Crown,’’ July, 1908 a de 25 ene thee 2077 em, Cynoglossus puncticeps, Richardson. +185 Trivandrum, Trivandrum Museum. 1s . 1 3 29 39 9) Cynoglossus lida, Bleeker. There are two specimens in the collection from the Trivandrum Museum which more nearly resemble this species than any other. The number of rows of scales between the lateral lines on the coloured side is slightly higher than that given by Day as characteristic for the species, being from 16 to 17 instead of 13. In other respects the resemblance is very close. One of the specimens (F +18) has the coloured side marked with blackish dots. There is, however, a great amount of colour ! See Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., vol. Iviii, part ii, No. 3, 1889, p. 294. 1910. | J. T. JENKINS : Indian Pleuronectidae. ST variation amongst Pleuronectids, and consequently it would be safer to regard both these specimens as belonging to the same species. F #172 Trivandrum, Trivandrum Museum. E 4188 ner) » >) 9 (var. punctatus). mu m EEE OES ESOS N EP a EXPLANATION OF BEFINDET. Fic. 1.—Tvygon fluviatilis (much reduced). 2.—Tetrodon spinosissimus, x I. ,, 3-—lvopidichthys margaritatus, x I}. ee 3 investigatoris, Sp. NOV., x I. 5.—Antennarius nummifer, x I}. J +) Su Be [ap PPUON DS 2 Areypmoyy JV EE ————— Lg 'iT 2S0IU EEE NÉE nr EPA N MONO PAPE IO Fics. I, 1a, 1b.—Urogvmnus asperrimus (young 6 }: I, Ia, reduced; Ib, nat. size. FIG. 2.—Aetobatis narınarı (young < ), reduced. ,, 3-—Halieutaea stellata, reduced. 5» 4— i indica, sp. nov., nat. size. Mus. Vor. II, 1910. lese. la. 1b. Photo. by A.C. Chowdhary. Bemrose L® Derby. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. FIG. 1.—Plagusia obscura, Jenkins. (Described Rec. Ind. Mus., v, p. 134.) Ia.— ,, Be scale from coloured side of body. 1b,— i blind ee a 2.—Solea sindensis, Jenkins. (Described ibid., p. 133.) 2a and 2b.—Scales from coloured and from blind side of body of Solea sindensis, x 16. 3.—Cynoglossus acinaces, Jenkins. (Described, tbid., p. 130.) 3a and 36.—Scales from coloured and from blind side of body of Cvnoglossus acinaces, x 16. 4. Solea synapturoides, sp. nov. 4a and 4b.—Scales from coloured and from blind side of body of Solea synapturoides, x 8. 5.—Cynoglossus deltae, Jenkins, x 2. (Described zbid., p. 130.) 5a and 5b.—Scales from coloured and from blind side of body of Cyno- glossus deltae, x 16. 9) 3 3) dy à Plate Ut lie vol Im 1910. .* em. Bemrose, Ltd, Derby. Sbxıe > ST IE A SAR TS NOTES , # N ‘ ER a en ay Wag EN) M 1478 UT on) ys > Pye ara Bay 5x2 INDIAN DERURONBCHTDZE. 52 ee O7 SELIL5Z> RER PASSES $ a ER del. SR SY .C.Mondul, A.C.Chowdhary & S RECORDS of the INDIAN MUSEUM (A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) Vol. I, 1907. Purvi I —Contributions to the Fauna of the Arabian Sea. Records of Hemiptera and Hymenoptera from the Himalayas. Further notes on Indian Freshwater Entomostraca. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, I—III. A Sporozoon from the Heart of a Cow. Miscellanea. Part II.— Revision of the Oriental Stratiomyide. Description of an Oligochete Worm allied to Chætogaster. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IV. Further Note on a Polyzoon from the Himalayas. Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Reptiles and Fish from Nepal and the Western Himalayas. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, V. Notes on Oriental Diptera, I and II. Miscellanea. Part I11.—Report on the Marine Polyzoa in the collection of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Pounds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VI. A third note on Earwigs (Dermaptera) in the Indian Museum, with the descrip- tion of a new species. Notes on Oriental Diptera, III. Description of a new snake from Nepal. Notes on a col- lection of marketable fish from Akyab, with a description of a new species of Lactarius. Description of two fresh- water Oligochæte Worms from the Punjab. Notes on Phosphorescence in Marine Animals. Notes on the rats of Dacca, Eastern Bengal. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, I—V. Miscellanea. ; Part IV.—Nudiclava monocanthi, the type of a new genus of Hydroids parasitic on Fish. Preliminary descriptions of three new Nycteribiide from India. Annotated Catalogue of Oriental Culicidæ. Notes on Oriental Diptera. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VI, VII. Description of a new Cyprinid Fish of the genus Danio from Upper Burma. Miscellanea, Vol. II, 1908-1909. Part I.—The retirement of Lieut.-Col. Alcock, with a list of his papers, etc., on Indian Zoology. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VII. Description of a New Dictyonine Sponge from the Indian Ocean. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VIII. Remarkable cases of variation, I. Description of a new species of Lizard of the genus Salea, from Assam. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VIII Description of a new Cavernicolous Phasgonurid from Lower Siam. Descriptions of new species of Marine and Freshwater Shells in the collection of the Indian Museum. Notes on Oriental Syrphidæ, I. Description of a new variety of Spongilla loricata. Notes on Oriental Diptera, V. Miscellanea. Part II.—Gordiens du Musée Indien. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IX. Description of a new species of Danio from Lower Burma, Rhynchota Malayana, I. Cimex rotundatus, Signoret. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, IX, Fruit Bats of the genus Pieropus inhabiting the Andaman and Nicobar Archipelagos A new species of Sun-Bird obtained near Darjiling. Three Indian Phylactolæmata. On two new species of Eagle- Rays (Myliobatidæ). Description of a new species of the genus Sesarma, Say., from the Andaman Islands. Des- criptions of new species of Land, Marine, and Freshwater Shells from the Andaman Islands. Part III.—The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, X, XI. On some Oriental Solifugæ with descriptions of new forms. The difference between the Takin (Budorcas) from the Mishmi Hills and that from Tibet, with notes on variation displayed by the former. On Caridina nilotica (Roux) and its varieties. Description of a new species of Charaxes from the Bhutan Frontier. First Report on the Collection of Culicidæ and Corethridæ in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H. Stewart n 1907, I. Notes on Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Indian Museum, I. Indian Psychodidæ. Description of a new species of mouse from the Madura District, Madras. Some Cleridæ of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Can- ning, Lower Bengal, XII. Description of a new species of Saw-Fish captured off the Burma Coast. A new Sting Ray of the genus Trygon from the Bay of Bengal. New Micro-lepidoptera from India and Burma. Notes on some Chrysomelid Beetles in the collection of the Indian Museum. Six new Cicindelinæ from the Oriental Region. Des- cription of a new slug from Tibet. Part V.—Revision of the Oriental Leptidæ. Revised and annotated Catalogue of Oriental Bombylidæ, with descriptions of new species. Vol. III, 1909. Part I.—The Races of Indian Rats. Part II.—Notes on Freshwater Sponges, X. Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H Stewart in 1907, II. Note on some amphibious Cockroaches. Description de quelques nouvelles Cécidomyies des Indes. Description of new land and marine shells from Ceylon and S. India. Description of two new species of Caranx from the Bay of Bengal. Remarks on some little known Indian Ophidia. Remarks on some forms of Dipsadomorphus. A pelagic Sea-Anemone without tentacles. Rhynchota Malayana, II. Part 1 II.—Notes on the Neuroptera in the collection of the Indian Museum. New Indian Leptidæ and Bombylidæ with a note on Comastes, Os. Sac., v. Heierosiylum, Macq. Notes on the Trichoptera in the collection of the Indian Museum. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of Freshwater Crabs, 1—3. Report on a small collection of Lizards from Travancore. Description of three new Cicindelinæ from Borneo. The relation between fertility and normality in Rats. Description of a Barnacle of the genus Scalpellum from Malaysia. The Hemipterous family ° Polyctenidæ. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XI. Descriptions of two new shells from S. India. Preliminary note on a new genus of Phylactolematous Polyzoa. Miscellanea. Part ] V.—Description of a minute Hymenopterous insect from Calcutta. The Insect Fauna of Tirhut, No. 1. Descrip- tions of new species of Botia and Nemachilus. New Oriental Sepsinæ. A new species of Fredericella from Indian lakes. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of freshwater crabs, No. 4. On some new or little-known Mygalo- morph spiders from the Oriental region and Australasia. Vol. IV, 1910. No. I.—Second report on the collection of Culicidæ in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. Nos. II and III.—The Indian species of Papataci Fly (Phlebotomus). Taxonomic values in Culicidæ. No. IV.—Revision of the Oriental blood-sucking Muscidæ (Siomoxinæ, Philemaiomyia, Aust., and Pristirhynchomyia, gen. nov.). Vol. V, 1910. Part I.—The Hydroids of the Indian Museum, I. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XII. Descriptions of new shells in the collection of the Indian Museum from Burma, Siam and the Bay of Bengal. Materials for a revision of the Phylactolematous Polyzoa of India. Studies on the aquatic Oligochæta of the Punjab. An undescribed Burmese . Frog allied to Rana tigrina. Miscellanea. Part II.—Description d’Ophiures nouvelles provenant des dernières campagnes de ‘‘l’Investigator ” dans l’Océan Indien. Description d’Holothuries nouvelles appartenant au Musée Indien. The races of Indian rats, II. Descrip- tion of a new species of Scalpellum from the Andaman Sea. Descriptions of five new species of marine shells from the Bay of Bengal. Notes on fish from India and Persia, with descriptions of new species. Part III.—A new genus of Psychodid Diptera from the Himalayas and Travancore. The Indian barnacles of the sub- genus Smilium, with remarks on the classification of the genus Scalpellum. On a subspecies of Scufigerella ungnicu- lata, Hausen, found in Calcutta. The distribution of the Oriental Scolopendridæ. Notes on Decapoda in the Indian Museum, I. Description of a new species of Nemachilus from Northern India. Notes on the larve of Toxorhynchites immisericors, Wilk. Description of a South Indian frog allied to Rana corrugaia of Ceylon. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Introduction and Part I. Miscellanea. MEMOIRS of tbe INDIAN MUSEUM | Vol. I. No, I.—An account of the Rats of Calcutta. By W.C. Hossacx. Rs. 5-8, No. 2.—An account of the Internal Anatomy of Bathynomus giganteus. By R. E. Eroyn. Rs: 2. No. 3, A and B.—The Oligochæta of India, Nepal, Ceylon, Burma and the Andaman Islands, with an account of the anatomy of certain aquatic forms. By W. MICHAELSEN and J. STEPHENSON. Rs. 4-8. No. 4.—Investigator sicarius, a Gephyrean Worm hitherto undescribed, the type of a new order. By F. H. STEWART. Rs. 2. Vol. IL. No. 1.—Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer ‘‘ Golden Crown.” Part I.—Batoidei. By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. No. 2.—An account of the Indian Cirripedia Pedunculata. Part I.—Family Lepa- didæ (sensu stricto). By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. No. 3.—A description of the deep-sea fish caught by the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘‘ Investiga- tor” since the year 1000, with supposed evidence of mutation in Malthopsis, and Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘‘ Investigator,’” Fishes, Plates XLIV—L, 1909. ByR.E.Lroyp. Rs. 4-8. ; No. 4.—Etude sur les Chironomides des Indes Orientales, avec description de quelques nouvelles espèces d’Egypte. Par J. J. KIEFFER. Rs. 2. Vol. IIL, No. 2. di es in. post-larval development and minute anatomy | in the genera Sealpellum and Jbla (WITH PLATES VV) By F. H. STEWART. ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES | OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. rep GS. A Be Calcutta: PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. FEBRUARY, IOII. Æ j Price Four Rupees. oo eno ET RE y Miscellaneous Zoological Publications. Rs. As. Account of the Deep-sea Brachyura collected by the R.I.M.S. “ Investigator.” By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. A Account of the Deep-sea Madreporaria collected by the R.1.M.S. ‘‘Investigator.”” By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. 5 Account of the Triaxon (Hexactinellid) sponges collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.” By F, E. Schulze, Ph.D., M.D. .. Account of the Alcyonarians collected by the R.1.M.S. ‘‘Investigator.” Part I. By J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., and W. D. Henderson, M.A., B.Sc. Account of the Alcyonarians “collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.” Part II. By J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., and J.J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc. Aids to the identification of Rats connected with Plague in India. By W. C. Hossack, M.D. .. Annotated List of the Asiatic Beetles in the Indian Museum. PartI. Family Carabide, Subfamily Cicindelinæ. By N. Annandale, D.Sc., and W. Horn 00 55 Catalogue of Indian Crustacea. Part I.—Introduc- tion aud Brachyura Primigenia. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., F.R.S. se Catalogue of Indian Decapod Crustacea. "Part I.— Brachyura. Fasciculus II.— Indian Freshwater Crabs—Potamonidæ. By A. Alcock, C.I.E., M.B., LL.D., F.R.S. Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea. II.—Anomura. Fasciculus I.—Pagurides. A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., F.R.S., C.I.E. Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part 11J.—Macrura. Fasciculus I—The Prawns of the Peneus Group. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., F.R.S., C.L.E. 32 Catalogue of Indian Deep-sea Crustacea: Decapoda Macrura and Anomala in the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., C.M.Z.S. Catalogue of Indian Deep- sea Fishes in the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. ae Catalogue of Mammalia in = "Indian Museum, Part I. By J. Anderson, M.D., LL.D., F.R. S. PartIl. By W.L. Sclater, m isn ZE Ss. Catalogue of Mantodea in the Indian Museum, Parts I and II. By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., etc. Catalogue of Moths of India, Parts I to VII. By E. C. Cotes and C. Swinhoe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc. Echinoderma of the Indian Museum: Account of the Deep-sea Holothurioidea collected by the R.I.M.S. en By R. Koehler and C. Vaney . 3e 36 as 3 Part By 16 20 .. 14 14 Rs. As, Echinoderma of the Indian Museum : Littoral Holothurioidea collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘* Investigator.”’ By R. Koehler and C. Vaney Echinoderma of the Indian Museum : Deep-sea Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. “ Investi- gator.’’ By R. Koehler Echinoderma of the Indian Mens Shore water Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. “ Investigator.” By R. Koehler a 3 Echinoderma of the Indian Museum, Part V: An account of the Deep-sea Asteroidea col- lected by the R.I.M.S. “‘ Investigator.” By R. Koehler = we Echinoderma of the Indian Museum, Part NT: An account of the Shallow-water Asteroidea. By R. Koehler es 2 Figures and Descriptions of nine Species of Squil- lidæ from the Collection of the Indian Museum. By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., etc., edited By A. Alcock, M.B., CM. SE Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Bird Gallery of the Indian Museum. By F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.S. Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited 4 in: ihe Fish Gallery of the Indian Museum. BY. A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. Guide to the Zoological Collections She in the Invertebrate Gallery of the Indian Museum, By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. (Out of print.) Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Reptile and Amphibia Gallery of the Indian Mu- seum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. (Out of print.) Hand List of Mollusca in the Indian Museum, Parts I and II, and Fasciculus E. By G. Nevill, C.M.Z.S., etc. Index, Parts I and II. By W. Thcobold Se a ae Tilustrated Catalogue of Asiatic Horns and ° Antlers in the Indian Museum. By T. Bentham List of Batrachia in the Indian Museum. By W. I. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. List of Birds in the Indian Museum. © Part ee Corvidæ, Paradiseidæ, Ptilonorhynchide and Crateropodidæ. By F. Kinn, BAR Z Sen List of Snakes in the Indian Museum. By W.1. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera and Catalogue of the Species of Bats in the Indian Museum. By G. E. Dobson, M.A., M.B., F.R.S. Monograph of the Oriental Cicadide, Parts I AD VII. By W. L. Distant, F.E.S. 2 10 12 20 1 3 12 oO FA Ue The above can be obtained from the Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and from Messrs. Friedlander & Sohn, 11, Carlstrasse. Berlin. Other Publications edited and sold by the Superintendent of the Indian Museum obtainable from-Messrs. Friedlander & Sohn) issued by the Director of the Royal Indian Marine. Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S I to V, 1894. Fishes, Plates “WII to XIII. Echinoderma, Plates IV and V. Fishes, Plates XVI to XXVIJ, 1897. Fishes, VI, 1898. Fishes, Plates XVIII to DOI Oe 1899. Fishes, Plates XXV and XXVI. XXXV. Crustacea, Plates XLVI to XI VIII. Plates IX to XIII, 1902. XXX VI to XXXVI, Plates I and II. ca), Plates III to V. As. 8 per plate. 1905. “ Investigator,” Crustacea, Plates- VI to VIII. Plates XIV to XVI. Plate XVII. Crustacea, Plates XXVIII to XXXII. Crustacea, Plates XX XIII to XXXV. Crustacea, Plates XXXVI to XLV, Index, Part I, Crustacea, Plates LVI to IXVII. Crustacea (Malacostraca), Plates LXXVII to LXXIX. Mollusca, Plates XIV to XVIII, 1907. Fishes, Plates XXXIX to XLIII. Mollusca, Plates XIX and XX, 1908.—Re. 1 per plate. 1892. Fishes, Plates I to VII. Echinoderma, Crustacea, Plates IX to XV, Mollusca, 1900. Fishes, 1901. Crustacea, Plates LXVIII to LXX VI. Crustacea Fisbes, (also Crustacea, Plates Plates I to III, 1895. 1896. Crustacea, Mollusca, Plates I to Plates VII and VIII, Plates XXVII to Crustacea, Plates XLIX to LV. Mollusca, Plates (Entomostraca), Crustacea (Entomostra- Mollusca, Plates XXI to XXIII, 1909.— STUDIES IN POST-LARVAL DEVELOPMENT AND MINUTE ANATOMY IN THE GENERA SCALPELLUM AND IBLA. By F. H. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., M.B., Captain, Indian Medical Service, formerly Surgeon Naturalist to the Marine Survey of India, Honorary Assistant in the Indian Museum. I—SUMMARY OF PREVIOUS LITERATURE. 1. The development of hermaphrodite and male forms of Cirripedes. 2. Anatomy of the male. 3. Question of sexual purity of the male and female forms. 1. The development of cirripedes has been dealt with chiefly by Darwin (5) and Hoek (8). Darwin (5, pp. 8 and g) gave a summary of preceding literature (Vaughan Thompson, Burmeister, Goodsir, Spence Bate) and described the develop- ment from the nauplius, passing through the cyprid stage to the adult. In regard to that portion of the metamorphosis with which we are concerned, namely, that from the cyprid stage to the adult, he wrote: ‘‘ My chief examination has been directed at this stage of development to the larvae of Lepas australis which are of unusual size, namely, from ‘065 to even almost ‘I of an inch in length. I examined, however, the larvae of several other species of Lepas, of Ibla and of Balanus, with less care, but sufficiently to show that in all essential points of organisation they were identical.’ His descriptions are, of course, not based on the examination of sections so that some gaps still remained to be filled up in regard to the more histological aspect of the metamorphosis. He also fell into the error, which was pointed out at a later time by Krohn and Claus, of mistaking the cement cells for incipient ovaria. Hoek (8, p. 5) again described the cyprid of Lepas australis and compared it with the similar larva of the male of Scalpellum regium. In addition to excellent descrip- tions he also published drawings of the two organisms and traced the evolution of the male from the cyprid. Aurivillius (2) refers to the post-larval development of Scalpellum erosum, Aur., S. obesum, Aur., and some others, but confines himself to the external characters. He figures the cyprid larva of S. obesum and that of the male of S. scorpio, Aur. (Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 26). My work, although it dealt with species different from those investigated by Darwin and Hoek, has given results which in general do not differ from the conclu- sions of these two distinguished observers. Only a brief summary of the general outlines of the development is therefore given. Indeed, my chief excuse for publish- ing any note on this subject lies in the fact that I have been able to obtain some 34 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor; II excellent drawings of the different stages owing to the abundance and excellent state of preservation of the material at my disposal. These drawings will supply that which is chiefly lacking in previous accounts, since the illustrations of the metamor- phosis in Darwin’s work do not exhibit more than the external outlines of the larvae, and in Hoek’s report in the ‘‘ Challenger ’’ series the only larvae figured are those of Lepas australis, Darwin, Scalpellum vegium and triangulare, Hoek (8, pl. ii, figs. I—4). This author’s report on the “ Siboga’’ expedition contains an illustration of the pupa of S. stearnsi, Pilsbry (9, pl. vi, fig. 10). On the other hand, the development of the different organs—cement glands, ovaries and testes—from the cyprid to the adult has not been thoroughly traced as yet, and although Hoek (8) describes correctly the cement glands and the ovaries in both the cyprid and the adult, he does so with some doubt as to the correctness of his identification. I have been able to obtain a complete series of examples from the cyprid to the fully grown adult. 2. The anatomy of the parasitic males has also been somewhat fully dealt with. Darwin (5) described Scalpellu n vulgare, ornatum, rostratum, peronü, villosum, and Ibla cumingii and quadrivalvis, with plates of Ibla cumingii, of Scalpellum vulgare, peromii, villosum and rostratum. Hoek (8) classifies the males in three groups accord- ing to their condition of degeneracy and refers to twenty-four species of Scalpellum. He describes minutely the male of Scalpellum regium (Wy. Th.), which in many respects is identical with that of S. gruvelii. The males of the three species described in the present paper would be referred, in the case of S. sguamuliferum, to Hoek’s class I, as showing a distinct capitulum and peduncle; in the case of S. gruvehii, to class III, without division to capitulum and peduncle and without rudimentary valves. S. bengalense should be placed in class II. In the report on the “ Siboga ” expedition (9) Hoek describes the external charac- ters of the males of /bla sibogae, H., with figures, of Scalpellum pollicipedoides, H., acutum, H., rostratum, D., uncus, H., stearnsı, Pilsbry, chitinosum, H., inflatum, H., javanıcum, H., polymorphum, H., distinctum, H., pellicatum, H., crimtum, H., gracile, H., hexagonum, H., fissum, H. Gruvel in the Arch. de Biol. (6) gives a full account of both the external and internal anatomy of the male of Scalpellum vulgare, and in the reports on the ‘Travailleur ’’ and ‘‘ Talisman ’’ collections (7) he deals with those of Scalpellum peronii, Gray, villosum, Leach, longirostrum, Gruvel, gigas, H., hoeki, Gru., striatum, Gru., lutium, Gru., and velutinum, H. 3. The cirripedia have a special interest for students of biological theory, in that they offer examples of the evolution of dioecism from hermaphroditism. The facts of the case, as is well known, were first brought to light by Darwin (5), who showed that within the group there occurred (I) true hermaphrodites—e.g., Lepas ; (2) andro-dioecious forms—such as Scalpellum peronii ; and (3) dioecious forms—Scal- pellum ornatum and Ibla cumingin. Hoek (8, p. 18) elaborated this idea. By cutting serial sections of Scalpellum regium he confirmed Darwin’s view as to the purely female nature of the large form IOII.| F. H. STEWART: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. 35 of certain barnacles, while, on the other hand, he established the fact that the large form of the apparently andro-dioecious species was truly and functionally herma- phrodite (S. vulgare). In regard to the sexual purity of the apparently male dwarf forms, Darwin (5, p. 289) wrote: ‘I was not able to discover a vestige of ova or ovaria in the two male Iblas (quadrivalvis and cumingt) ; and I can venture to affirm positively that the parasites of Scalpellum peromi and villosum are not female.’’ _ Hoek also appears to have no doubt as to the purely male characters of these little forms. Gruvel, on the other hand, claims to have found rudimentary female organs in the male of Scalpellum peromii (7, p. 121) : ‘‘Or j'ai rencontré, dans des coupes transversales du pédoncule, quelques cellules arrondies, à noyau assez gros et nucléole très brillant, ne ressem- blent nullement à des cellules cémentaires et que je crois être quelques cellules ovari- ennes non développées, reste, évidemment, de la forme hermaphrodite ancestrale.” This is the only species in which he has found cells of this nature. Such a discovery would be of very great theoretical importance, since it would suggest that the evolution of the unisexual from the hermaphrodite form occurred gradually by the slow progressive diminution of one set of sexual organs. Such a change would in all probability be due to either (1) a disuse atrophy, the progressive diminution of activity being primary and the diminution in structural development secondary ; or (2) in the present case the semiparasitic habit of the incipient male might have caused it to diminish in size with a consequent diminution in the struc- tural development of the ovaries. (See also G. Smith, II, p. 35.) It therefore appeared desirable that the matter should be further investigated, and, in order to arrive at a conclusion as to the nature of the various cells found, it was necessary (I) to trace the development of the ovary in a hermaphrodite or female and thus to become acquainted with the various appearances of the ova in all their successive stages from the earliest point at which they can be recognized ; having done this, to examine the different cells to be found in the male and its larval stages, and to compare them with the developing ova: (2) to trace the development of the testis in a hermaphrodite and to ascertain if anything similar could be found in a Miele ac To obtain the best results, it was also clearly desirable to examine males and females, which differed in the least degree possible from the hermaphrodite type. For this purpose the male of Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt., and the female of Ibla cumingii, Darwin, were chosen. The former differs from its hermaphrodite chiefly in size and in the absence ot peduncular plates and latera. The separation of the capitulum from the peduncle is quite as marked as in Scalpellum peronii, and the six chief capitular valves are well developed. The latter, [bla cumingii, has a close ally in J. quadrivalvis. Darwin (5), in defining the latter species, wrote: ‘‘ All the external parts (of the hermaphrodite) so closely resemble those of S. cumingii that it would be superfluous to describe more than the few points of difference ’’ (p. 204). Indeed, the chief point of distinction of the two species lies in the fact that the large form of Scalpellum quadrivalvis is hermaphrodite and possesses a penis, whereas the 36 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte large form of S. cumingi has no penis and appears to be devoid of any male organs. We have then in these two forms a male and a female, which have evolved from the hermaphrodite condition only comparatively recently, and in which, if anywhere, we would expect to find some trace of the lost female and male organs. A large number of excellently preserved specimens of Scalpellum squamuliferum bearing numerous males was stored in the ‘‘Investigator’’ collections in the Indian Museum, and I obtained a considerable number of [bla cumingi on the reefs of Diamond Island off the coast of Burma during the winter of 1909. I was also so fortunate as to obtain an excellent specimen of the male of Scalpellum peroni for comparison with those of S. sguamuliferum. The development of the ovaries and testes of the hermaphrodite was followed out in S. sguamuliferum. The determination of the species of the specimens used is in all cases the work of my friend Dr. Annandale, to whom my thanks are due for much assistance in this investigation. For the definition of the species this author’s work should be con- sulted (1). Il.—Post-larval development of Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt., and anatomy of the male. A.—General outlines of the development. (1) The hermaphrodite— (1) The pupa. (2) -The young adult.! (ii) The male— (i) hhnes pupa: (2) The young adult. G)e=Theradult B.—Histology and development of the organs of the peduncle. (I) The vesicular spaces of the peduncle of the pupa. (2) Rostral duct and lymph spaces of the adult. (3) The connective tissue cells and fibres. (4) The yolk. (5) The cement cells and ducts. (6) The ovaries. (6a) Absence of rudimentary ovaries in the male. (7) The cells of unknown function. IIl.—Absence of rudimentary ovaries in the male ot Scalpellum peronu. IV.—Anatomy of the male of Scalpellum bengalense. 1 The term adult is used for all the stages after the casting off of the pupal coverings and the extension of the capitulum on the peduncle. ‘This is, of course, not pedantically correct since in the earlier of these stages the animal is not truly adult, it has, however, assumed the outward form of the adult. IgII.| F. H. STEWART: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. 37 V.—Post-larval development and anatomy of the male of Scalpellum gruvelit. (I) The cyprid larva. (2) The pupa. (3) The adult. VI.—Ibla cumingu. A.—Anatomy of the male. B.—Absence of rudimentary testes in the female. VII.—Sensory hairs of Scalpellum squamuliferum, bengalense and gruvelii, and of Ibla cumingü. II—POST-LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF SCALPELLUM SOUAMULIFERUM, WELT., AND ANATOMY OF THE MALE. The expression post-larval development is intended to include the various stages from the fixation of the cyprid larva to the attainment of adult form and complete sexual maturity. A.—GENERAL OUTLINES OF THE DEVELOPMENT. (1) The Hermaphrodite. (I) THE PUPA. The general outlines of the development are so well known as to call for little reference.' Plate iv, fig. I, represents the cyprid during the course of the first ecdysis. A younger cuticle bearing the hairs characteristic of the later stages has ac- tually been formed under the bivalve shell of the cyprid, but is only visible in sections. The two larval eyes (e.) are being cast off. The antennae are embedded in amass of cement. ‘The alimentary canal (oes. and st.) is already patent, the stomach filled with a mass of excretory matter. The rudimentary testes can be distinguished in sections as two minute cell-masses, one on either side of the stomach. The nervous system consists of the cerebral ganglion (ce.g.) and the five ganglia of the ventral chain (vn.c.). The larval integuments are not furnished with sensory hairs. The out- lines of the terga, scuta, carina and rostrum can already be distinguished, but are not represented in the figure. The pupa measures I°I mm. in length. (2) THE YOUNG ADULT. Figure I should be compared with pl. iv, fig. 2, taken from a young hermaphro- dite measuring 2°5 mm. in length: ant. are again the embedded antennae. The oesophagus now has a strong coat of circular muscles. The two caeca which arise from the anterior end of the stomach were not visible in the preparation. All the | Compare description of cypris of Lepas australis, Hoek (8, p. 6). 38 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, capitular valves are represented as well as some of the peduncular plates. The young hermaphrodite can thus be readily distinguished from the male, which only possesses terga, scuta, the carina and rostrum. Figure 3 is from a section through a similar specimen, showing the stomach (al.c.), testes (¢.), ventral nerve cord and the sensory hairs on the outer surface of the capitulum (h.). The letters v.d. indicate the rostral duct—the main blood or lymph channel from the prosoma to the peduncle, which is again shown in pl. v, fig. 5, from a transverse section through the peduncle of a specimen of similar size. Development of the testes in the hermaphrodite.—The testes can be clearly distin- guished in sections of the pupa as two small syncytial bodies lying at the sides of the stomach. Plate iv, fig. 3, represents a transverse section through the prosoma of an adult measuring 2°5 mm., in which £. indicates the testes. It will be seen that they lie somewhat on the ventral side of the stomach. Each testis is clothed by a fine membrane. There are no cell outlines in their protoplasm. ‘The nuclei contain either one or two nucleoli and numerous minute chromatin granules. (ii) The Male. (I) THE PupA. I was sufficiently fortunate to obtain a specimen of a male pupa in the same stage as the hermaphrodite figured in pl. iv, fig. I; that is, in the course of the first ecdysis after fixation. Plate iv, fig. 4, is taken from this specimen. On comparing it with the hermaphrodite it will be observed to be much shorter in comparison to its height, and the peduncular region is proportionately greater in comparison with the capitular region.! It measures ‘75 mm. in length. The stomach is not clearly visible, as it is overlaid by the left testis (¢.). The testes are, even in this early stage, much larger than in the hermaphrodite. The mouth is open, but there is as yet no anus, the intestine being closed posteriorly. The stomach contains matter which is apparently excretory. The condition of the valves in this stage is shown in pl. iv, fig. 5. (2) THE YOUNG ADULT. Plate iv, fig. 6, represents a later stage, after the completion of the ecdysis. The only remaining portion of the larval integument is to be seen at the base of the antennae. The capitulum has become extended on the peduncle into the adult attitude. 1 In connection with the views of Geoffrey Smith (11, p. 37) as to the nature of the parasitic males, it is important to note that the male differs from the hermaphrodite before fixation (compare the pro- portional measurements of the cyprid shell in the male with those of the hermaphrodite). Maleness is therefore not the result of the position of attachment. It is hardly necessary to bring forward this proof, since in S. sguamuliferum hermaphrodites occur attached to all parts of other hermaphrodites, including the margin of the pallial aperture. That is to say, they occur in that position which Smith considers to be the cause of the non-development of the hermaphrodite character in the ‘‘ males.”’ IgI1.] F. H. STEWART: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. 39 (3) THE ADULT. The anatomy of the male of Scalpellum squamuliferum. The shape of these animals is sufficiently indicated by pl. v, fig. 1. Mounted specimens measure from I mm. to 1°4 mm. in length, with a maximum horizontal measurement of ‘7 mm. The outer surface is covered with hairs, which will be fully described later, together with those of the hermaphrodite. The alimentary canal is a tube of uniformly narrow calibre. The oesophagus is endowed with a sheath of circular muscular fibres. The stomach is narrow, not dilated, as in the pupa. Throughout its course the canal lies dorsal to and between the testes, seminal vesicles and ducti. It opens at the end of the body immediately dorsal to the base of the penis. Nothing in the nature of food, faecal or excretory matter, was to be found in any part of the intestine. The caeca, two simple epithelial tubes, arise from the anterior part of the stomach and run for a short distance forward along the oesophagus. The reproductive system consists of two simple tubular organs, uniting close to their external aperture at the tip of the penis. The different regions—testes, seminal vesicles and ducti—are distinguished only by the nature of their contents, the wall consisting of a fine layer of endothelium throughout, except close to the external aperture, where there is a sphincter. B.—HISTOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE ORGANS OF THE PEDUNCLE IN THE HERMAPHRODITE AND MALE. It will be necessary to discuss this matter in some detail since the construction of the tissues, especially in the pupa, is somewhat complex, and since it is not easy to follow out the development of the separate elements owing to the fact that they change their appearance considerably in the successive stages. Darwin (5, p. 20) was the first to give an account of the development of these organs, taking Lepas australis as the chief object of hisstudy. He, however, regarded the cement glands as the incipient ovaria. The true relations of the cement glands and the ovaries were first defined by Krohn and Claus. Hoek (8) gives an excellent account of the condition of these organsin the cypris of Lepas australis, with a figure which clearly distinguishes the cement apparatus, the young ovaries, the yolk masses, and the vesicular spaces of the peduncle. He also describes the cyprid larva of the male of Scalpellum regium, but confounds the testis with a yolk mass. He describes the cement glands and ovaries of the adult from the study of a Lepas, of Scalpellum vulgare and regium, of Conchoderma virgatum and of a Balanus. Gruvel (7a, p. 448) also gives a short account of the cement glands and ovary of the cyprid of Lepas australis ; he appears, however, to regard the vesicular spaces of the 40 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor Im peduncle as giant cells—‘‘ cellules jaunes de la pedoncule’’ The claim of this investigator to have found ovarian cells in the ‘““ male’ of Scalpellum peronii (7, p. 121) has been referred to above and will be considered again later. Surveying all the stages of development in both the male and the hermaphrodite, the various elements which are found in the peduncle are as follows :— (I) The vesicular spaces of the pupa. (2) The rostral duct and the lymph-spaces of the adult. (3) The connective tissue cells and fibres. (4) The yoik. (5) The cement cells and ducts. (6) The ovaries. (7) The coarsely granular cells of unknown function. Before proceeding to consider these elements separately, it would be well to glance at pl. v, fig. 4, which gives a general view of the peduncular region of the pupa of a male. The vesicular spaces (sp.) occur throughout the region. The connective tissue cells are marked /.g. Yolk is marked y. and /.g. The cement cells (7.c.) are chiefly aggregated just above the larval eyes, and the coarsely granular celis (x) occur in the dorsal midline. (I) The vesicular spaces of the pupa are always spherical, and it is hardly possible to doubt that they have been distended by some fluid. Their walls are formed by fine membrane or by any of the cellular elements. It is not clear whether they develop into the lymph-spaces of the adolescent and adult or not. (2) The rostral duct and the lymph-spaces of the post-pupal stages.—The rostral duct is found in the hermaphrodite from the pupa onward (pl. vi, figs. 1, 2, 3) and jn a less developed condition in the adult male. In the adult hermaphrodite it extends from the root of the prosoma to the base of the peduncle in the rostral mid- line and lies immediately internal to the muscular wall. At the base of the peduncle it curves inward to the centre of the peduncle and opens out into the network of the lymph-spaces. Small branches also pass off from it throughout the whole of its course. In the young 25 mm. adult its wall is identical in character with that of the lymph- spaces, being formed of delicate membrane with fine connective tissue nuclei. Inthe adult it acquires a thickened sheath of connective tissue. In the male the rostral duct is shorter, reaching only from the root of the prosoma to the upper quarter of the peduncle. This system of spaces forms an erectile tissue, by means of which the animal sways to and fro and elongates or shortens its peduncle. (3) The connective tissue cells and fibres.—In the pupa, especially in the pupa of the male, the connective tissue cells are often of large size with a considerable mass of protoplasm and a rounded nucleus. In this condition they may also be loaded with yolk-granules, and it is not easy to distinguish them from the cement cells. Their protoplasm, however, does not stain at all with carmine, while that of the cement cells does take up this stain faintly. The more common form of connective tissue cell and RO SES | F. H. STEWART: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. AI the only form in the later stages is the usual connective tissue nucleus with scanty protoplasm, occurring among the fibres and membranes. (4) The yolk is the chief cause of confusion in separating the cellular elements from one another. It is most abundant in the pupa of the male ; somewhat less abundant in that of the hermaphrodite. Some yolk masses are still to be found in the adult male. It is not entirely confined to the peduncle, as it occurs around the stomach and ventral nerve cord in the prosoma. It is of a pale yellow colour and stains sntensely with iron haematoxylin or eosin—not at all with basophil colours or carmine. It occurs chiefly in the connective tissue, which surrounds the vesicular spaces in the peduncle of the pupa. In its most dense form it stains intensely and uniformly with iron haematoxylin (y., pl. v, fig. 4): after it has been partly absorbed, it has a finely granular appearance (/.g., pl. v, fig. 4). When it completely surrounds a vesicular space, the latter has somewhat the appearance of a yellow cell—hence the ‘‘cellules jaunes de la pedoncule’’ of Gruvel (7a, p. 448). The large eosinophil granules which occur in the cement cells of both the male and hermaphrodite pupa and in all but the most completely ripe males are also probably yolk-granules. (5) The cement glands and ducts.—The glands are two groups of cells placed one on either side of the midline in the posterior (in the adult—upper) part of the peduncle. In the pupa of both hermaphrodite and male (pl. iv, figs. 4' and 6) and in the adult male (pl. v, fig. 3) they are more or less spherical cells with abundant protoplasm and a spherical nucleus. A certain number contain in their protoplasm large granules of irregular shape, whose staining reaction is identical with that of the yolk (pl. v, figs. 3, 4). (See Hoek, 8, pl. ii, fig. 5, and p. 28.) The abundance of the granules varies in a manner parallel to the abundance of the yolk (compare Hoek, 8, p. 7); they are most numerous in the pupa of the male (pl. v, fig. 4), less in the pupa of the hermaphrodite, only disappearing in the male when it has reached complete maturity (pl. v, fig. 3), but not found in the adult of the hermaphrodite even at an early stage (pl. v, fig.5). That is to say, they are gradually: absorbed or extruded with increasing age. They are probably yolk-granules which may or may not be in process of conversion to form cement. In unstained preparations or in preparations stained with carmine the cells containing these granules have a yellow colour (pl. iv, figs. 5 and 6, c.g.) and may be mistaken for the ‘‘cellules jaunes de la pedoncule’’ referred to above. In the young adult of the hermaphrodite (specimens measuring about 2°5 mm. in length, pl. v, fig. 5) the cement cells resemble the non-granular cement cells of the pupa and of the male, but on account of their size it can now be seen that there are certain large granules in the centre of the nucleus which stain more intensely and rapidly with iron haematoxylin than do the ordinary chromatin bodies. In the larger hermaphrodites (16 mm. and upward) the cells (pl. v, fig. 6) are very large (3 mm.), the protoplasm finely granular. The nucleus (‘12 to ‘2 mm.) is polymorphic and ! In pl. iv, fig. 4, the letters c.g. point by mistake to the spaces of the peduncle instead of to the cement glands. The latter structures can be seen as a group of small but sharp nuclei lying above the eye. 42 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte contains five or six of the large darkly-staining granules which are almost certainly cement-substance. The protoplasm is finely granular, and contains in many cases small rounded vesicular nuclei, each containing a single chromatin granule. These minute nuclei appear to be identical with the wandering nuclei of the ova, and are doubtless supplying nourishment to the cement cells. The glands in the fully grown specimens (compare Hoek, 8, p. 30) consist of these large cells scattered separately throughout the upper half of the peduncle, often lying among the ovarian tubes, but never in any way connected with these. Each cell is enclosed in a capsule of fibrous tissue, which is perforated at one point by the duc- tule (d.). This ductule, still retaining its fine nucleated wall, enters the body of the cement cell, approaches the nucleus, and branches freely around this latter structure (dl.) After leaving the capsule of the cell, neighbouring ductules unite together, and the ducts so formed enter certain curious little spherical bodies composed of fibrous tissue. Here the ducts are thrown into convolutions, the convolutions being bound together by the fibrous tissue of the nodules. On leaving the nodules they acquire an internal lining of cuticle. They unite with each other until finally only two main ducts are left. The nodules are the bodies which Darwin regarded as the cement glands. It appears then that, in the younger stages, many of the cement cells contain a considerable quantity of yolk from which the cement may be manufactured, and that in the older forms the nucleus is the portion of the gland cell which produces this secretion. (6) Development of the ovartes.'—The youngest specimens in which it is possible to recognize the ovaries are adults measuring 2°5 mm. in length (pl. vi, fig. 2). In these two small aggregations of nuclei can be found embedded one on either side in the wall of the rostral duct in the uppermost portion of the peduncle (ov.). The nuclei, of which not more than three appear in a section, lie in a thin cylindrical protoplasmic mass, measuring approximately -3 mm. in length. This syncytium is surrounded by a délicate membrane continuous with the connective tissue of the wall of the rostral duct. The nuclei are minute (‘005 mm. in diameter), generally oval, with a delicate nuclear membrane, very fine chromatin granules and a minute nucleolus. They cannot be distinguished from the ordinary connective tissue nuclei, except by their position and grouping together. There is no trace of a duct leading to the prosoma, and to attain the adult functional state the glands must grow both upward and downward. In the pupa (pl. vi, fig. I) at the corresponding points there are more nuclei than in other portions of the rostral duct. They are not, however, shut off, and, although some of them are doubtless the developing ovarian nuclei, it is not possible to say which are. They are generally about the same size as the ovarian nuclei in 2:5 mm. specimens. There is some likelihood from the appearances found in these sections that the two ovarian cylinders arise from the epithelium lining the rostral duct 1 Compare Hoek, 8, p. 7, and pl. ii, figs. I and 2. IgII.] F. H. STEwART: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. 43 by the formation of two grooves, and their separation from the wall of the duct, in the same way as the notochord is formed from the gut of vertebrate embryos. In an adult measuring 5 mm. the young ovaries resembled those of the 2:5 mm. specimens, but were larger and more clearly marked off. In specimens measuring 10 mm. they were still longer, but were still fine unbranched solid cylinders. In a specimen measuring I2 mm. (pl. vi, fig. 3) the tubes are also still single. They run through the upper quarter of the peduncle, and in the lower portion of their course are no longer embedded in the wall of the rostral duct. The distinction between ovary and oviduct has also appeared. In the lower ovarian portion the cylinder is definitely solid, and the nuclei are central : in the upper oviducal portion there is a rudimentary lumen, and the nuclei are peripheral. The tube measures ‘035 mm. in diameter, the nuclei ‘005—'0I mm. In a I6 mm. specimen they have practically reached the adult form, an oviduct runs along either side of the rostral duct, and ovarian tubes branching through the peduncle below the cement glands. At the fundus of an ovarian tube (pl. vi, fig. 4) inside the outer enveloping membrane (gc.n.) there is still the syncytium. The nuclei lie somewhat peripherally, almost identical in character with those of the 25 mm. specimen, but with larger nucleoli. Young ova (‘04 mm. diameter) with abundant protoplasm, large vesicular nuclei (‘015 mm.) with a single large spherical chromatin mass (‘005 mm.), are found close to the fundi of the tubes (pl. vi, fig. 5). In the mature hermaphrodite the ova can be classed in two stages : (I) without yolk,—the protoplasm vacuolated, the nucleus as in the I6 mm. specimens, except that it often contains a second smaller chromatin mass ; minute nuclei are found in the protoplasm of the cell identical with those of the epithelium of the tubes;' (2) large ova crowded with yolk (pl. vi, fig. 6). It will be noticed that in the course of its development the rudimentary ovary grows both upward toward the prosoma to form the oviduct and downward and inward into the peduncle to form the branching ovarian tubes. (6a) In consequence of Gruvel’s statement that he had found a rudimentary ovary in the male of Scalpellum peronii I carefully examined several dwarf specimens (males) of Scalpellum squamuliferum in various stages of development to ascertain if any trace of a rudimentary ovary could be discovered in this species. The specimens were very well preserved, and the sections were extremely good and complete, but no trace of such an organ could be found. It might be expected that, if such an organ did occur in the male, it would resemble the ovary of the hermaphrodite in one of its earlier stages of development, and would occur in the same situation. For this reason parti- cular attention was given to the walls of the rostral duct, but not even the slight accumulation of nuclei at the two sides of the duct which occurs in the pupa of the hermaphrodite could be found. Nor could I find any cells of the character described by Gruvel (7, p. 121) which did not clearly belong to the cement glands. 1 Compare Gruvel (7a, p. 439). He regards these nuclei as belonging to unsuccessful ova, which are being consumed by the large successful ones. A4 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Mors 1 (7) The large coarsely granular cells of unknown function occur in the peduncle in the young stages of the male. They are spherical, and are filled with large spherical granules or more properly vesicles. I have not been able to distinguish the nucleus. They have a degenerate appearance. III ABSENCE OF A RUDIMENTARY OVARY IN THE MALE OF SCALPELLUM PERONTI, GRAY. Through the kindness of Dr. Calman and of the authorities of the British Museum I was able to examine a specimen of the male of S. peront. This specimen was most excellently preserved, and after examining it entire in cedar-wood oil I obtained a complete set of sections. These sections were first of all examined for the cells which Gruvel regards as the rudimentary ovaries, but none were found. The only cells with large nuclei and distinct nucleoli were the cells of the cement glands. I could not find any cells differing from them in appearance in the situation defined by Gruvel—namely , above the cement glands. The rostral duct in S. peronii resembles very closely that of the male of S. squamuliferum. As in the latter species, the walls of this structure were examined in vain for any trace of a rudimentary ovary. Cement glands of the male of S. peronti.—Gruvel (7) states that the cement glands are entirely contained in the peduncle—‘“‘ acineuses très lobées.’’ His figure (pl. iii, fig. 4) represents them as occupying the upper half of the peduncle. In my specimen they did not extend below the upper eighth of the peduncle, but they extended well into the lower portion of the capitulum. In fact they formed a cup, the hollow of which was the lowest portion of the pallial cavity. They were compact, and not lobate. The cells are entirely uniform, and are identical in appear- ance with the non-granular cement cells of S. sguamuliferum. I was able to trace one cement duct into their substance. | IV. THE ANATOMY OF THE MALE OF SCALPELLUM BENGALENSE, ANNANDALE, Plate vi, fig. 7, represents the general outline of the male of S. bengalense. There is no marked outward boundary between the peduncle and capitulum. ‘The appendages, etc., have been described by Dr. Annandale (1). The mouth cavity is small in comparison with the size of the capitulum ; since the wall of the capitulum is relatively thick, the true body is also of course small. The adductor scutorum muscle persists in its usual situation, although in the majority of specimens there are no scuta. It may be able to narrow the opening of the pallial cavity. Alimentary system. —T'he alimentary canal has the usual V-shape. Both mouth and anus are open. The stomach is a fairly large sac, but it, as well as the other Ig11.] F. H. STEWART: Development and Anatomy of Cirridedes. - 45 portions of the canal, are empty. The two caeca arising from the anterior end of the canal are present. Nervous system.— There is a pair of large cerebral ganglia and a massive ventral nerve cord. The hairs which cover the outer surface doubtless fulfil the usual sensory function-—vide infra, p. 16. Reproductive system.—The testes occupy the same position as in Scalpellum squamuliferum, that is, one on either side of thestomach. Attheroot of the prosoma there is a somewhat indefinite space, which may possibly be the equivalent of the rostral duct. There are no cells which it is possible to recognize as ovarian. The cement glands are two groups of cells, identical with those of S. sguamulife- yum, which are to be found in the second quarter of the length of the peduncle counting from above. As in S. squamuliferum many of them contain the large irregular yolk-like granules which stain intensely with haematoxylin, while a smaller number are without these. Ducts were not found. The yolk also appears in the peduncle just as in S. sguamuliferum. It, however, tends to lie more above than below the cement glands. In some cases the yolk masses appear to be lying actually within cells —vesicular cells with flattened nuclei, — the yolk mass filling up the vesicle. It is a noteworthy fact that two species in which the hermaphrodite forms resemble each other so closely as S. squamuliferum and bengalense should possess males which differ to such a degree. V.—POST-LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE MALE OF SCALPELLUM GRUVELII, ANNANDALE, (I) THE CYPRID LARVA. It closely resembles in its structure the cyprid of S. regium described by Hoek.! Plate vi, fig. 8, represents a cyprid after attachment but before the first post- larval ecdysis. It measures I mm. in length, :6 mm. in height. The prosoma bears six pairs of jointed legs. In comparing it with the slightly older stage of S. squamu- liferum in which the ecdysis is in progress, various differences due to the increased degeneracy and specialisation of the male adult will be noticed. The alimentary canal is reduced to a closed oesophagus (pl. vil, fig. 2, oes.) and a small sac-like stomach (pl. vi, fig. 8, sé.) with two blunt forward prolongations representing the caeca (pl. vii, fig. 2, st.). There is no hind gut or anus. The nervous system is still well developed, but the segmentation of the ventral nerve cord (v.n.c., pl. vi, fig. 8, and pl. vii, fig. 2), if present, is not perceptible. The nerve cord appears twice in the transverse section represented in pl. vii, fig. 2, owing to the curvature of the prosoma. I have not found larval eyes in the cyprid. The testis (pl. vi, fig. 8, and pl. vii, figs. I and 2, ¢.) is relatively much greater. It occupies the space given up to the stomach and intestines in S. squamuliferum. It ' Compare Hoek, 8, p. 7. 46 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, is surrounded by a layer of mesodermal parenchyma cells (m.p.) continuous with the parenchyma which forms the mass of the prosoma behind the testis and nerve cord. The gonoduct, at this stage represented by a solid rod of cells passing from the ante- rior pole of the testis for a short distance upward and backward, can be seen to be developed from the parenchymatous covering, and not from the testis itself. Hoek (8) does not describe a testis in the cyprid of S. regium. He refers, how- ever, to a ‘“ dark-coloured mass consisting for the greater part of yolk fragments,’’ which ‘‘ makes up a great deal of the true body.’’ From his figure it appears prob- able that this mass is the rudimentary testis. The cement glands (pl. vi, fig. 8, c.gl.) occupy a different position from those of S. squamuliferum and S. regium, being confined to the capitular instead of the pedun- cular half of the body. They also occur in this situation in S. iriangulare among others. They are made up of large cells crowded with spherical granules, whose staining reactions are the same as those of the granules of the cement cells in S. squa- muliferum. They are, however, smaller, and more regularly spherical. I have not been able to distinguish any definite cement ducts in the cyprid. (2) THE PuPra. In the pupa after the first post-larval ecdysis considerable changes have taken place. The testis has greatly enlarged itself, growing forward to occupy the greater part of the peduncular half of the body and carrying the pallial cavity with it. The pallial cavity has become reduced in breadth, and associated with this change is the reduction and degradation of the prosoma. Hairs have been developed on the surface under the loosened larval integu- ments. The alimentary canal has rather advanced than retrograded, since the oesophagus is now open. The stomach is filled with a mass of granules and globules, apparently excretory, and doubtless the opening of the oesophagus is due to the necessity of discharging this mass of excrement. The position of the cerebral ganglia and ventral nerve cord has been affected by the general torsion consequent on the growth of the testis and the reduction of the prosoma. They both now lie outside the prosoma. They have also undergone considerable reduction in size. The cement glands are also somewhat reduced, and two cement ducts can be distinguished running from the glands to the antennae. Plate vii, figs. 3 and 4, represent transverse sections through a pupa, fig. 3 pass- ing through the stomach (s¢.), testis (¢.), the anterior poles of the cement glands (c.gl.) and of the ventral nerve cord (v.n.c.), ps. indicating the prosoma lying surrounded by the pallial cavity ; fig. 4 is somewhat further back, and shows the oesophagus between the cerebral ganglia and the ventral nerve cord. It also gives a good representation of the structure of the cement glands. This animal in this stage appears to closely resemble in outer form the adult male of S. velutinum, Hoek (Gruvel, 7, pl. iv, fig. 11). TOM. | F. H. Stewart: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. 47 (3) THE ADULT MALE. The adult of the male is a pear-shaped little body, the anterior half being thicker than the posterior. It measures I mm. in length, :5 in maximum breadth. Plate vii, fig. 5, represents a specimen slightly flattened out by mounting. The antennae are in the position characteristic of the larva, and not of the ordinary adult, since this form does not undergo the unfolding and straightening out which is charac- teristic of the development of the ordinary adult from the pupa. The sensory hairs are to be seen in pl. vil, fig. 5. They are supplied with nerves in the same way as the hairs of S. squamuliferum. The muscle fibres running prin- cipally from the anterior to the posterior pole are clearly indicated. The pallial cavity and prosoma are much reduced, as in the case of S. regium, described by Hoek, but I cannot agree with this author’s statement that the pallial cavity is lined by a layer of condensed connective tissue—this layer is clearly a fine epidermis. Neither the cavity (p.c.) nor the prosoma is clearly shown in fig. 5, but they both extend through the posterior three-quarters of the body. The alimentary tract is represented by a small hollow ball of cells (st.) containing some cuticular and excretory matter. The nervous system is also much reduced. The cerebral ganglion (d.n.g.) in fig. 5 has been somewhat shifted from its proper place, which is on the opposite side of the stomach from the reduced ventral nerve cord. The testis (¢.) is heart-shaped ; the seminal vesicles being empty were not visib.e in the incompletely mature specimen from which fig, 5 was taken. ‘The ejaculatory mechanism apparently acts in the following manner. On the receipt of some stimulus —very probably conveyed by the sensory hairs and passed through the reduced central nervous system—the longitudinal muscles contract, the prosoma carrying the ejaculatory duct is thrust through the opening of the pallial cavity, and at the same time the tension in the little body is so raised that the seminal vesicles evacuate themselves. The cement glands (c.g/.) consist of two or three small spherical masses of cells lying posterior to the testis. Some of the cells contain the same granules as in the cyprid. Two long fine ducts lead to the antennae. VL-IBLA CUMINGIL DARWIN. A.—ANATOMY OF THE MALE (pl. iv, fig. 7). The body is vermiform. The prosoma is only partly marked off from the peduncle. The mantle takes the form of a hollow cup, from the base and dorsal side of which the prosoma arises. Black pigment is distributed around the mouth and on the legs. It is notewor- thy that in the prosoma of the female pigment is also confined to these two regions. ! Compare Darwin, 5, p. 180. 48 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, The external anatomy will be fully dealt with by Dr. Annandale in a later publication. The oesophagus is thick and muscular, the stomach rounded and filled with smail yellow globules. The anus is open and lies between the last pair of appendages. The alimentary tract has all the appearance of being actively functional. Nervous system. -The nervous system consists of two closely approximated oval cerebral ganglia, bearing the large eye at their junction, and of a large ventral ganglion representing the ventral nerve cord. ‘These two are connected by the usual commissures. There is no cerebral ganglion close to the mouth as represented by Gruvel in the case of /bla quadrivalvis. In this place it is true there is a small cellular body which might be mistaken for a ganglion, but it is in reality a small salivary gland, and is not connected with the nervous system. The eye consists of an almost closed retinal vesicle of nerve cells. This vesicle contains pigment granules arranged in symmetrical masses like the segments of an orange inside the peel. At the pole of the eye nearest to the surface the retinal layer is absent and the pigment comes to the surface of the eye. The reproductive system consists of two many-lobed testicles, two muscular vasa, two seminal vesicles and a terminal ductus. ‘There is no penis. The cement glands are two masses of cells lying below the testicle. They are entirely free from the granules which occur in Scalpellum squamuliferum, bengalense and gruvelin. There are none of the yolk masses such as occur in Scalpellum, but the tissue spaces of the peduncle are filled with minute fine granules, which are doubtless of the same nature. B. -ABSENCE OF RUDIMENTARY TESTES IN THE FEMALE OF IBLA CUMINGII. The entire prosoma of a specimen was cut into serial sections and carefully exam- ined for the rudiments of a testis, the developing testis of the hermaphrodite of Scalpellum squamuliferum (vide supra) being examined for comparison. No vestige of such an organ was found. Hoek (8. p. 19) made the same examination of the large form of Scalpellum regium, H., and did not find any trace of a testis. ; VII.- SENSORY HAIRS IN SCALPELLUM SQUAMULI- FERUM, BENGALENSE AND GRUVELTI, AND IN IBLA CUMINGITI. (Pl. vi, figs. 9 and Io.) The entire surface of both capitulum and peduncle in the above three species of Scalpellum is covered with minute hairs both in the dwarf and large forms. The 1911.] F. H. STEWART: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. 49 peduncle of [b/a cumingii is also covered with hairs, but they are of a different nature from those of Scalpellum, while the male is bare. - Genus Scalpellum.—The distribution of the hairs is bilateral ; they are parted in the carinal and rostral midlines, all the hairs of each side being directed towards the rostral line. They are fairly uniformly distributed, but in the male of S. bengalense there is a broad band of larger hairs on either side of the carinal midline. The hairs appear to be specialised outgrowths of the outermost layer of the cuticle. They consist of an outer cortical portion which (in contrast with the cuticle) stains intensely with iron haematoxylin and a core which does not stain. In the hermaphrodite of S. squamuliferum and bengalense the hairs are large, spike-like and compound. The main shaft arises from a bell-like base, which rests on a papilla of cuticle. Small simple branches arise from this base from the lower portion of the shaft. The base of the hairs is broader in S. bengalense than in S. squamuliferum, and the branches approximate more nearly in size to the main shaft. In the male of S. sguamuliferum the hairs are perfectly simple, but in that of S. bengalense the larger hairs have a bifid tip. In both forms of S. gruvelii the hairs are simple, and not so rigid as in the other two species. The hairs in all three species are supplied with nerves (fig. 9). Fine tortuous fibrils can be seen traversing the cuticle or the valves from the epiderm to the bases of the hairs. These fibrils consist of a strongly staining cortex and an unstained medulla. Arrived at the base of a hair the cortex becomes somewhat thickened and ceases, while the medulla enters that of the hair. In the male of S. bengalense I found a small ganglion in the outer wall of the pallial cavity in the carinal midline (fig. 10). It consists of a single row of cells, which are continuous with the epidermis, but rise slightly above the general level. A thin layer of intensely staining nervous matter spreads out from the nuclei on either side under the bands of larger hairs, to which I referred above. On entering the bodies of the ganglion cells this nervous matter forms a series of thickened rings around the nuclei. It is not clear whether the nervous matter consists of a series of fibrils or of a continuous membrane-like expansion. The cuticle is either entirely absent or very much thinned over the ganglion. In the hermaphrodite of S. squamuliferum the cuticle is invaginated inward between the contiguous valves at the base of the capitulum, narrow finger-like canals being formed, which are open at their outer and upper ends, and pass downwards and inward through the substance of the cuticle to come in contact with the epiderm. They are thickly lined with hairs and presumably are especially sensitive to vibration of the water. Genus Ibla.—In bla the hairs are stouter and more hollow. The outer layer of the hair arises from the innermost layer of the cuticle, while the cortex of the hair, although not cellular, is continuous with the epidermis. The entire hair thus passes through the thickness of the cuticle. . : As regards the question of theory referred to on p. 34, our results (vide supra, pp. 43, 44 and 48) are negative. There are no traces of female organs in the males of 50 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor al Scalpellum squamuliferum or peronii or of male organs in the female of [bla cumingiv. There is therefore no proof that, in the change from the hermaphrodite to the uni- sexual condition, the loss of one set of sexual organs has been a gradual change due either to disuse atrophy, or to the semiparasitic habit of the male (vide supra, p. 35). It appears justifiable to emphasize one point, although it has been known to science since the time of Darwin, namely, that the only distinction between the species Ibla quadrivalvis and cumingi lies in the fact that the large form is hermaphrodite in the former and female in the latter. Experimental work on Mendelian lines has suggested that the distinction between the two sexes of one species is of the same nature as that between the varieties of one species. The distinction between the two Iblas appears closely to resemble that between a “‘ negative variety ’’ of De Vries and the parent species The negative variety differs from the parent species in having lost one character, generally that of colour, and in [bla cumingu the large form has lost the single character of possessing male sexual organs. LIST OF “PAPERS ‘REFERRED TO: 1. Annandale, N. ‘The Indian barnacles of the subgenus Smilium with remarks on the classification of the genus Scalpellum,’’ Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 145 (1010). 2. Aurivillius, €. W. “Studien über Cirripedien,’’ Kon. Svensk. Vetenkap. Acad. Handl., Bd. 26 (1894). 3. Beard, J. ‘‘ Determination of sex in animal development,” Zool. Jahrb., Anat. and Ontog., Bd. 16, p. 703 (1902). 4. Claus. Untersuch. zur Erforschung der Genealog. Grundlage Crust.-Syst., 1876, Vienna. (Quoted by Hoek.) 5. Darwin, C. A monograph of the Cirripedia, 1851—1854. 6; Cruel Au Etude du mäle complémentaire du Scalpellum vulgare,’’ Arch. de Biologie Belges, t. 16 (1899). 7a N Expeditions du ‘‘ Travailleur” et du ‘“ Talisman,’’ Cirrhipedes, 1902, Paris. 7a. N; Monographie des Cirrhipedes, 1905, Paris. 8. Hoek, P. P.C. Reporton the Cirripedes collected by H.M.S. ‘‘ Challenger,” vol. x. 9. 3 “The Cirripedia of the Siboga-Expedition,’’ Szboga-Expe- ditie, Monograph xxxia. 10. Krohn, A. “ Beobachtungen über den Cementapparat und die weiblichen Zeugungsorgane der Cirripedien,” Arch. Naturg., Jrg. xy, Bd. i: 11, Smith, Geoffrey. ‘‘ Rhizocephala,’’ Monograph xxix, Fauna & Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 1906, Leipzig. 12. DeVries, H. Species and varieties, their origin by mutation, 1905, London. 1911.] F. H. STEWART: Development and Anatomy of Cirripedes. 51 EXPLANATION OF LETTERS USED IN PLATES. ad.m., adductor scutorum muscle; al.c., alimentary canal; ant., antennae; a.p.c., aperture of pallial cavity ; b.sh., bivalve shell; ca., carina; caec., caecum; ce.g. and cer.g., cerebral ganglion; c.g. and cgl., cement gland cell; cu. and cut., cuticle; d.c.g., dorsal cerebral ganglion; d.e., ductus ejaculatorius; e., eye; e.c., cuticle of cyprid surrounding pupa; ect.n., ectodermal nucleus; ep., epidermis; ep. I, epidermis lining pallial cavity; ep. 2, epidermis of true body; f.g., finely granular yolk mass ; gang., ganglion; g.c.n., gonocoel nucleus; h., hair; i.c., cuticle of pupa; int., intestine ; la., laterum ; I.m., longitudinal muscle (in pl. v, fig. 2, points to mass in stomach); m., mouth; m.p., mesodermal parenchyma; n., nerve; oes., oesophagus; o.d., wall of ovarian tube; ov., ovary (ov. in pl. iv, fig. 5, indicates ovum); ov.n., ovarian nucleus; p., penis; p.ap., pallial aperture; p.c., pallial cavity; p.s., prosoma;r., rostrum ; r.c., red cells =cement cells; r.d., rostral duct ; sc., scutum; s.h.,sensory hair; sp., spaces of the peduncle; st., stomach; t., testis; te., tergum; ves.sem., vesiculae seminales; v.n.c., ventral nerve cord; x, cell of unknown function; y., yolk; y.c., yolk cell. Li if ee he ie > À}, Rey Ir y Qc PRE FIG. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 1.—Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt. Pupa of hermaphrodite, x 100. Minute valves were present, but are not shown. 2.-—S. squamuliferum. Young hermaphrodite measuring 25 mm. in length, x 75. Decalcified and stained with borax carmine. The testes, which are small at this stage, are not shown in the figure. 3.—S. squamuliferum. Transverse section through the capitulum of a young hermaphrodite, x 180. 4.—S. squamuliferum. Pupa of male, x110. Stained borax carmine. Erratum --the letters c.g. point to a vesicular space instead of to the cement glands. The latter are represented by the group of small sharp nuclei lying somewhat more ventrally. 5.—S. squamuliferum. Pupa of male, showing valves. Unstained. 6.—S. squamuliferum. Young male shortly after casting off the bivalve shell. Decalcified, unstained. 7.—Ibla cumingii, Darwin. Male, x75. Stained borax carmine. Mem. Ind. Mus. Vol. UT. 1910. ue. Baie N RARE" © A UT ns HE INSEE) | D ne 5 HG Fig. 6. D figs. 1_6. Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt. Mg, 7. Ibla cumingn, Darwin. ein £ . rs nen as "4 ChEAELS ES ANT ASE EE CES SET vor FIG. EOPPAN ES MONRONMPIFAMINE AVE 1.—Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt. Male, x80. Stained borax carmine. 2.—S. squamuliferum. ‘Transverse section through the capitulum of the young male figured in pl. iv, fig. 6, x 250. Stained with iron haema- toxylin. 3.—S. squamuliferum. ‘Transverse section through peduncle of the young male figured in pl. iv, fig. 6, x 250. Stain thionin eosin. 4.—S. squamuliferum. The anterior portion of the pupa of a male, to show tissue elements. ‘The anterior end is downward. 5.—S. squamuliferum. ‘Transverse section through peduncle of young hermaphrodite measuring 2°5 mm., x 250. Stained with iron haematoxylin. 6.—S. squamuliferum. Cement cell seen in transverse section through peduncle of a hermaphrodite 16 mm. long. Stained with iron haematoxylin. Mesa, Travel. ihe, Wolk, 100, ISO; Perte OW, x A ah) ny oe / e Ave 4. TU] D. X 250. S.C Mondul, del. Thith Lit London, Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt. ro „are ACT OER LEE 6 re: HP XPLANADION OEE ANR Wile 1.—Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt. Transverse section through the rostral duct of the pupa of a hermaphrodite. Stain iron haema- toxylin. 2.—S. sgquamuliferum. Transverse section through rostral duct and ovaries of hermaphrodite measuring 25 mm. Stain iron haema- toxylin. 3.—S. squamuliferum. Transverse section through rostral duct and ovaries of hermaphrodite measuring 12 mm., x 240. Stain iron haematoxylin. 4.—S. squamuliferum. ‘Transverse section through fundus of an ovarian tube in an hermaphrodite measuring 16 mm., drawn under 5 oil immersion lens. Stain iron haematoxylin. 5.—S. squamuliterum. Section of an ovarian tube with ovum: herma- phrodite measuring 16 mm.: x 475. 6.—S. squamuliferum. Section of ripe ovum in full-grown hermaphrodite, x 182. Stain iron haematoxylin. 7.—S. bengalense, Annand. Male, x105. Stain borax carmine. 8.—S. gruvelii, Annand. Cyprid of male, x85. Stain carmalum. 9.—S. squamuliferum. Section through cuticle of a male; hairs and nerves. Under },” oil immersion. Stain iron haematoxylin. 10.—S. bengalense. Transverse section through body wall. Hairs; epidermal ganglion ; one single hair separate. Under ,,” oil im- mersion objective. Stain iron haematoxylin. Mem Ind. Mus. Vol. III. 1910. Plate VI. ia yy, Fug. 7 x 1.05" S.C.Mondul del. Huth Lith™ London Figs.1_6 & Fig, 9. Scalpellum squamuliferum, Welt. Figs. 7 &10. Scalpellum bengalense, Annand. Fé. 8. Scalpellum gruveln, Annand. fet en il RTE ee i is . v à pes M Fan x N Su = = à 1 (art 3 Ad Ve l | Wad t j EAN Bias ‘ FE) “ie ae EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIT: 1.—Scalpellum gruvelu, Annand. ‘Transverse section through cyprid of male at level of base of antennae, x 250. Stain iron haematoxylin. 2.—S. gvuvelii. Transverse section through cyprid of male, about the junction of 2nd and 3rd thirds of the body length, x 250. Stainiron haematoxylin. 3.—S. gruvelii. Transverse section through pupa, at about the middle of body length, x 250. Stain iron haematoxylin. 4.—S. gruvelii. ‘Transverse section through pupa, somewhat behind level of fig. 3, x 250. Stain iron haematoxylin. 5.—S. gruvelii. The male, x 100. Stain borax carmine. Mem. Ind. Mus. Vol. III. 1910. Plate VIL LON am u > wie STERN, 3 Sog a N Ny \ \ N > AN Fig. 2 x 250. Fig. 5 x 100. RE Scalpellum éruvelii, Annand. ea un RECORDS of the INDIAN MUSEUM (A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) Vol. I, 1907. Part 1 —Contributions to the Fauna of the Arabian Sea. Records of Hemiptera and Hymenoptera from the Himalayas. Further notes on Indian Freshwater Entomostraca. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, I—-III. A Sporozoon from the Heart of a Cow. Miscellanea. Part II.—Revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidæ. Description of an Oligochæte Worm allied to Chetogaster. The . Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IV. Further Note on a Polyzoon from the Himalayas. Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Reptiles and Fish from Nepal and the Western Himalayas. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, V. Notes on Oriental Diptera, I and II. Miscellanea. Part 111.—Report on the Marine Polyzoa in the collection of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VI. A third note on Earwigs (Dermaptera) in the Indian Museum, with the descrip- tion of a new species. Notes on Oriental Diptera, III. Description of a new snake from Nepal. Notes on a col- lection of marketable fish from Akyab, with a description of a new species of Lactarius. Description cf two fresh- water Oligochete Worms from the Punjab. Notes on Phosphorescence in Marine Animals. Notes on the rats of Dacca, Eastern Bengal. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, IV. Miscellanea. : Payt IV. —Nudiclava monocanthi, the type of a new genus of Hydreoids parasitic on Fish. Preliminary descriptions of three new Nycteribiidæ from India. Annotated Catalogue of Oriental Culicidæ. Notes on Oriental Diptera. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VI, VII. Description of a new Cyprinid Fish of the genus Danio from Upper Burma. Miscellanea. Vol. II, 1908-1909. Part I— The retirement of Lieut.-Col. Alcock, with a list of his papers, ete., on Indian Zoology. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VII. Description of a New Dictyonine Sponge from the Indian Ocean. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VIII. Remarkable cases of variation, I. Description of a new species of Lizard of the genus Salea, from Assam. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VIII. Description of a new Cavernicolous Phasgonurid from Lower Siam. Descriptions of new species of Marine and Freshwater Shells in the collection of the Indian Museum. Notes on Oriental Syrphide, I. Description of a new variety of Spongilla loricata. Notes on Oriental Diptera, V. Miscellanea. Part II.—Gordiens du Musée Indien. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IX. Description of a new species of Danio from Lower Burma, Rhynchota Malayana, I. Cimex rotundatus, Signoret. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, IX. Fruit Bats of the genus Pieropus inhabiting the Andaman and Nicobar Archipelagos. A new species of Sun-Bird obtained near Darjiling. Three Indian Phylactolemata. Ontwo new species of Eagle- Rays (Myliobatidæ). Description of a new species of the genus Sesarma, Say., from the Andaman Islands. Des- criptions of new species of Land, Marine, and Freshwater Shells from the Andaman Islands. Part III.—The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, X, XI. On some Oriental Solifugæ with descriptions of new forms. The difference between the Takin (Budorcas) from the Mishmi Hills and that from Tibet, with notes on variation displayed by the former. On Caridina nilotica (Roux) and its varieties. Description of a new species of Charaxes from the Bhutan Frontier. First Report on the Collection of Culicidæ and Corethridæ in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H. Stewart in 1907, I. Notes on Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Indian Museum, I. Indian Psychodidæ Description of a new species of mouse from the Madura District, Madras. Some Cleridæ of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Can- ning, Lower Bengal, XII. Description of a new species of Saw-Fish captured off the Burma Coast. A new Sting Ray of the genus Trygon from the Bay of Bengal. New Micro-lepidoptera from India and Burma. Notes on some Chrysomelid Beetles in the collection of the Indian Museum. Six new Cicindelinæ from the Oriental Region. Des- eription of a new slug from Tibet. ; Part V.—Revision of the Oriental Leptidæ. Revised and annotated Catalogue of Oriental Bombylidæ, with descriptions of new species. à Vol. III, 1909. Part I.—The Races of Indian Rats. Part II.—Notes on Freshwater Sponges, X. Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H. Stewart in 1907, II. Note on some amphibious Cockroaches. Description de quelques nouvelles Cécidomyies des Indes. Description of new land and marine shells from Ceylon and S. India. Description of two new species of Caranx from the Bay of Bengal. Remarks on some littleknown Indian Ophidia. Remarks on some forms of Dipsadomorphus. A pelagie Sea-Anemone without tentacles. Rhynchota Malayana, II. Pari 1II.—Notes on the Neuroptera in the collection of the Indian Museum. New Indian Leptide and Bombylidæ, : with a note on Comastes, Os. Sac., v. Heterostylum, Macq. Notes on the Trichoptera iu the collection of the Indian Museum. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of Freshwater Crabs, 1—3. Report on a small collection of Lizards from Travancore. Descriptions of three new Cicindelinæ from Borneo. The relation between fertility and normality in Rats. Description of a Barnacle of the genus Scalpellum from Malaysia. The Hemipterous family Polyctenidæ. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XI. Descriptions of two new shells from S. India. Preliminary note on a new genus of Phylactolæmatous Polyzoa. Miscellanea, Part IV.—Description of a minute Hymenopterous insect from Calcutta. The Insect Fauna of Tirhut, No. 1. Descrip- tions of new species of Botia and Nemachilus. New Oriental Sepsinæ. A new species of Fredericella from Indian lakes. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of freshwater crabs, No. 4. On some new or little-known Mygalo- morph spiders from the Oriental region and Australasia. Vol. IV, 1910. age : Ze No. I.—Second report on the collection of Culicide in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. - Nos. II and III.—The Indian species of Papataci Fly (Phlebotomus). Taxonomic values in Culicidæ. No. IV.—Revision of the Oriental blood-sucking Muscidæ (Siomoxine, Philematomyia, Aust., and Pristirhynchomyia, gen. nov.). No. V.—A new arrangement of the Indian Anophelinæ. Vol. V, 1910. Pari I.—The Hydroids of the Indian Museum, I. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XII. Descriptions of new Shells in the collection of the Indian Museum from Burma, Siam and the Bay of Bengal. Materials for a revision of the Phylactolematous Polyzoa of India. Studies on the aquatic Oligochzta of the Punjab. An undescribed Burmese Frog allied to Rana tigrina. Miscellanea. Part II.—Description d’Ophiures nouvelle; provenant des dernières campagnes de ‘‘l’Investigator” dans Océan Indien. Description d’Holothuries nouvelles appartenant au Musée Indien. The races of Indian rats, II. Descrip- tion of a new species of Scalpellum from the Andaman Sea. Descriptions of five new species of marine shells from the Bay of Bengal. Notes on fish from India and Persia, with descriptions of new species. Part III.—A new genus of Psychodid Diptera from the Himalayas and Travancore. The Indian barnacles of the sub- genus Smilium, with remarks on the classification of the genus Scalpellum. On a subspecies of Scutigerella unguicu- lata, Hansen, found in Calcutta. The distribution of the Oriental Scolopendridæ. Notes on Decapoda in the Indian Museum, I. Description of a new species of Nemachilus from Northern India. Notes on the larve of Toxorhynchites immisericors, Wik. Description of a South Indian frog allied to Rana corrugata of Ceylon. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Introduction and Part I. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Notes and descriptions of Indian Microlepidoptera. On some apuatic oligochæte worms commensal in Spongilla carteri. On Bothrioneurum 1ris, Beddard. Notes on nudibranchs from the Indian Museum. On the classification of the Potamonidae (Telphusidae). Catalogue of the pheasants, pea fowl, jungle fowl and spur fowl in the Indian Museum. On certain species of Palaemon from South India Alluaudella himalay2nsis, a new species of degenerate () cockroach, with an account of the venation found in the genera Caydax and Allmaudella. Rhynchota Malayana, III. MEMOIRS of the INDIAN MUSEUM Vol. I. No. 1.—An account of the Rats of Calcutta. By W.C. Hossack. Rs. 5-8. No. 2.—An account of the Internal Anatomy of Bathynomus giganteus. By R. E. EroyD.; Rs, 2 No. 3, A and B.— Ihe Oligochæta of India, Nepal, Ceylon, Burma and the Andaman Islands, with an account of the anatomy of certain aquatic forms. By W. MICHAELSEN and J. STEPHENSON. Rs. 4-8. No. 4. wen sicarius, a Gephyrean Worm hitherto undescribed, the Ds of a new order. By F. H. STEWART. Rs. 2. Vol. I. No. I. — Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer “Golden Crown.’ Part I.—Batoidei. By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. No. 2.—An account of the Indian Cirripedia Pedunculata. Part I.—Family ane didæ (sensu stricto). By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. No. 3.—A description of the deep-sea fish caught by the R.I.M.S. Ship “‘ Investiga- tor” since the year 1900, with supposed evidence of mutation in Malthopsis, and Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘‘ Investigator,” Fishes, Plates XLIV—L, 1000. By R.E.LLoyD. Rs. 4-8. No. 4.—Etude sur les Chironomides des Indes Orientales, avec description de quelques nouvelles espèces d'Egypte. Par J. J. KIEFFER. Rs. 2. Vol. II. No. 1.—Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer ‘‘ Golden Crown.’’ Part II.—Additional notes on the Batoidei. By N. ANNANDALE. Part III.—Plectognathi and Pediculati. By N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS. Part IV.—Pleuronectidae. By J. T. JENKINS. Rs. 3. MEMOIRS of the INDIAN MUSEUM Vol. Ill, No. 3. Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies) in the Collection of the Indian Museum. (WITH PLATES VIII—X). By Prof. M. BEZZI. PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. Calcutta : PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. May, 1913. Price, with plates, Six Rupees. en Miscellaneous Zoological Publications. uh Rs. As. Rs. As. Account of the Deep-sea Brachyura collected by Echinoderma of the Indian Museum: Littoral the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.’’ By A. Alcock, Holothurioidea collected by the R.IMS. M.B., C.M.Z.S. - 6 0 ‘“ Investigator.’’ By R. Koehler and C. Vaney 2 © Account of the Deep-sea Madreporaria collected Echinoderma of the Indian Museum: Deep-sea by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.’’ By A. Alcock, Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investi- M. B., C.M.Z.S. se 4 © gator.’’ By R. Koehler PR: 100 Account of the Triaxon (Hexactinellid) sponges Echinoderma of the Indian Museum : Shallow- collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.’’ By water Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. \ F. E. Schulze, Ph.D., M.D. .. 16 © ““ Investigator.’’ By R. Koehler og 4 0 Account of the Aleyonarians collected by fie Echinoderma of the Indian Museum, Part v: RIMS. ‘‘Investigator.’? PartI. By]J. Arthur An account of. the Deep-sea Asteroidea col- Thomson, M.A., and W. D. Henderson, M.A., lected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.’’ By R. B.Sc. 216: 0 Koehler .. 12 0 33 Echinoderma of the Indian Museum, Part VI: An se Er ‘ a ; ans ¢ ollested J by te account of the Shallow-water Asteroidea. By R. : Koehler .. 20 © Thomson, M.A., and J.J. Simpson, M.A.,B.Sc. 20 o Aids to the identification of Rats connected with Cee > ‚ine Indien Museum, P = qu: Plague in India. By W. C. Hossack, MD. .. o 8 JPEG ORG GS OEIC EE Er en Red Red: the Asiatic Beetles in the Indian Figures and Descriptions of nine Species of Squil- won Part I. Family Carabidæ, Subfamily lidæ from the Collection of the Indian Museum. se ey : 2 By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., ete., edited m ee By N. Annandale, D.Sc., and W. a A. Alcock, M.B., C1 M. PEU te orn 3 Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in Catalogue of Indian Crustacea. Part I. Introduc- the Bird Gallery of the Indian Museum. By tion the Brachyura Primigenia. By A. Alcock, BK. Finn,” B.A., R.Z.S. À o 12 MAB gy DEÈPERES: 7. © |: Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in Catalogue of Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part Fa the Fish Gallery of the Indian Museum. By Brachyura. Fasciculus II.—Indian Freshwater A. Alcock, MB., CMZS. .. ER Crabs—Potamonide. By A. Alcock, CIE, Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited i in the MB LTD; ERS. Paar : Invertebrate Gallery of the Indian Museum. Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea ee By A. Alcock, M.B., CM.Z.S. (Out of print.) iD. —Anomura. Fasciculus I. —Pagurides. y : h a ae : Fe E A Alcock, MB. LL D, FRS, CLE. es Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Reptile and Amphibia Gallery of the Indian Mu- Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part seum. By A. Alcock, M.B., CMZS. (Out III. — Macrura. Fasciculus I— Ihe Prawns of print.) en the Peneus Group. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., Hand List of Mollusca in the Indian Museum F.R.S., CLE. .- Tso Parts I and II, and Fasciculus E. By G. Nevill, Catalogue of Indian Deep-sea Crustacea : Decapoda C.M.Z.S., etc. Index Parts I and II. By W. Macrura and Anomala in the Indian Museum. TH eaholde as tu AFTER By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., C.M.Z.S.. a Ag Illustrated Catalogue of Asiatic Horns and Catalogue of Indian Deep- sea Fishes in the Indian Antlers in the Indian Museum. By T. Bentham 2 o Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. Bir ee) List of Batrachia in the Indian Museum. By W.L. Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian Museum, Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. Tao Part I. By J. Anderson, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. List of Birds in the Indian Museum. © Part FE Part II. By W.L- Sclater, M.A., FZS. 57,100 Corvidæ, Paradiseidæ, Ptilonorhynchidæ and Catalogue of Mantodea in the Indian Museum, Crateropodide. By F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.S. ve, AAO Parts I and II. By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., ete. 2 o List of Snakes in the Indian Museum. By W. L. Catalogue of Moths of India, Parts I to VII. By Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. Io E.C Cotes and C. Swinhoe, 314.9, E79: eee: LATE Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera and Catalogue Echinoderma of the Indian Museum : Account of of the Species of Bats in the Indian Museum. = Deep-sea Holothurioidea collected by the By G. E. Dobson, M.A., M.B., F.R.S. 3 0 R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.’’ R. Koehler and Monograph of the Oriental Cicadidæ, Parts I to C. Vaney .. Be chen HO.) VII. By W.L. Distant, FES. ie Jeng 1g The above can be obtained from the Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and from Messrs. Friedlander & Sohn, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin. Other Publications edited and sold by the Superintendent of the Indiun Museum (also obtainable from Messrs Friedlander & Sohn) issued by the Director of the Royal Indian Marine. Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator,’’ 1892. Fishes, Plates I to VII. Crustacea, Plates I to V, 1894. Fishes, Plates VII to XIII Crustacea, Plates VI to VIII. Echinoderma, Plates I to III, 1895. Echinoderma, Plates IV and V. Fishes, Plates XIV to XVI. Crustacea, Plates IX to XV, 1896. Crustacea, Plates XVI to XXVII, 1897. Fishes, Plate XVII. Crustacea, Plates, XXVIII to XXXII. Mollusca, Plates I to VI, 1898. Fishes, Plates XVIII to XXIV. Crustacea, Plates XXXIII to XXXV. Mollusca, Plates VII and VIII, 1899. Fishes, Plates XXV and XXVI. Crustacea, Plates XXXVI to XLV, 1900. Fishes, Plates XXVII to XXXV. Crustacea, Plates XLVI to XLVIII. Index, Part I, 1901. Crustacea, Plates XLIX to LX. Mollusca, Plates IX to XIII, 1902. Crustacea, Plates LVI to LXVII. Crustacea, Plates LXVIII to LXXVI. Fishes, Plates XXXVI to XXXVIII, 1905. Crustacea (Malacostraca), Plates LXXVII to LXXIX. Crustacea (Entomostraca), Plates I and II. Mollusca, Plates XIV to XVIII, i907. Fishes Plates XXXIX to XLIII. Crustacea (Entomostra- ca), Plates III to V. Mollusca, Plates XIX and XX, 1908.—Re. 1 per plate. Mollusca, Plates XXI to XXIII, 1909.— As. 6 per plate. RECORDS of the Sonia Inst INDIAN MUSEUM | “"*" (A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY ) Vol. I, 1907. Part I.—Contributions to the Fauna of the Arabian Sea. Records of Hemiptera and Hymenoptera from the Himalayas. Further notes on Indian Freshwater Entomostraca. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, I—III. A Sporozoon from the Heart of a Cow. Miscellanea. Part I1.—Revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidæ. Description of an Oligochete Worm allied to Chetogaster. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IV. Further Note on a Polyzoon from the Himalayas. Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Reptiles and Fish from Nepal and the Western Himalayas. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, V. Notes on Oriental Diptera, I and II. Miscellanea. Part III.—Report on the Marine Polyzoa in the collection of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VI. A third note on Earwigs (Dermaptera) in the Indian Museum, with the descrip- tion of a new species. Notes on Oriental Diptera, III. Description of a new snake from Nepal. Notes on a col- lection of marketable fish from Akyab, with a description of a new species of Lactarius. Description of two fresh- water Oligochæte Worms from the Punjab. Notes on Phosphorescence in Marine Animals. Notes on the rats of Dacca, Eastern Bengal. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, I—V. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Nudiclava monocanthi, the type of a new genus of Hydroids parasitic on Fish. Preliminary descriptions of three new Nycteribiide from India. Annotated Catalogue of Oriental Culicidæ. Notes on Oriental Diptera. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VI, VII. Description of a new Cyprinid Fish of the genu Danio from Upper Burma, Miscellanea. Vol. II, 1908-1909. Part 1.—The retirement of Lieut.-Col. Alcock, with a list of his papers on Indian Zoology. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VII. Description of a New Dictyonine Sponge from the Indian Ocean. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VIII. Remarkable cases of variation, I. Description of a new species of Lizard of the genus Salea, from Assam. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VIII. Des- cription of a new Cavernicolous Phasgonurid from Lower Siam. Descriptions of new species of Marine and Freshwater Shells in the collection of the Indian Museum. Notes on Oriental Syrphide, I. Description of a new variety of Spongilla loricata. Notes on Oriental Diptera, V. Miscellanea. Part II.—Gordiens du Musée Indien. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IX. Description of a new species of Danio from Lower Burma. Rhynchota Malayana, I. Cimex rotundatus, Signoret. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, IX. Fruit Bats of the genus Pieropus inhabiting the Andaman and Nicobar Archipelagos. A new species of Sun-Bird obtained near Darjiling. Three Indian Phylactolemata. On two new species of Eagle- Rays (Myliobatidæ). Description of a new species of the genus Sesarma, Say., from the Andaman Islands. Des- criptions of new species of Land, Marine, and Freshwater Shells from the Andaman Islands. Part III.—Ihe Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, X, XI. On some Oriental Solifugæ with descriptions of new forms. The difference between the Takin (Budorcas) from the Mishmi Hills and that from Tibet, with notes on variation displayed by the former. On Caridina nilotica (Roux) and its varieties. Description of a new species of Charaxes from the Bhutan Frontier. First Report on the Collection of Culicidæ and Corethride in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H. Stewart in 1907, I. Notes on Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Indian Museum, I. Indian Psychodide. Description of a new species of mouse from the Madura District, Madras. Some Cleridæ of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Can- ning, Lower Bengal, XII. Description of a new species of Saw-Fish captured off the Burma Coast. A new Sting Ray of the genus Trygon from the Bay of Bengal. New Micro-lepidoptera from India and Burma. Notes on some Chrysomelid Beetles in the collection of the Indian Museum. Six new Cicindeline from the Oriental Region. Des- cription of a new slug from Tibet. Part V.—Revision of the Oriental Leptidæ. Revised and annotated Catalogue of Oriental Bombylide, with descriptions of new species. Voi. III, 1909. Part 1.—The Races of Indian Rats. Part II.—Notes on Freshwater Sponges, X. Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H. Stewart in 1907, II. Note on some amphibious Cockroaches. Description de quelques nouvelles Cécidomyies des Indes. Description of new land and marine shells from Ceylon and S. India. Description of two new species of Caranx from the Bay of Bengal. Remarks on some little known Indian Ophidia. Remarks on some forms of Dipsadomorphus. A pelagic Sea-Anemone without tentacles. Rhynchota Malayana, II. Part III.—Notes on the Neuroptera in the collection of the Indian Museum. New Indian Leptide and Bombylidæ, with a note on Comastes, Os. Sac., v. Heterostylum, Macq. Notes on the Trichoptera in the collection of the Indian Museum. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of Freshwater Crabs. 1—3. Report on a small collection of Lizards from Travancore. Descriptions of three new Cicindelinæ from Borneo. The relation between fertility and normality in Rats. Descriptions of a Barnacle of the genus Scalpellum from Malaysia. The Hemipterous family Polyctenidæ. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XI. Descriptions of two new shells from S. India. Preliminary note on a new genus of Phylactolematous Polyzoa. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Description of a minute Hymenopterous insect from Calcutta. The Insect Fauna of Tirhut, No. 1. Descrip- tions of new species of Botta and Nemachilus. New Oriental Sepsinæ. A new species of Fredericella from Indian lakes. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of freshwater crabs, No. 4 On some new or little known Mygalo- : morph spiders trom the Oriental region and Australasia. Vol. IV, 1910. No. I.—Second report on the collection of Culicidæ in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. Nos. II and III.—The Indian species of Papataci Fly (Phlebotomus). Taxonomic values in Culicidæ. Nos. IV.—Revision of the Oriental blood-sucking Muscidæ (Stomoxine, Philematomyia, Aust., and Pristirhynchömyia, gen. nov.). No. V.—A new arrangement of the Indian Anophelinæ. No. VI.—A revision of the species of Tabanus from the Oriental Region, including notes on species from surrounding countries. No. VII.—New Oriental Nemocera. Miscellanea :—Synonvmy in Corethrinae. Indian Phlebotomi. Nos. VIII and IX.—A revision of the Oriental species of the genera of the family Tabanidae other than Tabanus. Con- tributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Part VII. No. X.—Annotated Catalogue of Oriental Culicidae—Supplement. Vol. V, 1910. Part I.—The Hydroids of the Indian Museum, I. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XII. Descriptions of new Shells in the collection of the Indian Museum from Burma, Siam and the Bay of Bengal. Materials for a revision of the Phylactolematous Polyzoa of India. Studies on the aquatic Oligochæta of the Punjab. An undescribed Burmese Frog allied to Rana tigrina. Miscellanea. Part IT.—Description d'Ophintes nouvelles provenant des dernières campagnes de ‘‘ I’Investigator dans l'Océan Indien. Description d’Holothuries nouvelles appartenant au Musée Indien. The races of Indian rats, II. Descrip- tion of a new species of Scalpellum from the Andaman Sea. Descriptions of five new species of marine shells from the Bay of Bengal. Notes on fish from India and Persia, with descriptions of new species. Part III.—A new genus of Psychodid Diptera from the Himalayas and Travancore. The Indian barnacles of the sub- genus Smilium, with remarks on the classification of the genus Scalpellum. On a subspecies of Scufigerella unguicu- lata, Hansen, found in Calcutta. The distribution of the Oriental Scolopendride. Notes on Decapoda in the Indian Museum, I. Description of a new species of Nemachilus from Northern India. Notes on the larvæ of Tovorhynchites immisericors, Wlk. Description of a South India frog allied to Rana corrugata of Ceylon. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Introduction and Part I. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Notes and descriptions of Indian Microlepidoptera. On some aquatic oligochæte worms commensal in Spongilla carteri. On Bothrioneurum iris, Beddard. Notes on nudibranchs from the Indian Museum. On the classification of the Potamonide (Telphusidae). Catalogue of the pheasants, pea fowl, jungle fowl and spur fowl in the Indian Museum. On certain species of Palaemon from South India. Alluaudella himalayensis, a new species of degenerate (7) cockroach, with an account of the venation found in the genera Cardax and Alluaudella. Rhynchota Malayana, III. Voi. Vi, 1911. Part I.—A Rhizocephalous Crustacean from fresh water and on some specimens of the order from Indian seas. Deca poda in the Indian Museum, II. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Parts il to V. Pedipalpi in the Indian Museum, I and II. Six new species of shells from Bengal and Madras. Miscellanea :—Fleas from India and China. Flies found associated with cattle in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. Mosquito sucked by a midge. Large egg laid by a beetle. Part II.—Some sponges associated with gregarious molluscs of the family Vermetidae. Aquatic animals from Tibet, III. Cyprinidae from Tibet and the Chumbi Valley, with a description of a new species of Gymnocypris. New species and varieties of Crustacea Stomatopoda in the Indian Museum: The development of some Indian Ascala- phidae and Myrmeleonidae. Mzscel/anea :—The occurrence of Dactylopius citri, Risso, in the Himalayas! Note on Aquatic Rhynchota. Part III.—Nouveaux Chironomides de l’Indian Museum de Calcutta. Part IV.—Indian Isopods. Systematic notes on the Ctenostomatous Polyzoa of fresh water. Some aquatic Oligochaeta in the Indian Museum. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Part VI. Asiatic species of Crustacea Anostraca in the Indian Museum. Freshwater sponges, XIII. Miscellanea :—Synonymy in Corethrinae. The distribution of the different forms of the genus /bla. : Part V.—Revision of the Oriental Tipulidae. Five new Indian species of Clavicorn Coleoptera. Les Chironomides (Tendipedidae) de 1’Himalaya et d’Assam. The occurrence of Apus in Eastern Asia. Voi. VII, 1912. Part I.—Deep-sea Fish obtained by the R.I.M.S.S. ‘‘Investigator’’ during 1910-11. Decapoda in the Indian Museum, III. Fauna of Paresnath Hill, Observations on the shallow-water Fauna of the Bay of Bengal made on the ‘Golden Crown,’’ 1908-09. Coccidae in the Indian Museum, I. On the nervous system of Ampullaria globosa. Description of a species of Phoridae that causes Myasis in man. Muéscellanea:—Mimicry of a Mutillid by a spider. Capture of Limulus on the surface. Development of the larva of Lingula. Distribution of some Indian and Burmese Lizards. Part II.—The Mosquitoes of Calcutta. Freshwater sponges, XIV. Pedipalpi in the Indian Museum collection, III and IV. New Freshwater Crab from S. India. Decapoda in the Indian Museum, IV. Fauna Symbiotica Indica, I and II. Invertebrate Fauna of the Kumaon Lakes. Fauna Symbiotica Indica, III. The Indian Mud-Turtles. Anatomy of Atopos sanguinolenta. Cestodes from Indian Fishes. Miscellanea :—Entoprocta in Indian Waters. Rearing of Leeches in sata Banki District. Habits of Tiger-Beetles. Schizodactylus monstrosus as bait for birds. Macrones menoda var. trachacanthus. Aquatic Tortoises of the Ganges and Brahmaputra. Part III.—Gordiens du Musée Indien, A new Tortoise from South India. New species of Branchiodrilus and other aquatic Oligochaeta, with remarks on cephalization in the Naididae. Fauna Symbiotica Indica, IV. Freshwater Medusa from the Bombay Presidency. A new species of Indian Thrips. Aquatic Chelonia of the Mahanaddi. Recent Crinoids from the Indian Ocean. Fauna of Yunnan, VIII. Earthworms. Asiatic Naiades in the Indian Museum. Misceilanea :—Malaria Mortality in the Fringe Area of Calcutta. Larval Habits of Toxorhynchites immisericors. ast Asiatic species of Apus. \ Part IV.—Notes on the suriace-living Copepoda of the Bay of Bengal. Freshwater sponges of the Malabar Zone. Notes on the Habits and Distribution of Limnocnida indica. The Anatomy of melo indicus. Two new species of Scolo- pendridae. À DR Psyllidae. Descriptions of some new species of Freshwater Fish from North India. New Oriental iptera, i - INDIAN TRYPANEIDS (FRUIT-FLIES) IN THE COLLECTION OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM, CALCUTTA. By Pror. M. BEZzz1, Turin, Italy. CONTENTS. Page 1. INTRODUCTION De 50 so 50 53 2. DISTINCTIONS OF THE FAMILY AND GENERAL CHARACTERS 53 3. METAMORPHOSIS AND BIONOMICS os 0 18.60 4. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION .. oe 56 AIO 5. CRITICAL REVIEW OF THE ORIENTAL AND AUSTRALIAN TRYPANEIDS HITHERTO DESCRIBED .. 00 05 6. NOMENCLATURE AND CLASSIFICATION 46 oc CA KEY FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE GENERA .. Sei CS 8. DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES .. 50 oc bo OF g. INDEX ? New Zealand. A true Bactrocera. latilimbata (Euphranta), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 438, fig. P) from Sumatra. Very doubtful; the author says nothing about the dc , which in the genus Euphranta are wanting. Probably a Rioxa, as stated by Prof. Hendel, Wien. Entom. Zeit., xxxi, 15. lemniscata (Trypeta), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 426, fig. G) from Formosa. Is not a true 7 rypeta. limbata (Sophira), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 435, fig. N) from Sumatra. A very remarkable species. **loranthi (Ceratitis), Froggatt, 1911 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 863) from W. Australia. A very characteristic species, which perhaps belongs to Carpophthoromyia. montina (Acanthoneura), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 416) from Java. Seems to be a good species near maculipennis. nigra (Euphranta), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 439, fig. Q) from Sumatra. A very remarkable species, but probably not of this genus. Prof. Hendel says that it is a Lagarosia. normaliceps (Acanthoneura), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 420, fig. D) from Sumatra. Seems to be a Rioxa. ortalina (Dimeringophrys), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 452, fig. W) from Sumatra. This new genus seems to be allied to my Chaetellipsis on account of the reduced chaeto- taxy of the head. **phassiflorae (Dacus), Froggatt, 1911 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 870) from Fiji and New Zealand. Seems to be a true Bactrocera, with unspotted wings. **pepisalae (Dacus), Froggatt, 1911 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 869) from the Solomon Islands. There is some doubt whether this species really belongs to the Dacinae. pulchralis (Colobostroter), Euderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 445, fig. T) from Sumatra. The position of this new genus among Trypaneids seems to be very doubtful. quadrifasciata (Spilographa), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch , xxxi, 436, fig. O) from Sumatra. The pattern of the wings is like that of the new genus Taeniostola, but the arista is only pubescent. **yayotongae (Dacus), Froggatt, 1911 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 872) from Cook Island. Seems to be the same as D. melanotus, Coq., No. 170 from the same locality. M. BEZz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 82 sauteri (Tephritis), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbiich., xxxi, 456, fig. A) from Formosa. A true Tephritis. sumatrana (Riova), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 449, fig. U) from Sumatra. A true Rioxa, perhaps the same as my quinquemaculata. sumbana (Platensina), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 454, fig. X) from Sumba. Seems to be a species allied to acrostacta, Wied. It consequently follows that my new ‘genus Tephrostola is the same as Platensina, the latter having priority. The genus however has nothing to do with Ensına. superflucta (Trypeta), Enderlein, 1911 (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 428, fig. Z) from Formosa. Seems not to be a true Trypeta. **jongensis (Dacus), Froggatt, 1911 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 870) from Tonga Island and New Zealand. Seems to be a Bactrocera with hyaline wings, different from the species described by Coquillett from the same locality. **zonatus (Dacus), Froggatt, 1911 (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, xxxv, 868) from the Solomon Islands. Is evidently different from the Indian zonatus, Saund., being moreover twice as large; perhaps a Bactrocera. In the meantime three other papers have appeared dealing with Trypaneids, one by Pref.J.C.H. de Meijere (Studien über Südostasvatische Dipteren vi, IgIL),and two by Prof. Fr. Hendel (Neue Muscidae Acalypteratae, 1912 and Genus Dacus from H. Sauter’ s Formosa-Ausbeute, 1912). I have inserted in the text some citations, chiefly concerning Prof. Hendel’s last paper, which has, as usual, a very great importance, and I will complete the above list in the following lines. 315- 310. 325- albistrigatus (Dacus), Meijere, 1911 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 377, 4, pl. 20, f. 33) from Java. A Bactrocera with banded wings. Typein Amsterdam. apicalis ( Dacus), Meijere, 1911 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 376, 3) from Java. A Bactrocera, near ferruginea. Type in Amsterdam. * qusteni (Adrama), Hendel, 1912 (Wien. Entom. Zeit., xxxi, 12, 12) from Ceylon. Type in the British Museum. chrysotoxus (Dacus), Hendel, 1912 (Suppl. Entom., i, 24, 8, pl. i, f. 5) from Key Islands. A true Bactrocera, near caudata. Type at Berlin, in the collection of Mr. B. Lichtwardt. cılifer (Dacus), Hendel, 1912 (Suppl. Entom., i, 15, I, pl. i, f. 1) from Formosa. A true Bactrocera. Type in Berlin, collection of the Deutsch. Entom. Museum. conopsoides (Dacus), Meijere, 1911 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 378, 5) from Java. A Dacus s. l., with stalked abdomen, belonging to the group longicornis (Wied.). Type in Amsterdam. cruciata (Psila), Walker, 1863 (Proc. Linn. Soc., viii, 126, 63) from New Guinea. As recognized by Osten-Sacken (1881, p. 479) belongs to Adrama selecta no. 332. Type in London. dorsalis (Dacus), Hendel, 1912 (Suppl. Entom., i, 18, 3, pl. i, f. 3) from Formosa. A true Bactrocera allied to ferruginea. Type in Berlin, Deutsch. Entom. Museum. hageni (Dacus), Meijere, 1911 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 375, 2) from Sumatra. A Bactrocera, near ferruginea. Type in the Leiden Museum. imitans (Lagarosia), Meijere, 1911 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 383, 2) from Java. Type in Am- sterdam. lacteata (Lagarosia), Van der Wulp, 1891 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., xxxiv, 211, pl. 12, f. 13) from Java. The typical species of the genus Lagarosia which was considered by its author to belong to the Ortalids. Prof. Meijere, and subsequently Prof. Hendel have shcwn that it is a true Trypaneid, belonging to the Ceratitinae with plumose arista. Type in Amsterdam. 84 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. ra; 100€ 326. maculifrons (Acanthipeza), Rondani, 1875 (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, 438), from Borneo. The type of the genus Acanthipeza, but according to Osten-Sacken (1881, p. 479) it is synonymous with Adrama determinata. Type at Genova, Museo Civico. 327. nubilus (Dacus), Hendel, 1912 (Suppl. Entom., i, 16, 2, pl. i, f. 2) from Formosa. A true Bactrocera, described as a variety of caudata. Type in Berlin, Entom. Museum. 328. obscuratus (Dacus), Meijere, 1911 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 373, I) from Java. A Bactrocera, described as a variety of ferruginea. Type in Amsterdam. 329. parvipunctata (Rioxa), Meijere, 1911 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 381) from Java. A true Rioxa, described as a variety of sexmaculata. Type in Amsterdam. 330. parvulus (Dacus), Hendel, 1912 (Suppl. Entom., i, 21, 5) from Formosa. A true Bactrocera, near ferruginea. Type in Berlin, Entom. Museum. 331. sculellatus (Dacus), Hendel, 1912 (Suppl. Entom., i, 20, 4, pl. i, f. 4), from Formosa. A true Bactrocera. Type in Berlin, Entom. Museum. 332. selecta (Adrama), Walker, 1859 (Proc. Linn. Soc., iii, 118, 139) from Aru Islands. The typical species of the genus Adrama, which is considered by Prof. Hendel to belong to the Trypaneids, near Meracanthomyia. Type in London. 333. smieroides (Callantra), Walker, 1860 (Proc. Linn. Soc., iv, 154, 187) from Macassar. Prof. Hendel (Suppl. Entom., i, 15) says that this species is very like a Dacus s. L., with stalked abdomen; it is therefore perhaps a l'rypaueid, while the following genus Aragara belongs to the Ortalids. Type in London. Smieroides is evidently a misprint for smicroides. striatella (Lagarosia) Van der Wulp, 1891 (Tijdschr. v. Entom., xxxiv, 213, pl. 12, f. 14) from Java. According to Prof. Meijere, 1911, p. 383, is evidently the female of lacteata, no. 325. Type in Amsterdam. Go Co + 6. NOMENCLATURE AND CLASSIFICATION. In my paper of 1910 (Boll. Labor. Zoolog. Portici, v, pp. 2-4) I have already discussed the nomenclature and the classification of the family ; I will repeat here briefly the principal points, and give the characters of the sub-divisions. For a long time the family name has been Tephritidae, which was used chiefly by French authors, and by Rondani as late as in 1870. But the genus T7ypeta, Meigen, 1803, being of more early date than Tephritis, Latreille, 1804, the family name universally used until recent times has been Trypetidae. Quite recently, how- ever, after the discovery that Tvypeta, Meigen, 1803, is the same as Euribia, Meigen, 1800, Czerny has proposed (Verh zool. bot. Ges., lix, 1909, p. 252) to call the family Kuribiidae. I have already (1907) stated that the genus Trypanea (Trupanea) of Schrank, 1795, must be employed in place of Urellia (Robineau-Desvoidy) Loew, and therefore the family name must be drawn from this genus, and must be Trypaneidae, as used in the present paper. Guettard’s Trypanea, 1756, cannot be taken into consideration, being prior to the year 1758. The subdivision of the family Trypaneidae is very difficult, and up to the pres- ent has not been effected in a satisfactory manner. I have proposed to divide the family into two subfamilies, the Dacinae and the Trypaneinae, and the latter into three tribes. 1. Subfamily Dacinae.—Antennae elongate, as long as or longer than the face, usually bare, or very rarely shortly pilose. Oc. wanting ; put. wanting or very small; occipital row wanting. Hm., prst. and dc. wanting ; anterior sa. and prsc. sometimes IQI3.] M. Bezzt: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 85 wanting ; Pf. usually weak; si. wanting. Abdomen of the female with the last segment (5th or 6th) hidden. Front femora without bristles below, or very rarely bristly. Scutellum with two or four bristles ; if the bristles are only two it is always the basal (not the apical) pair that is absent. Wings with the auxiliary vein very approximate to the first longitudinal vein, and often very little distinct; the first three longitudinal veins are usually very approximated, the others are distant, the small cross-vein is therefore very long and oblique. Second basal cell usually very much dilated, and short at the base; anal cell narrowed, its inferior angle usually drawn out into a very long point, much longer than the second basal cell. Pattern of the wings usually very simple and reduced to a fore border and some stripes ; banded wings are very rare, and reticulated wings are never found. The principal character of the subfamily is the reduced chaetotaxy of the head and of thethorax. The species are tropical or subtropicaland live almost exclusively in the old world. The larvae live only in fruits of various kinds, and are never gall-makers. Loew was not clear as to the limits of his group Dacinae, which is very different from the subfamily here defined; he has drawn the characters chiefly from the shape of the abdomen of the female. Ceratitis and allied forms have been often placed near Dacus, with which, however, they have nothing to do, as is shown by their very developed chaetotaxy. The subfamily Dacinae is not at present rich in genera ; besides the genus Dacus s. L., it probably comprises the very distinct American genus Toxotrypana,' and certainly the aberrant genus Meracanthomyia, Hendel, with its ally Adrama. Hemi- coptera and Cardiocera are also perhaps to be placed here. Meracanthomyia has the reduced chaetotaxy and the antennae of the true Dacine ; but the arista is shortly pilose, the femora are bristly below, the first three longitudinal veins of the wings are not approximated, the second basal cell is not dilated, and the inferior angle of the anal cell is not drawn out into a long point, being shorter than the second basal cell. If we take the well-known Dacus oleae, Gmelin, as the type of the genus Dacus, we will find that the majority of the other Dacinae cannot be considered as con- generic with it. The genus Dacus s. str. is to be restricted to the forms which have no anterior sa. and no prsc., a short and rounded abdomen with distinct segments and a flattened ovipositor. The African species allied to longistylus, Wied., which have the same chaetotaxy as the species oleae, but have a very elongate body, an abdomen with partly fused segments and a cylindrical unflattened ovipositor, belong toa distinct genus which will bear the name of Leptoxyda, Macquart. I do not know if all the African species belong only to these two groups, or if there are some other genera ; but as far as I know, the African species are very distinct from the Oriental and Australian species principally by reason of their more reduced chaetotaxy. The Oriental (and Australian) species have always a pair of prsc. and one anterior sa. bristle, and the scutellum bears very often four bristles. All the known 1 Chiefly on account of its very reduced chaetotaxy ; it would be the only Dacine of the new world. 86 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. or er Indian species belong to one single genus, which I have previously named Chaeto- dacus ; but subsequently I recognized that it is better to distinguish them under the name Bactrocera, Guérin-Méneville. If the species with banded wings (type #mbrosus) are considered generically distinct from those with unbanded wings (type ferrugineus), for the latter the generic name Dasyneura, W. W. Saunders, must be used ; but this name being preoccupied by Rondani in the Diptera, my name Chaetodacus will replace it. Strumeta, Walker, is synonymous with Bactrocera, or with the group of species with banded wings. - 2. Subfamily Trypaneinae.—Antennae usually shorter than the face, with a bare, pilose or plumose arista. Oc. mostly present, strong or small, as also the put. ; occipital row more or less developed, but never wanting. Hm. always present, but in a single case wanting; prst. rarely wanting; anterior sa. present; prsc. and usually one or rarely two pairs of dc. present ; st. almost always present ; ft. usually strong. Scutellum usually with two pairs of bristles, but sometimes with three pairs ; if only one pair is present it is always the basal (not the apical) pair, that is to say, © the apical pair only can be wanting. Anterior femora usually bristly below (bare in Euphranta). Abdomen of the femaie with the last segment distinct and the others never fused together ; the ovipositor usually flattened (cylindrical in some Anastrepha, Carpophthoromyia and Urophora). Auxiliary vein distinct ; the first three longitu- dinal veins not approximated ; second basal cell not dilated ; anal cell not narrowed, with the inferior angle drawn out in a point or not, shorter or longer than the second basal cell. Pattern of the wings varying from the banded to the reticulated type, rarely absent. The species are proper to tropical, temperate and even cold countries ; the larvae live in fruits, or in various parts of vegetables, and are very often gall-makers. This great subfamily includes most of the proposed genera of Trypaneids. No attempts have been made to subdivide it; and I think that Loew in his generic divisions has laid too much stress on the pattern of the wings, chiefly for practical purposes. Schiner has followed Loew with some little modification, and so have all subsequent writers. Rondani, in 1870, has given a more scientific arrangement, but he lays too much importance on the relative lengths of the various portions of the fourth longitudinal vein. I think that the subdivision of the subfamily Trypaneinae into other groups of subfamily rank is not at present possible ; but I am of opinion that three secondary groups or tribes can be distinguished by the following characters : — Ist Tribe : Ceratitininae. Occipital row formed by thin black bristles, which at the most are yellow only in the postvertical region ; or the row is almost wanting, being only distinct in the superior portion. Arista often pilose or plumose. Thorax mostly clothed on the back with black pubescence. Wings with the third longitudi- nal vein usually bristly over its whole length, or at least towards the base; anal cell usually with its lower angle drawn out into a point, and therefore as long as, or longer than, the second basal cell (obtuse in Gonyglossum). Wing-pattern of the banded type. The species of this tribe are most abundant in tropical or subtropical 1013.] M. BEZZI: Indian Trypaneds (Fruit-Flies). 87 countries, but are not rare in temperate regions. The larvae often live in fruits, like those of the Dacinae ; but some species mine into the leaves of umbelliferous plants or of Compositae; a few species are gall-makers, but none live in the flower- heads of the Compositae. 2nd Tribe: Myiopitininae. This tribe has the same characters as the preceding ; but the anal cell is always obtuse, its lower angle is never drawn out in a point; the ovipositor is long and cylindrical; the wings are banded. The species are found exclusively in temperate countries, being wanting in the tropics ; the larvae live only on plants of the family Compositae, and often make galls. 3rd Tribe: Trypaneininae. Occipital row usually formed of strong yellow bristles, which are usually obtuse at the end. Thoracic pubescence yellowish. Wings with the third longitudinal vein usually bare ; anal cell never longer than the second basal cell (obtuse in some forms). Wing-pattern usually of the reticulate type, rarely banded and sometimes hyaline. Ovipositor flattened. Arista usually bare. The species occur in temperate countries and also in cold regions ; the larvae live usually in the flower-heads of the Compositae, and sometimes make galls, even on the roots of plants of this family. The known genera of Trypaneids are arranged as follows in my classification :— Subfam. DACINAE. Toxotrypana (Mikimyra). ? Henicoptera. Dacus. ? Cardiocera. Leptoxyda (Leptoxys). Meracanthomyia (Meracantha). Bactrocera (Strumeta, Dasyneura, Adrama (Acanthipeza). Chaetodacus). Subfam. TRYPANEINAE, Tribe CERATITININAE. Anastrepha (Acrotoxa, Leptoxyda). Callantra. Hexachaeta. - Platyparea. Blepharoneura Macrotrypeta. Polymorphomyia. Acidia (Epidesmia, Myioleja). Xarnuta. Ocneros (Hemilea). Dimeringophrys. Hypenidium. (Xiria). Rhacochlaena. (Sophira). Chaetostoma. Colobostroter. Stemonocera. Acanthoneura (Themara). Vidalia. Rioxa (Ptilonina). Straussia (Strauzia). Ptilona. Molynocoelia. Conradtina. Spilographa (Forellia, Phorellia). Euphranta (Mosina). Zonosema. Lagarosia. Rhagoletis. 88 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [VOIE LOU, Euleja (Phlophylla). Ceratitis (Petalophora, Halterophora). Carpomyia. Lenophila. Myiopardalis. Carpophthoromyia. Gonyglossum (Orellva). Anomoea (Phagocarpus). Oedaspis. Epochra. Polionota. Spheniscomyia (Spheniscus). Cecidochares. Aciura. Peronyma. Coelopacidia. Tribe MYIOPITININAE. Myiopites (Stylia). Urophora. Asimoneura. Tribe TRYPANEININAE. Schistopterum. Eurosta. Rhochmopterum. Acidogona. Rhabdochaeta. Elaphromyia. Stenopa. Xenochaeta. Euribia (Trypeta, Orellia, Cerajocera, Oedicarena. Sitarea, Terellia). Oxyphora (Xyphosia). Phaeogramma. Icterica (Westermannia, Lioy pre- Plagiotoma. occ).' Neoaspilota (A spi/ota). Sphenella (Sineura, Lioy). Acrotaenia. Ensina. Baryphlegma. Oxyna. Platensina. Acanthiophilus. Eutreta (Icaria). Campiglossa. Strobelia, Euaresta. Rhachiptera. Tephritis (Ditricha, Spathulina, Percnoptera. Acima). Carphotricha (Paracantha, Noeeta, Trypanea (Urellia, Actinoptera, Tru- Hoplochaeta). panea). 7. KEY. FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE GENERA. In the following key the genera of Trypaneids present in the collection submitted for my study are distinguished. The abbreviations used in naming the bristles of the head and thorax, are those proposed in the second chapter and explained by the figures. I (4). St. wanting; no hm., prst. and dc.; auxiliary vein faintly dis- tinct; second basal cell dilated. 2 (3). Anterior sa. and prsc. wanting; ovipositor cylindrical .. Leptoxyda, Macq. 3 (2). Anterior sa. and prsc. always present; ovipositor flattened .. Bactrocera, Guer.-Men. 1 Westermannia, Lioy, 1863, has the same type species as /cterica, Loew, 1873, and has therefore _ priority, but is preoccupied. 1013. | | M. BEZZI: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 89 a (b) Wings not banded uC Be .. Chaetodacus, n. gen. b (a) Wings banded .. 50 00 .. Bactrocera, G.-M. 4 (1). Sternopleural bristle always present; ! hm., prst. and dc. very rarely wanting; auxiliary vein well distinct; second basal cell of usual size. 5 (48). Occiput with the usual row of black bristles, or with bristles only on the upper side; if rarely the occipital bristles are yellow, they are thin and pointed; thorax usually with dark dorsal pubescence; arista mostly plumose or pubescent; proboscis not elongated; third longitudinal vein usually bristly through- out its whole length. 6 (37). Third longitudinal vein bristly throughout its whole length, or at least from the base to the small cross vein. 7 (8). Nohm.; middle tibiae with 2 apicalspurs; dc. and prsc. present; no 0c.; 07. 2. 2; occiput strongly swollen below; arista plu- mose; body black, marked with white; wings with brown rivulet-pattern 5 à 50 do .. Anoplomus, n. gen. 8 (7). Hm. always present. 9 (12). Frons flattened, thinly pilose, longer than the face; antennae inserted below the middle of the eyes; no oc.; arista plumose only on the upper side; wings without entire cross-bands.? 10 (Ir). No lower or.; colouring of body yellow; wings with yellowish markings font the fore border 3% . Chaetellipsis, n. gen. II (10). Lower or. present; colouring of body tawny and thie pee wings with brown fore border a. 50 . Poecillis, n. gen. 12 (9). Frons not flattened, as long as, or longer than the face, not te pilose and bare towards the middle; antennae inserted on or above the middle of the eyes; arista usually plumose on both sides. 13 (16). Second longitudinal vein wavy. 14 (15). Second longitudinal vein straight at base and wavy at end; head very broad; body short, of brown colouring; wings brownish- black with hyaline spots and indentations; costa ciliated, and ıst, 3rd and 5th veins bristly a7 . Acanthoneura, Macq. 15 (14). Second vein wavy at base and straight at end; Hoan not fined body elongate, of light yellow colouring, with black dots on thorax and scutellum; wings hyaline. with three yellow longi- tudinal bands; costa not ciliated and fifth vein bare .. Xanthorrhachis, n. gen. 16 (13). Second vein straight throughout its whole length. 17 (18). Prst. and dc. wanting; no oc.; or. 1. r.; scutellum with four bris- tles; third antennal joint rounded at the tip; arista plumose; body brown and dark yellow; wings with hyaline indentations and spots Ay 3% fe a .. Ptilona, Wulp. 18 (17). Prst. and dc. always present. 19 (22). Scutellum flattened, with six strong bristles, rarely the middle ! Wanting in Henicoptera, according to Osten-Sacken, and therefore this genus belongs probably to the Dacinae. ? Ceratıtis s. str. shows a similar shape of head, but the arista is only shortly pubescent on the upper side. 90 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 32 34 33 36 37 38 (21 (20 (19). (24). (23). (32). (27). (26). (29). (28). (31). (30). (25). 3 (34). 5 . Memoirs of the Indian Museum. pair sınaller than the others; no oc. or very weak; arista plumose; body dark yellow or brownish, with black bands on the abdomen ; wings with hyaline spots and indentations. Eyes very narrow; face convex Eyes of usual size, rounded; face concave Scutellum with four bristles only. A distinct pp.; four posterior femora spinulose beneath; middle tibiae with two spurs ; abdomen narrowed at the base, almost pedunculate; no oc.; arista shortly plumose; body tawny, with yellow and black markings; wings with cross bands and broad apical spot : : : No distinct pp.; femora not spinulose beheäth, abdos not pedunculate; middle tibiae with a single spur. Arista long plumose. Oc. very little developed, weak and short; third antennal joint rounded at the tip; small cross vein placed after the middle of the discal cell; body brown or yellowish, with black mark- ings; wings with brown or yellowish rivulet-pattern, without basal black streaks Oc. very strongly developed, strong and nz Third antennal joint rounded at the tip; body yellowish ferru- ginous, with black longitudinal stripes on thorax and black eross-bands on abdomen; wings with four brownish cross- bands, the externals fused together at fore border Third antennal joint pointed at end. Small cross-vein placed on or before the middle of the discal cell; scutellum swollen, with shining black spots; wing-pattern as in Ceratitis, with basal black streaks; body short, yellow .. Small cross vein after the middle; scutellum not swollen, yellow with black markings; body elongate, black; wings with hyaline spots and indentations, without basal black streaks, but with triangular black spots in the hyaline indentations of the hind margin +: Arista shortly plumose or merely pubescent. Small cross-vein a little before the middle of the discal cell; hind cross-vein very oblique; frons flattened, in the male with peculiar bristles; arista pubescent only on the upper side; body black-spotted; wings with yellowish bands and black streaks towards the base : . Small cross-vein more or less after the middle; hind cross-vein not oblique; arista shortly pilose or pubescent on both sides ; wings without basal black streaks. Face retreating inferiorly; frons of the male with horn-like pro- cessss or with very incrassated and rigid bristles Face not retreating; frons of the male without such bristles Third longitudinal vein wholly bare, or with few bristles at the base only. Scutellum with two bristles only; oc. strong; arista pubescent; small cross-vein after the middle of the discal cell; body black; wings with hyaline spots and indentations ee [Vor. III, Diarrhegma, n. gen. Rioxa, Walker. Callistomyva, n. gen. Gastrozona, n. gen. Taentostola, n. gen. Stictaspis, n. gen. Phaeospila, n. gen. Ceratitis, Mac Leay. Vidalia, R. D. Acidia, R. D. Aciura, R. D. 1913.] 39 (38). 40 (41). 4I (40). 2 (45). 43 (44). 44 (43). 45 (42). 6 (47). 47 (46). 48 54 (51). 55 (56). 56 57 (60). 58 59 60 (57). (5)- M. BEzzi: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). Scutellum with four bristles. Prst. shortly plumose; body narrow, elongate; no distinct costal bristle; small cross-vein before or on the middle of the discal cell; colouring pale cinereous or black, wings banded Thoracic chaetotaxy complete; two superior or. Small cross-vein before the middle of the discal cell; short; arista pubescent; wanting; oc. small; only a pair of superior or.; arista anal cell body yellow, with shining black spots on thorax and scutellum; wings with yellowish cross- bands. A pair of strong oc.; cheeks very broad Oc. entirely wanting; second vein on stump; narrow P ‘ : Se Small cross-vein on or ne de de body Aree or yellow- ish, not spotted; wings with blackish bands or spots. No costal bristle; body elongate, yellow; wings with cross-bands dissolved into spots Costal bristle present; body short, Tae Nach: wings Ke black cross-bands, united together Occipital row formed by strong yellow bristles, ich re are obtuse at the end; thorax with pale pubescence ; usually bare, or at most shortly pilose; elongate and geniculate; bare. Third longitudinal vein bent at end against the fourth, the first posterior cell being therefore narrowed at the end; body yellow, with black dots on the thorax; wings with yellow fore border ; second longitudinal vein with a stump: Le rather arista proboscis often third longitudinal vein usually .. Third longitudinal vein parallel or diene an the une the first posterior cell not narrowed. Proboscis prolonged and bicubitate. Wings with a middle cross-band; scutellum with four bristles ; cross-veins conspicuously approximated ae Wings reticulate ; scutellum sometimes with only two bristles, or the apical very small; cross-veins less approximated Proboscis short, the labella not or little elongated; if the labella are elongated, they are rather thick, and the proboscis there- fore does not appear bicubitate. Body slender, elongate ; wings very narrow and long, with parallel sides ; anal cell obtuse; wing-pattern consisting of very numer- ous and small subhyaline dots ae Body shorter and more robust ; wings of usual shape ; with the lower angle acuminate. Wings with hyaline indentations and spots, as in Acura. Scutellum with four bristles ; double tes oa 30 Scutellum with two bristles Se costal bristle less developed .. Wings reticulate or with a star-shaped pattern at the distal extremity. anal cell costal bristle well developed, often OI Staurella, n. gen. Myiopardalıs, Bezzi. Carpomyia, A. Costa. Zonosema, Loew. Spheniscomyia,n. nom. Craspedoxantha,n.gen. Sphenella, R. D. Oxyna, R. D. Paralleloptera, n. gen. Tephrostola, n. gen. Tephrella, n. gen. 92 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, 61 (62). Wing-pattern not radiating at the margin; scutellum usually with four equally strong bristles. sis SE nen Tcphritis APatr 62 (61). Wing-pattern radiating. _ 63 (64). The whole surface of the wings with a unicolorous reticulation ; scutellum with four bristles so ue .. Campiglossa, Rond. 64 (63). Only the distal extremity of the wings with a star-shaped pattern ; scutellum usually with two bristles only a .. Trypanea, Schrank. 8, DESCRIPMION OF Ee SPs Chis: Family TRYPANEIDAE. I. Subfamily DACINAE. 1. Leptoxyda, Macquart. Macquart, Hist. Nat. des Ins. Dipt., ii, 452. 2, (1835). As stated above I include in this genus the species of Dacus s./. which have neither prsc. nor anterior sa. bristle; these differ from Dacus s. str. in having an elongated body and a cylindrical borer in the female. The type of the genus is L. testacea, Macquart, /. c., which seems to be the same as Dacus longistylus of Wiede- mann, 1830, or at least a closely allied species. Macquart in 1843 has emended his own name to Leptoxys, which is perhaps orthographically better; but at the same time he has employed it in a different sense, including some Neotropical species which are now placed in Anastrepha ; and as I find in Scudder’s ‘‘ Universal index’, p. 173, that this name is preoccupied by Rafinesque in the Mollusca, I prefer to use here the original spelling. The genus, as at present known, is exclusively Ethiopian, some species being, however, represented in Egypt. 1. Leptoxyda sp. near longistyla, Wiedemann. (Pieter) There are in the collection three females from Karachi (Cumming), 30-vii-89, 3227 _ 5899 which undoubtedly belong to this genus, and are very closely allied to longistylus, differing only in having the yellow marks less distinct, and the ovipositor a little shorter. Unfortunately they are too much damaged for description. This is probably an imported African species. ’ 2. Bactrocera, Guérin-Ménéville. Guérin-Ménéville, Voyage de la ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. Entom., xxvii livr., pl. 6, Paris, 1832 (the descrip- tion appeared only in Livr. xxviii, 1838). Dasyneura, W. W. Saunders, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, iii, 60 (1841), not of Rondani, 1840. Strumeta, Walker, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. London, i, 33 (1856). I adopt this name for the Oriental (and Australian) species of Dacus s. /. which have a pair of prsc. and an anterior sa.; practically this genus will contain all the true species of Dacus as yet known from the Orient. As the type of the genusI take Musca ferruginea of Fabricius, 1794, and also Dacus wmbrosus, Fabricius, 1805, with which Bactrocera longicornis of Guérin is perhaps synonymous. Some species of this 1913.] M. BEzzi: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 93 genus have four bristles on the scutellum, and some others have complete cross- bands on the wings: these two characters are never present in the Ethiopian or in the Palaearctic species. In the collection before me are no Indian species with complete cross-bands on the wings ; there is however a male of D. umbrosus, Fabricius, from Batavia, deter- mined by Prof. Meijere. This species will probably be found in future in India, and is easily distinguished from any other by its banded wings. I have already stated, that if the species with banded wings are considered as generically distinct from the others, the name Bactrocera (type umbrosus, F.) will remain theirs : and for the species with unbanded wings will be used my new name Chaetoda- cus (type ferrugineus, Fabr.). The species of Dacus which have been hitherto recorded from India and Ceylon are the following :—ferrugineus, Fabricius, 1794 (as Musca); klugii, Wiedemann, 1830; zonatus, W. W. Saunders, 1841 (as Dasyneura) ; incisus, Walker, 1860; squa- hadus, Walker, 1860; persicae, Bigot, 1890 (as Rivellia) ; mangiferae, Cotes, 1893 ; cucurbitae, Coquillett, 1899, and diversus, Coquillett, 1904. Of these, persicae is the same as zonatus, and squalidus probably the same as mangiferae, both being therefore only a variety of ferrugineus ; of the remaining seven species klugii and incisus are not represented in the collection, which however includes four more species, two of them new. Klugu is very different from the other species in the pattern of the wings, even from those of the group umbrosus ; perhaps it may not be a Dacine at all, but a Trypaneine near the new genus Callistomyia. The Indian species in the collection can be distinguished as follows :— I (10). Scutellum bearing only two bristles, the basal pair being wanting. 2 (3). Face of the female with a black cross band, that of the male un- marked; third abdominal segment of the male without the lateral row of bristles at hind margin. oe .. diversa, Coq. 3 (2). Face in both sexes marked with two black spots: third abdo- minal segment of male ciliated. 4 (5). Hind cross-vein broadly margined with brown; vf. black .. cucurbitae, Coq. 5 (4). Hind cross-vein not bordered with brown ; vi. yellow. 6 (9). Wings with the brown costal border complete; species of larger size (5-8 mm.) 7 (8). Abdomen short and broad ; brown and yellow markings of the thorax well developed 18 . ferruginea, Fabr. 8 (7). Abdomen narrow and elongated ; aries of ives less dent ferruginea var. mangi- ferae, Cotes. 9 (6). Anisolated brown spot at the tip of wings ; size smaller (4-5 mm.) zonata, Saund. 10 (I). Scutellum with four bristles. II (12). Face in both sexes with a black cross band + .. maculipennis, Dol. 12 (11). Face in both sexes marked with two black spots. 13 (16). Body narrow and elongated, of prevalent reddish colour ; scu- tellum and ovipositor entirely reddish. 14 (15). Thorax on the back with distinct black markings; all the femora entirely pale yellow; third abdominal segment of the male ciliated ook + Le ae .. caudata, Fabr. 94 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, 15 (14). Thorax without black markings; all the femora beneath with a shining black stripe ; third abdominal segment of male not ciliated 6 ae 38 Da .. garciniae, n. SP. 16 (13). Body short and broad, of prevalent black colour ; scutellum with the distal half black, ovipositor black ae .. scutellaris, n. sp. 2. Bactrocera diversa, Coquillett. (Pl. viii, figs. 2-3). Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vi, 139 [Dacus] (1904); Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 294 and 300 [Dacus] (1900) ; Froggatt, Report on parasitic and injurious Ins., 1907-1908, 83 [Dacus] (1909). A small rounded species, with conspicuous bright yellow markings on the thorax, distinguished from any Indian species by its very different colouration in both sexes and by the third abdominal segment of the male not being ciliated. To the good description of Mr. Coquillett, quoted by Mr. Froggatt in his Report, I have nothing to add. The transverse black facial band of the female is double, while in maculipennis, Dol., it is simple ; the male show sometimes a rudiment of this band just on the oral margin. Vertical bristles black. The yellow streak in the centre of the mesonotum is sometimes wanting in the female. The unique female in the collection has the abdomen quite black, with only the posterior margin of the first segment very narrowly yellow. i The description of incisus, Walker, appears to be in some points not unlike this species. A female from Madhapur, Bengal, 13-x-09 (®{4*) and a male from Katihar, Purneah district, N. Bengal, 30-xii-og (27°) Calcutta, July and September (5225, 5926 29: Coquillett described his species from Colombo, Ceylon, and Bangalore, India ; Froggatt records it from Pusa. (Paiva) ; two males and a female from 3. Bactrocera zonata, W. W. Saunders. (edly Wabbls 10% 0) W. W. Saunders, Trans. Entom. Soc. London, iii, 61, pl. 5, f. 3 [Dasyneura] (1841) ; Walker, List Dipt. British Mus., iv, 1075 [Dasyneura] (1849); Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 293 and 299 [Dacus] (1909); Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 408 [Dacus] (1911).—maculigera, Doleschall, Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Indie, xvii, 122. 79 (1858-59); Froggatt, Report on par. and injur. Ins., 1907-1908, 94 [Dacus] (1909) ; Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 294 and 300 [Dacus] (1909).—persicae, Bigot, Ind. Mus. Notes, i, 192 [Rivellia] (1889); Cotes, L. c., 195 [Rivellia] (1889) ; Maxwell-Lefroy, Indian Ins. Pests, 170, f. 193 [Rivellia] (1906); Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 293 and 298 [Dacus] (1909) ; Froggatt, Report on par. and injur. Ins., 1907-1908, 82, pl. ii, f. 5 [Dacus] (1909). A small species very like the preceding, but lighter coloured, with the face spotted and with an isolated brown spot at the tip of the wings. There is no yellow streak in the middle of the mesonotum. Legs wholly yellow in both sexes. The two facial black spots show a tendency, chiefly in the female, to get confused together in a transverse band as in the preceding. Vertical bristles '1913.] M. BEzz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 95 yellow. Third abdominal segment of the male with a row of bristles. Wings with- out anal stripe, but in the male a grey round spot at the tip of the anal cell. The synonymy with persicae seems to me very certain; that with maculigera appears to be proved by Loew’s label in the Museum at Vienna, of which Mr. Frog- gatt speaks in his Report. There are several specimens in the collection caught on board ship, ten miles off Masulipatam, Madras coast, 4—5th June 1908, by C. Paiva (2729-4722). This is a very good example of the transport of fruit flies by shipment. Another specimen is from Paresnath, West Bengal, 4300 it., 9-iv-1909 (Annandale) (552), and another from Pusa, June 1908 (2232), The species is already recorded from several places in India, Diesel has it from Amboina and Enderlein from Sumatra. 4. Bactrocera ferruginea, Fabricius. (PL viii, fig. 5). Fabricius, Ent. Syst., iv. 342. 127 [Musca] (1794) and Syst. Antliat., 274. 5 [Dacus] (1805) ; Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl. Ins., ii, 515. 5 [Dacus] (1830); Wulp, Compt. rend. Soc. entom. Belg., 1884, 296. 14 [Dacus] (1884) and Cat. describ. Dipt. S. Asia, 186 [Dacus] (1896); Meijere, Tijdschr. v. Entom., li, 126 [Dacus] (1908); Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 293 and 299 [Dacus] (1909); Froggatt, Report on par. and injur. Ins., 1907-1908, 81, pl. ii, fig. 8 [Dacus] (1909). —conformis, Doleschall, Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Indie, xvii, 122. 78 (1858-59); Konings- berger, Med. uit s’Lands Planten., xx, 24 [Dacus] (1897). A middle-sized species, varying in colouring from ferruginous to dark brown with distinct yellow markings on the thorax and with hyaline wings filled with brown only on the fore border and at the anal cell. This species is very variable in size and colouring, as already stated by Mr. Frog- gatt. The male shows the row of bristles on the third abdominal segment, and the anal stripe of the wing dilated at the tip. Frontal spots distinct; vertical bristles yellow ; posterior bristles of the thorax darkened, often almost black. In dark specimens the yellow streaks of the thorax and the yellow scutellum are very striking. This is a widely spread species, since we find records from India, Ceylon, Java and Amboina, but it is very doubtful if the species has ever been exactly recognized. The ferrugineus of Macquart is a different species, and the maculipennis of Doleschall has been erroneously placed here by Van der Wulp. In the collection are many specimens from Calcutta, all caught in May, and one fed on rotten mangoes. Other examples are from Bangalore, S. India; Mergui; Sikhim; Tenasserim, Lower Burma; Sylhet; Shillong; Kurseong, 5,000 ft., E. Himalayas (N. Annandale) ; Pagal: Bengal, 6-vii-o9 ; Katihar, Purneah see N. Bengal, 13-v-10:; Peradeniya, Ceylon, 16-iv. There is also a specimen from Batavia, determined by Prof. Meijere. , To judge from a specimen from Peradeniya, Ceylon, labelled by Mr. Froggatt himself, Dacus tryoni is synonymous with the present species; the specimens bred from fruits which I have received from Gospad district, N.S Wales, through the kindness of Mr. Froggatt, approach the following variety :— 96 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Por, JON, Var. mangiferae, Cotes. (EL, abel, ie, ©) Cotes, Ind. Mus. Notes, iii, 17, fig. [Dacus] (1893); Maxwell-Lefroy, Indian Ins. Pests, 170, figs. 1091-02 [Dacus] (1906) and Mem. Dept. Agric. India, i, 227. 129, fig. 71 [Dacus] (1907) both as ferrugineus, F. This variety very much resembles the lighter coloured specimens of ferrugineus, from which it is distinguished by the paler colouring and by the shape of the abdomen, which is pointed at the end and distinctly narrower than the thorax. The dark brown spots of the frons are often indistinct. Thorax always pale ferruginous, the yellow markings therefore less distinct; thoracic bristles yellow. Wings with an indistinct narrow greyish margin on the fore border, often quite hyaline with only a small grey spot at the tip of the third vein; anal stripe also less distinct, but the dark spot at the end of the anal cell in the male is present. In my paper of 1909 I have, with Mr. Froggatt, not distinguished this variety. D. xanthodes, Brown, as described and figured by Froggatt, seems to be a closely allied form ; it was bred in New Zealand from larvae infesting fruits brought from Fiji. It is very probable that this variety is based only on bred specimens, its colouring and the peculiar shape of the abdomen depending only on immaturity. There are many specimens in the collection. Two males from Calcutta (232°, 2526) bred from mangoes, are co-types of Cotes. One female from Calcutta (2222), deter- mined by Bigot as ferrugineus, is said to have been compared with specimens of this species in the British Museum. Other specimens come from Hughli, Bengal (J. C. Chakrabutty). 5. Bactrocera cucurbitae, Coquillett. NO wont, ne 7 Coquillett, Ent. News, May, 1899, 129 [Dacus] (1899) ; Grimshaw, Fauna Hawaii. Dipt., 45, 4 [Dacus] (1901) ; Van Dine, Hawaii. Forest. and Agricult., iii, 127 [Dacus) (1906) ; Maxwell-Lefroy, Mem. Dept. Agric. India, i, 228. 130 [Dacus] (1907) ; Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iti, 291 and 300 [Dacus] (1909) ; Froggatt, Report on paras. and injur. Ins., 1907-1908, 84, pl. ii, figs. 6 and 7 [Dacus] (1909). A proportionally large species, which can be easily recognized from all other known Indian species by the posterior cross-vein of the wings being widely bordered with brown. Vertical, thoracic and scutellar bristles black. Third abdominal segment of the male with a row of black bristles; anal stripe dilated at the tip, but less abruptly than in the preceding species. This species was originally described from Hawaii, but subsequently it has been found widely distributed over India and Ceylon, and this is its original home. In the collection are many specimens from Calcutta, caught in April, May, June and September; others from Durjhana, Nepal Terai; Ranchi; Jhansi, N. W. India, 850 ft. (Brunetti); Katihar, Purneah district, N. Bengal ; Kumdhik, Nepal Terai, in March ; Bhogaon, Purneah district, N. Bengal, in October; Allahabad, United Provinces, in August: Nepalganj, Nepal Frontier, 22-xi-11; Siripur, Saran, N. 1913.] M. BEzzi: Indian Tyypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 97 Bengal, 26-ix-10; Adra, Manbhum district, 12-x-09 ; Bombay, in gourds, 12-x-03 ; Peradeniya, Ceylon, Io-i. 6. Bactrocera caudata, Fabricius. QD At, THe, ta) Fabricius, Syst. Antl., 276 16, [Dacus] (1805); Wiedemann p. p., Auss. Zweifl., ii, 518. 8 [Dacus] (1830); Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, 1073 [Dasyneura] (1849); Meijere, Tijdschr. v. Entom., li, 179. 5 [Dacus] (1908) ; Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 294 and 300 [Dacus] (1909) ; Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 409 [Dacus] (1911) ; Hendel, Suppl. Entom., i, 16, 2, pl. i, f. 2 [Dacus] (1912). A large species very much like the preceding, but at once distinguished by the four bristles of the scutellum and by the posterior cross-vein being only a little darkened in the lower portion. The black markings on the mesonotum are much more marked than in the pre- ceding, but rather variable. Male characters as in the preceding. The specimen from Bigot’s (Verrall’s) collection described by Mr. Froggatt in his Report, p. 95, seems to belong to another species. On the other hand the jerrugi- neus described by Macquart (Dipt. exot. Suppl. 3, 224, (64) pl. vii. f. 8 and Suppl. 4, 257 (284) 2, pl. xxvi. f. 8 [Dacus] 1847 and 1851) seems to belong here. This species was originally described from Java, but Walker has recorded it from North Bengal, and Enderlein and Hendel have it from Formosa. In the collec- tion are examples from Shillong, Assam ; Tenasserim, Lower Burma; Calcutta; Dehra Dun, United Provinces; Kurseong, 5000 ft., E. Himalayas; Sikhim; Katmandu ; Bhowali, Kumaon, 5700 ft., 26-vi-10 (A. D. Imms). A specimen from Sadiya, Assam, bears a label in Bigot’s handwriting: D. nigrolineatus 3 n. sp., but this species has never been published. Another specimen from Sylhet (Major Hall) and some speci- mens from Peradeniya, Ceylon, Jan. 1910. 7. Bactrocera garciniae, n. sp. 7, 9. (DL, abel, Te, ©), Very closely allied to the preceding, but distinct in having an entirely ferrugi- nous thorax, a black shining band on the femora below, and the third segment of the abdomen of the male not ciliated. Length 8-9 mm. Head entirely yellow, whitish pollinose near the eyes; a brown spot on the frons above the antennae; two large subquadrate shining black spots on the face, their inner lower corner reaching the epistome; a brown subtriangular spot on the cheeks below the eye; a small black ocellar dot; antennae very long, the third joint a little darkened at the end; arista yellow at the base; palpi and proboscis yellow ; all the bristles black, the ov. 1. 2, inserted on less distinct brown dots. Thorax ferruginous, opaque in the middle, without black lateral markings on the back, the post-sutural yellow lateral stripe not being striking, because its brown inner border is less distinct; humeri broadly yellow; a broad mesopleural shining yellow stripe, reaching the yellow upper border of the sternopleura; the mesopleura before this stripe and the sternopleura below are blackish; a large yellow double 98 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor; SER, hypopleural spot. Scutellum like the thorax, with four bristles, the basal pair weaker. Allthe bristles are black. Metanotum with two brown spots on the sides. Halteres pale yellow. Abdomen narrow and elongated, clothed with white rather long pubescence; that of the male without lateral bristles on the third segment. It is, like the thorax, entirely ferruginous ; the first segment is yellowish at the hase and the second at the apex; third segment with a basal black cross band, broadly interrupted in the middle; a longitudinal black stripe runs from the middle of the third segment to the end of the abdomen. Belly yellow, with black quadrate spots in the middle of the segments. Ovipositor very short, reddish. Legs entirely yellow, all the femora below with a shining broad black stripe, that of the hind femora being smaller and apical; hind tibiae darkened; first two segments of the tarsi whitish. Wings as in caudatus, but the brown costal border less widened at the end, and the anal stripe in the male not broadened at the tip. Some specimens from Peradeniya, Ceylon (Green), obtained through the kind- ness of Prof. Petri of Rome, bred from Garcinia fruits, vili-og: types & and 2 in the Indian Museum. 8. Bactrocera scutellaris, n. sp. a, ©. Plaid here): A medium-sized species, easily distinguished from any other by its predominat- ing black colouring, by the scutellum being largely black at the tip and bearing four bristles, and by the black ovipositor of the female. Length 6-8 mm. Head yellow, the face and the occiput shining; the frons opaque but shining on the vertex and narrowly near the orbits; facial spots triangular, with the inner corners a little approaching together in the middle of the face; a brown spot in the middle of each cheek quite near the lower corner of the eyes; frons marked with a brown spot in front of its centre and with three pairs of lateral brown dots; vertex with a transverse black band including the ocelli; occiput wholly black, with a narrow complete yellow circle around the eyes; antennae yellow, the third joint darkened at the tip; arista yellow at the base; palpi yellow, quite bare, with some hairs on the underside only; proboscis yellow mottled with brown, with some pale hairs; frons with short hairs, cheek and lower portion of the occiput with rather longer hairs; all the bristles are black, 1 genal, 1 fronto-orbital, 3 lower fronto- orbital, of which the 2 apical pairs are approximated together, and 2 vertical; a tuft of yellowish short bristles at the middle of occiput on the callus over the insertion of the neck. Thorax and abdomen densely punctate, covered with a short pale pubescence. Thorax quite black, both on the sides and below; the following markings yellow: three very small longitudinal streaks on the back behind the suture (a shorter one in the centre, the others on the sides above the wings), the humeral callosities, a fascia on the mesopleura extending from the transverse suture of the back to the upper part of the sternopleura, a large spot on each side of the metanotum includ- 1913.] M. BEzz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 99 ing the hypopleura. Scutellum yellow, punctate like the thorax, with the apical half black. Pleura bare, shining, with longer white hairs on the propleura, pteropleura and lower portion of the sternopleura. All the bristles are black: 2 scp., 2 npl., 3 sa., I prsc., 1 mpl., I pt.; scutellum with four bristles, the basal pair on the yellow, the apical on the black part. Halteres yellow ; squamae very small, pale haired. Abdomen oval, as broad as the thorax, black, with the hind border of the first segment! very narrowly and that of the second more broadly yellow; hind border of the 5th segment also narrowly yellow; the pale pubescence on the sides of the first two segments is longer; third segment of the male with a row of black bristles on the sides of the hind border; venter yellowish, with a longitudinal median black band. Male genitalia not prominent, dark yellow; the circular pregenital ventral plate shining black; ovipositor depressed, slightly longer than the fourth and fifth abdominal segments taken together, shining black, the apical segment yellow. Legs brownish black, the basal half of all the femora and the first joint of all the tarsi light yellow; fore coxae, and four anterior tibiae somewhat yellowish, the middle tibiae in the male often wholly yellow (there are some pale hairs), those of the upper side of the femora a little longer. Wings hyaline; costa narrowly bordered with brown from apex of the auxiliary vein to the tip of the wing, distinctly widened in the apical portion; anal cell filled with brown, in the male more broadly, the brown widened at the tip; the apical lower corner of the discoidal cell is somewhat filled with greyish. Of the described species, D. incisus of Walker seems to be not unlike this species, but differs in the colouring of the legs, etc. This new species seems not to be rare in India; there are in the collection four males and six females from Shillong, Assam (5921 - 50) 10): from Siliguri, N. Bengal, in July (2222); from Kurseong, 5000 ft., E. ane ix-00 ; and from Bhowali, Kumaon, 5700 ft., 15-vi-10 (A. D. Imms). 9. Bactrocera maculipennis, Doleschall. (PURES) Doleschall, Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind., x, 412, 36, pl. ii, f. ı (1856); Meijere, Tijdschr. v. Entom., li, 127. 2 [Dacus] (1908) ; Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 293 and 299 [Dacus] (1909). A medium-sized species, very like diversa, but at once distinguished by its greater size and the four bristles on the scutellum. The facial band is simple. All the bristles are black. The first joint of all the tarsi is whitish. Third abdominal segment of the male ciliated. The caudatus of Wiedemann belongs partly here. This species is known from Java. In the collection is a female from Kurseong, 5000 ft., E.Himalayas, 9-vii-o8, (228%), and another from Calcutta, August, 1909. A male from Java is ne Br Prof. ee ! In ne numeration ai the ee segments I have not Loew, since de segment that he numbered the first is here always considered as formed by two, the first and the second ; our third segment is the second of Loew, etc. TOO Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor, JON 2. Subfamily TRYPANEINAE. I. Section Ceratitininae. 3. Anoplomus, n. gen. Easily distinguished from any other genus of the subfamily by the absence of the humeral bristle and by the swollen occiput. Head higher than broad; face in the middle swollen but flattened, with narrow antennal furrows reaching the epistome; occiput with very strongly developed lateral swellings; cheeks rather broad; eyes very narrow; antennae not reaching the epis- tome, inserted over the middle of the eyes, the third joint a little pointed at the tip; artista plumose, the rays being longer at the upper than at the under side; or. 2. 2'; put. weak; vt. 2, inner pair very long, the outer weak; no oc.; no occipital row of bristles ; vibrissal edges not bristly ; genal bristle weak. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete, only the hm. wanting; dc. in the middle between the transverse suture and the basis of the scutellum; a single mpl.; pt. proportion- ally strong. Scutellum rounded, a little swollen, black-spotted, with four bristles, the apical pair strong and divergent. Sixth abdominal segment of the female distinct ; ovipositor about as long as the abdomen, flat-cylindrical ; fifth segment of the male with a row of strong bristles on the hind border. Fore femora with a row of bristles beneath; posterior femora not spinulose beneath ; middle tibiae with two apical spurs. The pattern of the wings is of the rivulet type, with some blackish streaks at the base; costal bristle distinct; third vein bristly throughout its length, but the bristles small and scarce; second and fourth veins straight ; small cross-vein a little behind the middle of the discal cell; posterior cross-vein almost perpendicular ; second basal cell not enlarged; anal cell with the posterior angle drawn out into a short point, not longer than the second basal cell. Type: Anoplomus flexuosus. The genus Oedemachilus, Bigot, from Madagascar, as figured in Ann. Soc. Entom. France, (3) vu, pl. 13, f. 4 (1859), shows a singular resemblance to the present genus in the shape of the head, and it seems also that the hm. is wanting; but it has no lower fronto-orbital bristles and the neuration is that of an Ortalid.? 10. Anoplomus flexuosus, nom. nov. GAL A, ex 2) Tephritis fasciventris, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 3, 225 (65), pl. 7, £7 (1847), not of Macquart, 1843. À very handsome, large fly of a black colour, with white patches on the pleurae and two whitish broad transverse bands on the abdomen. Length of the male 6-8 mm., of the female 10-11 mm. (with the ovipositor) ' The first number indicates the upper fronto-orbital pairs, the second the lower fronto-orbital pairs. * Through the kindness of the late Mr. Verrall, who has compared the type in Bigot’s collection, I am now able to state that Oedemachilus is a true Ortalid, without humeral bristle, 1913. | ._ M. BEZZ1: Indian Trypaneids (Frut-Flies). IOI Head white, the frontal band tawny; the upper part of the occiput from the vertex to the neck is black; a large brown spot on the cheeks under the eyes; antennae yellow; palpi whitish, darkened at the base, with some short black bristles; proboscis brownish; all the bristles are black ; frons with a few short dark hairs, the swollen part of the occiput with longer white hairs; some very short black bristles on the upper posterior margin of the eyes. Thorax wholly black, shining, with a short yellowish pubescence on the back ; the following markings white: the humeral callosities, the whole mesopleura, the fore half of the pteropleura (all these three spots being united to form a very large oblique patch), a large spot on each side of the metanotum including the hypopleura. Scutellum white, shining, with a very narrow black band at the base and three black spots on the hind margin, one apical between the insertion of the two apical bristles, the others lateral beginning just beneath the insertion of each basal bristle. All the white parts are wax-like and shining. All the bristles are black; there are some white hairs on the propleura, on the white part of the pteropleura, and in the lower portion of the sternopleura. Halteres and squamae white, with white cilia. Abdomen black, the first segment sometimes yellowish; the white bands are broad and equal, occupying the whole of the second and of the fourth segments; the dorsal surface is short-haired ; at the base the hairs are somewhat longer and are black on the black parts and white on the white parts. Genitalia of the male black, a little prominent; the black bristles of the fifth segment are long and strong, 5-7 in number. The ovipositor is shining black, not depressed, with very short black hairs; I cannot perceive any trace of bristles on the fifth or on the sixth segment of the female abdomen. Legs yellow, the coxae also; the four posterior femora darkened at the end, the intermediate almost wholly black; fore femora sometimes also darkened above, the bristles of the underside 5-6 in number; the hind femora at the end show some black bristles. Wings whitish-hyaline, with the following brown markings: (i) A spot a little beneath the base, beginning at the fore border and showing some small streaks on the basal cells; the anal cell hyaline, its upper fold chitinised black, as in Ceratitis ; the stigma brown in the basal portion, yellowish white in the apical. (ii) A broad, oblique cross-band which extends from beyond the apex of the first vein to the pos- terior margin beyond the apex of the sixth vein, reaching along the small ‘cross-vein and at the costa united with a broad stripe that extends along the costa to midway between the apices of the third and fourth veins, filling the costal margin to the third vein ; in this band near the costa are 4-5 brown dots. (iii) A large border on the pos- terior cross-vein, which begins on the fourth vein and reaches the posterior margin, where it is widened. (iv) An oblique streak beginning at the third vein just in the middle between the small cross-vein and the tip, and reaching the posterior margin a little beyond the tip of the fourth vein. This streak is sometimes united across the fourth vein with the band on the posterior cross-vein, forming a \/-shaped rivulet. The description of fasciventris, Macquart, 1847 (not 1843), from Java, agrees 102 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Nor 3007, well enough with the present species ; but as this name is preoccupied by Macquart himself, I have adopted the appropriate MS. name of Bigot. The collection includes four specimens, s and 9, from Sikhim (4755-2791) bearing a label with the name Tephritis flexuosa, n. sp. in Bigot’s handwriting. A much smaller male (??22) 6 mm. in length, from Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4000-4400 ft., 13-iv-09 (N. Annandale). There are also cotypes in Bigot’s (Verrall’s) collec- tion. An additional female from Karmatar, Bengal, 23-x-09 (C. Paiva). 4. Stictaspis, n. gen. Distinguished by its strong chaetotaxy, plumose arista, pointed third antennal joint and black-spotted thorax and scutellum. Head as in the preceding, but the occipital swelling much less developed and the face distinctly concave ; third antennal joint pubescent, very sharply pointed at the end; arista very deeply plumose; or. 2. 3; put. strong; vt. 2, the inner very strong and long; a pair of very strong and long oc.; occipital row of black bristles well developed; genal bristle very strong; vibrissal edges with some short bristles. Palpi with stout black bristles. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete; dc. nearer to the transverse suture than to the scutellum ; 2 mpl.; pl. strong and long. Scutellum swollen, rounded, black spotted, with four Des the apicals parallel. Abdomen with six distinct segments, the last segments bristly ; ovipositor flat- tened, more or less long; male genitalia not prominent. Femora not spinulose beneath, the anteriors with a row of bristles beneath; middle tibiae with a single spur ; middle and hind tibiae with a row of bristles on the outside. Pattern of the wings as in Ceratitis ; costal bristle well developed ; third vein bristly throughout its length ; small cross-vein before the middle or in the middle of the discal cell; posterior cross-vein a little oblique; second basal cell a little en- larged ; anal cell with the posterior angle drawn out into a long point, longer than the second basal cell. Type: Stictaspis ceratitina, n. sp. It is very probable that some African species of Ceratitis with plumose arista belong here. The species in the collection can be distinguished as follows :— I (4). Small cross vein before the middle of the discal cell ; yellow costal border of the wings complete ; dorsum of the thorax with shin- ing black spots on the sides; abdomen without blackish transverse bands. 2 (3). Thorax without median black stripe before the transverse suture ; scutellum with 3 black spots .. ceratitina, n. sp. 3 (2). Thorax with a longitudinal black stripe; seutgium ath a single great black spot : .. striata, Froggatt. 4 (I), Small cross-vein on the satiate of the discal cell; ler costal border interrupted between the first and the second cross-band ; lateral black spots of the thorax wanting; abdomen blackish banded de oe Sc 56 .. Separata, n. sp. 1913.] M. BEZZI: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 103 11. Stictaspis ceratitina, n. sp. ©. (El, ii, ee), A yellow species with black spots on the thorax and scutellum and with yellow banded wings. Length 8 mm., with the ovipositor. Head yellow, opaque, shining only near the vertex; frons with a darker yellow spot above the antennae; all the bristles black, the occiput with yellow hairs below ; some black hairs on the lower portion of the posterior orbits, above the genai bristle. Antennae reddish yellow, the two basal joints short, with short black bristles; third joint about three times as long as the two first taken together ; palpi light yellow, with black bristles; proboscis yellow with pale hairs. The third pair of the lower or. smaller than the others; frons bearing in the middle some short black hairs. Thorax shining yellow, with yellowish pubescence on the dorsum; the scp. are yellow and weak, all the other bristles black and strong. On the anterior portion of the dorsum are to be seen two whitish median longitudinal stripes, which become obsolete after the transverse suture; a quadrate black spot in front of the scutellum, margined with white on the sides and behind, the lateral margins reaching the de. The four lateral black spots are on the humeri, in the noto- pleural region, behind the suture, and on the postalar calli, this last being prolonged forward in a small streak. Above the humeri are two black dots, the larger supra- humeral in position, and the smaller in the dorso-central region. The lateral spots are partially margined with whitish streaks. Pleura yellow, shining, with some pale hairs ; the superior portion of the mesopleura whitish, with a small longitudinal black streak just in front of the superior mfl. ; metanotum yellow, black beneath the scutellum, with a white spot on the sides. Scutellum shining yellow, with three black spots, the middle one the larger and rectangular in shape, the laterals rounded. Halteres and squamulae whitish with pale hairs. Abdomen narrowed at the base, yellow, black haired, the 2nd, 4th and 5th segments with whitish transverse bands; 2nd segment at the base with some erect black hairs; 3rd to 6th with black bristles on the sides, on the 5th and 6th a com- plete row at the hind margin. Ovipositor yellow, darkened at the end, shining, about as long as the abdomen. Venter whitish. Legs entirely pale yellow, with black pubescence; row of the front femora with 6-7 bristles ; coxae with some black bristles; row of bristles on the hind tibiae well developed. | Wings hyaline, with the fore border and three cross bands yellowish. ‘The base is broadly hyaline, with brownish dots on the basal cross-veins and some black streaks; of the latter, two in the first basal cell, the outer curved beneath the prefurca, two in the second basal cell, the outer oblique, and one in the anal cell on the chitinised fold. The yellow border along the costa begins at the stigma and extends a little beyond the end of the third longitudinal vein, including some brown and hyaline spots. The first cross band begins at the costal border below the stigma, 104 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Orne between the small cross-vein and the prefurca, and extends perpendicularly to the hind margin at the end of the 6th vein; the second begins after the end of the first vein and extends upon the posterior cross-vein to the hind margin at the end of the 5th vein; these two cross bands are yellow above and brownish below. The third cross band is smaller and more oblique, wholly brownish, and reaches the hind margin a little beyond the end of the 4th vein. The anal cross-vein is strongly curved as in Ceratitis. A single female from Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4400 ft., II-iv-09 (N. Annandale) 12. Stictaspis striata, Froggatt. (Pl. viii, fig. 14). Froggatt, Rep. on paras. and injur. ins., 1907-08, III, pl. v, f. 17 [Ceratitis] (1909). Very like the preceding, but smaller and with a different pattern on the thorax and scutellum. Frontal spot darker than in the preceding. The thorax shows above the humeri a single large quadrate black spot; the median stripe is connected with the quadrate spot in front of the scutellum. The scutellum is wholly black, the basal border and two round subapical dots yellow; metanotum entirely black, with a median yellow spot and the lateral whitish spots as in the preceding, but with a brown dot beneath the 5th abdominal segment; in the male with six black bristles ; the whitish transverse bands less distinct. The row of bristles on the anterior femora numbering 5 or 6; hind tibiae with shorter bristles. Pattern of the wing exactly as in the preceding, but the smaller apical cross band is often not united with the costal border. I have seen a 3 cotype from Peradenyia, Ceylon, August, 1903 (8222), and three additional females from the same locality, 8-viii-Io (8232). 13. Stictaspis separata, n. sp. ©. (PV ste: a): Very distinct from the other species by the position of the small cross-vein and by the pattern of the thorax and wings. Length 6 mm., including the ovipositor. There is only a single damaged specimen, from which it is not possible to draw up a complete description, but in spite of this I have named the species because it is too characteristic to be overlooked. Head as in the preceding, the frontal spot above the antennae brownish. Thorax with a quadrate spot in front of the scutellum and two small black streaks after the transverse suture outside the dc.; the four lateral black spots of the pre- ceding species are wholly wanting. Pleura opaque cinereous. Scutellum with three black spots as in ceratitina; metanotum yellow, with whitish spots on the sides. Halteres yellow. Abdomen yellow ; the 3rd, 4th and 5th segments with a small blackish trans- verse band on the fore border, interrupted in the middle. Ovipositor reddish yellow, short trapezoidal, hardly at all longer than broad, not longer than the three last Oe. || M. Bezzr: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 105 abdominal segments. Legs entirely yellow; bristle-row of the front femora with 4 or 5 bristles, hind tibiae with well-developed row of bristles. Wings with the basal streaks as in the preceding species; the yellow cross-bands are similarly disposed, but the first is wholly separated from the second, owing to the fact that the hyaline space between the two first bands extends to the costa. A female from Kohima, Assam (1,57). 5. Gastrozona, n. gen. Like the preceding, but easily distinguished by the weaker oc., the unpointed third antennal joint and by the different pattern of the wings, which have also no distinct costal bristle. Head as high as broad or higher than broad, the eyes being round or narrowed ; face concave; third antennal joint rounded at the tip; arista plumose, with more or less long hairs; the chaetotaxy exactly the same as in the preceding, but the vibris- sal edges without bristles and the oc. much weaker than the or. or the vi. Palpi without stout bristles. Thoracic and scutellar chaetotaxy also the same ; scp. black; scutellum more flattened. Abdomen with the last segments bristly ; ovipositor flattened and short. Legs as in the preceding. Wings also, but the pattern very different and not unlike that of the Neotropical genus Anastrepha ; the base without black streaks ; small cross-vein after the middle of the discal cell ; anal cross-vein non-Ceratitis-like ; the inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out in a very narrow point, longer than the second basal cell. Type: Tephritis fasciventris, Macquart. This genus seems to be allied to the recently created African genus Carpophthoro- myia, Austen (Bull. entom. Research, i. 71, 1910), but is distinguished by the flattened non-tubular ovipositor, the less developed costal bristle, the different shape of the anal cross-vein, the want of black streaks on the base of the wings and by the thorax having longitudinal in place of transverse bands. The Indian species before me can be distinguished as follows :— 1 (4). Eyes not narrowed; thorax ferruginous with or without black longitudinal stripes; scutellum pale yellow. 4 2 (3). ‘Thorax with two longitudinal black stripes; scutellum with an apical black spot; abdomen with a single black cross-band .. fasciventris, Macq. 3 (2) Thorax without such stripes; scutellum entirely whitish yellow; abdomen with two or three transverse black bands .. montana, n. Sp. 4 (1). Eyes narrowed; thorax black with ferruginous longitudinal stripes ; scutellum shining black, with yellow spots on the sides .. melanista, n. Sp. 14. Gastrozona fasciventris, Macquart. (PIS He 20%) Macquart, Dipt. exot., iii. 382 (225) 4, pl. 31, f. 2 [Teßhritis] (1843); fusciventris in the index, p. 459 (302). A yellow ferruginous species with two longitudinal black bands on the thorax and a transverse black band on the third abdominal segment. 106 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor 1000 The head is as high as broad, and the eyes are rounded; frons reddish yellow, a little darkened above the antennae; arista shortly plumose. The two black bands of the thorax are distant, complete, narrowly interrupted at the transverse suture, beginning after the external sc. and ending before the scutellum at the level of the internal posterior sa.; a black triangular spot in front of the scutellum, between the prsc.; humeri, sides and posterior portion of the dor- sum whitish yellow, as also the mesopleura ; pteropleura blackish; metanotum black, with a whitish lateral spot; hypopleura white. Scutellum whitish yellow with an apical black spot. All the bristles black. Halteres yellow. Abdomen ferruginous, with pale pubescence; the transverse band on the hind border of the third segment is narrowly interrupted in the middle; venter black ; male genitalia not prominent. Legs wholly yellow; coxae with some bristles; front femoral row of bristles numbering 7 or 8, middle tibiae with 4-5 bristles in the middle on the outside, hind tibiae with a complete row. Pattern of the wings brownish yellow, disposed as in Macquart’s figure, but the last cross-band not reaching the fore border and not connected with the band on the posterior cross-vein. The species was originally described from East India. A single specimen from Sylhet, Assam, 26-iv-05 (E. A. Hall). 15. Gastrozona montana, n. sp. 9, ©. CEG Awl, ae, 274) Very like the preceding but distinguished by the entirely yellow scutellum and somewhat different pattern of the thorax, abdomen and wings. Length 7 mm. Head yellow, with a black geminate spot on the occiput and a small black ocellar dot; all the bristles black, some yellowish hairs on the lower portion of the occiput; eyes not narrowed; cheeks rather broad; antennae a little shorter than the face, the third joint attenuated at the tip but not pointed, with a short plumose arista; pro- _ boscis and palpi yellow. Thorax ferruginous on the back, with very short yellowish pubescence and black bristles; 2 npl.; scp. long and strong, black; the female has a black notopleural stripe, which in the male is reduced to a less distinct spot on the posterior népl.; in front of the scutellum the female has a broad shining black cross-band, which in the male is broken into three spots. Pleura with the usual broad whitish stripe, from the humeri through the mesopleura to the sternopleura ; this stripe is margined with brown above and below; sternopleura ferruginous, with the upper border black; metanotum black, with two lateral spots, which are fused with the hypopleural spot, forming a broad white yellowish patch. Scutellum entirely of a pale yellow colour, with four strong bristles. Squamulae and halteres dark ferruginous in the female, pale yellow in the male. Allthe black markings of the thorax are less distinctin the male. Abdomen ferruginous at the base, greyish at the end, with long pale pubescence and black bristles; the first transverse black band is broad and entire, in the female filling the whole of the second segment and a narrow fore border of the third; the TOR M. BEzzi: Indian Trypaneids (Frut-Flies). ROZ second band is narrower and placed on the fore border of the fourth segment; the 5th segment is also black, forming a third narrow band in front of the ovipositor ; the latter is as long as the four last segments, swollen, shining ferruginous with a black end. In the male the first band covers only the hind margin of the second segment, and the third band is not present. The third and fourth segments have a rather whitish colouring. Male genitalia prominent, shining black, with projecting yellow organs. Legs of the male entirely yellow; hind femora of the female darkened at the end. Wing-pattern like that of the preceding species; stigma entirely brown, with a small yellowish dot on the apical corner; the first brown band from the stigma runs hindwards between the first and fourth veins to the root of the wing; second band and anterior arcuate border as in the preceding; the apical brown streak is united to the fore border through the middle of the last portion of the third vein; the band on the hind cross-vein is isolated and much widened at the hind margin. A male and a female from Kurseong, 5000 ft., E. Himalayas, 8—20-1x-09 (Annan- dale and Lynch). 16. Gastrozona melanista, n. sp. ©. (Pl. viii, fig. 18.) A black species with white patches on the thorax and scutellum, and a very similar but blacker pattern on the wings. Length 7 mm., including the ovipositor. The shape of the head is different from that of the preceding species, and like that of Stictaspis, the eyes being narrowed ; the colour is reddish yellow, the face in the middle and the lower occipital orbits pale cinereous; antennae yellow, the arista darker and deeply plumose; palpi light yellow, pale-haired, with 2-3 short black bristly hairs; proboscis yellow, pale-haired; the oc. a little stronger than in the preceding, but always much weaker than the vf. or the superior or. Thorax shining black on the dorsum, with pale pubescence; on the middle two broad parallel ferruginous stripes which extend to the dc.; humeri, notopleural region and two large lateral spots before the scutellum whitish. Pleura black, shining, a large white patch filling the mesopleura and the anterior part of the pteropleura and forming with the humeral and notopleural patches a single very striking oblique band. Pubescence of the pleura rather long, whitish, on the lower portion of sternopleura thicker. Metanotum black, with the usual white lateral spots; hypopleura white. Scutellum shining black, with two lateral whitish yellow spots, in the middle of which are inserted the basal bristles. Halteres pale yellow. Abdomen with pale and black pubescence and black bristles on the sides of the last segments; the first two segments ferruginous, the second with a small yellow hind border; the third wholly black; 4th, 5th and 6th black, with a broader yellow hind border; 5th and 6th with a complete row of bristles on the hind border. Venter ferruginous. Ovipositor black, shining, black haired, as long as the last three ab- dominal segments. Legs yellow, the four posterior femora with the apical half black; the front 108 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Viors IE femora covered with black bristles on the outside, the inferior row with 6-7 long bristles; middle tibiae with 4-5 bristles, hind tibiae with a complete row. Wings hyaline, with blackish bands. The first band begins at the stigma, which is wholly blackish, and extends obliquely to the first basal cell, the second basal cell and the anal cell being hyaline. The second band is parallel to the first, from which it is separated by an entire hyaline band; it begins at the costa some distance after the stigma and going upon the small cross-vein extends to the 6th vein, not reaching the hind margin; from the superior end of this band the border of the wing is filled with blackish, forming an arcuate band which extends to the tip, ending a little before the end of the 4th vein. In the hyaline triangular space limited by these bands are two blackish streaks not united together, one on the posterior cross-vein, the other on the middle of the last portion of the 4th vein, both reaching the hind margin, the last one united with the fore costal border. A single female caught at light on board-ship 5 miles off Calicut, Malabar coast, 6-v-08 (C. Paiva) (2723). ; This species seems to be allied to Tephritis vittata, Macquart, Suppl. 4, 263, 15, pl. 27, f. 1 (1851), from Asia, which perhaps also belongs to the genus Gastrozona ; the present species is, however, different in the colouration of the legs, abdomen and ovipositor ; the pattern of the wing is very similar. G. melamsta, on account of the different shape of the head, is perhaps not con- generic with the two preceding species, but the colouration of the wings and the white patch on the pleura show a real affinity with them. 6. Diarrhegma, n. gen. Easily distinguished by the six bristles on the scutellum, the shape of the head and the pattern of the wings. Shape of the head as in Anoplomus, the occipital swellings much less developed and the cheeks smaller; eyes narrowed; antennae inserted above the middle of the eyes, the third joint short, rounded at the tip; arista plumose, with longer hairs above; palpi not bristly; face in the middle swollen, but flattened; the antennal furrows reaching the epistome; no distinct oc.; or. 2. 2.; vt. 2.; put. weak and. parallel; genal bristle weak; a row of occipital black bristles. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete; the dc. in the middle between transverse suture and scutellum; 2 ##1.; pt. stout. Scutellum of great size, triangular, with six bristles, the apical parallel. Abdomen narrowed at the base, with six distinct segments, the last bristly; ovipositor flattened, a little shorter than the last three abdominal segments together ; male genitalia not prominent. Front femora with a row of bristles beneath; middle tibiae with two apical spurs; hind tibiae with a row of hairs on the outside. Wings black, with hyaline indentations and spots ; the longitudinal veins straight ; small cross-vein a little beyond the middle of the discal cell; posterior cross-vein perpendicular; second basal cell a little enlarged; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn 1913.] M. BEzz1: Indian Trypaneids (Frint-Flies). 109 out into a point as long as the second basal cell; third vein bristly throughout its length ; costal bristle well developed. Type: Dacus modestus, Fabricius, 1805. This genus is very similar to the Neotropical genus Hexachaeta, Loew, from which it differs in the want of the oc., in the presence of only two lower or., in the face being not concave and in the plumose arista. 17. Diarrhegma modestum, Fabricius. CPI EEE O)) Fabricius, Syst. Antl., 278, 29 [Dacus] (1805); Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl., ii. 493, 26 [Trypeta] (1830); Osten-Sacken, Berlin. entom. Zeitschr., xxvi. 227 [Trypeta] (1882); Wulp, Tijdschr. v. entom., xli. 210, 6, pl. 10, f. 17 [Ptilona] (1898); Meijere, Bijdr. tot de Dierk., xvii. 111 [Rioxa] (1904) ; Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch, xxxi, 449 [Rioxa] (1911);—7nciswm, Wiedemann, Anal., 53, 117 [Trypeta] (1824) and Auss. Zweifl., ii. 500, 37 [Trypeta] (1830) ;—Pparitii, Doleschall, Tijdschr. ned. Ind., x. 412, 38, pl. 1, f. 2[Tephritis] (1856) : Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch ; xxxi, 449 [Rioxa] (1911). A yellow middle-sized species, with brown spots on the thorax and black trans- verse bands on the abdomen. Or. yellow; the inner vt. yellow, the outer black; pui. dark yellow or black ; genal bristle black, and above this some other (3-4) weaker black bristles. Thoracic and scutellar bristles yellow, sometimes darkened or blackish at the base, but the scapulars black. Row of the front femora with 7-9 black bristles ; hairs of the hind tibiae pale yellow. The stigma shows sometimes the trace of a yellowish spot, chiefly in immature specimens. The species has been placed in Rioxa by Prof. Meijere on account of its chaeto- taxy and the pattern of the wing; but it differs from the true species of that genus in the shape of the head, which resembles that of the preceding genera. The whitish patch on the mesopleura shows also affinity with the preceding. The species was originally described from Bengal, and Doleschall has it from Amboina; it seems to be not uncommon in India as the collection comprises many specimens from Calcutta, February, May and July, some of these bred from decayed wood. Some specimens are labelled Trypeta incisa, Wied., in Bigot’s handwriting. Many additional specimens from Khargpur, Bengal, 17—30-vi-11 (R Hodgart). 7. Ptilona, Wulp. This genus, as here restricted, is easily known from any other by the reduced chaetotaxy of the head and thorax. Shape of the head approaching to that of the preceding, the head being distinctly higher than broad, but the eyes not so narrowed as in the preceding. No oc.; vt. 2, weak, the inner also very short; pvt. parallel; ov. 1. 1, the second pair only of the superior ov. being present in the middle o! the front; genal bristle rather stout ; vibrissal edges with short bristles; a row of black occipital bristles ; antennae inserted at the middle of the eyes, very short, the third joint being about as long as the IIO Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Wor uae second; arista plumose, on the upper side with longer hairs; face flat, the epistome not prominent. Thoracic chaetotaxy reduced; no frst. and no dc., the prsc. more separated than in the other genera; 2 mpl.; pt. much weaker than in the preceding genera. Scutellum as flat as the dorsum of thorax, with four bristles. Abdomen flat, narrowed at the base, with six distinct segments, the last bristly on the sides; male genitalia not prominent; ovipositor flattened, a little longer than the two last abdominal segments. Front femora with a row of bristles beneath ; middle tibiae with a single spur; hind tibiae with a row of hairs on the outside. Wings proportionally long and narrow, blackish with hyaline indentations and spots ; a distinct costal bristle ; veins straight, the 3rd and 4th parallel; the small cross-vein beyond the middle of the discal cell; hind cross-vein short and perpendi- cular; anal cell drawn out into a point, as long as the second basal cell, the point broad. Type: Ptilona brevicornis, Wulp. This genus was originally erected by Van der Wulp (Tijdschr. v. Entom., xxiii, 183, 1880), for some different apecies, of which the first is to be considered as the type; subsequently the genus has been restricted by Osten-Sacken and Prof. Meijere, the other species being referred to Rioxa. Through the kindness of Prof. Meijere, who has examined the type of Pt. brevicornis at Amsterdam, I can say that the dc. are not present, an important circumstance which has been overlooked by other authors even by Enderlein (Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 415). 18. Ptilona nigriventris, n.sp. ¢, ©. (Pl. viii, fig. 20.) Very like brevicornis, but distinguished by having the hyaline indentation of the third posterior cell divided into two spots, and the abdomen wholly black, except at the base. Length 6-7 mm. The present species differs from Wulp’s description, besides the wing-pattern, in having the lower or. curved forward not behind as in Wulp’s figure; the head is less narrowed. ‘The frons is a little concave, at the vertex whitish yellow and shining ; on the sides it has a shining small stripe, which ends anteriorly in a tubercle on which is inserted the single superior o7.; all the bristles are black; occiput below with black hairs. Palpi with black bristles. All the bristles of the thorax and the sc. also black; the pubescence on the dorsum and pleura black ; inferior part of mesopleura and pteropleura and superior part of sternopleura black. Squamulae with dark hairs. Abdomen black, with the two first segments dark yellow; the hairs black; ovi- positor black. Bristles and hairs on the legs all black. A consideration of the wide distribution of brevicornis, which ranges from Java to the Philippine Islands, may perhaps be taken as evidence that P. nigriventris is only an Indian form of that species; but the distinctions seem to me sufficient. In 1913.| M. BEzzi: Indian Trypaneids (Frut-Flies). WE the collection are three specimens from Assam, labelled by Bigot: Trypeta nıgricauda, n. sp., and one from Sylhet, June. There is in the collection another specimen of this genus, from the Lushai Hills (Macleod), which is without the abdomen, and seems to be the true brevicornis (Pl. viii, fig. 21). The pleura is wholly yellow, without black markings; the wing-pattern is as shown in Wulp’s figure, the hyaline spot of the third posterior cell being entire. The head and the eyes are not so narrowed as in Wulp’s figure, but about as broad as in the following genus. 8. Rioxa, Walker. A group comprising numerous species which have in common the wing-pattern, the shape of the head, the complete chaetotaxy of the thorax and the six bristles of the scutellum. Head broader than high; eyes round; face concave, the epistome more or less but distinctly prominent; oc. very minute, sometimes wholly wanting; o7. usually 2. I, seldom 2. 2.; vf. 2, the inner strongly developed; antennae inserted on the middle of the eyes, short, the third joint rounded at the tip, not more than double the length of the second; arista variable, in some species plumose on both sides, in others pectinate on the upper side only; genal bristle well developed; a row of rather long occipital black bristles; palpi bristly. : Thoracic chaetotaxy complete; 2 mpl.; pt. weak. Scutellum flat, with six bristles, the intermediate pair being sometimes smaller. Abdomen elongate, some- times narrowed, bristly on the sides and at the end; ovipositor flattened, of moderate size. legs in some species short and stout, in others long and slender; front femora with a row of bristles beneath ; middle tibiae with a single rather long spur; hind tibiae with a complete row of hairs. Wings broad or narrow, blackish or brown with hyaline spots and indentations; costal bristle present or wanting; veins straight, the third bristly throughout its length; first vein often very elongate, ending in the middle between the auxiliary and the second vein, but sometimes abbreviated, ending before the small cross-vein ; small cross-vein beyond the middle of the discal cell; posterior cross-vein perpendi- cular; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out into a long point, longer than the second basal cell, the point broad at the base and sharp at the tip. Type.—The type species of Walker was R. lanceolata, a slender form with pecti- nate arista ; the stouter species of the group of vaga with plumose arista are perhaps not congeneric, as also those of the stellata group with Tephritis-like wing-pattern. The species in the collection are to be distinguished as follows: — I (12). All the frontal bristles black; arista usually plumose. 2 (11). Stigma broadly hyaline at the base, the wings therefore with two hyaline indentations on the fore border; arista with many hairs on the under side. 3 (8). Scutellum with six bristles of about equal size; stouter species, with broad wings and a distinct costal bristle; legs stout, short; sides of thorax wholly yellow. II2 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Wor eal 4 (7). Wings in the middle with three round hyaline dots, disposed in a triangle around the small cross vein. (6) The three discal dots are rather large; abdomen with yellow spots vaga, Wied. (5). The three discal dots very minute; abdomen without such spots mutyca, Walk. (4). The discal dots wholly wanting ; en .. vidua, n. Sp. (3). The intermediate bristles of the ae much weaker than the others; slender species, with narrower wings and no costal bristle; legs slender and long; thorax with blackish stripes on the sides. 9 (10). The second costal hyaline indentation of the wings not united with the second indentation of the hind margin; abdomen with black transverse bands ae . dunlopi, Wulp Io (9). The second indentation united with that of the hind margin to form a complete hyaline cross-band in the middle of the wings; abdomen without transverse black bands Sa .. Soluia, n. Sp: II (2). Stigma wholly black, the wings with a single indentation on the fore border; arista with only a few minute hairs on the under side; two lower or.; no costal bristle; intermediate scutellar bristle weak FG ae ie 5 .. (musae, Frogg.) 12 (1). Superior or., inner vt. and put. yellow; arista al pectinate ; stigma black; no costal bristle; intermediate bristle of the scutellum weak. 13 (14). First longitudinal vein ending in the middle between the auxi- liary and the second vein; wings without hyaline dots in the ON DU middle; stigma wholly black ah Pe .. guinguemaculata, n. sp. 14 (13). First vein very short; wings with many hyaline discal dots; stigma with a hyaline dot .. ap ae .. stellata, Macq. 19. Rioxa vaga, Wiedemann. GAL, AU, ve 220) Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl.. ii. 490, 21 [7rypeta] (1830). A yellow species of proportionally large size, with three large hyaline dots dis- posed as a triangle in the middle of the wings. The single damaged specimen in the collection is without a head. Allthe bristles black, the six scutellar of about equal size. Front femora with a row of 3 or 4 bristles beneath. First longitudinal vein elongated, but reaching the costa before the middle between the auxiliary and the second vein. A male specimen from Tenasserim, Lower Burma (W. Doherty) 273°. Wiede- mann records it from Bengal. 20. Rioxa mutyca, Walker. CAL wail. tye, 23.) Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, 1036 [Trypeta, Euleia] (1849). Very like the preceding, but distinguished by the pattern of the wings and abdomen. Head wholly yellow; oc. very small, but distinct; only a pair of lower or.; 1913.| M. BE2Z1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 113 bristles of the occipital row rather long; after the genal bristle are some other black smaller bristles. Thoracic and scutellar bristles black; pleura with dark and long pubescence. Abdomen shining, the pattern as described by Walker, the last seg- ment of the male wholly black, with a small central yellow dot, and with long bristles on the sides and hind margin. Legs as in the preceding, wholly yellow. Wings with the same pattern, the three discal dots in the same position but much smaller; there are also two hyaline streaks at the tips of the submarginal and of the first posterior cell, which are wholly wanting in the preceding. The first vein has the same length, ending after the small cross -vein. A single male from Sadiya, Assam (?!£®) determined by Bigot as Trypeta mutyca, Walker. Walker records the species from East India. Pik, IRSOSREL WAICKCAL, FO, 2 (Pip vanishes 245) Very like the two preceding species, but without the discal hyaline dots. Length 84 mm. Head wholly yellow, opaque, a little shining about the vertex; antennae dark yellow; arista deepiy plumose; proboscis and palpi yellow, pale-haired, the last with some black bristle-like hairs; oc. very small; or. stout, 2. I.; vf. 2, the inner very long ; pvt. parallel, strong; all the bristles black, those of the occipital row rather long; after the genal bristle some smaller black bristles. Thorax wholly yellow, shining, with short yellow pubescence on the dorsum, and longer and darker pubescence on the pleura; all the bristles black. Scutellum like the thorax, its six bristles of equal size; metanotum blackish. Halteres yellow, squamulae pale-haired. Abdomen damaged ; it seems to be black, with the two basal segments yellow ; venter yellow ; black bristles on the sides. Legs wholly yellow ; coxae with some black bristles ; front femora with a row of 5-6 bristles beneath and some black hairs on the outside; hairs of the row on the hind tibiae dark yellow. Wings as in vaga, but the discal dots wanting, or only the outer a little distinct ; the anal cell is pro- longed into a point longer and smaller than that of the two preceding species. A single female from Sikhim (de Niceville) 282°. 22. Rioxa dunlopi, Wulp. (AIMÉ 1 2) Wulp, Tijdschr. v. entom., xxiii, 186, 45, pl. 11. f. 8 and 9 [P#lona] (1880); Meijere, Bijdr. tot de Dierk., xvii, 110 [Rioxa] (1904); Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 448 (1011). A yellow middle-sized species with only two hyaline discal spots and very hairy front legs in the male. Head broader than in the preceding ; the inferior orbits with an argenteous stripe which is wanting in the three preceding species; or. 2. 1; all the bristles black ; arista a little more shortly plumose. Thoracic and scutellar bristles black ; the intermediate scutellar bristle much weaker than the others. Abdomen shining. 114 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (More REIS Legs longer and more slender than in the preceding ; front femora of the male with a great many black bristles beneath ; front tibiae beneath thickly pilose ; front tibiae of the female with 5 or 6 bristles beneath and the tibiae bare; hairs of the row of the hind tibiae black. The sides of the thorax in this species are not wholly yellow, but above the humerus is to be seen a small longitudinal brown streak and another broader one beneath it. The species is known from Java. In the collection are some specimens from Sylhet, Assam (Major Hall) June and July, and one from Khargpur, Bengal, 17—30- vi-II (À. Hodgart). 23. Rioxa soluta, n. sp. «. (PL ER, te 26.) A small-sized, narrow elongate, slender species, with a hyaline complete cross-band in the middle of the wings. Length 54 mm. A damaged specimen, without head. Thorax shining yellow, with a broad black stripe in the notopleural region ; a small black stripe, parallel with the preceding, on the superior margin of the mesopleura; all the bristles black, scutellum shining yellow, short, triangular, the intermediate pair of bristles very small. Metanotum shining black ; halteres yellow. Abdomen very narrow and elongate, dark shining yellow, with yellow pubes- cence and black bristles on the sides; the last segment black at the tip ; genitalia prominent, shining black with yellow base. Legs shining yellow, very long and slender ; front femora with 4-5 long and slender dark yellowish bristles ; front tibiae bare ; hairs of the hind tibiae yellow. Wings elongate, the first vein ending at one-third the distance between the auxiliary and second vein ; pattern like that of the preceding, but very well charac- terized by the complete hyaline middle cross-band, which is restricted in the middle just after the small cross-vein ; of the two discal spots of dunlopi the outer only is present, and after this another which is elongate. Before the basal hyaline portion of the stigma are three black spots, and the costal border therefore shows four black spots before the end of the first vein. The point of the anal cell is much shorter than in all the preceding species. The general facies, the pattern of the wings, the weakness of the legs and the brown streaks on the sides of the thorax show affinity with dunlopi. A single male from Tenasserim, Lower Burma (W. Doherty) 233°. The collection includes a cotype of Trypeta musae, Froggatt, from N. S. Wales ; this is a true Rioxa, and I have placed the species in the above table because its discovery in India is not impossible. R. musae differs from all the above species in having two lower or.; the arista is pectinate, but on the underside are to be seen some very small hairs. Pattern of the wings very like that of dunlopr, but the stigma wholly black; a triangular indentation at the tip of the wings, in the first posterior cell. Anal cell broad, the point broad and a little shorter than the second I913.] M. BEZz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). II5 basal cell. First vein ending opposite the small cross-vein. Thorax wholly yellow, without black lateral streaks. 24. Rioxa quinquemaculata, n. sp. ©. (BE 110272) In this small-sized, narrow elongate, slender species, the black wings are devoid of hyaline discal spots and show only five marginal indentations. Length 7 mm., with the ovipositor. This species is very like sexmaculata, Wulp, but easily distinguished by the unstriped pleura, the absence of bristles on the legs, and the wings with only five marginal hyaline indentations. Both these species seem to be congeneric with the type species lanceolata of Walker. Head reddish yellow, very broad and low; antennae dede the third joint quadrangular ; arista pectinate, with distant and long hairs on the upper side only ; eyes round ; cheeks narrow ; two black lower or. ; of the superior or. the superior is yellow and the inferior black; no oc.; pvt. yellow two vt., the outer black, the inner wanting ; genal bristle He. nd after this some other black bristles ; the bristles of the occipital row are well developed, black. Thorax damaged ; it seems to be dark reddish yellow, the pleura cinereous and not striped; all the bristles black; intermediate bristle of the scutellum weak. Halteres darkened. Abdomen narrow elongate, shining black, with a broad ferruginous median longitudinal band ; the 6th segment wholly black like the ovipositor, which is as long as the four last segments together ; some short bristles on the sides of the last three segments ; pubescence blackish. Legs wholly yellow, short but not very slender ; front femora with 3-4 bristles beneath ; middle legs without bristles. Wings as in sexmaculata ; but the first hyaline marginal spot on the stigma wholly wanting ; the four other spots are in the same position ; the 5th is not at the end of the 6th vein, but in the middle between the ends of the 5th and 6th vein. First vein ending in the middle between the auxiliary and the second vein ; the point of the anal cell very broad and short, but a little longer than the second basal cell; no distinct costal bristle. A single specimen from Tenasserim, Lower Burma (W. Doherty) 282+. This species seems to be closely led to the recently described R. sumatrana, Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 449, f. U (1911). 25, Rioxa? stellata, Macquart. MAR ibe, 1s, ZS.) Macquart, Dipt. exot., Suppl. 4, 266, (137) 9, pl. 27, f. 7 [Acinia] (1851) ; Osten-Sacken, Berlin. Entom. Zeitschr., xxvi, 227 [Trypeta] (1882); Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 433, f. 4 [Acinia] (1911). Very distinct from all the other species by reason of the Tephritis-like pattern of the wings. 116 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, A damaged specimen is in the collection which seems to belong to this species or to a very closely allied form. It shows six scutellar bristles, the intermediate being a little smaller ; the wings are not as broad as in the Trypaneinae of the Eutreta group with which it has no affinity, the occipital row of black bristles being very dis- tinct. ‘The arista seems to be, as in the preceding, scarcely pectinate only on the upper side ; only a lower or., black ; the two superior or., the put. and the inner vf. are yellow. Thoracic and scutellar bristles dark yellowish. Abdomen yellow, with four longitudinal rows of black spots; ovipositor reddish yellow, as long as the three last segments together. Wings very like Macquart’s figure; a hyaline dot on the stigma ; the hyaline spot at the tip of the wings, between the ends of 3rd and 4th veins, is the largest of all. The discal dots are as follows: three in the same line in the submarginal cell, one on the tip of the first basal cell, two at the base of the first posterior cell, five in two lines in the discal cell and one in the third posterior cell. First vein not elongated, ending before the small cross-vein; anal cell as in the preceding. Costal bristle distinct. I think that stellipennis, Walker, is a true Trypaneine with bare arista, broad wings and an occipital row of stout yellow bristles. A single © from Tenasserim, Lower Burma (W. Doherty) 2737. 9. Acanthoneura, Macquart. Macquart, Dipt. exot., iii. 377 (220) 7 (1843). Very distinct from the other Oriental genera by reason of the wavy second vein, the bristly 1st, 3rd and 5th veins, and the broad head of the male. Head very broad, in the male much more so than in the female; face concave, the epistome a little prominent; eyes round; antennae inserted on the middle of the eyes, short but almost reaching the epistome, the third joint rounded at the tip, with plumose arista; or. 2, (?); oc. very small; pui. parallel; genal bristle strong; bristles of the occipital row black and weak. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete; mpl. 2; pt. weak; scutellum with four bristles. Abdomen bristly at the tip; ovipositor short, flattened; male genitalia not promi- nent. Front femora with a row of bristles beneath; middle tibiae with a single spur ; hind tibiae with a row of short bristles on the outside. Wings proportionally short and broad, brownish black with hyaline and luteous spots and indentations. First vein ending opposite the small cross-vein ; second vein wavy, third and fourth a little sinuous, diverging near the extremity; small cross- vein much after the middle of the discal cell; posterior cross-vein long and perpendi- cular; anal cell drawn out into a triangular point, which is as long as the second basal cell. The costal vein is not so bristly as in Macquart’s figure; first vein with long bristles; 3rd and 5th veins bristly throughout their length, but the bristles rather short; on the inferior side of the wings the 2nd, 3rd and 4th veins are bristly 1913.] M. Bezz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 7, throughout their length, the first bearing only some bristles at the tip; the posterior cross-vein also bristly on the underside. It is very probable that the genus T/emara of Walker is the same as the present, as already suggested by Osten-Sacken (Ann.- Mus. civ. Genova, xvi, 461, 1881). From the Neotropical genus Blepharoneura, Loew, it differs in the waviness of the second vein, in the pattern of the wings being not reticulate, in the scutellum bearing only four bristles and in the sexual dimorphism of the head. The European Platy- parea poeciloptera, Schrank, shows some relation to this group. 20. Acanthoneura? fuscipennis, Macquart. (Be 20%) Macquart, Dipt. exot., iii. 378 (221). pl. 30, f. 2 (1843); Enderlein, Zool. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 417 (1011). A middle-sized species, with luteous indentations on the wings, the last one of the fore margin being whitish-hyaline like the single discal dot. I am very doubtful if the present species is the same as that of Macquart, both figure and description being rather different; but I think that in this case Macquart’s inaccuracy has been very great. The pattern of the wings of my species is exactly the same as in Walker’s Themara ampla (Proc. Linn. Soc..i, pl.i,f. 5, 1856), and I should take this species as a synonym if Osten-Sacken had not said that it is the same as Achias horsfieldi, Westwood, in which the figure of the head is very different from my male specimen. As shown, however, by Prof. Meijere (Tijdschr. v. Entom., liv, 382) and by Dr. Enderlein (/. c., 415) the width of the head is very variable. Frons opaque, the vertex and the stripes on which are inserted the or. being shining. All the bristles black. Abdomen shining black, the first four segments of the male with the hind border yellow, in the female the first three only. The bristles on the posterior cross-vein are very distinct; the tip of the wing is devoid of spots; the narrow triangular indentation at the tip of the first vein and the round dot in the first posterior cell are whitish hyaline, the other indentations being luteous hyaline. Two damaged specimens from Sadiya, Assam, one (218*) labelled by Bigot as Trypeta lineata 2 ,n.sp., the other (#482) labelled by the same author as Ewrosta picta 3 , n. sp.; Macquart records the species from Bengal. Themara ampla was taken at Singapore. 10. Phaeospila, n. gen. This genus is easily distinguished from the allied Rioxa by its black body, strong oc., pointed third antennal joint and by the very peculiar pattern of the hind border of the wings. Head as broad as high, with narrow cheeks; eyes round; face concave, the epistome a little prominent; antennae inserted on the middle of the eyes, the third joint more than three times the second in length, very sharply pointed at the tip: arista densely but shortly plumose; palpi bristly ; bristles of the head long but rather weak, all black; or. 2. 3; oc. very long, longer than the superior or.; vt. 2, the inner 118 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. TH very long; pvt. parallel, short; the bristles of the occipital row not long, but well developed; genal bristle rather developed. … Thoracic chaetotaxy complete, all the bristles black but not very strong ; 2 mp1. ; pt. very long; scutellum light yellow, with four bristles, very broad at the base. Abdomen narrow-elongate, bristly on the sides and at the end; ovipositor longer than the last three abdominal segments. Legs rather long but not weak; front femora with a row of bristles beneath; middle tibiae with a single spur; bristle-row of the hind tibiae very short. Wings proportionally long, with very small or indistinct costal bristle; first vein not elongate, ending before the small cross-vein ; second vein straight; third vein a little curved, bristly over its whole length; small cross-vein after the middle of the discal cell; posterior cross-vein short, perpendicular; anal cell drawn out into a long point, longer than the second basal cell. Pattern of the wings like the type of hyaline indentations and spots; the hyaline indentations of the hind margin bearing a brown triangular spot in the middle. Type: Phaeospila varipes, n. sp. This genus has a rather isolated position, the pattern of the wing being, how. ever, not unlike that of Rioxa; in some respects the type species is not unlike the European Platyparea discotdea. 27. Phaeospila varipes, n. sp. ©. (Pl. ix, fig. 30.) Very distinct by reason of the black body with yellow scutellum, by the legs being variegated with black and by the black spots in the hyaline indentations of the hind border of the wings. Length 6-7 mm., including the ovipositor. Head yellow, opaque, cinereous; frons darkened above the antennae and with an ocellar black dot; antennae dark yellow, with short black hairs on the basa joints; palpi and proboscis yellow, pale-haired, the palpi with some black bristles ; some short black bristles on the vibrissal edges ; hairs of the lower portion of the occiput long and pale; the third lower or. shorter than the other. Thorax black, shining, with pale pubescence; the humeri and a small streak near the external tips of the transverse suture dark yellow ; in the middle of the dorsum are two longitudinal cinereous stripes; metanotum black; the anterior margin of the hypopleura yellowish. Scutellum flat, broad, triangular, wholly yellow; bristles very long, the apical parallel, the basal divergent. Squamulae white; halteres yellowish. Abdomen wholly black, rather shining, with pale pubescence; the bristles are black; ovipositor black, the apical segments yellow; venter yellowish at the base. Legs yellow, the coxae also; the apical half portion of the four posterior femora black and the four posterior tibiae darkened at the base; femora with black hairs, row of bristles on the front femora numbering 6 to 7. Wings blackish brown, with the following hyaline markings on the fore border : the costal cell, an indentation below the base of the stigma, two approximate in- dentations beyond the stigma, reaching the third vein; on the hind border: three 1913.] M. BEZZ1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 119 very large triangular indentations, one in the second posterior cell and two in the third posterior cell, the first of these reaching the middle of the discal cell, the second incomplete along the 6th vein ; the first and the second of these indentations show in the middle an obscure spot, which reaches the hind margin. The posterior cross-vein is margined with luteous. There are three hyaline spots in the middle ; two small dots in the basal part of the first posterior cell, at equal distances upon the superior end of the posterior cross-vein, and an elongated oblique streak before the end of the submarginal cell. On the second basal cell and on the base of the anal cell there are also two hyaline dots. The stigma is black, with the base small, hyaline. One female from Darjiling, 6000 ft., 21-ix-08 (Brunetti), and another from the same locality, 9-viti-09, 7000 ft. (Paiva) ; the species seems, therefore, to be confined to the E. Himalayas. II. Taeniostola, n. gen. Characterized by its complete and strongly developed chaetotaxy, very strong oc., rounded third antennal joint, yellow black banded body and banded wings. Head and eyes as in the preceding; third antennal joint rounded at the tip; arista with scanty but long plumosity ; palpi bristly ; bristles black, strongly deve- loped ; oc. very strong, and longer than the superior or. ; or. 2. 2 or 2.1; vt. 2, the inner very long, pvt. small and parallel; occipital row with long bristles; genal bristle strong ; vibrissal edges with short bristles. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete, the bristles black, also the sc.; two mpl. ; pt. very strong. Scutellum flat, rounded, with four or two bristles, the apical parallel. Abdomen elongate, little narrowed at the base, bristly on the sides and at the tip ; male genitalia not prominent ; ovipositor short, flattened, the basal segment bearing in the type species some long bristles at the tip. Legs short, with the usual bristles ; a single spur on the middle tibiae. Wings proportionally short and broad, with well-developed costal bristle ; first vein short ; second straight ; third a little curved, beset throughout its length with long bristles ; small cross-vein a little beyond the middle of the discal cell; posterior cross-vein long and perpendicular ; anal cell drawn out into a narrow point, a little longer than the second basal cell. The pattern consists of complete blackish cross- bands, which are partially confluent. Type: Taenvostola vsttigera, n. sp. This genus has also no close allies, and differs in the pattern of the wings from the Rioxa group. 28. Taeniostola vittigera, n. sp. ¢,?. (RIS De eue) A middle-sized yellow species with black longitudinal bands on the thorax and black transverse bands on the abdomen, very distinct from any other by reason of its ovipositor being bristly at the tip. Length 61-71 mm., with the ovipositor. Head yellow, ferruginous, opaque ; in the middle of the frons a fuscous longitu- dinal stripe which is connected with the black ocellar dot ; antennae dark yellow, 120 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, with some black hairs at the base ; arista yellow ; palpi and proboscis yellow ; all the bristles black, the oceiput below without hairs, but with some black bristles; two lower or. Thorax yellow, rather shining, with short pale pubescence on the dorsum and longer darker hairs on the pleura ; there are five complete equidistant longitudinal black stripes, the median a little enlarged posteriorly and prolonged on to the scutellum, the two lateral are outside the dc. and on the notopleural suture; all the bristles strong and black as are also the four scutellar ; metanotum black, shining, yellow on the sides. Scutellum yellow, with the median black stripe not reaching the tip; it bears on the upper side some blackish hairs. Halteres yellow; squamulae lurid with a dark border and a pale fringe. Abdomen shining yellow, with black pubescence and black bristles; in the female the 2nd to 5th joints bear a broad black band on the fore border, the band of the 5th being broader than the others and emarginate in the middle posteriorly; the 6th segment is black, yellow in the middle; in the male the 2nd to 4th segments show an equally narrow and complete black band. The 5th is black, with a broad longitudinal yellow band; genitalia black. Venter yellow, with a black band before the tip. Ovipositor shining black, the apical segments yellow; it is as long as the three last abdominal segments together. The tip of the first segment bears four long black bristles. Legs wholly yellow, rather short and strong, with black hairs and bristles; front femora of the male with 8-0 bristles beneath and between these with thick black pilosity ; front femora of the female almost bare, with 5-6 bristles. Wings hyaline, the stigma black with small luteous tip. There are four com- plete cross-bands, the two first separated, the other two united together on the fore border. On the base from the humeral cross-vein to the base of the anal cell is a small band, sometimes wanting. The first band begins at the stigma, where it is broader, and ends at the tip of the anal cell. The second begins a little beyond the tip of the first vein, reaches along the small cross-vein and ends on the hind border at the end of the 6th vein. The 3rd and 4th bands begin together before the tip of the 2nd vein, and diverge extending to the hind margin, the third along the posterior cross-vein and the 4th ending after the tip of the 4th vein ; these two bands are dilated on the costal border and form a A-shaped band. The tip of the wings at the end of. the 3rd vein is filled with brown. The hyaline space between the branches of the A-shaped band is variable, extending to the 3rd or only to the 4th vein. The apical spot is sometimes united with the base of the A-shaped band at the end of the second vein. The veins are luteous in the hyaline spaces, and fuscous in the brown- ish cross-bands. Some specimens from Assam, Sylhet and Lungleh, April and July. 29. Taeniostola gracilis, n. sp. 9. els I<, te 22.) A smaller, slender species, distinguished from the preceding by the presence 1913.] M. Brezz1: Indian Trypaneids: (Fruit-Flies). 121 of only I lower or. and only 2 scutellar bristles, and by the different pattern of the abdomen, wings and scutellum. Length 5 mm., with the ovipositor. Head light yellow, the frons dark yellow in the middle, but without distinct fuscous median stripe ; on the occiput, below and outside the vf., is a black spot on each side, which is wholly wanting in the preceding species. Antennae light yellow, the third joint broader and shorter, with the upper apical angle a little sharpened ; arista black. Thorax as in the preceding, the pleura much less hairy ; the median black stripe is much smaller and abbreviated, not prolonged on the scutellum ; the latter wholly yellow, with a black dot at the tip ; metanotum as in the preceding, but the hypo- pleura also black. The 2 scutellar bristles are very long. Halteres and squamulae yellow. Abdomen very narrow and elongate, not distinctly narrowed at the base ; pubes- cence and bristles black. It is yellow, with a black cross band on the base of the second segment, and black spots on the sides of the others. Ovipositor shining black, as long as the 2 last abdominal segments together, without the apical bristles of the preceding. Venter yellow. Legs wholly yellow, a little more slender than in the preceding. Wings with the 1st and the 2nd band exactly as in the preceding; the 3rd band is united with the black of the tip forming a great single black patch, which includes a hyaline band before the posterior cross-vein from the 3rd to the 5th vein. The 2nd band is also united with the third at the hind margin of the wings. This species is undoubtedly congeneric with the preceding, notwithstanding the different chaetotaxy on the head and scutellum, and the want of the bristles at the tip of the basal joint of the ovipositor. A single female from the base of the Dawna Hills, L. Burma (N. Annandale), 4-111-08 (2784). 12, SHAS, sa, Sa, Distinguished from the other genera by the want of the frst. ; from Ptilona it differs in having the dc. and 2 lower or., a bare 3rd vein and a different pattern of the wings. Head broader than high ; antennae inserted on the middle of the eyes, reaching the epistome, the 3rd joint 3 times the length of the 2nd, rounded at the tip ; ar sta shortly but densely plumose. OP D, Omen TOC very small salmeseimdistinet or wanting ut. 2estione + pur. weak ; the bristles of the occipital row very weak and short ; genal bristle strong ; vibrissal edges without distinct bristles ; palpi bristly. Thorax elongate, with complete chaetotaxy, but the frst. wholly wanting ; the bristles are not strong ; I or 2 mpl.; pt. well developed. Scutellum triangular, flat- tened, bearing 4 bristles. Abdomen narrow and elongate, bristly at the tip; male geni- talia strongly developed, prominent, with a pendulous middle organ ; ovipositor flat, very narrow, not bristly at the tip, as long as the last 3 abdominal segments together. Legs proportionally short and stout ; femora not serrulated beneath, those of the eyes round ; face concave and epistome prominent ; 122 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Kor Rte Ist pair with a row of bristles below ; a single spur on the middle tibiae ; bristles of the hind tibiae rather long. Wings elongate, hyaline with brown cross-bands, which are partially united together. No costal bristle ; all the veins straight ; the first not elongate ; the third wholly bare or with very few bristles at the base; small cross-vein before or on the middle of the discal cell ;* posterior cross-vein long, perpendicular ; anal cell drawn out into a short and broad point, which is shorter than the second basal cell. Type: Musca crux, Fabricius, 1794. The present genus seems to have also an isolated position, on account of its reduced chaetotaxy, strongly developed male genitalia and wing-pattern. In the elongated and narrow body of Cordylura or Psila-like shape, it shows affinity with the European genus Euphranta, Loew ; but in this genus the chaetotaxy is even more reduced, the dc. also being absent as in P#lona. The third vein in Euphranta has some bristles at the base only ; in the present genus, the first two species have an entirely bare third vein; the third species (nigripeda) shows some bristles at the base and one or two also after the small cross-vein ; but these are present in one wing only, and therefore it seems to be subject to variation or caduceus. The species in the collection can be distinguished as follows :— 1 (4). Predominant colouring greyish yellow; legs entirely pale yellow ; or. I. 2; bands of the wings partly united. 2 (3). Wing-pattern paler and- variegated, with a cross-shaped double band at thetip .. ts a a rs als en . crux, Fabr. 3 (2). Wing-pattern darker and not variegated, the apical cross being broken in two separate bands ne i ce . dissoluta, n. Sp. 4 (I). Predominant colouring black; legs almost entirely black; or. I. 3; wing bands isolated, those of the middle divided into two streaks .. .. nigripeda, n. sp. 30. Staurella crux, Fabricius. MA 28x, Me, 22.) Fabricius, Entom. Syst., iv, 358, 190 [Musca] (1794) and Syst. Antl., 277, 23 [Dacus] (1805); Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl., ii, 488, 19 [Trypeta] (1830). | À narrow elongate, middle-sized, greyish species, very distinct by reason of the variegated cross band at the tip of the wings. Head greyish yellow, occiput, vertex and face shining ; frons opaque, with few dark hairs in the middle ; ocellar black dot very small ; a small black streak on each side below the vibrissal edges ; the bristles are black ; the 2 lower or. are long and of equal size ; the single superior or. is not inserted upon a tubercle as is the case in Ptilona ; occiput with long pale hairs below ; palpi with some black bristles ; arista with longer hairs on the upper side. All the bristles of the thorax are black, the sc. also ; dorsum with short yellow pubescence, which is longer on the pleura ; pleura shining, darkened, reddish brown ; the dorsum opaque, whitish-tomentose ; metanotum dark reddish brown, very shin- ing in the middle. Scutellum light yellow. Squamulae whitish ; halteres yellow. 1913. | M. BEzz1: Indian Trypaneids (Frmt-Flies). 123 Abdomen with black pubescence and black bristles ; venter yellowish ; 5th seg- ment black with yellow tip in both sexes, 6th in the female wholly yellow. Ovipositor yellowish, black at the base on each side. Genitalia of the male round, prominent, reddish brown, shining, pale-haired ; the pendulous middle organ is light yellow with a pale fringe ; on the middle of the venter are two prominent approximate yellow lamellae, provided with black bristles. The dark portions of the legs are reddish brown ; front femora in both sexes with only 3 -4 bristles beneath. Wing-pattern as described by Wiedemann ; the brownish cross-bands are in- terrupted by clearer streaks, that of the middle band is between the 4th and 5th veins, and those of the apical band between 2nd and 3rd and 3rd and 4th, this last the broader. The stigma is brownish, with the extreme superior apical angle pale ; the posterior cross-vein is margined interiorly with fuscous and exteriorly with cinereous. Some specimens of both sexes from Calcutta, April 3rd, 1903. 31. Staurella dissoluta, n. sp.¢ 9. (ee) Very like the preceding, but easily distinguished by the darker and unvariegated pattern of the wings and by the crossed apical band being divided into two. Length 7—8 mm., with the ovipositor. The body is a little more robust than in the preceding and the abdomen is more darkened ; the male genitalia are exactly of the same shape but the lower lamellae are blackish. The principal difference is shown by the pattern of the wings, which is much darker and not variegated by lighter portions ; the small band on the humeral cross-vein is a little broader ; the A-shaped middle band has the same appearance, the greater branch being narrowly interrupted just above the fifth vein. At the tip are two cross-bands, one on the posterior cross-vein, extending from the hind margin to the third vein ; the other is broader, beginning at the fore border before the tip of the second vein and ending at the hind border after the end of the fourth vein ; on the fore border a little beyond the stigma, is a brown spot, which reaches below the second vein, and sometimes the third. The border of the posterior cross-vein is only blackish, without lighter margin. A single pair from Maldhan, Naini Tal dist., U. P., 12-iv-08 (2332, 5840) 5 32. Staurella nigripeda, n. sp. 9. Aal, 3) Easily distinguished from the two preceding species by the black colouring of the body and legs, and by the different pattern of the wings. Length 7 mm., with the ovipositor. Occiput shining black, with a yellow spot on the sides and a ferruginous spot at the vertex : frons in the middle blackish, yellowish on the sides and in front of the antennae ; face dark, with grey pollen ; cheeks yellowish. All the bristles are black, the superior or. are not inserted upon a prominent tubercle ; or entirely wanting 124 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Ayo 1001, Antennae yellow, the third joint grey pollinose ; arista black, long, shortly pilose ; proboscis and palpi dark yellow. Thorax shining black, with very short pale pubescence and dark grey pollinose ; on the back are to be seen three less distinct narrow longitudinal grey stripes ; the humeri are yellowish ; the bristles are black ; there is a single mpl. Pleura shining black, without pollen, narrowly reddish along the sutures ; sternopleura below with short white pubescence. Metanotum shining black, unspotted. Scutellum of smaller size, triangular, reddish-yellow, with a broad basal black spot and greyish pollen ; the four bristles are strong and long, the median pair crossed at the apex. Halteres and squamulae pale yellow. Abdomen narrow and elongated, shining black, with a broad longitudinal middle yellow stripe, which is quite distinct on the two first segments, and after them becomes greyish and less distinct, being also interrupted at the base of the segments. The bristles are black ; venter dark yellow. Ovipositor flattened, densely but very shortly pilose, as long as the three last segments, narrow and truncate at the end and shining black. Legs black, with grey pollen ; coxae and trocanters yellow and also the knees narrowly ; tibiae at the end and the first tarsal joint dark yellow, chiefly those of the front legs. Wings without costal bristle ; veins black, only the costa at base and the sub- costa yellow ; stigma black, narrowly yellow at the base. The pattern consists of four blackish bands. The first is near the base, short and narrow, extending from the bifurcation of the second vein to the apex of the anal cell. The second band reaches from the stigma over the small cross-vein to the hind margin, where it terminates in the middle of the third posterior cell ; it is broadly interrupted at the third vein, the first portion forming an isolated streak after the stigma, the second being much broader. The third band begins beyond the stigma, and passing over the hind cross-vein, reaches the hind margin at the apex of the fifth vein ; it is also interrupted at the third vein, the second portion being much broader than the first. The fourth band is much broader than the others, filling out all the apex ; it contains two hyaline spots, one at the distal corner of the marginal cell, the other semilunar just at the tip, between the ends of the third and fourth veins. A single specimen from Kurseong, 5000 ft., E. Himalayas, 1x-00. 13: Callistomyia, n. gen. Easily distinguished from any other genus by the presence of a small but distinct pp., and by the four posterior femora being serrulate beneath, and also by the peculiar pattern of the wings. Head as broad as high, the frons and the face much narrower than in all the pre- ceding genera ; eyes round, with the anterior facets enlarged ; occiput not swollen ; cheeks very narrow ; face concave, the epistome a little prominent; antennae inserted at the middle of the eyes, not reaching the epistome ; third joint 24 times the length of the second, rounded at the tip ; arista shortly plumose ; palpi not bristly ; no oc. ; 3 ON. Bi 3 the superior weaker than the lower; put. very small; vt. 2, the outer 70,0%] M. Bezzt: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 125 very small ; black bristles of the occipital row well-developed ; genal bristle weak ; vibrissal edges bare. Thorax robust, with complete chaetotaxy and moreover with a black pp., which is as strong as the scp., and is wanting in all the other genera ; dc. very close to the scutellum ; two mpl. , pt. strongly developed. Scutellum triangular, flat, with four bristles. Abdomen broad and rounded, very convex, narrowed at the base and al- most pedunculate, with short lateral and apical bristles ; ovipositor short truncate, shorter than the two last abdominal segments together ; male genitalia not prominent. Legs short and stout ; front femora with a row of bristles beneath ; the four posterior femora with a row of short spinules below on each side ; middle tibiae with two spurs ; hind tibiae ciliated. Wings long, without costal bristle ; they are hyaline with a middle arcuated brown cross-band and a large round apical spot of the same colour. All the veins straight ; the first ending a little after the small cross-vein ; third bristly ; third and fourth parallel ; the small cross-vein before the middle of the discal cell ; the posterior cross-vein short and perpendicular ; second basal cell a little enlarged and hyaline ; anal cell drawn out into a middle-sized point, which is as long as the second basal cell. Type : the following species. This genus is very distinct from any other and has no near allies ; it shows some resemblance to Dacus in general appearance and colouration as it does in the shape of the second basal cell ; but has nothing to do with that genus. It is possible that Dacus klugii of Wiedemann belongs here ; the Dacus icarus of Osten Sdcken seems to me undoubtedly a species of this genus, and some of Walker’s species also. 33. Callistomyia pavonina, n.sp.¢ °. MA sei ter, 20%) A handsome fly of proportionally great size, very distinct by its peacock-like pattern of the wings. Length 8—g mm., with the ovipositor. Head yellow, opaque, shining on the occiput, at the vertex and on the lower portion of the face; frons with two opaque dark spots, one, the greater, before the ocellar black dot and the other which is smaller above the antennae ; a brown shin- ing spot in the lower portion of the face at the middle of the epistome ; basal joints of antennae dark reddish, with some black hairs ; third joint light yellow ; arista dark. All the bristles black ; occiput below with a few short pale hairs and two or three black stronger hairs above the genal bristle ; the first superior or. very weak and short. Palpi and proboscis yellow, dark reddish above ; margin of eyes narrowly white. Thorax tawny reddish, opaque, with yellow pubescence, the pleurae almost bare ; three narrow black longitudinal stripes on the dorsum, the laterals sometimes abbre- viated ; a short black streak in the notopleural region and above this a yellow spot. Pleura reddish, darkened on the mesopleura and with an arcuate yellow band, which is formed by a horizontal streak on the superior margin of the mesopleura connected with a vertical streak on the anterior margin of the pteropleura ; hypopleura yellow, 126 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. NOR black beneath ; metanotum black, reddish yellow on the sides ; sternopleura with a blackish spot beneath. Scutellum yellow, narrowly reddish at the base. All the bristles black, not very strong ; propleura with long pale hairs. Squamulae white ; halteres reddish yellow. Abdomen reddish, with pale pubescence and black short bristles ; the 2nd to 5th segments in the female and 2nd to 4th in the male show at the base a narrow com- plete transverse black band ; the lateral margins also narrowly black ; venter reddish ; ovipositor reddish, almost bare ; male genitalia black ; in the male the black cross- band of the 4th segment is often abbreviated on the sides. Legs yellow, the apical half of femora and the tibiae darkened, reddish; bristles and hairs black ; front femora in the male with many, in the female with few weak bristles beneath ; the serrulation of the four posterior femora begins after the middle. Wings hyaline, with the following markings: a yellow irregular band at the base from the stigma to the anal cell, interrrupted by the hyaline second basal cell ; along the anal cell this band is prolonged in a dark point upon the 6th vein. The stigma is wholly yellow. In the middle of the wings is a narrow brown cross-band, which begins on the fore border a little after the stigma and extends in the form of an arch over the small cross-vein to the hind margin ; this band is prolonged along the costa on the fore border to the end of the 2nd vein. At the apex of the wings is a large, rounded, brown area which extends from the tip to the posterior cross vein and from the 3rd to the 5th vein, filling up the apical portion of the discal cell, two-thirds of the first posterior cell and almost the whole of the 2nd posterior cell, the inferior external angle alone excepted. Several specimens of both sexes from Gopkuda Island, Lake Chilka, Orissa, August 7—15th, 07; some others from Calcutta in June, labelled by Bigot Dacus pavoninus ; a male from Rajmahal, Bengal, July 6th, 1909 (N. Annandale). Some additional specimens from Gangapur Pattia and Bindukhera, Naini Tal distr., base of W. Himalayas, 3—4-1V-IQIO. I have given to the species the appropriate MS. name of Mr. Bigot. 14. Chaetellipsis, n. gen. Easily distinguished from any other by the absence of the or. and the thickly pilose frons. Head broader than high ; eyes oval, a little compressed, with the anterior facets enlarged ; antennae inserted below the middle of the eyes, the frons therefore longer than the face ; face flat, the epistome not prominent ; frons broad, flat, thickly pilose in its whole expanse. Antennae very short, the 3rd joint scarcely double the 2nd, rounded ; arista long, pectinate on the upper side only ; no oc. and no or.; vt. 2, the inner three times as long as the outer ; put. weak, parallel ; bristles of the occipital row weak, yellow ; genal bristle almost indistinct ; palpi without black bristles. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete, the bristles strong ; dc. a little before the middle between the transverse suture and the scutellum ; 2 mpl. ; pt. strong ; scutellum flat, triangular, with 4 bristles. Abdomen short, round, convex and narrowed at the 1013.| M. BEzz1: Indian Trypanerds (Fruit-Flies). 27 ‚base, with strong bristles on the sides and at the tip; male genitalia a little prominent. Legs short and stout; middle tibiae with a single spur; claws of the male very short, the last tarsal joint a little dilated. | Wings long, with a small costal bristle ; auxiliary vein indistinct at the end ; first vein short ; 2nd straight ; 3rd bristly throughout its length, curved beneath near the tip ; small cross-vein after the middle of the discal cell ; posterior cross-vein per- pendicular ; anal cell drawn out into a broad point, as long as the 2nd basal cell. Pattern consisting of a broad yellow band along the fore border and of some streaks in the posterior half. Type : the following species. This genus is an aberrant one in the absence of the or., but it shows all the other characters of a true Trypaneid. It is very probable that some Oriental species, placed by the authors in the Ortalids, belong here, as some Xiria, etc. The Neotropic genus Xanthacrona, Wulp, has a very similar shape of the head ; but this genus is a true Ortalid, as stated by Prof. Hendel in his recent paper on the “ Pterocallina.’’ More affinity is perhaps presented with the Oriental genus Lagarosia, which however is unknown to me. The genus Chaetellipsis shows a remarkable likeness with Ceratitis s. str., and notwithstanding the yellow bristles of the occipital row is a true Cera- titinine. 34. Chaetellipsis paradoxa,n.sp.c. (OL, se ee) A middle-sized yellow species, easily distinguished by the broad yellow band on the fore border of the wings. Length 6 mm. Head yellow, with cinereous tomentum and a brown cross-band on the occiput above the neck ; a small black ocellar dot ; the frons shows a small darker yellow longitudinal stripe in the middle and is covered with pale hairs; antennae light yellow, with some pale hairs at the base ; arista yellow ; all the bristles yellow, except the vt. which are black ; palpi and proboscis yellow. Thorax yellow, shining, opaque in the middle of the dorsum, with short yellow pubescence, which on the pleura is longer and darker ; all the bristles black, only the median pair of sch. being yellow. The post-alar calli and a transverse band in front of the scutellum black; the humeri and a band on the upper portion of the mesopleura extending to the anterior part of the pteropleura are whitish yellow ; hypopleura white ; metanotum shining black, with a yellow longitudinal stripe in the middle and a white lateral spot which is connected with that on the hypopleura. Scutellum whitish yellow. Squamulae and halteres yellowish. Abdomen shining yellow, with pale pubescence and black bristles ; 3rd segment with a black round spot on the sides; 4th with a complete black transverse band at the base ; 5th with a triangular lateral black spot on each side ; genitalia black ; venter yellow cinereous, with some blackish spots on the sides. Legs wholly yellow ; bristles black, yellow on the fore coxae ; front femora with a tow of 2—3 bristles beneath and yellow hairs on the upper side ; hairs of the hind tibial row black. 128 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Wings with yellow veins ; the small costal bristle is black ; the yellow band at the fore border extends from the base of the wings to the tip of the 3rd vein, where it is connected with a brown spot which reaches the middle of the costa between the tips of the 3rd and 4th veins; this band is cut obliquely below and covers the base of the anal cell, the whole of the 2nd and of the Ist basal cells and the bases of the discoidal and of the Ist posterior cells. Beyond the stigma there is a hyaline spot on the costa, and two other smaller ones at the end of the 2nd vein and before the end of the 3rd. The stigma is yellow, with a brown spot at the tip. Upon the posterior cross-vein is a yellowish brown band which extends from the hind border to the middle of the first posterior cell ; another smaller oblique brown band begins at the costal band in the middle of the last portion of the 3rd vein and extends to the hind border, reaching it after the end of 4th vein. On the middle of the third posterior cell is an uncertain yellow longitudinal band, which extends anteriorly to the middle of the discal cell. A single male caught by Dr. Annandale at Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4400 ft:, April 11th, 1900. T52. Boeeillis, nacen: Very like the preceding, but distinguished by the complete chaetotaxy of the head and the different pattern of the body. Head, antennae and frons exactly the same as in the preceding; no oc.; or. 2. 4-5; the first superior very small; the other bristles as in the preceding, but those of the occipital row black; genal bristle strong, black. Thoracic and scutellar chaetotaxy as in the preceding ; the abdomen also ; ovipositor flat, as long as the 3 last abdominal segments together. I,egs and wings as in the preceding genus, but the pattern of the wings blackish, not yellow. Type : the following species. Notwithstanding the very different chaetotaxy of the head and the different pattern of the body, it is very probable that this genus represents the female sex of Chaetellipsis, and if this extraordinary sexual dimorphism should be proved, the genus will retain this last name. Lagarosia, Wulp, is perhaps allied. 35. Poecillis judicanda, n.sp.°. (Pl. ix, fig. 38). A black species with yellow and whitish markings, and with blackish pattern of the wings. Length 7 mm., with the ovipositor. Head as in the preceding, but the pubescence of the frons dark and all the bristles black ; antennae darker. ‘Thorax shining black, with two broad reddish stripes in the middle, which at the suture are so dilated as to reach the sides ; the whitish yellow lateral stripe from the humeri to the hypopleura is very striking and below this is a broad brown stripe ; sternopleura yellow beneath ; scutellum whitish yellow ; metanotum without the median yellow stripe. Squamulae and halteres whitish yellow. Abdomen black, the 2 basal segments yellow; hind borders of 4th-6th segments with a broad yellow band, which does not reach the sides. Ovipositor black, 1913.] M. BEzzi: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 129 shining, black pilose ; venter yellow. Legs with the 4 posterior femora blackish at the tip. : Wings with the same pattern as in the preceding, but the veins are fuscous and the broad band on the fore border is blackish ; the costal cell is light; the 3 hyaline spots at the costa are in the same position. The 2 bands of the hind border are brownish ; that on the hind cross-vein is often evanescent and there is no trace of the longitudinal band in the middle of the third posterior cell. Two specimens caught by Dr. Annandale at the same place as the preceding : Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4300 ft., 9th and 11th April 1909 (2282, 2388). If it is proved that this species is the female of Chaetellipsis paradoxa, we have here the most remarkable case of sexual dimorphism as yet known in the family. 16. Ceratitis, Macleay. MacLeay, Zoolog. Journ., iv, 475 (1829). Petalophora, Macquart, Hist. Nat. des ins. Dipt., ii, 454, 5 (1835). Halterophora, Rondani, Dipt. ital. Prodr., iv, Io (1861). As restricted here, this genus is easily known by the pubescent arista on the upper side only, the oblique position of the hind cross-vein, and the very peculiar pattern of the wings. Head as broad as high ; face very broad beneath, flat, the epistome not pro- minent ; cheeks rather broad ; antennae inserted on the middle of the eyes, short, the third joint double the length of the second, rounded at the tip ; arista long, shortly pubescent on the upper side only; oc. long and robust ; or. 2. 2; vt. 2; pvt. parallel, yellow ; occipital row with black bristles ; genal bristle indistinct ; palpi shortly bristled. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete ; dc. nearer to the suture than to the scutellum ; 1 mpl.; pt. strong; mesopleura with long and stout hairs. Scutellum swollen, with 4 bristles and stout hairs on the middle. Abdomen broad and short, bristly on the sides and at the end ; male genitalia prominent ; ovipositor flat, short. Legs short and robust; front femora of the male much more bristly than those of the female ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; bristles of the row of the hind tibiae rather long. Wings very broad and short, with yellow and brown cross bands and black streaks on the base ; costal bristle short, but distinct ; Ist vein short ; 2nd straight ; 3rd straight, bristly throughout its length; last portion of the 4th vein curved ; small cross-vein on the middle of the discal cell ; hind cross-vein oblique, the inferior angle of the discal cell therefore acute ; second basal cell a little dilated ; anal cell drawn out into a point as long as the 2nd basal cell ; anal cross-vein very deeply curved in the middle. Type: Trypeta capitata, Wiedemann, 1824. As here restricted, the genus will comprise only a few species ; the spatulated appendages of the front of the male are not present in all the species. The African species with feathered legs in the male seems to belong to a peculiar genus. I think that the name Ceratitis is not preoccupied in zoology by Ceratites, and I 130 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. PO JULIE, use it notwithstanding the reasons advanced by Mr. R. von Ihering in Entomologista brasileiro, 11, 212 (1909). ; 36. Ceratitis capitata, Wiedemann. Wiedemann, Anal. entom., 55, 124 [Trypeta] (1824). For a complete bibliography of this species see Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, iii, 276 (1909) and Froggatt, Report 1907-1908, 100 (1909). Easily distinguished by the peculiar colouration of the body and wings, and by the spatulate appendages of the frons of the male. | In the collection of the Indian Museum there are only 2 specimens from Australia presented by Mr. Froggatt; but this cosmopolitan species is recorded here because it was first described from East India, and is known as a fruit-pest in this country. The species is well known ; I will add to the description that the frons is pilose in the middle ; the thoracic and scutellar bristles are black, except the scp. which are yellow ; the stout hairs on the mesopleura are black in the male and yellow in the female and the hairs on the upper side of the front femora are also black in the male, yellow in the female. 17. Phagocarpus, Rondani. Rondani, Bull. Soc. entom. ital., iii, 171, xix (1871). Anomoia, Walker, Entom. Magaz., iii, 80 (1836), not of Chevrolat, Coleoptera, 1834. Distinct by reason of the long and very oblique hind cross-vein and by the peculiar wing-pattern; from Ceratitis it is distinguished by the arista being pubescent on both sides, by the different shape of the discal cell and by the absence of the black streaks at the base of the wings. Head as high as broad, not produced below ; cheeks narrow ; eyes rounded ; occiput not swollen superiorly ; face flattened, epistome not at all prominent ; antennae inserted towards the middle of the eyes, a little shorter than the face, the third joint rounded at the end, the arista shortly pubescent on both sides ; palpi with short bristles ; proboscis short. Chaetotaxy complete ; oc. short and weak ; pvt. strong and parallel ; or. 2. 3 ; genal bristle strong ; bristles of the occipital row well-developed and black ; frons thinly pilose toward the middle. Thorax with black pubescence and complete chaetotaxy ; sc. well-developed and black ; dc. near the scutellum ; 2 mpl. ; pt. weak. Scutellum with four bristles, the apical parallel. Abdomen narrowed at base, bristly at end. Legs short and robust : front femora with a row of bristles below ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; hind tibiae not ciliated. Wings of usual shape and with short costal bristle ; first longitudinal vein short, ending before the small cross-vein ; stigma very short; second vein ending in the middle between the ends of the first and third veins, or a little after ; third and fourth veins parallel with one another ; third bristly at the base only; small cross-vein placed on the middle of the discal cell, but apparently before the middle, because the hind cross- vein is very long and oblique, on the upper end very close to the small cross-vein and on the lower end very near the hind margin of the wing ; the discal cell is therefore short 1913.] M. BEzzi: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 131 above and long below, its inferior external angle being very pointed ; anal cell drawn out into a long point, as long as the second basal cell. Wing-pattern consisting of a yellowish or blackish large basal spot extending to the small cross-vein, and of two divergent narrow black streaks on the apical half. Type: Musca purmundus, Harris, 1776. Walker’s name, which was corrected to Anomoea by Loew, being preoccupied in the Coleoptera, must be changed to that given by Rondani, the latter accordingly is used here. 37. Phagocarpus immsi, n. sp. c. (PIL, x, ie, 72), A dark yellow species, with the basal spot of the wings broadly yellow. Length of the body 6 mm., of the wings 54 mm. Head entirely yellow, covered with white pollen on the face ; all the bristles black ; a few pale hairs on the occiput below ; antennae dark yellow, the third joint very shortly pubescent ; palpi pale yellow, proboscis darker. Thorax on the back dark reddish, covered with dark grey pollen and black pubes- cence, on the pleura and humeri pale reddish and shining ; all the bristles are black. Scutellum flattened, pale reddish, shining, with very long marginal bristles. Squam- ulae brownish, halteres dark yellow. Abdomen dark reddish, shining, with black pubescence, second and third segment blackish, the first three segments with a broad greyish border on the hind margin ; belly yellowish, the middle segments partly blackened ; genitalia yellow, small, not prominent. Legs entirely yellow, with black hairs and bristles ; femora rather thickened. Wing veins yellow, darkened only on the blackish portions of the pattern ; they are hyaline, with a peculiar pattern ; stigma entirely black. There is a broad basal patch which leaves the costal cell free, except for a yellowish spot on the humeral cross- vein, and ends below on the fifth vein, filling out the whole of the anal cell ; this large patch is yellow, but outwardly ends in an arcuate black band, which begins below the stigma, reaches the small cross-vein and ends on the fifth vein, which is prolonged in a narrow greyish streak to the hind margin of the wing at the end of the sixth-vein ; there is a small hyaline spot in the first basal cell, below the stigma. From the black band, just over the small cross-vein, extends a narrow black streak which reaches the fore margin, and forms a triangular hyaline indentation beyond the stigma, with the vertex on the third vein. The two apical diverging blackish streaks are as follows : one, the shorter, on the hind cross-vein, reaching the hind margin ; the other, longer and arcuate, begins at the base of the first posterior cell and follows the end of the second vein, and from here along the costa to the apex of the wings, ending a little after the end of the third vein. These two streaks are not fused together at the base and are never united with the black band. A single male, collected near Bhowali, Kumaon, 5700 ft., June 22 A. D. Imms, in whose honour the pretty species is named. This species is a true Phagocarpus resembling purmundus in venation and pattern KOLO, by Dr. ) 122 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Norte of the wings. It differs from this last species, which is the only one known, in being of greater size and yellower colouring ; the basal wing-pattern is also more yellow and more broadened ; the second longitudinal vein is distinctly shorter. Fossata, Fabr., which was placed in this genus by Van der Wulp, has no connection with these forms and will be found in Acidia. 18. Myiopardalis, Bezzi. Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, v, 8 (1910). Easily distinguished by the bare third vein, the short proboscis, the strong ocellar bristles, the stump on the second vein and the very short point of the anal cell ; very characteristic also is the colour of the thorax, yellow with black spots. Head distinctly higher than broad, the face elongated below and the cheeks very broad ; occiput a little swollen below ; eyes rounded, not distinctly narrowed ; frons convex, prominent ; face flat, without carina and with the epistome not pro- minent ; proboscis short and not geniculate ; palpi without bristles ; antennae inserted above the middle of the eyes, very short, the third joint 14 times as long as the second, a little pomted at the tip ; arista shortly pubescent on both sides. Chaetotaxy of head and thorax complete ; oc. long and robust ; ov. 2. 3 ; vt. 2; put. weak and long ; bristles of the occipital row almost indistinct, dark yellowish ; genal bristle not distinct ; scp. very weak ; dc. near the suture ; 2 mpl; pt. strong. Scutellum flat, black-spotted, with 4 bristles. Abdomen broad, convex, bristly at end ; male genitalia prominent, with a perpendicular middle organ below ; ovipositor short, not flattened, swollen, with the apical joint very small. Legs short and stout ; middle tibiae with a single spur. Wings narrow, with yellow cross-bands and without basal black streaks ; costal bristle distinct ; first longitudinal vein short; all the veins straight, the 3rd and 4th parallel; second vein with a stump; third vein bare; small cross-vein before the middle of the discal cell ; posterior cross-vein perpendicular ; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out into a very short point, shorter than the second basal cell. Type: Carpomyia pardalina, Bigot, 1891. This species was originally placed in the genus Carpomyia, but in my paper of 1910 I have shown that it demands the erection of a new genus. 38. Myiopardalis pardalina, Bigot. (RL, 1x, 08, 30): Bigot, Indian Museum Notes, i, 77, pl. 5 f. 1 [Carpomyva] (1891) ; Cleghorn, 1. c., ii, 24 [id.] (1893) ; Maxwell-Lefroy, Indian Insect Pests, 171, f. 194 [id.] (1906), Mem. Dept. Agriculture, i, 129, f. 72 [?d.] (1907) and Indian Insect Life, 230 [id.] (1909) ; Froggatt, Report, 112 [id.] (1909) ; Bezzi, Boll. Labor. Zool. Portici, v, 9, 2, fig i, 3, 4 (IQI0). A yellow middle-sized species, with 4 yellow bands on the wings and black spots on the thorax and scutellum. To the description of Mr. Bigot, reported also by Mr. Froggatt, I have to add :— Head wholly yellow, the frons a little darkened above the antennae; the bristles 1913.] M. BEZz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 133 black, but the put. yellow ; genal bristle yellow, indistinct; on the lower portion of the occiput some yellow hairs ; palpi and proboscis yellow, clothed with pale hairs. Thorax clothed with yellow pubescence, which on the pleura is longer ; bristles black, except the sf. and the very weak scp. which are yellow. The black spots on the sides are disposed as follows: one small, opaque, on the humeri above the hm. ; one larger, before the suture between nl. and frst., shining above, opaque beneath ; one still larger after the anterior sa., extending to the dc., shining above and opaque below, sometimes divided into two spots ; and a fourth, shining and small, on the postalar calli. There is also a large rounded black spot just in front of the scutellum. The scutellar spots are opaque, two on the sides at the base, one rounded in the middle before the tip, and one on the underside below the tip. Pleura wholly yellow, meta- notum with a black streak above. Halteres and squamulae whitish yellow. Abdomen wholly yellow, unspotted, the last segments shining ; the 2nd to 4th segments show a cinereous cross-band along the hind margin. Genitalia reddish yellow, shining ; ovipositor shining yellow. The pubescence of the abdomen is yellow, the bristles are black. Front femora in both sexes with very few bristles. Wing veins yellow ; the stump of the second vein is narrowly bordered with a dark yellow shade. This species is recorded only from India ; the bionomics are well known, and the larvae and puparium have been figured many times. The larva breeds in cultivated melons, to which it is very injurious ; it is known as the Baluchistan Melon-fly. In the collection before me are 5 specimens, all co-types of Bigot and labelled Baluchistan (J. Cleghorn) 2323-2330 19. Carpomyia, A. Costa. A Costa, Annal. scient., i, 87 (1854) ; Rondani, Bull. soc. entom. ital., i, 164 (1860). This genus is very near the preceding and shows a similar pattern of body and wings ; but is distinguished from it and from any other of the group by the absence of the ocellar bristles. Head less high, the face being not so produced below and the cheeks being narrower ; eyes a little narrowed ; frons less prominent. ‘The chaetotaxy and other characters are the same as in the preceding ; antennae more elongate, the third joint not attenuated; arista with shorter pubescence. On the wings the stump of the second vein is wanting and the small cross-vein is placed towards the middle of the discal cell ; the yellow cross-bands are sometimes much reduced. Type: C. vesuviana, A. Costa, 1854. There is great confusion about this genus. It was evidently named in MS. by Rondani; but the first notice is found in the rare paper of Prof. Achille Costa, Frammenti di entomologia napoletana, printed in Naples in 1854. Schiner has named it Orellia, and has mixed up some species belonging to other genera; moreover Rondani has stated that Orellia jlavicans, Rob. Desv., is the same as Trypeta falcata, Scopoli. The division proposed by Rondani in 1869 was accepted by Loew in 1873 (Monogr. iii, 260) as follows: Oedaspis with the species dichotoma, fissa and multifasciata, Goni- glossum with wiedemanm and Carpomyia with vesuviana (bucchichti) and schineri, 134 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Og, JUDE, I take here the genus as proposed in 1869 ; but the name was proposed in 1856 with the type arctii, Degeer (=Trypeta) ; in 1870 signata, Meigen (=Rhagoletis) was pro- posed as the type. For further information see my paper of 1910. 39. Carpomyia vesuviana, A. Costa. (Pl. ix, fig. 40). A. Costa, Annal. scient., i, 87, 10 (1854); Rondani, Bull. soc. entom. ital., 1, 164 (1869) and ii, 23, I (1870); Roder, Ent. Nachr., xvii, 210 [Orellia] (1891) ; Becker, Kat. pal. Dipt., iv, 116 [¢d.] (1905) : Bezzi, Boil. Labor. Zool. Portici., v, 10, 4, f. 5, 6 (1910).—Bucchichi, Frauenfeld, Verh. Zool- bot. Ges., xvii, 500, pl. xii, f. 23 [Orellia] (1867) and xviii. 154, 5 [¢d.] (1868) ; Kaltenbach, Pflanzenf., 776, 1 [ed.] (1874). A yellow black-spotted species, with four yellow cross bands on the wings, very like M. pardalina, but besides the generic characters, distinguished by the two apical black spots of the scutellum ; see the figures and descriptions of the above cited authors. The or. are yellowish and the vi. yellow ; occipital row well-developed, yellow. The thoracic bristles are yellowish at the end, the scutellar ones almost entirely yellow. The two scutellar black spots are separated by a narrow yellow line. The species is only known from South Italy and Dalmatia; the larva lives in the fruits of Zizyphus, as observed long ago by A. Costa, but the metamorphosis has not yet been properly described. In the collection there is a single specimen from Calcutta (2737) bearing the label : ‘“ Carpomyia sp., fly injurious to Plum in Calcutta ; reared in Museum, 4-ii-92,’’ and another label which says: ‘by ‘ plums’.the fruits of Zizyphus jujuba must besmeant N AG 2190850, 20. Zonosema, Loew. Loew, Monogr. Trypet., 43, viii (1862). Distinguished by the yellow body, which is without any black spot, by the pointed third antennal joint and the bare third longitudinal vein of the wings. Head formed as in the preceding genus, but with the epistome a little more pro- minent ; third antennal joint twice as long as the second, oval-shaped, a little pointed at the tip ; atsta shortly pubescents 100 strong 07 23 2700072 pv ampatallelae bristles of the occipital row well-developed, black. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete ; mpl. 1; scutellum with 4 bristles. Middle tibiae with 2 spurs. Wings narrow and elongate, with the veins all straight ; no distinct costal bristle ; first vein short ; third vein bare, parallel with the fourth ; small cross-vein placed after the middle of the discal cell ; posterior cross-vein perpendicular ; second basal cell narrow ; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out into a broad point, which is longer than the second basal cell. Type: Tephritis alternata, Fallen, 1820. I have drawn the above characters from the following Indian species, which differs in some points from the European typical ones ; but owing to the general appearance it is better placed here than elsewhere. The single specimen is moreover badly pre- served. TOS: | M. BEZZI: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 135 40. Zonosema dubium, n.sp.c. (Be Er): A yellow middle-sized species, with narrow elongate brown-spotted wings. Length 55 mm. Head yellow, the frons darkened above the antennae and with a small black ocellar dot; face below on the cheeks whitish-cinereous ; antennae, palpi and proboscis yellow. All the bristles on the head and thorax are black. Thorax wholly yellow, opaque (?) on the back, shining on the pleura. Scutellum yellow, metanotum black. Abdomen wholly yellow, shining. Legs yellow. Wings hyaline, with yellowish veins and the following marks: a broad black spot on the anal cross-vein, which is the most striking of all; a brown streak at the fore border after the small cross-vein, running from the border to the third vein ; a broad brown spot before the tip of the second vein, which does not reach below the third vein ; a broad border at the tip of the wing, beginning at the middle between the 2nd and 3rd veins and extending to the tip of the 4th ; the two cross-veins are bordered with brown, the border of the hind vein being continued above into a small streak reaching the third vein ; the stigma is pale yellow and below this, in the base of the submarginal cell, in the base of the first basal cell and in the base of the discal cell, are to be seen yellow shades. A single male specimen from Naini Tal, May or June 1893, Lucknow Mus. ‚> 21. Vidalia, Robineau-Desvoidy. Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myodaires, 719, xii (1830). Distinguished by the very short antennae, by the retreating face, by the small cross-vein placed after the middle of the discal cell, and in the male sex by the broad and deep excavated frons, bearing horn-like processes and rigid and incrassated or. Head as high as broad, the eyes a little narrowed ; antennae very short, not reaching the middle of the face, third joint only a little longer than the second, rounded at the end, with a very short pilose arista ; face flat, distinctly retreating inferiorly ; cheeks more or less broad ; frons of the male broad, deeply excavated towards the middle, with lateral edges elevated, often forming horn-like processes, bearing the very incrassated and rigid orbital bristles, which are truncated at the end ; oc. very small or indistinct ; or. variable in number, being partly very incrassate, rigid and erect ; 2 vi. ; put. short and convergent ; occipital row black ; genal bristle strong. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete ; 2 mpl. ; pt. strong. Scutellum flattened, triangu- lar, with four bristles, the apical not crossed. Abdomen broad, narrowed at the base, bristly at the tip. Legs short and robust ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; the row of the hind tibiae well developed. Wings with a small indistinct costal bristle ; first longitudinal vein short; second straight ; third and fourth parallel, the third bristly ; small cross-vein placed after the middle of the discal cell ; posterior cross-vein perpendicular ; lower angle of the anal cell drawn out into a small point, as long as the second basal cell, which is rather 120: Memotrs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. II, broad at the tip. Wings with extended brown pattern with hyaline indentations and spots, or with isolated black spots. Type: V. impressifrons, R.-D., 1830. The genus is placed here, notwithstanding the resemblance of one species to Rioxa, in respect of the very characteristic armature of the frons in the male, which is very like that to be observed in the European Stemonocera cornuta, Scop., and in the North American Straussia longipennis, Wied. ; both these genera are evidently related to Spilographa. The two species are to be distinguished as follows : — 1 (2). Superior edges of the frons elevated in the shape of two flattened horns ; 07. 2. I, the two superiors being incrassated and rigid ; abdomen black at the end; wing-pattern of the Rioxa type. . ceratophora, n. sp. 2 (1). Inferior edges of the frons elevated; or. 2. 4, the last three inferior being incrassated and rigid; abdomen entirely yellow; wing-pattern of the Spilographa type .. re 56 56 Se .. triceratops, n. sp. 41. Vidalia ceratophora, n.sp.c. (PIRE) Easily distinguished from the type species of the genus, as deserbied by Desvoidy, by the base of the abdomen and the femora being wholly yellow. Length 5 mm. Head wholly yellow, with a small black ocellar dot ; antennae yellow, with some black hairs at the base ; proboscis and palpi yellow, these last with some black bristles ; the middle of the frons is opaque, but the vertical horns are shining ; all the bristles are black, the single lower or. is placed at the base of the horns and curved forwards ; on the sides of the frons are some small hairs disposed in a single row ; the two incras- sated superior or. are placed at the tip of the horn and very close together, the first being shorter and curved forwards, the second straight and longer. The 2 vf. are situated at the interior base of the horn. Thorax wholly yellow, rather shining ; it seems to be a little cinereous on the middle of the back ; a small yellowish white streak is to be seen along the noto- pleural suture ; pleura and metanotum yellow, shining, unspotted ; all the bristles are black, only the middle pair of scp. being yellowish. Scutellum light yellow, shin- ing. Squamulae and halteres yellowish. Abdomen shining, with black bristles ; the three first segments are reddish-yellow, the last two black ; the pubescence is pale on the reddish portion and black on the black. Belly reddish, black at tip ; genitalia prominent, of reddish colour. Legs wholly yellow ; front femora with 5-6 black bristles beneath ; hairs of the hind tibiae black. Wings brownish black, with the base narrowly hyaline. Costal cell hyaline, with a brown spot on the humeral cross-vein ; stigma wholly black. At the fore border are two hyaline indentations, close together, one just after the stigma, ex- tending to the third vein, the other reaching the middle of the first posterior cell just after the small cross-vein. At the hind border are two triangular hyaline indentations, one in the base of the second posterior cell and one after this in the apex of the third 1913.] M. BEZZI: Indian Trypanerds (Fruit-Flies). 137 posterior cell extending to the apex of the discal cell ; the posterior cross-vein is therefore margined with brown. The hind half of the third posterior cell and the whole of the fourth are hyaline ; the base of the discal cell is filled with yellow ; the basal and anal cells are wholly brown. The single hyaline dot in the middle is a very small one before the middle of the first posterior cell. A single male specimen from Siliguri, N. Bengal, 18—20-vii-07 (2832). = 42. Vidalia triceratops, n. sp.«. (DI. ee, 48). An entirely yellow species, distinguished from the preceding by the different wing- pattern and by the lower and not the superior or. being incrassate. Length 5 mm. Head wholly yellow, with brown geminate spot on the occiput ; frons very broad, pale yellow, the lateral elevated edges black ; face whitish ; antennae and arista pale yellow, this last shortly pubescent ; palpi and proboscis yellow ; epistome prominent as a narrow hem; face long and distinctly retreating inferiorly ; cheeks broad. The frons has the lateral edges on the anterior portion very prominent but not horn-like. The three last pair of lower or. are very incrassate, black and rigid, as long as the height of the head and truncated at the tip ; there is also another lower or. not incrassated, and two pairs of small superior. Thorax and scutellum entirely ferruginous, shining, the pleura paler, the yellowish lateral stripes less distinct ; all the bristles are black. Halteres and squamulae dark yellow. Abdomen entirely shining ferruginous, the last segment black on the sides below ; genitalia with a thick prominent point below. Legs entirely yellow ; front femora rather incrassate. Wings hyaline, narrower and more elongate than in the preceding, with indistinct costal bristle ; veins black, only the costa at the base and the subcosta yellow ; stigma wholly black. The black markings are as follows: a broad patch just below the stigma and in contact with it and giving off two branches, one backwards to the apex of the second basal cell, which is hyaline, and one forwards to the small cross-vein, ending at the fourth vein ; the discal cell shows a yellowish shade just below its end. Anal cell at apex with a small brown spot. A narrow perpendicular streak just after the stigma, reaching the third vein. A broad band on the hind cross-vein, beginning towards the middle of the first posterior cell, and becoming broader towards the hind margin. A broad apical patch, which begins at the last third of the distance between the first and second veins, runs perpendicularly to the third vein, and from here goes obliquely to the hind margin, which it reaches after the end of the fourth vein. A single specimen from Darjiling, 7000 ft., 27-v-10, caught by Mr. Brunetti. Spilographa armifrons, Portschinsky, Hor. Soc. Entom. Ross., xxvi, 221 (1891), from Siberia, seems to be a species of the present genus allied to ceratophora, on account of the pattern of the wings. 22. Xanthorrachis, n. gen. Not unlike the European Acidia, but very distinct by reason of the black dots on the thorax and scutellum, by the wavy second longitudinal vein and by the three yellow rays of the wings. 138 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. or ne Head as high as broad, the eyes a little narrowed; face a little concave ; antennae placed on the middle of the eyes, the third joint 24 times as long as the second, round- ed at the tip ; arista plumose, the hairs scarce and scattered, those on the upper side a little longer ; palpi with bristles ; no oc. ; or. 2. 3, the superiors very thick ; vt. 2; pvt. weak ; occipital row yellow ; genal bristle strong. Thorax with complete chaetotaxy ; pt. weak. Scutellum rounded, convex, with 4 bristles. Abdomen elongated, bristly on the sides and at the end ; ovipositor flattened, as long as the abdomen. Legs robust, middle tibiae with a single spur. Wings long, with a distinct costal bristle ; first longitudinal vein short ; second wavy at the base, straight at the end; third bristly, its last portion very much curved forwards towards the middle ; small cross-vein placed on the middle of the discal cell ; posterior cross-vein a little oblique ; second basal cell twice as broad as the first ; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out into a narrow point, longer than the second basal cell. Pattern of the wings very peculiar, consisting of three longitudinal yellow rays, diverging from the base. Type: the following new species. This genus is a very peculiar one, but seems to be related to the European yellow species of Acidia. The American genus Plagiotoma has nothing to do with the present genus, notwithstanding the rather similar pattern of the wing. Allied to the present genus seems to be the African species which Loew has described as Tvypeta jucunda in 1801 ; and I have in my collection an undescribed species from Central Africa, which is allied with that here described, but not congeneric. The genus Chelyophora, Rondani, placed in the Ortalids by Wulp, is perhaps allied, but has a very different pattern of wing. 43. Xanthorrachis annandalei, n.sp.®. (Pix ties 43): A yellow handsome species of great size, with 6 black dots on the thorax and scutellum, yellow bristles and 3 yellow rays on the wings. Length 7 mm., without the ovipositor which measures 4 mm. Head wholly yellow, shining; antennae yellow, the third joint darkened at the tip; arista yellow; proboscis and palpi yellow, these last with short yellow bristles ; a small black ocellar dot ; all the bristles yellow ; on the lower portion of the occiput some yellow hairs ; the second superior or. is very thick and inserted on a small tubercle. Thorax shining, wholly yellow, with all the bristles yellow ; a black dot on the post-alar calli; metanotum yellow ; scutellum light yellow, with four black dots, on which are inserted the 4 yellow bristles. Squamulae and halteres yellow. Abdomen wholly yellow, with yellow pubescence, but black bristles ; ovipositor reddish yellow, shining. Legs wholly yellow and with yellow bristles, those of the front femora being 6-7 in number ; the tibial spurs black. Wings hyaline, with yellow veins. ‘The three yellow rays are disposed as follows : the first extends along the costa, filling out the costal, marginal and submarginal cells ; this ray is united at the base with the second, from which it is separated by a 1013.] M. BeEzz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit- Flies). 139 hyaline streak near the base of the marginal and submarginal cells. The second ray extends along the fourth vein to the tip of the wings, filling up the small cross-vein. The third ray is separated at the base from the other two by the hyaline second basal cell and extends to the hind margin along the fifth vein, filling up the whole of the anal cell. The stigma is yellow. The costal ray shows 4 black dots along the costa, the first after the end of the first vein, the second and third, one before and one after the end of the second vein, the fourth at the tip of the third vein ; between the three last spots are placed two hyaline streaks along the costa. The tips of the other two rays are also spotted with brown but the apical spot of the third ray is placed just at the end of the fifth vein, while that of the second is placed beneath, and there- fore leaves the end of the fourth vein free. A single female specimen from the Dawna Hills, L. Burma, 2—3000 ft., 2—3-i- 08 (5752), collected by Dr. Annandale ; I take pleasure in naming this handsome and distinct species in honour of the Superintendent of the Indian Museum. 23. Acidia, Robineau-Desovidy. Rob.-Desv., Essai sur les Myodaires, 720, xiv (1830). The species of this genus show a short pilose arista, a head not widened below, a scutellum with four bristles, a bristly third vein and the small cross-vein placed after the middle of the discal cell. Head a little broader than high, not widened beneath, with the mouth-opening small ; eyes very large and rounded ; face flat, the epistome not prominent ; frons not or little prominent ; antennae inserted on the middle of the eyes, much shorter than the face, the third joint being about twice as long as the second, rounded at the tip, distinctly pubescent or bare ; arista shortly pilose or pubescent ; cheeks narrow or broad ; oc. developed, but not strong; or. 2. 3, rarely I. 3; vt. strong, curved backwards ; pvt. parallel ; genal bristle well-developed ; bristles of the occipital row black ; palpi very broad, spatulate, almost bare ; proboscis short. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete ; scp. well-developed, black ; 2 mpl.; pt. strong ; 4 scutellar bristles, the apicals shorter than the basals or of equal size, parallel or a little diverging. Abdomen narrow, elongate, bristly on the sides and at the end ; ovipositor short and broad, flattened, triangular. Front femora with a row of 5—6 bristles below ; middle tibiae with a spur ; hind tibiae with a row of short hairs. Wings broad and short, or narrow and elongate, with a small but distinct costal bristle ; first vein short, ending much before the small cross-vein, but sometimes very long ; 2nd, 3rd and 4th veins almost straight, wide apart from each other and slightly diverging outwards in the broad winged species, in the narrow winged species parallel; small cross-vein placed beyond the middle of the discal cell, often in the apical third or fourth, long and oblique or short and perpendicular ; posterior cross-vein long or short, parallel with the small, very close to the hind margin ; third vein bristly from the base to the small cross-vein or a little beyond it ; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out into a long and very narrow point, which is equal in length to the second basal cell. 140 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Or sulle - Type: Tephritis cognata, Wiedemann, 1817. This genus is rather heterogenous ; the species are yellow or black, with very different patterns of the wings; the length of the first vein, the approximation of the cross-veins and the shape of the wings are also very different in the different species. The typical species cognata and lucida have a yellow body, less approximate cross- veins, narrow wings with the rivulet pattern. The three yellow Indian species here described are different in the wing-pattern, which is sometimes like that of Rioxa. The species of this group are not satisfactorily distinguished from those of Spilographa, the only valuable distinction being the position of the small cross-vein, which in the last genus is placed before the middle or on the middle of the discal cell. The other Indian species have a black body and are allied to the European caesio ; they have broad wings with more approximate cross-veins and with a pattern con- sisting of a black basal portion with hyaline indentations and of apical black bands. Most of the remaining species, of which none are present in the collection, I refer to the genus Philophylla, Rondani, 1870 (=Euleja, Walker, 1836, preocc.), which is very well distinguished by its bare arista, by the shape of the head being broader below with the occiput swollen beneath and the mouth-opening very broad, by the narrow eyes and by the narrow and elongate wings. I recognize as belonging to this genus the European heraclei, centaureae, separata, the North American /ratria and the South African excellens. This last species was previously placed in Hemilea, which genus is also only a section of Acidia, and the name of which must be Ocneros, O.G. Costa, 1844, as stated by Rondani. The species are characterised as follows :— 1 (2). Wings dimidiate, the fore half black, the hind half hyaline .. .. praestans, n sp. . Wings not dimidiate. iS) — H — 3 (8). Colouring of the body yellow or ferruginous; arista pubescent; wings long and narrow, with the middle longitudinal veins parallel and of a Rioxa-like pattern ; species of larger size (5—7 mm.). 4 (5). Only a superior or.; cheeks very narrow; cross-veins less approximate, the distance being greater than the length of the hind cross-vein; wings with three black bands . himalayensis, n. sp. . Two superior or., as usual ; cross-veins more approximate, the distance being shorter than or equal to the length of the hind cross-vein ; wings with Rioxa-like pattern. OL — — 6 (7). First vein short, ending much before the small cross-vein, the stigma of usual shape ; cheeks rather narrow ; metanotum and abdomen entirely yellow ; third joint of the antenne of male black: apical black patch of the wing united to the rest of the pattern, and without hyaline spot .. . rioxaeformis, n. sp. 7 (6). First vein very long, passing the small cross-vein, the stigma twice as long as in the preceding; cheeks very broad ; metanotum with two large black spots and the abdomen black at the end ; antennae of the male yellow ; apical black patch isolated and including a hyaline spot apicalis, n. sp 8 (3). Colouring of body black; arista shortly pilose : wings short and broad, 1913. | M. Bezzi: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). I4I with the middle veins diverging and caesio-like pattern: species of smaller size (4-5 mm.). 9 (12). Front femora yellow ; halteres black ; scutellum black, reddish only at the hind margin and beneath ; wings short and broad, with the cross-veins approached, and the basal half black, the apical hyaline with black bands. Io (zr). The 4 posterior femora black: an isolated oblique black band between 3rd and 4th veins in the apical portion of the wings fossata, Fabr. Ir (ro). All the femora wholly yellow ; wings without such a cross-band in the hyaline portion Re a 24 .. alboscutellata, Wulp. 12 (9). Front femora black ; halteres yellow : scutellum entirely red ; wings more elongate, the cross-veins less approximate, entirely black, with the base and some indentations hyaline .. erythraspis, n. sp. 44. Acidia (Ocneros) praestans, n. sp. ®. (GPA, Se, er FW). Very like Acidia (Ocneros, Hemilea) dimidiata, but easily distinguished by being twice as large, by having the abdomen more reddish basally and by a straighter and more sharply defined lower margin of the black fore band of the wings. Length of the body 63 mm., of the wing 7 mm. Head yellow, face and cheeks whitish ; frons darker yellow, and brownish above the antennae ; all the bristles black ; oc. weak and short ; ov. 2. 3; antennae dark yellow, rather short, the third joint rounded at the end, but a little pointed forwards ; arista shortly pubescent ; palpi pale yellow, with black bristles; proboscis dark yellow ; cheeks narrow. Thorax dark reddish, shining, clothed with black pubescence ; humeri and notopleural streak pale yellow ; pleurae paler reddish ; all the bristles black. Scutellum flattened, pale reddish. Squamulae pale, halteres dark yellow with blackened knob. Abdomen shining black, with black hairs and bristles; the base of the first segment, and the sides of this and of the other segments broadly reddish, but the last segment is entirely black. Ovipositor short, shorter than the two last abdominal segments together, flat, rounded, shining black. Belly reddish, black at the end. Legs entirely yellow ; hind tibiae ciliated with short hairs. Wings black, with the hind border hyaline from the base to the second posterior cell ; the limit is sharply defined, and always forward of the fourth vein ; anal cell almost entirely hyaline ; stigma rather long, entirely black ; after the stigma, at the fore margin along the costa, are to be seen two hyaline very narrow streaks. Second longitudinal vein very long ; third and fourth parallel ; cross-veins perpendicular, the smaller approached to the hinder ; third vein bristly to the small cross-vein. A single female specimen, near Bhowali, Kumaon, 5700 ft., June 13, 1910, collected on herbage by Dr. A. D. Imms. This species is very near dimidiata, which is the type of the genus Hemilea of Prof. Loew ; but as the species was originally described by Prof. O. G. Costa in a new genus Ocneros (with Musca pulchella, Rossi), the last name must be employed in place 142 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [WO JOUL, of the first. I think, however, that Rondani (Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., iti, p. 180) is right in leaving the species in the genus Acidia, from which it differs only in the wing-pattern. 45. Acidia himalayensis, n.sp.°. MAL xe hee A); A dark ferruginous species, with pale yellow notopleural stripe and scutellum, only a pair of superior or., and hyaline wings with three black bands. Length of the body 5 mm., of the wing 54 mm. Head entirely yellow, without occipital spot ; frons rather narrow, shining on the sides, without white reflections ; face with whitish pollen ; antennae yellow, the third joint twice as long as the second ; arista yellow, with very short pubescence ; cheeks very narrow, with pale hairs below and a black genal bristle ; all the bristles black, those of the occipital row thin and short ; the single superior orbital is inserted upon a small tubercle ; oc. very small, less distinct; pui. dark yellowish at end ; palpi and proboscis yellow. Thorax shining ferruginous, with very short pale pubescence and grey pollen ; - all the bristles black ; two equally strong mp/., with some dark hairs near ; the pale yellow notopleural stripe is rather distinct. Scutellum pale yellow, flattened, with the apical pair of bristles strong and crossed at the end. Metanotum shining ferru- ginous, unspotted. Halteres and squamulae dark yellow. Abdomen entirely shining ferruginous, with dark pubescence and black bristles ; ovipositor shining black, very short, broader than long, shorter than the last two segments together. Legs entirely yellow, with black bristles and black hairs on the hind tibiae. Wings not so long or so narrow as in the following two species ; costal bristle small ; veins black, yellow at the base ; third vein bristly to the small cross-vein, lightly bent in the middle of the last portion and behind parallel with the fourth, which is straight after the hind cross-vein ; first vein short, ending much before the small cross-vein ; stigma short, entirely black ; distance of the cross-vein a little greater than the length of the hind cross-vein, but the small cross-vein always placed after the middle of the discal cell. The first brownish-black band is \/-shaped, one branch beginning at the stigma, the other going over the small cross-vein ; this last is smaller, and is united with the other at the third vein, forming a single broad band which reaches the hind margin in a point before the apex of the third posterior cell. The second band is narrow and straight, beginning at the fore margin before the end of the second vein and running over the hind cross-vein to the hind margin, which it reaches at the end of the fourth vein. This band is united at the fore border with the third band, which forms a broad apical patch, passing a little beyond the end of the fourth vein. Four specimens from Kurseong, 5000 ft., EK. Himalayan, 10—26-1x-0g (Lynch). I am doubtful if the present species can represent the other sex of Vidalia tricera- tops from Darjiling ; the wing-pattern is very different, but the North American Straussia longipennis, Wied., has also striking differences in the pattern of the wing in 1913.] M. Bezzr: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). - 143 both sexes, showing in some varieties that of the Rioxa-type. But it seems that this is not possible for the face does not retreat inferiorly, the antennae are longer, the arista less pubescent and the thorax has pale yellow markings. 46. Acidia rioxaeformis, n. sp. ©. (AL 5%, 1% 20), A yellow species with unspotted metanotum, black third antennal joint of male and black wings with hyaline indentations and spots. Length of the body 54—7 mm., of wing 6—74 mm. Head entirely yellow ; frons dark ferruginous, opaque, with strong white reflec- tions ; face with whitish pollen ; cheeks also, a little broader than in the preceding, with some short black bristles; occiput a little swollen inferiorly ; proboscis ferrugin- ous, palpi dark yellow, with some bristly hairs ; antennae dark ferruginous, the third joint 14 times as long as the second, very darkened or quite black in the male ; arista black, shortly pubescent ; all the bristles black ; oc. rather long but weak ; occipital row well-developed. Thorax as in the preceding but of paler colouring, and with the lateral pale stripe . not distinct ; scutellum of the same colour as the thorax ; metanotum unspotted ; there is a very small black spot below the postalar calli, at the root of the wings, but it is not easily seen more especially in some positions of the wings. Halteres yellow. Abdomen entirely yellow as in the preceding; male genitalia partly black ; ovipositor shining black, not so short as in the preceding, as long as broad. Legs entirely pale yellow. Wings as in the preceding but distinctly narrower and longer ; the first vein longer, reaching the small cross-vein, the stigma therefore a little longer than in the preceding ; cross-veins more approximate, the distance being smaller than the length of the hind cross-vein ; stigma entirely black. Costal cell hyaline, with blackened humeral cross- vein and a brown spot in the middle; the basal cells are filled with black, the anal cell is hyaline with a black apex. Just after the stigma are two hyaline triangular indentations, the first, which is the larger, passing forwards of the second vein, the second, the smaller, not passing this vein. Hind margin with two very large hyaline indentations ; one in the second posterior cell reaching the middle of the first posterior cell ; the other smaller in the apex of the third posterior cell and of the discal cell, ending on the fourth vein ; the hind cross-vein is therefore bordered with a narrow black streak, dividing the two indentations. Third posterior and axillar cells entirely hyaline ; base of the discal cell with a rounded hyaline indentation. There is a round hyaline discal spot towards the apex of first basal cell, before the small cross-vein, which sometimes is very small and indistinct. The black streak dividing the triangular indentations of the fore border is sometimes incomplete, the two spots being fused into a single spot, bearing an isolated black streak in the middle. Four & and 2 8 from Simla, 7000 ft., 20-vii-11, caught by Dr. Annandale in low- growing herbage. - 144 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor 000; 47. Acidia apicalis, n. sp. S. (Riv. 198 477): A yellow species closely allied to the preceding, but distinct by reason of the very broad cheeks, the black-spotted metanotum, the very long stigma and different pattern of the wings. Length of the body 7 mm., of the wing 9 mm. Head as in the preceding, but the cheeks very broad, and the occiput swollen inferiorly ; the black bristles of the cheeks are also wanting, only the genal bristle of dark yellowish colour being present ; antennae of the male dark ferruginous. | Thorax as in the preceding ; a single mpl. ; two small black spots on the fore border, near the scp.; metanotum with two very large shining black spots ; hypo- pleura with a small basal black border. Scutellum pale yellow toward the hind border. Abdomen with the last segment shining black, ferruginous toward the middle and on the sides. Legs entirely pale yellow. î Wings very long, the fourth vein a little bent after the hind cross-vein; cross-veins very approximate, the distance being smaller than the length of the hind cross-vein ; first vein very long, passing the small cross-vein, the stigma therefore twice as long as in the preceding, entirely black. Costal cell hyaline, with less distinct spots. Just below the stigma and in contact with it is a broad black patch, reaching back- wards to the apex of the second basal cell, which is hyaline, and sending forwards a shortened band over the small cross-vein, which ends towards the middle of the discal cell with a yellowish indistinct spot below. A large apical patch beginning before the end of the second vein and extending forwards to the end of the 4th vein, includ- ing a hyaline subapical spot over the end of the 4th vein, and a basal indentation on the base of the last portion of the 4th vein ; hind cross-vein with a narrow, isolated brown border ; there is also a brown isolated streak on the fore border after the stigma. By uniting along the third vein the apical black spot with the basal one, the pattern of this species becomes very like that of the preceding. A single specimen from Darjiling, 7000 ft., 23-v-Io, caught by Mr. Brunetti. 48. Acidia fossata, Fabricius. (Diane, eS) Fabricius, Syst. Antl., 320, 20 [T'ephritis] (1805) ; Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl., ii, 503, 41 [Trypeta] (1830); Wulp, Cat. describ. Dipt. S. Asia, 192 [?d.} (1896), Tijdschr. v. entom., xli. 216, 3, pl. x, fig. 14 [Anomoea] (1898) and /. c., xlii, 54 and 57 [2d.] (1899).—Elimia, Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, 1033 [Anomoia] (1849) ; Osten-Sacken, Berlin. entom. Zeitschr., xxvi, 227 [Trypeta] (1882). —regularis, Doleschall, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., xvii, 119, 75 [Ortalis] (1859).—fessata, Bigot, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, Ixi, 224 [Trypeta] (1892). A black, well-known species with yellow head and appendages, easily distin- guished by the apical isolated black band of the wings. Scutellum dark reddish at the hind margin and below ; thorax narrowly reddish at the humeri ; all the bristles of body and legs black ; halteres black ; front coxae yellow. The wing-pattern is not correctly figured by Wulp. The brown band along the 1913.] M. Bezzr: Indian Trypaneids (Frwit-Flies). 145 sixth vein is separated from the black central part by an entirely hyaline streak, which is situated in the posterior part of the third posterior cell ; and along the fore border, from the end of the second vein to the apex of the wing, there is a narrow black border which is omitted in Wulp’s figure. The species has a wide distribution in the Oriental Region, being known from Tranquebar, Amboina, Java and the Philippine Islands. In the collection are many specimens from Assam, labelled Urophora rufipes, n. sp., Bigot, MS. ; but Bigot has not published the species. A specimen from Tenasserim, Lower Burma (W. Doherty) (222+) ; 4 specimens from Kulattupuzha, W. base of W. Ghats, Travancore, 19-xi-08, 2 from Shasthancottah, 12 miles N.-N.-E. of Quilon, Travancore, 8-xi-08, and 2 from Sukna, 5000 ft., E. Himalayas, I-vii-08, all caught by Dr. Annandale. 49. Acidia alboscutellata, Wulp. ABl, 32, 10%, 40); Wulp, Tijdschr. v. Entom., xli, 217, 4, pl. x, fig. 15 [ Anomoeal (1898) and xlii, 51 [?d.] (1899). Very like the preceding, but distinguished by the yellow front femora and by the absence of the apical isolated black streak on the wings. Head wholly yellow, the bristles long and black ; antennae, palpi and proboscis yellow and shaped as in the preceding, but the palpi are a little more hairy. Thorax black, with light cinereous pollen ; humeri broadly yellow ; pleura shining black, a little brown and reddish along the sutures ; all the bristles black. Scutellum black, reddish at the hind margin and beneath, as in the preceding. I do rot understand why Wulp has, by the specific name he uses, called the scuteilum white. Apical bristles longer than in the preceding. Halteres black. Abdomen shining black, with very long apical bristles ; ovipositor much shorter, with the apical segment yellow. Legs wholly yellow, only the coxae being blackish. Wing-pattern as figured by Wulp, but the hyaline streak of the third posterior cell reaches the hind margin ; the short black streak after the stigma is connected with the black central portion just over the small cross-vein as in fossata ; the apical border along the wing margin is also as in fossata, and is also shown here in the figure. Wulp has placed this and the preceding species in the genus Anomoea, but I think erroneously, having regard to the very different position of the hind cross-vein ; there is only a resemblance in the wing-pattern. The species was originally described from Sumatra. In the collection is a female only, not well preserved, from Tenasserim, Lower Burma (W. Doherty) (75°). 50. Acidia erythraspis, n. sp.®. (PE FO) Very distinct from the two preceding species by reason of its more elongate wings, the black pattern of which is much more extended, by the entirely red scutellum and the darker legs. Length of the body 5 mm., of the wing 6 mm. 146 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor, Head entirely yellow, of the same shape as in the two preceding, but the frons a little prominent and the cheeks more broad ; antennae the same, the arista shortly pilose ; palpi little developed ; proboscis of usual shape ; bristles long, black. Thorax black, with scarce grey pollen, more shining on the pleura ; humeri reddish, and the pleural sutures also ; all the bristles are long and black ; the scp. black, but weak. Scutellum triangular, flattened, entirely of a red colour ; it bears 4 bristles, the apical pair not much weaker than the basal. Squamulae whitish ; halteres yellow.. Abdomen entirely black and shining ; lateral and apical bristles well-developed, black ; ovipositor as long as in fossata. legs black, the fore coxae also blackish ; fore tibiae entirely yellow, the others towards the end ; tarsi wholly yellow. Wings more elongate and narrow, the first 4 longitudinal veins being therefore not so apart from each other, the 3rd and 4th being parallel outwards ; cross-veins more remote, the small cross-vein being much beyond the middle of the discal cell, but separated from the hind cross-vein by a distance equal to the length of the latter. Base, alula and axillar lobe hyaline ; costal cell hyaline to the stigma, which is wholly black. The rest of the wing is black, with the following hyaline indentations: two are placed towards the middle of the fore margin, and are of triangular shape, with the vertex on the third vein and the base on the costa, which is of a yellow colour at this point ; the first begins just after the stigma, the second is very close to it and a little narrower ; the brown streak dividing these two indentations is placed symmetrically above the small cross-vein. Two other. large and narrow approximate indentations are at the hind margin, just after the tip of the wing. The first is curved as an arch, being parallel to the wing border ; it begins very narrowly in the middle of the sub- marginal cell towards its apex and runs, becoming always more broad, to the hind margin, which it reaches at the end of the 4th vein ; the second is parallel to the first, but a little smaller and shorter, beginning at the third vein and ending at the hind border in the fore half of the second posterior cell. There is a fifth hyaline streak in the posterior part of the third posterior cell, which separates, as in the preceding two species, the brown streak along the sixth vein from the black central part of the wing. There is also a hyaline vertical discal streak running towards the end of the discal cell, just below the small cross-vein ; but this seems to be variable, being wanting in one specimen. Two female specimens ; one typical from Kurseong, 5000 ft., E. Himalayas, 8-vii-08 (#15) ; the other, badly preserved, from the same locality (5774), but of an older collection ; this is without the hyaline discal streak, but otherwise similar. 24, Spheniscomyia, nom. nov. Spheniscus , Becker, Mitteil. Zoolog. Mus. Berlin, iv, 138 [Sphaeniscus] (1908). Kasily distinguished by the bare third vein, the well-developed costal bristle, the approximate cross-veins, by only 2 pairs of lower or., by the black colour of the body and by the pattern of wing, which is very like that of some species of Urophora. Characteristic also is the absence of bristles on the abdomen. 1913. | M. BEZZ1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 147 Becker has characterised the genus well and considers it allied to Acidia, but distinguished by its bare third vein and different head. He calls it erroneously Sphae- niscus, which must be amended to Spheniscus ; but in this form the name is twice preoccupied in zoology, by Brisson, 1760, in birds and by Kirby, 1817, in Coleoptera. I have therefore proposed the new name given above. Head broader than high ; face a little concave, narrower than the frons, which is broad at the vertex and becomes more narrow toward the base of the antennae ; eyes large, almost rounded ; frons a little prominent, the epistome not prominent at all: cheeks narrow ; antennae placed a little below the middle of the eyes, the third joint pubescent, rounded at the tip, twice as long as the second; arista bare or with only microscopic pubescence ; oc. strong ; ov. 2. 2 ; vt. very long ; fut. parallel ; genal bristle strong ; occipital row well-developed, black. Proboscis short ; palpi not large, bristly. Thorax short and convex, entirely black and with complete chaetotaxy ; I mpl. ; pt. strong. Scutellum rounded, convex, with 4 bristles, the apical pair only a little weaker than the basal, converging at the apex. Abdomen short, rounded, convex, distinctly narrowed at the base, without any lateral or apical bristles ; ovipositor long and broad, flattened. Legs short ; front femora below with a row of 4—5 bristles ; middle tibiae with a single spur. Wings of usual shape, with distinct costal bristle ; first vein short, ending far in front of the small cross-vein ; second straight ; 3rd and 4th a little curved ; small cross-vein placed toward the apical fourth of the discal cell, perpendicular, its distance from the hind cross-vein equal to its length ; posterior cross-vein long and perpendi- cular ; third vein bare ; inferior angle of anal cell short and broad, shorter than the second basal cell. Pattern of the wings very characteristic, black, with deep hyaline indentations at fore and hind border, or, to put it in another way, hyaline, with 4 black bands united together at the fore border or in the middle. Type: Trypeta quadrincisa, Wiedemann, 1824. It seems that only two species of this genus are known ; but they have a very wide distribution in South Europe, Africa and Asia, as may be gathered from the numerous synonyms here reported. The two Indian species can be distinguished as follows :— I (2). Hind tibiae black with yellow ends; wings with only three hyaline indentations at the hind margin ac ay .. quadrinctsa, Wied. 2 (1). Hind tibiae entirely yellow; wings with four hyaline indentations at the hind margin ds ot 50 .. sexmaculata, Macq. 51. Spheniscomyia quadrincisa, Wiedemann. CPS Hors?) Wiedemann, Anal. entom., 55, 122 [Trypeta] (1824) and Auss. Zweifl., il. 508, 50 [ed.] (1830) ; Schiner, Dipt. Novara Reise, 264, 99 [Acidia] (1868) ; Osten-Sacken, Annal Mus. civ. Genova, xvi. 459 [id.] (1881) ; Wulp, Cat. describ. Dipt. S. Asia, 189 [¢d.] (1896).—brevicauda, Becker, Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin, iv, 138, 401, pl. iii, fig. 42[Sphaeniscus] (1908).—/filiola, Loew, Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturwiss , xxxiv, 12, I [Aciura] (1869).—Tucia, Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, 1021 [Trypeta] (1849). —Tacia Wulp, 148 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. OLIS Cat. describ. Dipt. S. Asia, 192 [id.] (1896).—parvula, Wulp, Termesz. Füzet., xx, 141, 20, pl. ili, fig 2 [Euxesta] (1897); Meijere, Tijdschr. v. Entom., 41, 126 [id.] (1908) : Hendel, Ann. Mus. nat. hung., vii, 172, 12 [Acidia] (1909). A short black species, with yellow head and appendages, with black wings, the base and four indentations being hyaline. All the bristles are black. Squamulae whitish, halteres light yellow. The hind tibiae seem to be variable in colour, as Loew and Becker describe them as entirely yellow. There is also in some specimens a slight trace of the smaller hyaline indenta- tion of the hind margin of the wings, characteristic of the following species. If the above synonymy is right, as I think, the species is known from Spain, from Teneriffe, from India and Ceylon and from Java and the Nicobar Islands. The collection includes three female specimens from Balugaon, Puri: Dist., Orissa, 14-xii-08 (J. Caunter) (84458818) and one caught at light by Mr. Gravely in Diamond Harbour—Calcutta train, 4-xii-10. 52. Spheniscomyia sexmaculata, Macquart. MASS, ER, HR): Macquart, Mem. Soc. Lille, 1842, 379. 2, pl. 30, fig. 5 [Urophora] (1843). —atilia, Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., iv, 1021 [Trypeta] (1849); Wulp, Cat. describ. Dipt. S. Asia, 189 [Acidia] (T896).— melaleuca, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc., vii, 238, 40 [Trypeta] (1864); Osten-Sacken, Aunal. Mus. civ. Genova, xvi, 459 [Acidia] (1888) and Berlin. entom. Zeitschr., xxvi, 227 [id.] (1882). —sanctae-mariae, Bigot, Bull. Soc. ent. France (3) vii, 548, pl. 13, fig. 3 [Ortalis] (1859); Hendel, Ann. Mus, Nat. hung., vil, 172, 12 [Acidia] (1909).—melania, Bezzi, Denkschr. med.-naturwiss. Ges. Jena, xili, 193, 34, fig. 3 [Acidia] (1908).—sexincisa, Thomson, Dipt. Eugen. Resa, 579, 252 [Trypeta] (1868). —formosana, Enderlein, Zoolog. Jahrbüch., xxxi, 427, fig. H [7d.] (1911). Very like the preceding, but distinct in having four (not three) hyaline indentations at the hind margin of the wings. The hyaline indentation characteristic of this species is shorter than the others, beginning only at the fifth vein, while the others begin at the fourth or at the third (the apical). The hind tibiae seems to be also variable, from wholly yellow to yellow with blackened base. I think that the above synonymy is doubtless correct ; atılia, melaleuca and sexin- cisa are quite certain ; the description of sexmaculata, Macquart, also agrees well, only the figure shows the indentations of the fore border much smaller. Of sanctae- mariae, Bigot says that the antennae are black, but in the coloured figure they are yellow ; the figure shows a hyaline spot at the fore border before the stigma, which is absent in my specimens, which have only a thin hyaline streak at this point. My melania is also the same species, only the antennae are described as darker. _ The species is therefore known from South Africa, from Madagascar and Bour- bon I., from China and from Celebes, Ceram, the Philippines and Formosa. In the collection are many specimens from Calcutta collected in the months January, April and November, one from Rajshai, FE. Bengal, 1—6-1i-07, by Dr. Annan- dale ; one from Naini Tal, Kumaon, 6000 ft., 5-vi-09. There are also four specimens 1913. | M. BEZZI: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit- Flies). 149 collected at Batavia, 27-vi—0-viti-06 by Mr. Brunetti ; an additional specimen is from Sibu, Sarawak, 2-vii-10, coll. Beebe. 25. Aciura, Robineau-Desvoidy. Rob.-Desv., Essai sur les Myodaires, 773, xiii (1830). Allied to the preceding, but distinguished from it and from the others by the presence of only the basal pair of scutellar bristles, the apical being entirely wanting ; the pubescence of the thorax is black. Head broader than high ; eyes large, rounded ; face a little concave ; frons and epistome not prominent ; antennae inserted toward the middle of the eyes, the third joint rounded, the arista pubescent or almost bare ; cheeks narrow ; frons not much narrowed forwards ; proboscis short, palpi bristly ; oc. strong ; or. 2. 3 or 1.3, genal bristle strong. The occipital row seems to be variable, a feature which shows in my opinion that the genus is still composed of heterogeneous elements ; in the typical species the bristles are black and thin ; in some American species (insecta, phoeni- cura} ' are all yellow and thin ; in one of the Indian species here described, those on the vertex {4) are yellow, short and stout, the others are black. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete ; ff. strong and only I strong mpl. Scutellum convex, bearing only the basal pair of bristles. Abdomen narrowed at the base, con- vex, with or without small apical and lateral bristles ; ovipositor variable, short and broad, flattened, or long and narrow, less flattened, or very long, longer than the abdomen. Front femora bristly below ; middle tibiae with a single spur. ji Wings elongate, with the costal bristle more or less developed ; first vein very short ; 4th curved in the middle of the last portion, 3rd bare ; the cross-veins perpendi- cular and approximate, the small one is placed in the apical third or fourth of the discal cell ; inferior angle of the anal cell more or less drawn out into a point, which is always short. Pattern of the wing somewhat variable, but the wings usually black, with hyaline indentations and hyaline discal spots; in the middle of the fore border, aiter the stigma, there are usually two hyaline triangular indentations, while in Spheniscomvia only one is present. Type: Musca coryli, Rossi, 1700. The species of this genus are not common. Of the Palaearctic species only coryli, rotundiventris and tibialis are typical ; alacris, caloptera and winnertzi shows a different wing-pattern ; filiola is described as having 4 scutellar bristles, and belongs to Sphe- niscomyia, as stated above. The two Indian species before me are distinguished as follows :— I. (2). Put. and superior occipital bristles black; frons bearing in the middle very few pale hairs; ovipositor narrow, as long as the abdomen do at a 0 .. monochaeta, n. sp. ! These two species, having yellow pubescence on thorax, are perhaps better placed in the new genus Tephrella. 150 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More 2. (1). Pvt. and the two superior occipital bristles pale yellowish; frons in the middle clothed with short and thick whitish hairs; ovi- positor broader, shorter than the abdomen as .. xanthotricha, n. sp. 53. Aciura monochaeta, n.sp.?. (Pl. x, fig. 54). A black species with yellow head, antennae, tibiae and tarsi, only a pair of superior or., very long ovipositor, and wings black, the base being also black, the axillar lobe hyaline with 6 indentations and 2 discal spots whitish-hyaline. Length of the body 4 mm., of the ovipositor 3 mm. Head yellow, with some grey pollen ; all the bristles black, including those of the occipital row which are scarce and weak ; put. very weak ; only a pair of superior or. ; frons in the middle with a few pale thick hairs ; antennae yellow, the third joint being twice as long as the second ; arista pubescent, the hairs being longer than in the Euro- pean species. Thorax shining black, with scarce greyish pollen ; humeri and pleura entirely black ; scutellum also wholly black, rather developed, triangular ; all the bristles are black. Squamulae dark ; halteres light yellow. Abdomen coloured like the thorax, elongate, narrowed at the base, convex in the middle, without bristles ; ovipositor as long as the abdomen, or longer if the apical joint is included, convex, narrow, with short black pubescence and small yellow apical style. Legs with black coxae and femora, the tarsi darkened towards the tip ; hind tibiae with the two basal thirds black ; front femora bearing only 2 bristles beneath at the apex. Wings blackened to the extreme base, only the alula and the axillar lobe being hyaline. There are the following 6 indentations. One very small in the base of the costal cell, after the humeral cross-vein, extending below to the third vein. The second and third are placed toward the middle of the fore border, just after the stigma, and are close together ; they are of triangular shape, the first has the vertex on the third vein, the second is smaller and shorter and does not touch the third vein ; the costa is yellow in correspondence with the bases of these triangles, and the vertex of the second triangle is over the small cross-vein. The three other indentations are at the hind margin, and equidistant from each other ; the first is in the base of the second posterior cell, with the apex before the superior end of the hind cross-vein ; the second is in the apex of the third posterior cell with the apex on the fifth vein ; the third is in the base of the same cell with the apex on the same vein, and is therefore longer. The two hyaline rounded spots are: one in the middle of the base of the first posterior cell, a little beyond the posterior cross-vein ; the second towards the end of the discal cell, just below the small cross-vein. All these spots and indentations are of a white colour ; the axillar lobe is greyish hyaline, except in the middle where it is white. Costal bristle very minute ; stigma black, with its superior external angle yellow ; small cross-vein close to the hind cross-vein, being at a distance from it which is a little greater than its own length. : A single female from Calcutta, 5-i-08 (2442). 1913.] M. Bezz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Fles). I5I 54. Aciura xanthotricha, n. sp. ®. (Pl. x, fig. 55). Very like the preceding, but smaller and distinguished by the pale yellow pui. and superior occipital bristles ; and by the shorter ovipositor. Length of the body 3 mm., of the ovipositor 2 mm. This species is identical with the preceding in all the particulars of colour and pattern of the wings. The pui. are not longer than the other 4 pale yellowish superior occipital bristles ; these 6 yellow bristles are similar in colour and thickness to those which are characteristic of the section Trypaneininae, and are also obtuse at the end ; the other bristles of the occipital row are black and thin. Arista with only microscopic pubescence. The pale yellowish pile of the frons are more developed and numerous, recalling those which are so developed in the American insecta, where they also cover the thorax, which in the present species shows no trace of such hairs. The ovipositor is distinctly shorter, broader and more flattened. Wing-pattern identical ; the only difference which I can see is in the first indentations in the costal cell, which in one specimen is much smaller but distinct, while in the other is entirely wanting. Two female specimens, both not well preserved, the type from Dhikata, Gharwal Dist.. W. Himalayas, U. P., 9-v-og (148%); the other from Tenasserim, Lower Burma (W. Doherty) (154). Very striking is the difference in the postvertical and occipital bristles in these two species, which are almost identical in other particulars. 3. Section Trypaneininae. 26. Tephrella, n. gen. Very like Aciura and bearing also only the basal pair of bristles on the scutellum, but differing in the bristles of the occipital row being entirely pale yellowish and in the thorax being clothed with pale pubescence. Head broader than high : frons and epistome not prominent ; face a little con- cave, with a light longitudinal keel in the middle ; cheeks rather broad ; eyes rounded ; antennae inserted a little over the middle of the eyes, the third joint 15 times as long as the second, rounded at the tip, pubescent, not reaching the epistome, with bare arista ; proboscis short ; palpi bristly ; oc. well developed ; or. 2. 3 ; genal bristle well developed ; bristles of the occipital row well developed and entirely pale yellowish. Thorax with yellow pubescence and complete chaetotaxy ; pi. strong, I mpl. Scutellum with only the basal pair of bristles. Abdomen with the bristles less devel- oped ; ovipositor flattened, long and narrow. Front femora with a row of bristles beneath ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; hind tibiae almost bare. Wings narrow and elongate, with distinct costal bristle ; first vein short ; 2nd, 3rd and 4th straight, the third bare and parallel with the 4th ; cross-veins perpendicular, close together ; the small one placed after the middle of the discal cell ; inferior angle of the anal cell broad and pointed, but not drawn out into a point and shorter than 152 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. II, the second basal cell. Wing-pattern as in typical Acura, with hyaline indentations (two at the fore border) and discal spots. Type: the following new species. The present genus is one of those which link the two tribes Ceratitininae and Trypaneininae ; it is very probable that many species described as Acıura, such as the Neotropical ensecta and phoenicura, belong here. 55. Tephrella decipiens, n. sp. ?. GPL 5e) ie SO) A black species with yellow head, thorax densely covered with grey pollen and shining abdomen ; the wings are black with hyaline base, 6 hyaline indentations (2 at fore and 4 at hind border) and 3 discal spots. Length 5 mm., with the ovipositor, which is 13 mm. long. Head yellow, the cheeks remarkably silvery white and shining ; antennae, palpi and proboscis yellow, all the bristles dark yellowish, those of the occipital row whitish ; occiput black with grey pollen. Thorax black, but on the back covered by dense yellowish pollen, which on the pleurae is lighter and grey, the pleura being also more black and a little shining ; the bristles are of a dark yellowish colour, like those of the head ; the yellowish hairs are rather long and directed backwards. Scutellum coloured like the thorax, the two bristles very long and black at the base. Squamulae dark, halteres yellow. Abdomen shining black with short pale pubescence ; ovipositor as long as the last four segments, black-haired. Coxae dark, the 4 posterior femora black ; the front femora yellow, but black on the upper side; tibiae and tarsi yellow ; front femora with 3 very long bristles beneath. Wings broadly hyaline at the base to the stigma and to the basal cross-veins ; there is a black spot on the costa at the upper end of the humeral cross-vein ; the veins are yellow in this hyaline portion ; the stigma black, with a small yellowish spot at the basal lower angle. The six hyaline indentations are disposed as follows : two approached together in the middle of the fore border, just after the stigma ; they are of equal size and of triangular shape, with the broad rounded vertex on the third vein ; the brown streak dividing these two indentations is placed before the small cross- vein and becomes paler towards the costa, the separation at the base being therefore not very sharp ; the costa is yellow in correspondence with the bases of these hyaline triangles, and the second vein also is yellow in the hyaline space and black in the black streak. The other four indentations are placed at the hind margin ; 2 are in the second posterior cell, one on the base, large and triangular, with the vertex to- wards the superior end of the hind cross-vein, the other on the middle, much smaller and in the shape of a rounded spot. The other 2 are placed in the third posterior cell, approached together, of almost equal size, with the vertex on the fifth vein. The three discal rounded spots are: one in the first posterior cell, a little beyond the hind cross-vein ; and two in the discal cell, one, the larger, towards the base below the stigma, the other, which is smaller, below the small cross-vein. Anal cell hyaline, with dark- 1913. ] - M. BEzzr : Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 153 ened lower angle, and an intensely black spot on the upper angle. The hyaline portions are of a whitish colour, but those on the hind margin are more greyish; axillar lobe grey. Two female specimens, the type from Darjiling, 7000 ft., 27-v-10, caugh Brunetti (£024) ; the other from Kurseong, 5000 ft., E. Himalayas, 8-vii-08 (5 ro ct A] {co LA 27. Tephrostola, n. gen. Distinguished from the preceding by the 4 scutellar bristles and from Acıdia by the bare third vein, the pale hairs of the thorax and the whitish bristles of the occi- pital row. Head as in the preceding ; antennae very short, reaching the middle of the face, the third joint rounded, a little longer than the second, with a pubescent arista ; cheeks narrow ; oc. strong ; 07. 2. 3 ; the genal bristles and those of the occipital row are strong. Thoracic chaetotaxy complete, as in the preceding, the pale hairs of the thorax well-developed ; scutellum with four bristles, those of the apical pair shorter and crossed. Abdomen without bristles or with less developed apical bristles in the male ; ovipositor flattened, long, triangular. Legs with a row of bristles on the front femora, a single spur on the middle tibiae and the hind tibiae almost bare. Wings broad and short, with well developed and often double costal bristle ; wing veins directed as in the preceding, but the cross-veins more or less approached, the small one being always placed after the middle of the discal cell; third vein bare. Pattern of the wing like that of Aciura. Type: Trypeta acrostacta, Wiedemann, 1824. It is very probable that some species of Acidia and Acıura belong here, having pale pubescence on the thorax and whitish occipital bristles, as my African species caeca, cyclopıca and tephronota. It is also probable that the present genus is the same as Platensina, Enderlein, 1911. In the collection are 2 species of this genus, which may be distinguished as follows :— 1 (2). Thorax yellow at the sides; halteres and legs yellow ; wings with a hyaline spot at the tip between the ends of the 3rd and 4th longitudinal veins ; cross-veins less approximate. .. acrostacta, Wied. 2 (1). Thorax black on the sides; halteres and femora black; wings without apical spot and with the cross-veins more approxi- mate. oe AS te os .. reinhardi, Wied. 56. Tephrostola acrostacta, Wiedemann. PME 6577)! Wiedemann, Anal. entom., 54, 119 [Zrypeta] (1824) and Auss. Zweill., ii. 501, 39 [id.] (1830) — guttata, Macquart, Mem. Soc. Lille, 1842, 387, I. pl. 31, f. 10 [Ensina] (1843). A black species, the thorax with dense grey pollen and with yellow sides, very distinct by reason of the colouration of the cheeks in the male and the apical spot of the wings in both sexes. 154 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More Antennae, proboscis and palpi yellow ; the female has the face and the cheeks entirely yellow like the rest ; the male has the face and cheeks of a velvety black colour, with a broad cinereous cross-band on the inferior portion of the face and an argenteous spot on the cheeks below the inferior corner of the eye ; the third antennal joint in the male is moreover infuscated at the end. The bristles of the head and thorax are dark vellowish, those of the occipital row are very thick and whitish. Pleurae of the male with cinereous pollen, those of the female lighter yellow. Abdomen shining black, narrowly reddish at the base in both sexes. Coxae yellow ; hind femora of the male a little infuscated. Wing-pattern as described by Wiedemann ; there are often supernumerary hyaline spots in the third posterior cell and at the end of the marginal and submarginal cells. The spots are of a whitish colour ; the axillar lobe is blackish, with a marginal whitish spot in the middle. The present species has also wings entirely black to the extreme base ; the stigma is black, unspotted. There are two very strong costal bristles. Wiedemann describes the species from India, where it seems to be very common ; the collection includes many specimens from Puri, Orissa, 4—7-xii-08 (J. Caunter) ; Moulmein, I. Burma, i—iii-08 (N. Annandale) ; Calcutta, ii—v;, Ranchi (Irvine) ; Khoolna, E. Bengal, 10-viti-07 ; and from Sikkim, Kuyvett coll. Macquart records the species from Coromandel. 57. Tephrostola reinhardi, Wiedemann. Wiedemann, Anal. entom., 54, 121 [Tvypeta] (1824) and Auss. Zweifl., ii, 507, 48 [14.] (1830). Distinguished from the preceding by the black colour of the thorax, halteres and femora, and by the different pattern of the wing, which has no hyaline discal spots, but only the base, axillar lobe and 5 indentations hyaline. Head yellow, with dark yellowish bristles and conspicuous whitish occipital row ; frons narrower than in the preceding. Cinereous pollen of the thorax light, pleurae shining, a little reddish along the sutures and at the humeri. Squamulae and halteres blackish. Abdomen shining black, not reddish at the base. Wing with distinct but simple costal bristle ; small cross-vein at a distance from the hind cross-vein equal to its own length. Pattern as described by Wiedemann ; the two hyaline triangular indentations of the fore border are very large ; axillar lobe hyaline ; base hyaline, but. with a conspicuous black border along the costa in the costal cell; stigma short, black. A single specimen from Calcutta, without date of capture (2532). 28. Paralleloptera, n. gen. Very distinct from all the other genera by reason of its slender body and legs and by the wings being narrow and elongate, with parallel margins, obtuse at the tip, without prolonged anal cell and with very peculiar pattern. Head as broad as high, frons becoming narrower in front and face also narrowed ; eyes rounded ; epistome and frons not prominent ; cheeks narrow ; antennae very 1913. | M. BEzz1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 155 short, inserted a little below the middle of the eyes, the third joint rounded at the tip, with short pubescent arista. Oc. strong ; or. 2. 3 ; occipital row very strong, whitish ; put. divergent ; genal bristle well developed ; proboscis short, palpi bristly. Thorax with pale pubescence and complete chaetotaxy ; mpl. 2; pt. strong. Scutellum with four bristles, the middle pair short and crossed. Abdomen very slender and elongate ; ovipositor flattened, short, triangular. Legs long and slender, the first tarsal joint elongate ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; hind tibiae almost bare. Wings of a very characteristic shape, being long and narrow, with entirely parallel sides and obtuse apex ; costal bristle small, but distinct ; first vein long ; stigma very long ; 2nd, 3rd and 4th veins straight and parallel ; third vein bare ; cross-veins perpendicular, the smaller placed after the middle of the discal cell, but not very close to the hind cross-vein ; anal cell small, with the inferior angle not prolonged. The wings are wholly darkened, with a narrow hyaline hind border and very numerous small subhyaline dots. Type : the following new species. This genus shows a striking resemblance to the American genus Pterocalla, both in wing shape and pattern. The African 7rypeta ulula, Loew, certainly belongs here, and Loew placed it lately in Pferocalla (the head was wanting in his specimen) ; but Hendel in the ‘“ Genera Insectorum ’’ has stated that it is a true Trypaneid. It seems very probable that Walker’s Trypeta adatha is the same species. 58, Paralleloptera pterocallaeformis, n. sp. ?. (PESTE oi) Very near P. ulula, Loew, but distinguished by having four black spots in the last two segments of the abdomen and more hyaline spots in the second posterior cell. Length of the body 5 mm., of wing 5 mm. Head yellow ; the occiput black with grey pollen; antennae, palpi and proboscis yellow ; the bristles dark yellowish, those of the occipital row pale whitish. Thorax black, covered with cinereous pollen, with the humeri and the pleura yellow ; on the back there is a pale pubescence. The bristles are dark yellow, those on the pleura of much paler colour. Scutellum like the thorax. Halteres yellowish. Abdomen very elongate and narrow, entirely pale yellow, little shining, with pale pubescence and without bristles ; the two last segments bear each in the middle a pair of black rounded spots. Ovipositor reddish, shining, with short hairs, as long as the three last abdominal segments. Legs slender and long, entirely pale yellow, with pale pubescence. Wings with yellow costa and black veins. ‘They are entirely brownish black, only the axillar lobe and the hind half of the third posterior cell being cinereous-hyaline in the shape of a streak extending from the base of the wings to the end of the 5th vein ; stigma long, dark, with two hyaline dots. In the costal and marginal cells along the costa the spots are larger and hyaline ; the others have numerous smaller dots of yellowish colour, disposed in regular rows, one in the marginal, two in the submarginal, two in the first posterior and first basal, and two in the discal cells; second posterior 156 Memotrs of the Indian Museum. [Wor JUNE, cell with 4 subhyaline spots placed along the hind margin of the wing. The grey hind portion of the wing shows two rows of larger and more hyaline spots. A single female specimen from Dharampur, 5000 ft., Simla Hills, 14-v-08 IN. Annandale) (232°), and another from Bhowali, Kumaon, 5700 ft., June roro (A. D. Imms). | 29 Craspedoxantha, n. gen. Easily distinguished from the preceding genera by its entirely yellow body, black spotted thorax and hyaline wings with yellow longitudinal rays. Head as high as broad ; frons and epistome a little prominent ; face concave, very short, the narrow cheeks appearing therefore to be produced below ; mouth opening very broad ; proboscis short, palpi bristly ; antennae inserted toward the middle of the eyes, rather long, reaching the epistome, the third joint rounded at tip, pubescent, 14 times as long as the second, which is rather elongate; arista with microscopic pubescence. Oc. strong ; or. I. 3, accompanied by a row of short hairs on the eye margin ; put. parallel ; bristles of the occipital row all yellow, but neither long nor thick, pointed ; genal bristle strong. Thorax with yellow pubescence and complete chaetotaxy ; scutellum with 4 bristles, those of the apical pair touching at the end. Abdomen contracted towards the base, with short but abundant lateral bristles ; ovipositor flattened, broad, short. Legs short and robust ; front femora with a row of very strong bristles ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; hind tibiae with a very developed row of short equidistant bristles. Wings long and narrow, with a short but distinct costal bristle. Stigma long ; first vein long, reaching the small cross-vein ; 2nd long, straight ; third bare, strongly curved below towards the end, the first posterior cell being therefore narrowed at the end ; 4th almost straight ; small cross-vein placed after the middle of the discal cell, perpendicular, not much approached to the hind cross-vein, which is oblique ; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out into a narrow and long point, longer than the second basal cell. Wing-pattern consisting of yellow longitudinal rays, one of which is placed along the fore border. Type : the following new species. This genus seems to be allied to Xanthorrhachis in the group Acidia, but is placed here on account of the pale pubescence of the thorax. In the pattern of the wings it approaches the American genus Xanthacrona, which belongs to the Pterocallinae in the family Ortalidae. The resemblance between this and the preceding genus and the American Pterocallinae, which show perhaps natural affinity, is very notable. ‘The Trypeta marginalis of Wiedemann, from Cape of Good Hope, in all probability belongs Here 59. Craspedoxantha octopunctata, n. sp. 2. CPL >, 18, So) A handsome yellow species, with 8 black dots on the thorax, a broad yellow border along the whole fore margin of the wing and a yellow ray Mons the 5th vein, Length 6 mm., including the ovipositor, which measures I} mm. ORS | M. BEzZzZ1: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 157 Head wholly yellow, the occiput opaque and covered with grey pollen, the face and frons shining, especially the last, which is highly polished ; all the bristles are yellow, those of the occipital row short and thin. _ Antennae, palpi, and proboscis yellow. Thorax wholly yellow, with pale pubescence and yellow bristles : on the back it is dark ferruginous, a broad notopleural band is light yellow, the pleura are also paler. The black dots are: two pairs in the middle after the suture, shining, bearing the prsc. and the dc. ; two on each side in the notopleural depression, larger and velvety-opaque, one below the prst., the other before the first sa. ; besides there is another black spot below the post-alar callus and one smaller at the root of the wings. Scutellum like the thorax, but without black spots; halteres and squamulae yellowish. Abdomen entirely reddish yellow, with pale pubescence and numerous but short yellow bristles on the sides. Ovipositor shining reddish, as long as the three last abdominal seg- ments. Legs wholly yellow ; front femora below with 5-6 very long and strong bristles ; hind tibial row very developed, the bristles being black, and disposed like a comb. Wings wholly hyaline, with yellow veins ; the stigma long, entirely yellow, of the same colour as the costal band. Costal band extending in almost equal width from the base to the tip of the wing ; it reaches below the third vein, but just after the small cross-vein leaves a narrow hyaline streak in the middle of the submarginal cell. The colour of this costal border is light yellow, but it includes some dark spots, one lighter in the costal cell and two darker towards the end of the marginal cell ; the arcuate tip, from the end of the second to the end of the third vein, is, moreover, blackened. The yellow posterior ray begins in the anal cell and runs along the fifth vein, being much broader below than above ; at the apex it rejoins the hind margin of the wing ; its colour is paler yellow than the fore border. A single female specimen from the Dawna Hills, 2000—3000 ft., I. Burma, 2-iii- 08 (N. Annandale). . 30. Sphenella, Robineau-Desvoidy. Rob.-Desv., Essai sur les Myodaires, 773, xiv (1830) Distinguished by the prominent epistome, the long and geniculate proboscis, the 4 bristles of the scutellum and the banded wings with very approximate cross-veins. Head broader than high ; the frons rather long and depressed, broad, prominent ; face short and very concave, the epistome strongly prominent and cut off; antennae inserted below the middle of the eyes, reaching the epistome, the third joint a little shorter than twice the second, a little pointed at the upper corner ; arista bare ; pro- boscis long, geniculate ; palpi not bristly. Oc. strong; or. 1. 2; put. divergent ; bristles of the occipital row strong, whitish ; genal bristle less developed. Thorax with paler pubescence and complete chaetotaxy, but the scp. less distinct ; only a strong mpl. Scutellum with four bristles of almost equal size, the apical pair crossed, at least at the end. Abdomen with apical bristles ; ovipositor short and flattened. Legs short and strong ; front femora with a less developed row of bristles beneath ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; hind tibiae with some short hairs. Wings narrow and elongate with small costal bristle ; first vein short, not reaching 158 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor.. III, the small cross-vein ; 2nd, 3rd and 4th veins almost straight, 3rd and 4th parallel, 3rd bare ; cross-veins very approximate, the small cross-vein being separated from the hind cross-vein by a distance less than its own length ; inferior angle of the anal cell drawn out into a short and broad point, as long as the second basal cell. Pattern of the wings very characteristic, with a complete cross-band in the middle. Type : Tephritis marginata, Fallen, 1820. With this genus begins a series of genera which are often difficult to distinguish : I have followed here the usual division, based sometimes only upon the characters of the pattern of the wings. 60. Sphenella indica, Schiner. (Bl 12200)" Schiner, Dipt. Novara Reise, 267, 110 (1868). Very near the European marginata, but distinguished by the unspotted stigma and the darker pattern of the wings. Thoracic and scutellar bristles black ; beneath the black nl. there are two weaker yellow bristles. Abdomen with rich yellow pubescence ; the apical bristles black. Squamulae whitish, halteres yellowish. Legs entirely yellow. Costal cell black, with two yellowish hyaline spots at the two ends ; stigma entirely black ; a conspicu- ous yellowish hyaline spot just after the stigma, but the median band besides this shows only 2 or 3 small yellowish dots ; in Schiner’s description these dots are more numerous. ‘There is a brown spot in the middle of the 5th vein, and another which is paler on the 6th vein. Schiner describes the species from Madras ; in the collection is a single specimen without head from Puri, Orissa, 20 —2I-1-08 (5535). 31. Oxyna, Robineau-Desvoidy. Rob.-Desv., Essai sur les Myodaires, 755, iii (1830). Very near the preceding, but distinct by reason of the cross-veins being not so approximate and the pattern of the wings reticulate not banded (and in the species here described by the absence of the apical scutellar bristles). Head broader than high, long and depressed ; face short and concave, the epistome prominent ; antennae as in the preceding ; proboscis long and geniculate, often very long and slender ; palpi with some bristles at end. Oc. well developed ; or. 1. 2 (in the species here described) ; occipital row well developed. Thorax with pale pubescence and complete chaetotaxy ; scutellar bristles 4 or 2, the apical bristles being sometimes very small. Abdomen slender, with short bristles and short flattened ovipositor. Legs as in the preceding, but slender. Wings narrow and elongate, with small costal bristle ; first vein not reaching the small cross-vein ; cross-vein less approximate, the distance of the small cross-vein from the hind cross-vein always greater than the length of the same vein. Pattern of the wings reticulate, sometimes very little developed. Type: Tephritis absinthi, Fabricius, 1805. 1913.] M. Bezzi: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 159 Of the two species here described, the first shows more resemblance to the genus Ensina, in which it and the allied species are often placed. But at present I prefer to leave it in Oxyna, the genus Ensina being restricted to the single species sonchi, which is distinguished by the very depressed head, hyaline wings with the first vein reaching the small cross-vein and the body partly yellow. The two species are very easy to distinguish :— I (2). Proboscis very long and slender, the terminal portion being as long as the basal; abdomen grey with black spots; wings with less marked pattern and rather diffuse reticulation. .. sororcula, Wied. 2 (1). Proboscis shorter and thicker, the terminal portion shorter than the basal; abdomen shining black; wings with intensive pattern 08 00 so 30 no) GOD » Ws SO 61. Oxyna sororcula, Wiedemann. (EL, se ime, On) Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl., ii, 509, 52 [Trypeta] (1830); Becker, Mitteil. Zool. Museum Berlin, iv, 144, 420 (1908).— vacillans, Wollaston, Ann. Mag. N. Hist. (3) i, 115 [Ensina] (1858): Bezzi, Bull. Soc. entom. ital., xxxix, 159, 217 |id.] (1908).—varupennis, Wulp, Termesz. Fiizet., xx, 143, 28, pl. ili, f. 3-4 [Leptomyza] (1897) ; Czerny, Wien. entom. Zeit., xxi, 256 (1902) and xxv, 254, fig. I—2 (1906). This species is very like the European elongatula, but is distinguished by the un- spotted stigma and the more diffuse reticulation of the wings. Thorax, scutellum and abdomen entirely grey, the abdominal black spots more or less distinct. Bristles black ; ovipositor shining black. The wing-pattern more or less dark, often very light. This species seems to have a wide distribution in warm countries ; Wiedemann described it originally from Teneriffe, where Becker found it very common ; Wollas- ton records the species from Madeira and I have seen numerous specimens from Erythraea, East Africa ; the species is also found in Egypt. Van der Wulp describes . his variipennis from Ceylon, and I think that the synonymy is right, because Czerny compares the species with elongatula. The Central American species ficciola, Bigot ( =aurifera, Thoms. and humilis, Loew), which is placed in Ensina by American writers, is an allied form ; but it seems to be distinct in having always a pair of very small but distinct apical bristles on the scutellum, which in the present species are only found exceptionally. The collection includes numerous specimens from Rajshai, E. Bengal, I—6-1i-07 (N. Annandale) ; Puri, Orissa, 18—19-i-08 (N. Annandale) ; Calcutta, ii-08 (id.) ; Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4000-4400 ft., May, 1909 (J. T. Jenkins) ; Kufri, Simla Hills, 8000 ft., II-v-09 (N. Annandale) ; Karmater, Bengal, 23-x-09 (C. A. Paiva). i 62, Oxyna parca, n.sp.s 2. (PME 162)! A small dark species, with grey thorax, shining black abdomen and black wings with about 17 hyaline spots. Length 2}—2} mm. Head yellow ; occiput black with grey pollen ; a whitish border along the eyes ; 160 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Mor, 2307, antennae, palpi and proboscis yellow ; arista shortly pubescent ; or. 1. 2 ; bristles black ; occipital row well developed, whitish. Thorax with densely grey pollination, the pleura yellowish ; pale pubescence well- developed ; bristles black, some yellow on the pleura ; scutellum like the thorax, with only the basal pair of bristles. Squamulae white, halteres yellowish. Abdomen shining black, with black bristles ; ovipositor black, and more shining than the abdo- men. legs with the coxae entirely yellow. Wings black, with hyaline base and entirely black stigma. There are the following hyaline spots along the fore border : one before the stigma, with another smaller one just below ; a row of three in the marginal cell, that of the middle being of larger size and having another spot below, from which it is divided only by the second vein. Two spots are at the tip, one, larger, between the ends of the 3rd and 4th veins, and one smaller just above the end of the 3rd vein. At the hind margin: two in the second posterior cell, the second being larger and three in the third posterior cell, the third being of larger size. The discal spots are: one in the first basal and one in the first posterior cell, at equal distance from the small cross-vein ; two in the discal cell, one greater in contact with that of the first basal cell and one smaller on the lower external angle, in contact with the first of the three spots of the third posterior cell. A single pair from Calcutta, 2-1x-07 and 9-x-07 (272%, 3747), This species belongs to a small well-characterized group, distinguished by the black abdomen, black wings with only a few hyaline spots and the apical scutellar bristles wanting. Of these species, /v7stis, Loew, has more spots at the tip of the wing and therefore the black pattern is here radiate ; semiatra, Ioew, has a hyaline spot in the first posterior cell after the small cross-vein ; parce-guttata, Becker, is very like the present species, but shows two hyaline discal spots in the first posterior cell ; mar- garitifera, Bezzi, has a spotted stigma and more numerous hyaline spots. The first and third of these species are Mediterranean, the second and fourth Ethiopian. The collection includes, in addition, a single specimen, without head, of a species from Theog, Simla Hills, 8000 ft., 13-v-09 (N. Annandale), which seems to be allied to the European fessellata. 32. Campiglossa, Rondani. Rondani, Bull. Soc. entom. ital., ii, 121 (1870). Distinguished by the robust cinereous black-spotted body, by the short but geni- culate proboscis, its apical portion being thick and membranous, and by the radiating pattern of the wings. Head broader than high, frons and epistome prominent ; cheeks rather broad : border of the mouth fringed with short and thick whitish hairs ; eyes rather narrowed ; frons broad, with the lunula greatly developed ; antennae placed below the middle of the eyes, with the third joint a little pointed and almost bare arista ; oc. strong ; 07. 2. 2; occipital row very strong ; occiput below with many whitish thick bristly hairs ; genal bristle less distinct ; palpi bristly ; proboscis thick, with the terminal portion cubitate but short and thick. 1013.] M. Bezzı: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 161 Thorax with pale pubescence and complete chaetotaxy ; scutellum with 4 bristles. ‚Abdomen bristly ; ovipositor short, flattened. Legs robust, the front femora with a row of bristles developed beneath ; middle tibiae with a single spur ; hind tibiae not pectinate. Wings broad, with small costal bristle ; first vein reaching the small cross-vein ; 2nd, 3rd and 4th veins straight, 3rd bare and parallel with the 4th ; small cross-vein after the middle of the discal cell, but not much approached ; lower angle of the anal cell drawn out into a short and broad point, shorter than the second basal cell. Type: Tephritis irrorata, Fallen, 1814. If the other species of Tephritis with a radiating wing-pattern can be conveniently placed here, Rondani’s name Campiglossa, 1870, must be used in place of Euaresta, Loew, 1873. 63. Campiglossa cribellata, n. sp. 4. (RIEExe shige: 63) A handsome robust species very near ivvorata, but distinguished by the black orbital bristles, and separated from grandinata, Rondani, by the radiated pattern of the tip of the wing. Length 44 mm. Entirely cinereous, whitish on the head, frons with a geminate ferruginous spot above the lunula ; antennae dark yellow, palpi paler, proboscis darkened ; oc., or. and vt. black, but the superior ov. and the other vertical and occipital bristles whitish, those of the row very strong ; very conspicuous are the whitish bristly hairs of the inferior portion of the head. Thorax entirely grey, with well developed yellow pubescence and black bristles ; black round spots are on the insertion of the frsct., dc. and prst.; and on the insertion of the sa. are smaller and less distinct. Pleura with long yellow hairs and a row of whitish bristles on the hind border of the mesopleura ; below the humeral bristle and before the prothoracic stigma are dense tufts of bristly whitish hairs. Scutellum like the thorax, with 4 bristles, the basal pair being stronger and inserted upon a pair of black spots like those of the back. Squamulae whitish, halteres dark yellow. Abdo- men wholly grey, with strong pale yellowish pubescence and short yellow bristles on the sides ; first segment unspotted, the others with a pair of round black spots in the middle and one on each side less distinct. Legs yellow, the femora cinereous, the front femora with black bristles. Wings black, with the base whitish hyaline; stigma with two hyaline round spots, the second being of larger size. Pattern as in irrorata, but more closed and the hyaline spots more numerous ; the portion after the fifth vein and the axillar lobe are also black with numerous hyaline spots. The whole pattern is blacker than in #7rorata ; the rays of the fore border are shorter, but equal in number ; the second posterior cell shows the 3 marginal spots and 5 discal spots, all of smaller size, two not being greater as in 7vrorata. A single specimen from Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 4700—5000 ft., 23-vi-10 (N. Annandale) (*727). 162 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Bro 1806, 33. Tephritis, Latreille. Latreille, Hist. Nat. d. Crust. et Ins., xiv, 389 (1804). In this genus are placed the species with a short non-geniculate proboscis, with a bare third vein and with the pattern of the wing not radiating ; the scutellum has usually 4 bristles. Eyes rounded ; cheeks narrow, epistome but little prominent ; proboscis short, with the flaps not prolonged ; antennae placed at the middle of the eyes, the third joint not pointed, the arista bare, pubescent or shortly plumose ; oc. strong : or. 2.3 01 I. 2; occipital row very well developed ; genal bristle less developed. Thorax with grey pollen, yellow pubescence and complete chaetotaxy. Scutellum not swollen, with 4, rarely 2, bristles. Abdomen with bristles ; ovipositor short. Legs usually robust ; front femora with a well-developed row of bristles beneath ; middle tibiae with 1 spur ; hind tibiae usually bare, but sometimes pectinate. Wings usually long and narrow, but in some species short and very broad ; costal bristle distinct ; first vein not reaching the small cross-vein ; 2nd, 3rd and 4th straight and parallel, but the 2nd diverging in the broad-winged species ; third bare ; cross- veins parallel and perpendicular, the small one placed in the last third of the discal cell ; lower angle of the anal cell drawn out into a short and broad point, as long as or shorter than the second basal cell. Wing pattern reticulate, not radiating ; rarely broken into dark spots ; exceptionally the wings are black with hyaline spots. Type: Musca leontodontis, DeGeer, 1776. In the collection are the following species, which are all described as new, on account of the difficulty of recognizing the species from the older descriptions. 1 (2). Wings very much dilated, almost as long as broad, entirely black, with very few hyaline or subhyaline spots oc .. ¢curyptera, n. sp. Wings not dilated, much longer than broad, with more numerous hyaline spots. 3 (4). Scutellum with 2 bristles only ; arista with rather long pubescence ; OY. 2. oe oe ee .. .. 4 (3). Scutellum aa 4 bristles, the apicals being sometimes smaller ; arista bare or with very short pubescence. 5 (6). Or. 2.3; hind tibiae shortly pectinate ; thoracic bristles yellow ; abdomen yellow, with black cross-bands 6 (5). Or. I. 2; hind tibiae almost bare; thoracic bristles black ; abdo- men grey, with or without black spots. N — bH — . zodiacalis, n. sp. zonogastra, n. Sp. 7 (8). Stigma with a broad hyaline spot ; thorax without dark longitu- dinal stripes ; abdomen not spotted ; reticulation of the wing distinct se ar Eve 30 .. lyncea, n. sp. 8 (7). Stigma unspotted ; thorax striped and abdomen spotted ; reticula- tion of the wing partly broken into spots 60 .. Sptloptera, n. sp. 64. Tephritis euryptera, n.sp.®. BAL SE er OA) A species very easily distinguished from the others by its very dilated black wings, which have only a few marginal hyaline spots and very few discal subhyaline dots. Length of the body 7 mm., of the wing 6 mm., width of the wing 5 mm. LOS] M. Brzzi: Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies). 163 Head wanting. ‘Thorax with dense grey pollination, on the pleura dark ferrugin- ous ; pubescence long and yellow; bristles dark ferruginous. Scutellum with 4 bristles, apical pair strong. Squamulae dark brown; halteres black. Abdomen narrow and elongate, shining black, with light dark greyish pollen and dark pubes- cence ; bristles less developed ; ovipositor flattened, as long as the two last segments. Legs slender, entirely reddish yellow ; hind tibiae bare. Wings entirely black, only the extreme base and the axillar lobe being a little paler ; costal bristle very.strong and long, accompanied by another smaller one ; veins black ; marginal and discal cell very broad, and therefore second and fifth veins very divergent from the third and fourth, which are parallel ; third entirely bare ; stigma black, short, with a small yellowish spot on the upper basal corner. The hyaline marginal spots are disposed as follows : three in the costal cell, one before and two after the humeral cross-vein ; a large triangular indentation just after the stigma, surpassing the second but not reaching the third vein, with a small isolated black spot at the costa ; a small spot before the end of the second vein, and another in the middle between the ends of the second and third veins ; one, the largest of all, at the tip, between the ends of the third and fourth veins ; two of smaller size, placed at equal distances,in the second posterior cell ; and two very small in the third posterior cell, near the anal vein. The discal spots are not whitish-hyaline, but brownish yellow and therefore less distinct ; there are two in the submarginal, one in the first basal, two in the first posterior and two in the discal cell; there is also a hyaline very small dot below the fifth vein, towards its middle. A single specimen, without head, from Tenasserim, IL. Burma (W. Doherty). The arista of this species is probably shortly plumose, asin the following. The species seems to be allied to amplipennis, Walker, which, with some others, belongs to a group that recalls the American genus Eutreta. But Osten-Sacken says that the species of this group have a bristly third vein and six scutellar bristles, characters which do not belong to the species here described, which perhaps shows affinity with the group Rioxa. 65. Tephritis zodiacalis, n. sp. 2. (Pl. x, fig. 65). Allied to the preceding, but smaller and with undilated wings, which have more numerous hyaline spots. Length of body 44 mm., of the wing 4 mm. ; width of the wing 2% mm. Frons yellowish and face whitish ; antennae yellow, with the third joint rounded and a short plumose arista ; palpi and proboscis yellow ; bristles black, or. 2.3 ; put., exterior vt. and those of the occipital row whitish and strong. ‘Thorax grey, with short yellow pubescence and black bristles. Scutellum with only the basal pair of bristles. Squamulae and halteres yellowish. Abdomen as in the preceding, but at the base in the middle of the first segment with a short yellowish longitudinal stripe. Legs as in the preceding, entirely yellow. Wings less broad, but the direction of the veins as in the preceding ; they are 164 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor.. IIT, black, but the stigma shows a large yellowish basal spot. Costal cell as in ewryptera ; the large hyaline indentation after the stigma is divided into two rectangular spots by a perpendicular median black streak ; and in contact with these are two other hyaline spots between the second and third veins ; the other hyaline marginal spots are as in euryptera, but the third posterior cell fas one more below the hind cross-vein ; and the axillar lobe shows also two spots, which are wanting in the preceding. The fecal spots are in number and position the same as in the preceding, but are larger and whitish-hyaline ; there is a spot in the upper corner of the second posterior cell ; the third posterior cell has also three hyaline discal spots, two of which are connected with the two basal marginal spots ; before the anal cell is also a small hyaline spot. A single specimen from Calcutta, 21-x1-07. 66. Tephritis zonogastra, n. sp. «. (Rly ae, de, OO): Distinguished by the yellow bristles of the head and body, by the colouring of the abdomen and by the pectinated hind tibiae. Length 4 mm. Head yellow, with yellow appendages and bristles ; third antennal joint short, with bare arista ; or. 2. 3 ; occipital row well developed, whitish. Thorax with dense grey pollination, with the humeri yellowish ; pubescence short ; all the bristles yellow. Scutellum grey, with yellow hind border, and 4 yellow bristles. Squamulae whitish, halteres pale yellow. Abdomen entirely reddish yellow, grey on the belly ; pubescence yellow; bristles well developed, yellowish ; each segment bears at the base a broad black band, only that of the last segment being narrowly interrupted in the middle. Legs short and robust, entirely yellow, with yellow bristles, those of the front femora very abundant ; hind tibiae with a distinct comb of yellow bristles. Wings of usual shape and neuration ; veins black, yellowish towards the base. They are black, the base being hyaline from the stigma to the anal cell ; costal cell with a small brown spot ; stigma black, with a small basal yellow dot. Fore margin with two hyaline indentations ; one just after the stigma, of larger size and triangular shape, with the vertex on the third vein and including in the middle a black spot ex- tending from the costa to the second vein ; the second, triangular but of smaller size, is just after the end of the second vein. An apical semilunar spot between the ends of 3rd and 4th veins. At the hind margin are two groups of hyaline spots ; one in the second posterior cell, composed of three parallel stripes partly fused together. The second is in the third posterior cell, composed of 6 spots, 3 at the hind margin and 3 in the middle; besides there is a small spot before the anal cell. Axillar lobe grey, with 4 spots. The discal spots are: I in the first basal, 2 in the first posterior, all of smaller size ; and 2 in the discal cell, the median very large, the exterior smaller, all rounded. ‘The hyaline spots are whitish, those toward the hind border more grey. A single specimen from Puri, Orissa, 4—7-xi1-08 (J. Caunter). 1913.] M. BEzZZ1: Indian Trypanerds 'Fruit-Flies). 165 67. Tephritis Iyncea, n. sp. ¢ 9. (55% I O7) An entirely grey species, without dark margins on the thorax and abdomen, with reticulate wings and black stigma, bearing a large round hyaline spot. Length 3— 35 mm: Head grey, with reddish frons and whitish face ; a small whitish border along the eyes. Bristles black; or. 1.2; put., exterior vt. and those of the hind row whitish ; antennae reddish, the third joint obtuse, with bare arista ; palpi and proboscis yellow, the last very short. Thorax with dense pollen, yellowish on the back and grey on the pleura ; pubes- cence long, of pale yellow colour ; bristles black, inserted on less distinct black dots. Scutellum like the thorax, reddish at the apex, with 4 black bristles. the apical pair being smaller and not crossed. Squamulae and halteres yellowish. Abdomen entirely grey, with long yellow pubescence and few black bristles at end ; last segment of the male as long as the two preceding together, the genitalia grey ; ovipositor flattened, black shining, as long as the three last segments together. Legs yellow, the hind femora with the last half blackish grey; other femora a little grey; front femora with . the bristles less developed ; hind tibiae not pectinate. Wings long and narrow, with small costal bristle ; they are broadly hyaline from the base to the stigma, and here the veins are yellowish ; stigma black, with a large hyaline round spot in the middle. ‘The reticulation of the wings is formed by large hyaline spots ; there are two larger black patches, one below the stigma, the other at the end of the first vein ; between these, the marginal cell shows three large quadrate spots of equal size, and below these three others in the submarginal cell. Apex of submarginal and of first posterior cells, the whole second posterior and apex of the third posterior cells with many hyaline spots ; discal cell almost hyaline, with some spots at apex. Axillar lobe hyaline. One male and two female specimens from Darjiling, E. Himalayas (Lynch). This and the following species are very distinct from the preceding by the or. bristles being only I. 2. 68. Tephritis spiloptera, n. sp.«. CAL te, (OS), Closely allied to the preceding, but distinguished by the striped thorax, spotted abdomen and different pattern of the wings. Length 3 mm. Head as in the preceding, with the same colouring and bristles ; a reddish spot over the middle of the epistome. Thorax with three distinct longitudinal blackish stripes on the middle, the two exterior corresponding to the dc. row ; a notopleural stripe is less distinct ; besides the bristles of the thorax and the two basal bristles of the scutellum are inserted on distinct black dots. Abdomen with two longitudinal rows of median black spots, the lateral being less distinct ; the hind margin of the segments, moreover, narrowly yellowish, and the last segment broadly reddish at the 166 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte hind margin ; genitalia reddish. The abdominal bristles are black, rather developed. Legs entirely yellow, the hind femora only with a less distinct grey spot below in the middle. Wing-reticulation broken into spots ; stigma black, without spots but with yellow- ish base ; the brown streaks form two cross bands, one less distinct below the stigma, and one more distinct praeapical, from the end of the second vein to the middle of the second posterior cell ; this band shows some hyaline spots. Third posterior cell in the middle with only three small brown spots. Two male specimens from Calcutta, 5-ii-08 and 28-x-07. This species seems to be allied to orientalis, Meijere, from Java. 34. Trypanea, Schrank. Schrank, Briefe Donaumoor, 147 (1705). Urellia, Robineau-Desvoidy, Essai sur les Myod., 774, xv (1830). Distinguished by the slender body, by the scutellum bearing usually only two bristles and by the pattern of the wing being star-shaped and limited to the apex. All the characters of the preceding genus are present, but the third joint of the antennae ends in a point on its external lower angle; arista bare ; or. 2. 3 or I. 3; proboscis usually short and not geniculate. Scutellum usually with only a pair of bristles. Wings as in Tephritis, but the black pattern limited to the apex and star- shaped, the remaining surface immaculate, or with very few spots ; at any rate the wings are not reticulate. Type: Musca stellata, Fuessly, 1775. As I have shown in Wien. entom. Zett., xxxvi, 54 (1907) the name Tyypanea must be used for the present genus in place of Urellia, used by most authors ; the genera Ditricha and Actinoptera of Rondani are also synonymous. The collection contains the following species :— I (2). Epistome very prominent; or. 2. 3 ; proboscis rather long with the flaps a little prolonged ; inferior angle of the anal cell not prolonged ; a complete cross-band through the middle of the fifth vein oe a5 se of 56 QUICHE, We 50- Epistome less prominent ; or. I. 3 ; proboscis short ; inferior angle of the anal cell prolonged into a short but distinct point ; no complete cross-band on the fifth vein. bo nm H — 3 (4). Apical ray of the star not reaching the hind margin ; scutellum and abdomen usually entirely grey ; face and antennae yellow in both sexes . me ae ae .. amoena, Frauenf. 4 (3). Apical ra. reaching the hind margin; scutellum and abdomen partly yellow ; antennae and face of the male black .. asteria, Schiner. 69. Trypanea aucta, n. sp. ?. GAL, 1%, (OO). Of usual shape and pattern, but distinguished by the very prominent epistome, elongate proboscis, obtuse anal cell and complete cross-band through the middle of the fifth vein. Length 4 mm. 1913. | M. Bezzı: Indian Tyypaneids (Fruit-Flies). | 167 Face whitish yellow, frons reddish, a whitish border along the eyes ; antennae yellow, the third joint with a distinct anterior point, arista with microscopie pubes- cence ; epistome very prominent, cut off ; palpi pale yellow ; proboscis yellow, thick, long, with short but geniculate terminal flaps. The bristles of the head are dark yellow, those of the hind border whitish ; 2 superior or. -Thorax with dense grey pollination, with pale pubescence and dark yellow bristles. Scutellum with 2 bristles. Squamulae pale, halteres yellowish. Abdomen entirely grey yellowish, unspotted, with well-developed pubescence and few yellow bristles ; ovipositor flattened, black, shining, as long as the two last segments. Legs entirely yellow ; front femora very hairy above. Wings hyaline, with pale veins, which are darkened in the black portion ; stigma pale yellow, with a black anterior basal spot. The star-shaped apical spot gives off 5 trays to the hind margin, the first 4 reaching the hind border, the fifth ending at the fifth vein ; the fourth runs along the posterior cross-vein. Fore border with the usual basal anterior triangular hyaline indentation and the rounded spot at the end of the second vein ; apical border very narrow, less distinct. Small cross-vein narrowly margined with fuscous, isolated. From the stigma a pale band runs obliquely forwards, which at the fourth vein becomes broader, and passing across the middle of the fifth vein reaches the hind border at the end of the sixth vein, where it is widened. Inferior angle of the anal cell cut off, not drawn out into a distinct point. A single female specimen from Puri, Orissa, 18—10-i-08, caught by Dr. Annandale. 70. Trypanea amoena, Frauenfeld. (OL x, fe, 70). Frauenfeld, Sitzgsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xxii, 542, f. 2 [Trypeta] (1856) ; for the rest see Becker, Kat. pal. Dipt., iv, 141 (1905). A grey species distinguished by the face and antennae of the male being yellow and the apical ray of the star not reaching the hind border. Some specimens of this European species, from Calcutta, v—x, and Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4000—4400 ft., May ’09, and Lahore, Punjab, 8-v-08 (N. Annandale). The species is known from Central and Southern Europe, North Africa and Madeira and other species of this genus show a wide distribution. 71, Trypanea asteria, Schiner. (Pit sxcation 71) Schiner, Dipt. Nov. Reise, 270, 118 [Tephritis] (1868) ; Meijere, Tijdschr. v. Entom., li, 132, 2, pl. 4, f. 6 [id.] (1908). Closely allied to the preceding, but distinguished by the apical ray being com- plete, by the yellower scutellum and abdomen, and by the black antennae and face in the male. To the description of Schiner is to be added : third joint of the antennae of the male black ; face in the same sex entirely of a velvety black colour, only a narrow band on the epistome being yellow. As it seems very strange that Schiner could have 108 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor IP cones overlooked such a striking character as this feature of the male, it is probable that the present species is different ; the figure given by Prof. Meijere is also rather different. Schiner records the species from Madras, and Meijere from Java. The collection includes specimens from Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4000—4400 ft., iv-og {N. Annandale), and May ’og (J. T. Jenkins). TABLE, I (CONTDEINTES. IIDERSOEZSENERIOTEINDESBECTEICZNAMES, ELC. I. Introduction : 2. Characters of the family and eee Pees 3. Metamorphosis and bionomics 4. Geographical distribution 5. 6. Nomenclature and classification : 7. Key for the determination of the genera 8. Description of the species .. ee Page absinthii ef Se se 158 absolutus a 65 Acanthiophilus .. oe si 88 Acanthipeza .. Se 5e 87 Acanthoneura .. D Ds 116 Achias a ss De 75 Acidia fe ae 00 139 Acidogona ae me de 88 Acinia Be ue ae 88 Aciura 56 : a 149 acroleuca DE ie de 65 acroleucus Kr se 65 acrostacta 36 ce er 153 Acrotaenia as 7 ae 88 Acrotoxa 30 Ga Be 87 Actinoptera 56 ae a: 166 adatha ae Sa a 155 addens De : Se 66 Adrama de à Sr 87 aenea, Fabr. .. ER Ss 65 aenea, Macq. .. me ay 66 aenea, Wied. .. se ER 66 aequalis 5% a = 66 alacris 50 56 se 149 albida ur Er A 66 albistrigatus .. 52 a 83 alboguttata ie Pe 66 alboscutellata .. a Uk 145 alcestis ge se 66 alkestis a se Ms 66 alternata BG a in 62 alvea sa a a 66 Critical review of the Oriental and ue stem To cie ot nee amoena amoyensis Amphicyphus ampla, Dol. ampla, Walk. amplipennis amplissima amurensis Anastrepha angustipennis annandalei, nov. Anomoea Anomoia Anoplomus, nov. antica antiqua apicalis, Meij. apicalis, nov. appendiculata approximans arctii arcuosa areolatus argentea armifrons asiatica Asimoneura Aspilota asteria atilia Atopognathus aucta, nov. 50 Page 58 53 60 63 65 84 88 92 170 aurifera austeni Bactrocera Baryphlegma basalis, Walk. (Dacus) basalis, Walk. (Trypeta) basifascia basilaris basilis bataca biarcuatus bicolor, Macq. .. bicolor, Walk. .. bilineatus bimaculatus bipars bischofi bisetosa bistriga i Blepharoneura .. blotii brahma brevicauda brevicornis, Saund. brevicornis, Wulp brevivitta brevivittata bucchichii bullans caerulea Callistomyia, nov. caloptera Campiglossa capitata Cardiocera cardui Carphotricha Carpomyia Carpophthoromyia cassandra caudata, Fabr caudatus, Frogg. caudatus, Wied. Cecidochares centaureae Cerajocera cerasi ae ceratitina, nov... Ceratitininae Ceratitis ceratophora, nov. Chaetellipsis, nov. Chaetodacus, nov. Index. Pag: 159 83 Chaetostoma chalybeiventris .. Chelyophora chrysotoxus cilifer cinctus cluana Coelopacidia cognata Colobostroter cometa concinna concisa concisus confinis conformis, Dol. .. conformis, Walk. conopsoides Conradtina contingens contrahens contraria cornuta coryli a Craspedoxantha, nov. crassipes 50 cratericola cribellata, nov. . cribrata cruciata crux cucumis cucurbitae curvifer curvipennis cylindrica cylindricus Dacinae Dacus Dasyneura debeaufortii decipiens, nov. .. dentipes determinata detrudens devius 5 Diarrhegma, nov. dichotoma diffusus diluta Ee Dimeringophrys. . Diplochorda discipennis discoidea dispar dissoluta, nov. . distorta Ditricha divergens diversa diversata doclea dorsalis dorsigutta Drosophilidae Dryomyzidae dubium, nov. dunlopi Elaphomyia Elaphromyia elimia elongatula emittens Ensina Ephydridae Epicerella Epidesmia Epochra erebus erythraspis, nov. escheri Euaresta Euleja Euphranta Euribia Euribiidae Eurosta euryptera, nov... Eutreta Euxesta evanescens excellens exigens eximia expandens expertus facialis faciestriata falcata fasciata fasciatipennis fasciestriata fascipennis fasciventris, Macq. 1843 fasciventris, Macq. 1847 fasciventris, Macq. 1851 Index. Page 118 70 123 70 166 70 94 Gt 71 83 7h 54 54 135 113 69 88 TEE 159 71 153 54 13 87 88 71 145 ak 161 I40 122 88 84 88 162 163 148 Ga 140 71 72 ae ZIEL 71 71 133 71 DE 72 72 105 Ioo 72 fenestella ferruginea ferrugineus fessata figuratus filiola fissa flava flavicans ; flexuosus, nov. .. florescentiae Forellia Bi formosana, Enderl. (Acanthoneura) formosana, Enderl. (Spheniscomyia) formosipennis fossata fraterculus fratria frauenfeldi frenchi fulvidus fulvitarsis fulviventris furcifer fuscata fuscipennis gamma garciniae, nov. Gastrozona, nov. gigantea glauca Gonyglossum gracilis, nov. grandinata guttata guttipennis hageni oc Halterophora Heleomyzidae Helomyza helomyzoides Hemilea Henicoptera heraclei Heteroneuridae . heterura Hexachaeta himalayensis, nov. hirtipes histrionicus Hoplochaeta horsfieldi humilis 172 Hypeuidium Icaria icarus Icterica imitans, Meij. imitans, Walk. .. immaculata immsi, nov. impleta impressifrons inaptus incisa incisus incompleta indica inscriptus insecta instabilis irrorata judicanda, nov. . kirki klugü Lagarosia lacteata Lamprogaster lanceolata lateralis, Walk. lateralis, Wied. latifascia latilimbata latiuscula lativentris, Walk. (Dacus) lativentris, Walk. (Trypeta) Lauxaniidae .. lemniscata Lenophila leontodontis Leptomyza Leptoxyda Leptoxys leucotelus limbata limbipennis limpidapex Liriomyza lituratus Lobioptera Lonchaeidae longicornis, G. M. longicornis, Wied. longipennis longirostris longistyla Index. Page 87 88 125 88 83 longivitta loranthi lucida lyncea, nov. macilentus Macrotrypeta maculentus maculifrons maculigera maculipennis, Dol. maculipennis, Macq. maculipennis, Westw. malaica mangiferae manto margaritifera marginalis marginata marginemaculata meigenii melaleuca melania melanista, Nov... melanotus Meracantha Meracanthomyia meritoria Mikimyia Milichiella mixta modesta Molynocoelia monochaeta, nov. montana, noV. .. montina Mosina multifasciata multistriga musae Musca mutilloides mutyca Myioleja Myiopardalis Myiopites Myiopitininae nebulosa, Beck. .. nebulosa, Walk... Neoaspilota nigra, Enderl. nigra, Meij. nigricans nigricauda 50 Page 82 140 165 nigrifascia nigrilinea nigripeda, nov. .. nigripes nigriventris, nov. nigrolineatus nigropunctulata nivistriga Noeeta normaliceps notabilis nox nubilus obliqua obscuratus obsoleta obtrudens Ocneros : octopunctata, nov. Oedaspis ne Oedemachilus Oedicarena oleae onotrophes optatura Orellia orientalis ornatipes ornatissima Ortalidae ortalina ortalioides Ortalis Oxyna . Oxyphora Paracantha paradoxa, nov... Sc Paralleloptera, nov. parca, nov. parce-guttata pardalina paritii parvipunctata .. Ms parvula parvulus passiflorae pavonina, nov. .. pectoralis pelia pepisalae Percnoptera Peronyma perplexus 50 30 persicae Petalophora Phaeogramma Phaeospila, nov. Phagocarpus Philophylla phoenicura Phorellia Phytalmia picciola pictipennis pictus se plagifera Plagiotoma Platensina platypalpus Platyparea Poecillis, nov. poenia Polionota Polymorphomyia polyxena pompilioides pornia Poticara praestans, nov. .. proditrix psidii Pterocalla pterocallaeformis, nov. Ptilona Ptilonina pubiseta pulchella pulchralis pulchripennis pulla punctifera punctum pupillata purmundus quadrifasciata quadrifera quadrincisa quinaria quinquemaculata, nov. rarotongae regularis reinhardi repletus reticulata retorta 58 Rhabdochaeta .. 174 Rhachiptera Rhacochlaena Rhagoletis Rhochmopterum Rioxa a rioxaeformis, nov. ritsemae Rivellia roborowskii roripennis rotundiventris rudis ruficeps rufipetia rufitarsis rufiventris sanctae-mariae .. sauteri schineri Schistopterum Scholastes Sciomyzidae scutellaris, nov. .. scutellatus selecta semiatra separata separata, nov. sepedonoides sepsoides serpentina sexincisa sexmaculata, Macq. sexmaculata, Wulp. signatipes signifacies sinensis Sineura sinica Sitarea smieroides soluta nov. sonchi Sophira sordidus soror sororcula Spathulina speculifer Sphaeniscus Sphenella Spheniscomyia .. Spheniscus Index. Spilographa spiloptera, nov... squalidus Staurella, nov. .. stella stellata stellipennis Stemonocera Stenopa Stenopterina Stictaspis, nov... Straussia Strauzia striata striatella strigifera strigifinis strigipennis Strobelia Strumeta Stylia subocellifera succinatus succinctus sumatrana sumbana superflucta Tachiniscidae tacia taeniata a Taeniostola, nov. tau .. tenuis : Tephrella, nov. .. Tephritidae .. Tephritis Tephrostola, nov. Terellia terminifer testacea Themara tibialis tongensis tortuosa Toxotrypana Toxura = transiens triceratops, nov. tristis trivittata Trupanea tryoni . Trypanea OL Trypaneidae Trypaneinae Trypaneininae Trypeta Trypetidae trypetoptera tubifera tucia turgidus ulula umbrosus undecimguttata Urellia Urophora vacillans vaga variabilis varialis variata variipennis varipes, nov. venusta vespoides vesuviana Vidalia Index. Page 84 Too 151 88 84 54 80 147 80 155 92 81 166 146 159 II2 81 81 81 159 II8 81 81 134 135 vidua, nov. violacea, Gray violacea, Wied... virgatus vittata - vittigera, nov. vittipennis vittithorax Westermannia wiedemanni winnertzi Xanthacrona xanthodes -Xanthorrachis, nov. xanthotricha, nov. Xarnuta Xenochaeta Xiria Xyphosia ypsilon zodiacalis, nov... zonata zonatus zonogastra, nov... Zonosema mé ; h EN ‘4 ‘| f j ML bn KA FC MENT à ad DE A | = Î eee Ty 2 Ne de Ÿ D er LE ’ j ra DOTE 11,0 a EX 4 NUE \ “ { Ne | L } 1 re 4 TEN ER TERN MRA Aah A 4 \ } K ri = LEA NIT ER ul y 5 ; - } ' ; EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII Wings of Oriental and Australian Trypaneidae. Fic. I. Leptoxyda sp. ur. longistyla, Wied. , 2. Bactrocera diversa, Coq. » 3. The same (from another specimen). , 4. Bactrocera zonata, Saund. gt , ferruginea, Fab. No: x a var. mangiferae, Cotes. du ye ,, cucurbitae, Coq. Se tao. ,, caudata, Fab. no: ‚„ garciniae, Bezzi. ao) ,, scutellaris, Bezzi. LE ,, maculibennis, Dol. „ 12. Anoplomus flexuosus, Bezzi. ,, 13. Stictaspis ceratitina, Bezzi. I pe N striata, Frogg. pe este on separata, Bezzi. ,, I6. Gastrozona fasciventris, Macq. I of montana, Bezzi. LO. aa melanista, Bezzi. ,, 19. Duarrhegma modestum, Fab. » 20. Ptilona mgriventris, Bezzi. D H En » ? brevicorms, Wulp. ,, 22. Rioxa vaga, Wied. 122. » mutyca, Wik. 129. 5, Vidua, Bezzi. Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol 111, 1918 Plate VI. A.C,Chowdhary, del. Bemrose, Collo., Derby. ORIENTAL AND AUSTRALIAN TRYPANEIDAE. BIG. 25: 26. ZU. 28. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Wings of Oriental and Australian Trypaneidae. Rioxa dunlopi, Wulp. ,, soluta, Bezzi. ,, gunquemaculata, Bezzi. ,, ? Stellata, Macq. Acanthoneura ? fuscipennis, Macq. Phaeospila varipes, Bezzi. Taemostola vittigera, Bezzi. a gracilis, Bezzi. Staurella crux, Fab. = dissoluta, Bezzi. = nigripeda, Bezzi. Callistomyia pavonina, Bezzi. Chaetellipsis paradoxa, Bezzi. Poecıllis judicanda, Bezzi. Myiopardalis pardalina, Big. Carpomyva vesuviana, Costa. Zonosema dubium, Bezzi. Vidalia ceratophora, Bezzi. » triceratops, Bezzi. Xanthorrachis annandalei, Bezzi. Acidia himalayensis, Bezzi. ,, vrioxaeformis, Bezzi. „» apicalis, Bezzi. ,, fossata, Fab. Mem. Ind. Mus, Vol.111., 1913. Plate De A.C.Chowdhary, del. Bemrose, Collo, Derby. ORIENTAL AND AUSTRALIAN TRYPANEIDAE. NUM Kin i ee FIG. 40. 50. 51. EXP ANAMON M OLE AMEN Wings of Oriental and Australian Trypaneidae. Acidia alboscutellata, Wulp. ,, erythraspis, Bezzi. ,, (Ocneros) praestans, Bezzi. Spheniscomyia quadrincisa, Wied. = sexmaculata, Macq. Acıura monochaeta, Bezzi. » xanthotricha, Bezzi. Tephrella decipiens, Bezzi. Tephrostola acrostacta, Wied. Paralleloptera pterocallaeformis, Bezzi. Craspedoxantha octopunctata, Bezzi. Sphenella indica, Schiner. Oxyna sororcula, Wied. pared, Bezzir Campiglossa cribellata, Bezzi. Tephritis euryptera, Bezzi. ie zodiacalis, Bezzi. > zonogastra, Bezzi. = lyncea, Bezzi. spiloptera, Bezzi. Trypanea aucta, Bezzi. SE amoena, Frauenf. = asteria, Schiner. Phagocarpus immsi, Bezzi. en md Mus, Voll, 1913 Plate X. A.C.Chowdhary. del. Bemrose, Collo, Derby. ORIENTAL AND AUSTRALIAN TRYPANEIDAE. Vol. VIII, 1912-1918. Part I.—Zoological Results of the Abor Expedition, 1911-12. Introduction. Batrachia. Reptilia. Lepidoptera. Porifera. Scolopendridae. Hymenoptera Anthophila. Part II.—Mammals. Coleoptera, I-III. Arachnida, I. Dermaptera. Diptera. Vol. IX, 1913. Part I.—Notes on the collection of Coccidae in the Indian Museum, II. New Indian Empidae. No. No. No. 4 MEMOIRS of the INDIAN MUSEUM Vol. I. . I.—An account of the Rats of Calcutta. By W.C. Hossack. Rs. 5-8. . 2.—An account of the Internal Anatomy of Bathynomus giganteus. By R. E. Eroyp:< Rs; 2. 3, A and B.—The Oligochæta of India, Nepal, Ceylon, Burma and the Andaman Islands, with an account of the anatomy of certain aquatic forms. By W. MICHAELSEN and J. STEPHENSON. Rs. 4-8. 4.—Investigator sicarius, a Gephyrean Worm hitherto undescribed, the type of a new order. By F. H. STEWART. Rs. 2. Vol. 1. . I.—Report on: the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer ‘‘ Golden Crown.” Part I.—Batoidei. By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. . 2.—An account of the Indian Cirripedia Pedunculata. Part I.—Family Lepa- didz (sensu stricto). By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. . 3.—A description of the deep-sea fish caught by the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘‘ Investiga- tor’’ since the year 1900, with supposed evidence of mutation in Malthopsis, and Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘‘ Investigator,” Fishes, Plates XLIV—L, 1909. By R. E. LLOYD. Rs. 4-8. . 4.—Etude sur les Chironomides des Indes Orientales, avec description de quelques nouvelles espèces d’Egypte. Par J.J. KIEFFER. Rs. 2. Vol. HI. 1.—Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer ‘‘ Golden Crown.’’ Part II—Additional notes on the Batoidei. By N. ANNANDALE. Part III.—Plectognathi and Pediculati. By N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS. Part IV.—Pleuronectidae. By J. T. JENKINS. Rs. 3. . 2.—Studies in post-larval development and minute anatomy in the genera Scal- bellum and Ibla. F.H. Stewart, Rs. 4. : Cane ERP PAT N | aa : v MEMOIRS » of the INDIAN MUSEUM | An Account of the ORIENTAL PASSALIDAE (COLEOPTERA) based primarily on THE COLLECTION IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. By F. H. GRAVELY, M.Sc. Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum. PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. — Calcutta : PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. . SEPTEMBER, 1014. Price, Five Rupees. Miscellaneous Zoological Publications. Rs. As. Account of the Deep-sea Brachyura collected by the RI.MS. ‘‘ Investigator.’’ By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. Account of the Deep-sea Madreporaria collected by the R.I.M.S. ©‘ Investigator.’’ By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S: = = Account of the Triaxon (Hexactinellid) sponges collected by the R.I.M.S. “‘ Investigator.’’ By BE Schulze PhD MD... Account of the Alcyonarians collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘Investigator.’’ PartI. Thomson, M.A., and W. D. Henderson, B.Sc. : Account of the aie onarians collected by the R.I.M.S. “‘Investigator.’’ PartIl. By J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., and J. J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc. Aids to the identification of Rats connected with Plague in India. By W. C. Hossack, M.D. .. Annotated List of the Asiatic Beetles in the Indian Museum. PartI. Family Carabide, Subfamily Cicindelinæ. By N. Annandale, D.Sc., and W. Horn : Biological collections of the R.I MS. gator.’’ List of Stations, 1884-1913 Catalogue of Indian Crustacea. Part I. —Introdue- tion and Brachyura Primigenia. Bye A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., FRS. : 2 Catalogue of Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part I.— Brachyura. Fasciculus II.—Indian Freshwater Crabs—Potamonide. By A. Alcock, C.1E., M.B., LL.D., F.R.S. ; Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part II. — Anomura. Fasciculus I.—Pagurides. By AS Allcock, MB, LI DER SE CLE: ay Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea. Part III.—Macrura. Fasciculus I.— The Prawns of the Peneus Group. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., PRESS CHE; Catalogue of Indian Deep-sea Crustacea : Decapoda Macrura and Anomala in the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., LL.D., C.M.Z.S.. Catalogue of Indian Deep-sea Fishes in the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. : Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian Museum, Part I. By J. Anderson, M.D., LL.D., F.RS. Part II. By W. L. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. Catalogue of Mantodea in the Indian Museum, Parts I and II. By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., etc. _ Catalogue of Moths of India, Parts I to VII. By E. € Cotes and C. Swinhoe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc. Echinoderma of the Indian Museum: Account of the Deep-sea Holothurioidea collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investigator.’’ By R. Koehler and C. Vaney .. 5 Fe aes . M.A., ‘ Investi- 16 By J. Arthur 16 20 T4 14 IO Rs. As, Echinoderma of the Indian Museum: Littoral i Holothurioidea _ collected by the, RIMS. ““Investigator.’’ By R. Koehler and C. Vaney 2 o Echinoderma of the Indian Museum : Deep-sea Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. ‘‘ Investi- gator.’’ By R. Koehler Echinoderma of the Indian Res Shallow. water Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S. “« Investigator.’’ By R. Koehler 5% Echinoderma of the Indian Museum, Part V: An account of the Deep-sea Asteroidea col- lected by the R.IMS: ‘‘ Investigator.’’ By R. Koehler .. Echinoderma of the Indian entre Part Wie: Aa account of the Shallow-water Asteroidea. By R. Koehler Echinoderma of the Indian Mu sen, Part VII: The Crimoids of the Indian Ocean. By A. H. Clark Figures and Descriptions of nine Species of Squil- lidæ from the Collection of the Indian Museum. By J. Wood-Mason, F.Z.S., etc, edited Dy A. Aleock, M.B., C. M.Z. S. Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Bird Gallery “of the Indian Museum. BR BIN. ER ZS: Guide to the done Collections be in the Fish Gallery of the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S. Guide to Lie Zoological Collections eehibiteds: in ie Invertebrate Gallery of the Indian Museum. By A. Alcock, M.B., CMZS. (Out of print.) Guide to the Zoological Collections exhibited in the Reptile and Amphibia Gallery of the Indian Mu- seum. By A. Alcock, M.B., CMZS. (Out of print.) Hand List of Mollusca in the Indian Museum Parts I and II, and Fasciculus E. By G. Nevill, C.M.Z.S., etc. Index Parts I and II. By W. Theobold . IE «ls de Illustrated Catalogue of Asiatic Horns and Antlers in the Indian Museum. By T. Bentham List of Batrachia in the Indian Museum. By W. x Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. List of Birds in the Indian Museum. “Part Ts — Corvidæ, Paradiseidæ, Ptilonorhynchide and Crateropodidæ. By FE) Finn, BA.EZS. oe List of Snakes in the Indian Museum. By W.L. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera and Catalogue of the Species of Bats in the Indian Museum. By G. E. Dobson, M.A., M.B., FRS. Monograph of the Oriental Cicadidæ, Parts I to VII. By W.L. Distant, F.E.S. B 10 0 4 0 1270 BO o 12 o 8 74 ZO) NO Io To so sig TA The above can be obtained from the Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and from Messrs. Friedlander & Sohn, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin. Other obtainable trom Messrs Friedlander & Sohn) issued by the Director‘ of the Royal Indian Marine. Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. I to V, 1894. Fishes, Plates VII to XIII. Echinoderma, Plates IV and V. Fishes, Plates XVI to XXVII, 1897. Fishes, VI, 1898. 1899. Fishes, : Plates XXV and XXVI. XXXV. Crustacea, Plates XLVI to XLVIII. Plates IX to XIII, 1902. XXXVI to XXXVIII, Plates I and 1. ca), Plates III to V. As. 6 per plate. 1905. Plate XVII. Mollusca, Plates X1V to XVIII, 1907. ““ Investigator,’’ 1892. Crustacea, Plates VI to VIII. Plates XIV to XVI. Crustacea, Plates, XXVIII to XXXII. Fishes, Plates XVIII to XXIV. Crustacea, Plates XXXII to XXXV. Mollusca, Plates VII and VIII, Crustacea, Plates XXXVI to XLV, Index, Part I, 1901. Crustacea, Plates LVI to LXVIL. Crustacea (Malacostraca), Plates LXXVII to LXXIX. Crustacea (Entomostraca), Fishes Plates XXXIX to XLIII. Mollusca, Plates XIX and XX, 1908.—Re. 1 per plate. Fishes, Plates I to VII. Crustacea, Crustacea, Plates IX to XV, 1806. 1900. Fishes, Crustacea, Plates LXVIII to LXXVI. Fishes, Publications edited and sold by the Superintendent of the Indian Museum (also \ Plates Echinoderma, Plates I to III, 1805. Crustacea, Mollusca, Plates I to Plates XXVII to Crustacea, Plates XLIX to LX. Mollusca, Plates Crustacea (Entomostra- Mollusca, Plates XXI to XXIII, 1909.— RECORDS of the INDIAN MUSEUM (A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) Vol. I, 1907. Part I.—Contributions to the Fauna of the Arabian Sea. Records of Hemiptera and Hymenoptera from the Himalayas. Further notes on Indian Freshwater Entomostraca. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, I—III. A Sporozoon from the Heart of a Cow. Miscellanea. Part II.—Revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidæ. Description of an Oligochete Worm allied to Chetogaster. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IV. Further Note on a Polyzoon from the Himalayas. Reports on a collection of Batrachia, Reptiles and Fish from Nepal and the Western Himalayas. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, V. Notes on Oriental Diptera, I and II. Miscellanea. Part III.—Report on the Marine Polyzoa in the collection of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VI. A third note on Earwigs (Dermaptera) in the Indian Museum, with the descrip- tion of a new species. Notes on Oriental Diptera, III. Description of a new snake from Nepal. Notes on a col- lection of marketable fish from Akyab, with a description of a new species of Lactarius. Description of two fresh- water Oligochæte Worms from the Punjab. Notes on Phosphorescence in Marine Animals. Notes on the rats of Dacca, Eastern Bengal. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, IV. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Nudiclava monocanthi, the type of a new genus of Hydroids parasitic on Fish. Preliminary descriptions of three new Nycteribiide from India. Annotated Catalogue of Oriental Culicidæ. Notes on Oriental Diptera. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VI, VII. Description of a new Cyprinid Fish of the genus Danio from Upper Burma. Miscellanea. Vol. II, 1908-1909. Part I.—The retirement of Lieut.-Col. Alcock, with a list of his papers on Indian Zoology. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VII. Description of a New Dictyonine Sponge from the Indian Ocean. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, VIII. Remarkable cases of variation, I. Description of a new species of Lizard of the genus Salea, from Assam. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, VIII. Des- cription of a new Cavernicolous Phasgonurid from Lower Siam. Descriptions of new species of Marine and Freshwater Shells in the collection of the Indian Museum. Notes on Oriental Syrphidæ, I. Description of a new variety of Spongilla loricata. Notes on Oriental Diptera, V. Miscellanea. Part II.—Gordiens du Musée Indien. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, IX. Description of a new species of Danio from Lower Burma. Rhynchota Malayana, I. Cimex votundatus, Signoret. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, IX. Fruit Bats of the genus Pieropus inhabiting the Andaman and Nicobar Archipelagos. A new species of Sun-Bird obtained near Darjiling. Three Indian Phylactolæmata. On two new species of Eagle Rays (Myliobatidæ). Description of a new species of the genus Sesarma, Say., from the Andaman Islands. Des- criptions of new species of Land, Marine, and Freshwater Shells from the Andaman Islands. Part III.—The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Canning, Lower Bengal, X, XI. On some Oriental Solifugæ with descriptions of new forms. The difference between the Takin (Budorcas) from the Mishmi Hills and that from Tibet, with notes ou variation displayed by the former. On Caridina nilotica (Roux) and its varieties. Description of a new species of Charaxes from the Bhutan Frontier. First Report on the Collection of Culicidæ and Corethridæ in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H. Stewart in 1907, I. Notes on Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Indian Museum, I. Indian Psychodide. Description of a new species of mouse from the Madura District, Madras. Some Cleridæ of the Indian Museum. The Fauna of Brackish Ponds at Port Can- ning, Lower Bengal, XII. Description of a new species of Saw-Fish captured off the Burma Coast. A new Sting Ray of the genus Trygon from the Bay of Bengal. New Micro-lepidoptera from India and Burma. Notes on some Chrysomelid Beetles in the collection of the Indian Museum. Six new Cicindelinæ from the Oriental Region. Des- cription of a new slug from Tibet. Part V.—Revision of the Oriental Leptide. Revised and annotated Catalogue of Oriental Bombylide, with descriptions of new species. Vol. III, 1999. Part I.—The Races of Indian Rats. Part II.— Notes on Freshwater Sponges, X. Report on a collection of aquatic animals made in Tibet by Capt. F. H. Stewart in 1907, U. Note on some amphibious Cockroaches. Description de quelques nouvelles Cécidomyies des Indes. Description of new land and marine shells from Ceylon and S. India. Description of two new species of Caranx from the Bay of Bengal. Remarks on some little known Indian Ophidia. Remarks on some forms of Dipsadomorphus. A pelagic Sea-Anemone without tentacles. Rhynchota Malayana, II. Part III.— Notes on the Neuroptera in the collection of the Indian Museum. New Indian Leptidæ and Bombylidæ, with a note on Comastes, Os. Sac., v. Heterostylum, Macq. Notes on the Trichoptera in the collection of the Indian Museum. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of Freshwater Crabs. 1—3. Report on a small collection of Lizards from Travancore. Descriptions of three new Cicindelinæ from Borneo. The relation between fertility and normality in Rats. Descriptions of a Barnacle of the genus Sca/pellum from Malaysia. The Hemipterous family Polyctenidæ. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XI. Descriptions of two new shells from S. India. Preliminary note on a new genus of Phylactolematous Polyzoa. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Description of a minute Hymenopterous insect from Calcutta. The Insect Fauna of Tirhut, No. 1. Descrip- tions of new species of Betia and Nemachilus. New Oriental Sepsinæ. A new species of Fredericella from Indian lakes. Diagnoses of new species and varieties of freshwater crabs, No. 4. On some new or little-known Mygalo- morph spiders from the Oriental region and Australasia. Vol. IV, 1910. No. I.—Second report on the collection of Culicidæ in the Indian Museum, with descriptions of new genera and species. Nos. II and III.—The Indian species of Papataci Fly (Phlebotomus). Taxonomic values in Culicidæ. No. IV.—Revision of the Oriental blood-sucking Muscide (Stomoxin®, Philematomyia, Aust., and Pristirhynchömyia, (gen. nov.). No. V.—A new arrangement of the Indian Anophelinæ. No. VI.—A revision of the species of Tabanus from the Oriental Region, including notes on species from surrounding countries. No. VII. —New Oriental Nemocera. Miscellanea :—Synonymy in Corethrinae. Indian Phlebotomi. Nos. VIII and IX.—A revision of the Oriental species of the genera of the family Tabanidae other than Tabanus. Con- tributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Part VII. No. X.—Annotated Catalogue of Oriental Culicidae—Supplement. Vol. V, 1910. Part I.—The Hydroids of the Indian Museum, I. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XII. Descriptions of new Shells in the collection of the Indian Museum from Burma, Siam and the Bay of Bengal. Materials for a revision of the Phylactolematous Polyzoa of India. Studies on the aquatic Oligochæta of the Punjab. An undescribed Burmese Frog allied to Rana tigrina. Miscellanea. Part II.—Description d’Ophiures nouvelles provenant des dernières campagnes de ‘‘ I’Investigator ’’ dans 1’Océan Indien. Description d’Holothuries nouvelles appartenant au Musée Indien. The races of Indian rats, II. Descrip- tion of a new species of Scalpellum from the Andaman Sea. Descriptions of five new species of marine shells from the Bay of Bengal. Notes on fish from India and Persia, with descriptions of new species. Part III.—A new genus of Psychodid Diptera from the Himalayas and Travancore. The Indian barnacles of the sub- genus Smilium, with remarks on the classification of the genus Scalpellum. On a subspecies of Scutigerella unguicu- lata, Hansen, found in Calcutta. The distribution of the Oriental Scolopendride. Notes on Decapoda in the Indian Museum, I. Description of a new species of Nemachilus from Northern India. Notes on the larvæ of Toxorhynchites immisericors, Wik. Description of a South India frog allied to Rana corrugata of Ceylon. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Introduction and Part I. Miscellanea. Part IV.—Notes and descriptions of Indian Microlepidoptera. On some aquatic oligochæte worms commensal in Spongilla carteri. On Bothrioneurum iris, Beddard. Notes on nudibranchs from the Indian Museum. On the classification of the Potamonidæ (Telphusidae). Catalogue of the pheasants, pea fowl, jungle fowl and spur fowl in the Indian Museum. On certain species of Palaemon from South India. Alluaudella himalayensis, a new species of degenerate (4) cockroach, with an account of the venation found in the genera Cardax and Alluaudella. Rhynchota Malayana, III. Vol. VI, 1911. Part I.—A Rhizocephalous Crustacean from fresh water and on some specimens of the order from Indian seas. Deca- poda in the Indian Museum, II. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Parts II to V. Pedipalpi in the Indian Museum, I and II. Six new species of shells from Bengal and Madras. Miscellanea :—Fleas from India and China. Flies found associated with cattle in the neighbourhood of Calcutta. Mosquito sucked by a midge. Large egg laid by a beetle. ; Part II.—Some sponges associated with gregarious molluscs of the family Vermetidae. Aquatic animals from Tibet, III. Cyprinidae from Tibet and the Chumbi Valley, with a description of a new species of Gymnocypris. New species and varieties of Crustacea Stomatopoda in the Indian Museum. The development of some Indian Ascala- phidae and Myrmeleonidae. Miscellanea :—The occurrence of Dactylopius citrt, Risso, in the Himalayas. Note on Aquatic Rhynchota. Part IIIT.—Nouveaux Chironomides de 1’ Indian Museum de Calcutta. Part IV.—Indian Isopods. Systematic notes on the Ctenostomatous Polyzoa of fresh water. Some aquatic Oligochaeta in the Indian Museum. Contributions to the fauna of Yunnan, Part VI. Asiatic species of Crustacea Anostraca in the Indian Museum. Freshwater sponges, XIII. Miscellanea :—Synonymy in Corethrinae. The distribution of the different forms of the genus Zbla. Part V.—Revision of the Oriental Tipulidae. Five new Indian species of Clavicorn Coleoptera. Les Chironomides (Tendipedidae) de 1’Himalaya et d’Assam. The occutrence of Apus in Eastern Asia. Vol. Vil, 1912. Part I.—Deep-sea Fish obtained by the R.I.M.S.S. ‘‘Investigator’’ during 1910-11. Decapoda in the Indian Museum, III. Fauna of Paresnath Hill Observations on the shallow-water Fauna of the Bay of Bengal made on the “Golden Crown,’’ 1908-09. Coccidae in the Indian Museum, I, On the nervous system of Ampullaria globosa. Description of a species of Phoridae that causes Myasis in man. Mascellanea :—Mimicry of a Mutiliid by a spider. Capture of Limulus on the surface. Development of the larva of Lingula. Distribution of some Indian and Burmese Lizards. Part II.—The Mosquitoes of Calcutta. Freshwater sponges, XIV. Pedipalpi in the Indian Museum collection, III and IV. New Freshwater Crab from S. India. Decapoda in the Indian Museum, IV. Fauna Symbiotica Indica, I and II. Invertebrate Fauna oi the Kumaon Lakes. Fauna Symbiotica Indica, III. The Indian Mud-Turtles. Anatomy of Atopos sanguinolenta. Cestodes from Indian Fishes. Miscellanea:—Entoprocta in Indian Waters. Rearing of Leeches in bara Banki District. Habits of liger-Beetles. Schizodactylus monsirosus as bait for birds. Macrones menoda var. trachacanthus. Aquatic Tortoises of the Ganges and Brahmaputra. Part III.—Gordiens du Musée Indien. A new Tortoise from South India. New species of Branchiodrilus and other aquatic Oligochaeta, with remarks on cephalization in the Naididae. Fauna Symbiotica Indica, IV. Freshwater Medusa from the Bombay Presidency. A new species of Indian Thrips. Aquatic Chelonia of the Mahanaddi. Recent Crinoids from the Indian Ocean. Fauna of Yunnan, VIIL Earthworms. Asiatic Naiades in the Indian Museum. Miscellanea :—Malaria Mortality in the Fringe Area of Calcutta. Larval Habits of Toxorhynchites immisericors. East Asiatic species of Apus. Part IV.—Notes on the surface-living Copepoda of the Bay of Bengal. Freshwater sponges of the Malabar Zone Notes on the Habits and Distribution of Limnocnida indica. The Anatomy of melo indicus. Two new species of Scolo- pendridae. Part V.—Indian Psyllidae. Descriptions of some new species of Freshwater Fish from North India, New Oriental Diptera, I. An Account of the ORIENTAL PASSALIDAE (COLEOPTERA), based primarily on THE COLLECTION IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. By F. H. GRAVELY, MSc. Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum. ee He ERRATA, P. 319 fine 1, for “ Taenioers ” read “ Taeniocerus ” P. 331 line 22, for “ Paritulus” read “ Auritulus” i i ores ene RN pec cal la AN ACCOUNT OF THE ORIENTAL PASSALIDAE (COLEOPTERA), BASED PRIMARILY ON THE COLLECTION IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM By F. H. GRAVELY, M.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum. (Plates XI— XIII.) CONTENTS. Page I. Introduction .. ar a xe Er sa so C7 2. External anatomy with special reference to taxonomic values fe »6 0 3. Classification of Indo-Australian Passalidae de To IR: oe, TOT 4. Catalogue of specimens in the collection of the Indian Museum, with notes on those in certain other collections aS as a er oo, | AOA 5. The variable species a Le 38 x 3B 202 6. Geographical distribution and synonymy ia er 0: .208 7. Appendix I. A revised classification of the Aceraiinae a “2 SE 2310 8. a II. Keys for the determination of species > ne i) = Sato) 9. », Ill. The genus Targwinius and aremarkable new genus from New Guinea . 326 IO. » IV. Supplementary catalogue of specimens in the Indian Museum collection 330 II. Summary and conclusions .. a Rs es we Tap 336 12. Bibliography .. = ne > a a 210 13. Index Fe a er sits 50 co Las i ENERO DUC MOINE The present Memoir is in effect Part II of the ‘‘ Annotated List of the Asiatic Beetles in the collection of the Indian Museum.’’ Its scope is, however, much larger than that of Part I; on this account and for other reasons which need not be detailed, it has been decided to discontinue the publication of the ‘‘ List ”” as a separate series. After I had commenced the catalogue of our Asiatic Passalidae it soon became evident, on account of the present confused state of knowledge of the family, that the value to specialists of the locality-records it was to contain would be greatly in- creased by the inclusion of full illustrated descriptions of all the species referred to; and that if these were included its value to collectors in the East would be still further increased by the inclusion of a key for the identification of all genera known from the Oriental Region. This led to an enquiry into the general principles on which the classification of the family has been based; and to the conclusion that, by a little modification of Kuwert’s system, the Passalid fauna of the whole Indo-Australian area, together with that of China and Japan, could be shown to be much more homogeneous and dis- 178 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. III, tinctive than that system at first sight suggests. I have accordingly given a revised classification with keys to all the genera known from this area, except Tar- quinius, Kuwert. This genus is as yet only known from one imperfectly described specimen from New Guinea which I have not seen,' and it does not appear to be closely related to any of the genera found in the Oriental Region.” If it should prove that I have attempted more than I can successfully carry out in the limited state of my personal knowledge of the family as a whole, I can only say that the attempt appeared to me to be worth making, and that the descriptions and figures of the species I have seen (which will lose none of their value thereby) will, I believe, prove sufficient to prevent my work from adding in any way to the confusion which it is intended in some measure to clear up. References to genera or species that are not known to occur in the Oriental Region (by which is meant here India, Formosa, the Philippines, Borneo, and intermediate localities) or in China or Japan are enclosed in square brackets, both in the keys and in the account of the zoogeography of the Oriental genera of Passalidae. Although the Indian Museum collection of Asiatic Passalidae, as I found it, was in many ways a remarkably fine one, additional collections that have been sent to me for examination have enabled me to make this paper much fuller than would otherwise have been possible. How far this is so will be sufficiently evident from the notes included in the catalogue of our specimens. I am greatly indebted to Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher and Captain R. B. Seymour Sewell, who have collected valuable series of South Indian species for me; to Mr. S. W. Kemp, who, with the assistance of Captain the Hon. M. de Courcy and the 32nd Sikh Pioneers, made an equally important collection in the Abor country; and to Mr. E. E. Green, Mr. H. E. Andrewes, Mr. H. Stevens, the Sarawak Museum, the Colombo Museum, the Bombay Natural History Society and the Imperial Agricultural and Forest Research Institutes, for the loan of their collections. It must not be supposed that these collections include only the species definitely attributed to them in this paper, in which, as it is primarily a part of the ‘ Annotated List of the Asiatic Beetles in the Collection of the Indian Museum’’, I have not thought it necessary to refer to other collections when there seemed to be no special reason for doing so.” ' Also, I have since learnt, from two specimens in the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum, recorded by Zang from New Guinea without any description (1906), p. 23). These show that Kuwert’s figure of this species is less trustworthy than his description. In general appearance they closely resemble species of the genus Leptaulax, from which they differ chiefly in the absence of scars from the mentum and in the presence of six well-developed lamellae on each antenna. See also Appendix III, pp. 326-330 below. ? The locality of Semicyclus redtenbacheri, Stoliczka (1873) is probably not Ceylon but Brazil (see Kuwert, 1898, pp. 203 and 279); while that of Paxilloides schmidti and philippinensis, Kuwert (Deutsghe Ent. Zeitschr., 1890) is probably also Brazil, not the Philippine Islands (see Kuweıt, 1891, p. 182 and 1898, p. 181). Consequently the genera Semicyclus and Paxilloides are not regarded here as belonging to the Oriental Region. Nor have I accepted the record of Mastochilus politus from Madras (see Stoliczka, 1873, p. 156). 5 Since this paper was sent to press I have had access to the collections in Hamburg, Berlin, and 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 179 The Indian Museum collection of Passalidae was first arranged by Dr. Stoliczka, who published an account of it in 1873. He himself presented a considerable number of the specimens which it contains. Many of these specimens belonged to undescribed species; and Stoliczka’s descriptions of them added considerably to the knowledge of the family. Had he lived to discuss Kaup’s classification (published in 1871), as he proposed to do in the monograph he was planning, there can be little doubt that it would have been greatly to our present advantage. Owing to his early death on his way back from Central Asia it happened that Kuwert was the first to attempt a revision of the family. Unfortunately Kuwert appears to have been anxious merely to define briefly and conveniently genera and species, and not to have cared greatly for the problems of phylogeny or distribution ; consequently he failed to show some of the close relationships that exist among Indo-Australian forms, giving an undue value to the presence or absence of asymmetry in the head, at the expense of other characters which seem to be really more important. The value of Kuwert’s posthumously published work is further reduced by the fact that it had evidently not received its final revision at the time of his death; so that the text is in parts very difficult to follow, and some of the figures appear to be unfinished, while others are either wrongly numbered or incorrect, unless his descriptions of the genera they represent are wrong. Nevertheless, his paper includes by far the most complete classification in existence. 2 PXTHRNAL ANATOMY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE TAXONOMIC VALUES OF DIFFERENT PARTS. As yet no one appears to have made a study of the relative values, for diagnostic purposes, of the various parts of a Passalid beetle. Instead, it has been assumed that all specimens differing markedly from one another in size or in such conspicuous characters as the form of the various ridges of the head, necessarily belong to different species. Zang (Igo5a, pp. 163-4) has, indeed, pointed out how misleading variations in the ridges of the head may be in specimens belonging to the genus C/ilo- mazus ; but even he failed to notice that this had been a constant source of difficulty in other genera as well. As the views I have been led to adopt by my work on the collections described below have caused me to suggest considerable reductions in the number of recognized species, I propose to state them here in giving an account of the terms used to designate the different parts of the insects. the British Museum, and I have to thank Prof. Kraepelin, Prof. Von Brunn, Herr Gebien, Dr. Horn and Mr. Arrow for the help they gave me when studying these collections. I have also, through the kindness of Mr. René Oberthiir, and the Directors of the Museums at Darmstadt, Dresden and Stuttgart, received for examination certain of the type specimens preserved in their collections. As a result of this I have been able to complete this paper by the inclusion of keys to all species known from : the Oriental Region, and to Australian genera; to examine a number of specimens named by Kuwert; to complete my account of the widely-distributed Oriental genus Acerarus by notes on Zang’s species, most of which I had not previously seen; and to add to and improve the paper in several other respects. 180 M emoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vos UOC, Size and Proportions. Arrow’s statement (1907, p. 441) that “ A rather striking feature in which the Passalidae differ from the Lucanidae, as from wood-feeding insects in general, is their constancy of size’’ has proved not to be invariably true; and the fact that it does appear to be true of most species renders exceptions to the rule the more remarkable. These exceptions are of special interest from many points of view and have been dis- cussed as fully as possible below (pp. 262-5). It will be sufficient to point out here, that since the very species which are most variable in size have also proved to be the most variable in structure, the most abundant, and the most widely distributed species in each of the several genera to which they belong, the fact of a great difference in size between two specimens cannot be held to indicate that slight differences in unimportant characters are likely to prove to have a definite taxonomic significance The actual length of a Passalid depends in some degree on the extent to which the head is drawn into the prothorax, and the prothorax over the mesothorax, but it appears to be the most convenient indication of size that can be given. All my | measurements of total length have been taken from the front of the labrum (or, in the genus Ceracupes, from the tip of the big horn) to the tips of the elytra. As the pro- portion of length to breadth seems to vary greatly in almost all species, no breadth measurements are given. Symmetry. Oriental Passalids may be either symmetrical or asymmetrical. The degree of asymmetry may vary slightly in different specimens of a single species; it seems to be an indication of the degree of specialization attained by different species or genera rather than of the degree of their mutual affinity. Antennae. The antennae are always ten-jointed. The basal joint is always long and thick. Joints 2-4 are thinner and only about aslong as broad; the fourth occasionally bears a rudimentary lamella. Joints 5-7 always bear at least the rudiments of lamellae, but these are often so constructed that they appear to form only a continuous thicken- ing of the shaft when the antenna isin the least degree curled (see text-figure 1, A and B), as it almost invariably is at this point in dried specimens. The three terminal joints always bear lamellae. The structure of the antennae of any one species is usually constant within very narrow limits. The only exceptions to this that I have met with are in the species Aceraius laevimargo the antennae of which are remark- ably variable in form, and in a specimen of Aceraius grandis subsp. hirsutus in which the fifth joint of the antennae is devoid of the well-developed lamella that it normally bears in that species. The lengths of the different lamellae relative to one another are used in distinguisting the species of Macrolinus one from another, and in separating the genus Kaupiolus from the genus Labienus; and I have used the same character in defining the Gonatas group of genera. Beyond this I have rarely found either the relative or actual lengths of the lamellae of any practical use; for they do not seem to be absolutely constant and they are difficult to compare in the case of insects which IOQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. ‚ISI TEXT-FIGURE I. Fic. A. Leptaulax dentatus, from above. 183 Es from below. Left mandible of Aceraius grandis, subsp. hirsutus, viewed obliquely from the inner side. Anterior margin of head of Leptaulax dentatus, from below. “3 35 we Macrolinus nicobaricus, ., Front coxae and prothorax of Leptaulax dentatus, viewed obliquely from in front. 9 5 WoO Front coxae and prothorax of Comacupes cavicornis, var. laevicornis, viewed obliquely from in front. u.a. anterior angle of head; a.i.a. anterior intermediate area of metasternum; a.l.l. anterior lower tooth; an.z. basal joint of antenna; a. prs. anterior plate of prosternum; b.el.base of elytron; c. coxa; c.a. central area of metasternum; c.4.3. anterior part of hind coxa; can. cauthus ; c.p.3. posterior part of hind coxa; c.f. central tubercle; e. elytron; f femur; fr.a. frontal area; fr.r. frontal ridge; g.y. fourth groove of elytron; 7.¢. inner tubercle; /.a. lateral area of metasternum; /by. labrum; /. p. fused lateral plates of lower surface of prothorax; /.¢.¢. lowest terminal tooth; m. mentum ; m./.¢. middle lower tooth ; ms.em mesothoracic epimeron; ms.es. mesothoracic episternum; mss. mesosternum ; mt.em. metatho- racic epimeron ; mt.es. metathoracic episternun ; m.t.t. middle terminal tooth; o.f. outer tubercle; p.1.4. posterior intermediate area of metasternum ; 2.l.t. posterior lower tooth; p.prs. posterior plate of proster- num; p.7. parietal ridge; prn. pronotum; s. scar: sc. scutellum; s.oc. supra-occipital ridge; s.or. supra- orbital ridge; swt. suture; {. tibia; ir. trochanter; /.¢. terminal teeth; w.¢. upper tooth ; w.t.t. upper- most terminal tooth; v.f. ventral tubercle; /-VI abdominal sterna. 182 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. vor, 1000, differ from one another in size or in the extent to which their antennae happen to be unfurled. It is so difficult, moreover, to say exactly where the shaft of the antenna ends and the lamella begins, that it often depends entirely on the point of view of _ the observer whether a specimen appears to agree with a given description. Mandibles. The mandibles of a Passalid are triangular in section, and bear teeth on the upper and inner margins as well as at the extremity. There is a striking uniformity of plan in the mandibles of all species, and such deviations as occur appear as a rule to be constant for whole genera rather than for individual species. These deviations take the form of the suppression, bifurcation or duplication of particular teeth, suppression being as a rule most marked in the right mandible and duplication in the left, no matter which side of the head is most developed. These teeth (see text- figure C 1) may be described as follows: — One upper tooth, situated on the upper margin of the mandible. Three terminal teeth. Of these the upper two are always compressed laterally ; the lowest one is compressed either laterally or dorso-ventrally according to the sec- tion of the family to which the insect in question belongs.' It is set further back in the latter case than in the former. Three lower teeth. Of these the anterior one varies considerably in form in different genera; the middle one is always a chisel-shaped lamella which is hinged on to the mandible except in certain genera of Aulacocyclinae; and the posterior one is a strong hollowed cusp so completely hidden between the labrum and maxillae that it cannot be satisfactorily examined unless the mandible is extracted. - Upper surface of head. The principal features of the upper surface of the head are shown in text-figure 1A. This surface is usually marked, at least in part, with a number of hair-bearing punctures, which in certain species run together to form grooves. The nature of these markings seems to be of greater importance than their extent. The head is bounded laterally above by a pair of swpra-orbital ridges, which extend from the anterior margin above the eyes directly backwards. These ridges are usually of almost uniform height throughout the greater part of their length and obliquely truncate in front. In species in which the ridge is a broad one, its crest commonly forks above the truncation, one branch extending along the outer and the other along the inner margin of the anterior face; but in a few of these species the inner branch is found to be more or less obsolete in certain specimens. ‘The size of 1 The Oriental Passalidae have been found to belong to two distinct sections of the family, which differ markedly from one another in many ways. One of these sections consists entirely of members of the sub-family Aulacocyclinae, and it is often convenient to refer to this as the first section of the family, as opposed to the remaining subfamilies which together constitute the second section. These subfamilies are considered in the present paper to be four in number, and I have termed them Pleur- ariinae, Aceraiinae, Gnaphalocneminae and Leptaulacinae. See below, p. IgI and onwards. IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 183 the angle at which the upper and anterior surfaces of the supra-orbital ridges meet is moderately constant for each species, and is therefore of some taxonomic importance, especially in the Aulacocyclinae. This angle may conveniently be referred to as the apical angle of the ridge. In some species it is peaked, and in others always rounded 5 but as the peak is very small and particularly liable to be rubbed away, this is not a character on which very much reliance can be placed. In the genera Cylindrocaulus and Auritulus this angle is developed into a conspicuous horn, which may be termed the supra-orbital tubercle. The anterior end of the supra-orbital ridge is produced forwards in certain species; the process thus formed is as a rule relatively longer in small specimens than in larger ones of the same species (compare fig. 20 with fig. 20b, and fig. 28 with fig. 28a). The part of the anterior margin of the head from which this process is developed may be called the anterior angle of each side of the head. The size of this angle is often of some taxonomic importance. From it a canthus extends outwards and backwards, usually about half-way across the eye. This canthus may be either . rounded or truncate distally ; in the latter case the size of its external angle appears to be of some slight taxonomic importance at least in the Aulacocyclinae. In the Aulacocyclinae, the posterior end of each supra-orbital ridge seems usually to curve inwards and then forwards, towards the base of the central tubercle which is present in all genera except Cylindrocaulus and Auritulus. This part of their course is developed to a particularly striking extent in the genus Caulifer. Some- times, however, even in the Aulacocyclinae, the inward prolongations of the posterior ends of the supra-orbital ridges evince a tendency to coalesce behind the central tubercle. In the second section of the family the posterior ends of these ridges are always united by what may be termed a supra-occipital ridge, except in the sub-family Macrolininae in which this supra-occipital ridge extends outwards beyond them on either side, curves forwards, and then disappears’. All the Passalids which come within the scope of the present paper, except the genera Cylindrocaulus and Auritulus, have a more or less prominent median tubercle somewhere near the middle of the head. This is called the central tubercle. It is as a rule more strongly developed in the Aulacocyclinae than in the remaining sub-families, and assumes in the former a number of different shapes even the details of which seem to be, as a rule, extremely constant in individual species or their local races. In the second section of the family on the other hand, it is no more than a longitudinal ridge more or less distinct and pointed in front, and such structural variations as it presents are usually small and not absolutely constant, and are very frequently obscured by friction. In the second section of the family a parietal ridge extends outwards on either side of this central tubercle. The angle between these ridges is as a rule moderately constant in any one species, but is less constant than has sometimes been assumed. In the second section too, there is a pair of frontal ridges, which are never | In Ophrygonius singapurae the supra-occipital ridge unites the supra-orbital ridges, and is also con- tinued outwards beyond them. 184 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yo, DR, found in the first section. These extend obliquely forwards and outwards from the front of the central tubercle. Close to their origin they are in some species more or less fused, to form a short median keel. The extent of this fusion, as well as the precise course followed by the ridges, has been found to vary greatly in different specimens of a single species (see, for examples, fig. 19, and figs 52 and 52b,c and d). In spite of the great differences in the general appearance of an insect produced by these variations, they have rarely been found to have any taxonomic value at all; and in these rare instances they have always been found in association with more distinctive, though perhaps less striking, characteristics in other parts of the body. In some forms the frontal ridges are replaced, or defined on the anterior and inner side, by a fine groove which extends almost up to the tubercles in which the ridges normally end, a little behind which it either disappears or bends outwards and a little backwards (see, for examples, figs. 25-39 inclusive). Another groove (which, though easily seen in most specimens of Aulacocyclinae, is more obscure in the other subfamilies, especially after theinsect has become hard and black) extends backwards on each side of the head from the anterior margin close to the inner side of the supra- orbital ridge, and curves inwards as though to meet the former groove, when it too disappears. There is usually an abrupt bend in the course of each frontal ridge opposite the place where the lateral grooves disappear even in species in which no trace of a frontal groove is visible. Consequently there can, I think, be little doubt that the lateral grooves, and those which sometimes follow the course of the posterior parts of the frontal ridges, together represent the suture by which the frons is separated from the parts of the head that lie on either side of and behind it; and that the posterior parts of the frontal ridges always follow the course of this suture even when the suture itself is no longer developed.' The course of the division between the frons and the c/ypeus, or plate imme- diately in front of it morphologically, is less evident, and it will be convenient to describe the characters of taxonomic interest in the two plates together before going on to enquire into this. : The pair of tubercles in which the frontal ridges end may be called the inner tubercles, as they are always found either on the folded anterior margin of the head between a second pair of tubercles, the outer tubercles, or else behind these away from the margin. That the inner tubercles are morphologically the same, no matter which of these positions they occupy, becomes evident as soon as the lower surface of the folded anterior margin of the head is examined.” | In pupae there is often a deep groove running direct from the position of the lateral grooves to the angle between the central tubercle and parietal ridges of the imago; but this appears to me to be no more than a fold in the pupal skin caused by the broad depression beneath it. Even if this fold should prove to appear, in the first instance, along the line of the sutures that bound the frons in the larva, it would not necessarily prove the above conclusion incorrect, as the plates which develop beneath it may well be of a different shape from those which they replace. ? Before this can be done the whole of the labrum must be removed. IQr4. | F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 185 It is then found that in addition to the inner and outer tubercles visible from above, there is a third pair which may be called the ventral tubercles ; that the two members of each of the three pairs are normally connected by a more or less distinct ridge; and that similar ridges tend to connect the different pairs together at either end (see text-fig.1, D and E). None of these tubercles seem to be developed in the Aulacocyclinae; but below the fold which forms the anterior margin of the head there is a ridge which probably corresponds to the one between the ventral tubercles of the remaining subfamilies. From a taxonomic point of view the most important of the ridges found in the second section of the family is that between the inner tubercles. Its absence in the Pleurariinae is one of the characters by which this aberrant sub-family is distinguished from others; and the fact that it forms the anterior margin of the head as seen from above is the principal character by which the Leptaulacinae are distinguished. In most forms in which it is present other than the Leptaulacinae, it is straight or slightly curved inwards towards the central tuber- cle; but when it follows any different course this is usually found to be extremely constant, and in the genus Macrolinus it seems to be a remarkably good character by which to distinguish one species from another. The area enclosed by this ridge and the two frontal ridges is termed the frontal area; it is very variable in shape on account of the variability of the frontal ridges. The other ridges are not sufficiently well developed to be of use in the diagnosis either of groups or of species. The outer tubercles are usually of very great importance', particularly in the case of asymmetrical forms, though the characters they afford must always be used with considerable caution on account of the frequency with which they are modified by friction, sometimes in what appear in other respects to be remarkably fresh and perfect specimens. In many species the outer tubercles, when viewed from the outer side, are found to be horizontally grooved, and I am inclined to regard this groove as the dividing line between the clypeus and frons (see text-figs. 1 D and E, and figs. 36a, 37a, 38a, 39a, 40a and 41a). This groove is always situated below all that can be seen of the outer tubercles from above, and in species in which these tubercles are forked or trunctate at the end it always crosses the apex of the lower angle—a fact which often enables one to distinguish fresh specimens of such species from worn ones of others in which these tubercles are normally conical. From this it follows that the whole of these tubercles as seen from above belongs in reality to what is here considered to be the frons instead ofto the clypeus. The course of the suture between the outer tubercles is very obscure. If it is visible at all (of which I am doubtful) it must follow the ridge direct from one of these tubercles to the other. But the pupae of Leptaulax dentatus which I have examined, suggest that the whole of the upper surface of the front of the head of that species is frons, and that everything below the folded margin is clypeus—.e. that the junction of the two is along the ridge joining the outer tubercles together by way of the inner tubercles, and not along the ridge joining them direct. ' The genus Gnaphalocnemis affords the most important exception I know. 186 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte The /abrum, or upper lip, is attached to the margin of the clypeus, and projects beyond the fold which forms the anterior margin of the head to an extent which often varies considerably in different specimens of a single species. The shape of its anterior margin, too, is only moderately constant, though the minute tooth which it bears in the middle in the genus Gnaphalocnemis and its immediate allies appears to be a character of some importance. In asymmetrical forms the left anterior angle is more or less distinctly prolonged beyond the right even when the right side of the clypeus is more highly developed than the left. Its upper surface is always covered with punc- tures and long hair in specimens which are in really good condition; and in the Aula- cocyclinae an indistinct ridge usually crosses it transversely not far from the anterior margin. Incertain species of Aulacocyclinae e.g. Ceracupes fronticornis and C. austent) this ridge instead of being indistinct is very pronounced. Lower Surface of Head. The only plate on the lower surface of the head, that need be considered here is the mentum, a broadly U-shaped shieid situated immediately behind the mouth- appendages. The structure of this plate is of great importance in the Aulacocyclinae in the definition of genera, and in some cases in the definition of species also. In the remaining sub-families it is convenient to refer to the transverse median part of the plate as the central part, and to the whole of the paired side pieces, right back to the posterior margin, as the lateral parts. The former area is usually smooth or more sparsely punctured than are the latter parts, from which it is often separated by a pair of depressions or primary scars. These scars are always more or less round when complete, but more often than not their antero-external margin is imperfectly developed or obsolete, when they appear crescentic, the concavity always facing outwards and forwards. Their presence or absence is a character of importance for the grouping of genera together ; but they do not seem to be of any use in separating species one from another. In certain genera the whole anterior margin of the central part of the mentum is apt to be depressed; in others this depression is moved backwards and outwards on to the surface of the mentum, in some genera! so far as to replace the primary scars, which are obliterated. Thepair of depressions thus formed may be termed secondary scars. When so well developed as to obliterate the primary scars these secondary scars are of great importance in classification ; when the primary scars are present as well they may be useful but are less constant, are often found to be only of specific value, and sometimes to exhibit a considerable continuous range of variation within the limits of a single species. Prothorax. The whole upper surface of the prothorax is covered by the pronotum. In most species this bears at least a trace of a median groove, which in some species is very pronounced indeed. Differences in the distinctness of this OR are SO er) l The scars on mentum of these genera were en ae confused with prie scars in my 1912 preliminary paper. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 187 produced by friction however, that but little reliance can be placed on them in the absence of other distinctive characters. In addition to the median groove there is always a pair of marginal grooves, whose structure is often of importance. These grooves are situated close to the lateral margin, and extend upwards along the anterior and posterior margins, beside which, in certain species, they meet in the middle line. Near the posterior angle on either side is a depression or pronotal scar, a structure which is rarely of use in taxonomic work. The general surface of the pronotum is either smooth or covered witlı punctures so small and shallow that they are quickly removed by friction and are of iittle or no use in taxonomy; but the sides are often strongly punctured especially in the neighbourhood of the scars, and of the ante- rior angles. The extent of this puncturing is always subject to some variation, and in certain of the species which vary greatly in size (e.g. Episphenus indicus) it is much more intense in small than in large specimens; nevertheless it often affords a useful confirmatory character in the diagnosis of a species. The prosternum, or median ventral plate of the prothorax, seems to me to be of but little taxonomic importance. It consists of a median piece, which is slightly expanded, in front of and behind the sockets (coxal cavities) in which the front legs are inserted, to form an anterior and posterior plate, from the former of which a pair of large plates (?episterna) spread outwards, each in the form of a triangle attached by its apex. The median piece is often keeled in front, especially in the Aulacocyclinae ; but in this subfamily the posterior part of the keel is usually hidden by the project- ing coxae, or basal joints of the legs. The posterior plate is pointed behind in the first section of the family and broadly truncate in the second; in some species it usually bears hair-carrying punctures, but the presence of these has never proved to be constant. The plates of which the lateral parts of the underside of the prothorax are com- posed are completely fused, and may be collectively referred to as the lateral plates. Differences in the sculpture and pubescence of these plates afford useful confirmatory characters, but they are never of any great taxonomic importance. Mesothorax. The scutellum, or median dorsal plate of the mesothorax, is partly hidden under the bases of the elytra, and the triangular area exposed between them is all that need be considered here. The base of the triangle forms the anterior margin and is invari- ably finely striato-punctate and pilose. Whether this punctured pilose area is visible depends partly on the extent to which it is developed, and this differs in different individuals of a single species as much as in individuals belonging to the majority of different species. It also depends on the extent to which the pronotum is drawn back over the mesothorax, and the taxonomic value of this area appears to me to have been greatly overrated by Kuwert. In some species other parts of the scutellum are punctured as well; the position of such punctured areas appears to be of greater importance than their extent. Below the bases of the elytra, which do not appear to be of any taxonomic 188 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. OL 1000, importance, are the mesothoracic episterna, which are also triangular. A band of strong punctures often extends obliquely across the polished surface of these plates, from about the middle of the upper margin to the middle of the anterior margin, which it follows down to the lower angle. The upper angle in front of this band is smooth and polished, and the posterior angle behind it matt. This pattern seems to form the basis of the patterns of all species, such variations as occur being confined above to the extension of the punctured band forwards to cover the upper angles, and beiow to changes in its width and in the extent of the dulled area in the posterior angles. These variations show a considerable degree of constancy in individual species, provided that the pronotum can be pressed forwards sufficiently to ensure that the whole of the episternum is properly exposed; but in rigid speci- mens they are apt to be misleading. The mesothoracic epimera are small plates which do not appear to be of any taxonomic importance. The mesosternum lies between the two episterna of the mesothorax. It is bounded behind by a transverse groove, which extends right across the ventral surface of the body a little in front of the place at which the middle pair of legs is inserted; it is roughly triangular, but the apex of the triangle is flattened, and forms the short anterior margin, which is finely striato-punctate and pilose to an extent fully as variable as that of the scutellum. The surface in the lateral angles is often matt; that of the middle part of the plate is usually polished. Either or both of these parts of the plate may be punctured, and such puncturing often affords a useful guide to the identification of a specimen. The central part often bears strongly marked grooves, keels or hollows, to which considerable importance has been attached by previous authors. I have never found these characters to be of any taxono- mic value, and in some species (e.g. Macrolinus andamanensis) the series before me proves conclusively that they have absolutely none. The mesosternal scars are a pair of depressions situated close to the lateral margins of the plate. These depressions are also more variable than has been supposed, but they sometimes exhibit unusually well-marked characters of undoubted value (e.g. in Leptaulax anipunctus). They are present in nearly all species of the second section of the family, but are not found in the first section The homologies of the T-shaped or I-shaped structure, situated behind the trans- verse groove which I have taken to mark the posterior margin of the mesosternum, are somewhat obscure. The antero-lateral parts seem to be as fully divided from the median part as they are from the mesosternum and perhaps represent the érochan- tine or subcoxa, though they are more firmly fused to the adjoining thoracic plates than to the base of the leg. They are of no taxonomic importance. The median part is probably a superficial portion of the mesosternellum or medifurca. In the Aulacocy- clinae it usually appears to be J-shaped, with a complete suture across the middle-line behind it and a more or less obscure transverse roughened patch across the narrow piece between the bases of the legs. In the genus Ceracupes, however, the transverse piece behind this patch is usually found to be more or less completely fused to the IQI4.]| F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 189 metasternum. This is also the case in all genera of the second section of the family, in almost all members of which the indistinct transverse band between the coxae is replaced by a distinct suture. This plate is therefore of some interest in connec- tion with the classification of the family; but Ihave not found it possible to utilize it for differentiating species. M etathorax. The metathoracic episterna and epimera do not appear to present any charac- ters of taxonomic importance; but the metasternum, which covers the whole of the ventral surface of this segment of the body, must be considered in some detail. Four different regions can easily be recognized in this plate. Firstly, there is a large flattened circular central area, whose boundaries are as a rule less clearly defined in the Aulacocyclinae than in the remaining sub-families. This area is almost always smooth; but in a few species of Leptaulacinae it is rough and may bear strong punctures, very variable in number, whose presence is apparently a constant feature of all the _ species in which they are found except one, that one being the most variable species of Passalid known to me. The central area is also marked, not infrequently, with ill- defined but symmetrically arranged grooves and depressions, to which taxonomic importance has sometimes been attached. But I have found these much too variable to be of any use. There is, however, in many species of the genera Tibervordes, Episphenus and Lepiaulax, a very persistent and strongly marked roughened depression in the middle-line, just behind the anterior margin, to which special attention may be drawn. It srarely entirely absent in species in which it is ever distinct, and never very distinct in species in which it is normally absent. The metasternum is usually bordered on either side by a pair of depressed lateral areas. These may either be of equal width throughout or broader behind than in front, and differences both in width and in shape are usually found to be extremely constant within the limits of each species. The surface of these areas is always roughened or punctured. Between the central and lateral areas are the intermediate areas, which are divided into an anterior and posterior part, more or less completely according to the size of the areas on either side of them. Differences in the extent and nature of the puncturing of the posterior, and to a less extent also of the anterior, interme- diate areas, afford useful confirmatory characters, but usually vary too much within the limits of a single species to be diagnostic by themselves. Abdominal sterna. On either side of each abdominal sternum a more or less distinctly triangular depression is often found. These depressions, which we may term scars, are less persistently found in the posterior sterna than in the anterior ones, and in the Aula- cocylinae than in the other subfamilies. They are too variable in shape and distinct- ness to be of use in the differentiation of one species from another ; and I have been unable to find anything connected with the abdominal sterna, except puncturing, which has any taxonomic value—such other characters as have been made use of have proved either to be variable in themselves, or to be dependent on the extent 190 Memovrrs of the Indian Museum. Vor. IT, to which the abdominal segments have telescoped and sunk in beneath the ends of the elytra. Even the puncturing is variable as a rule. It occurs with distinct- ness chiefly in the Leptaulacinae and in one or two genera of Aulacocyclinae. In the former subfamily two types of puncturing can be recognized. One, which occurs in a single species only (Leptaulacides planus) and is the principal character by which that species can be recognized, is a uniform, close, shallow and moderately fine punc- turing which occurs over the whole lower surface of the abdomen. The other, which occurs to some extent in other subfamilies also, is a close, but finer and stronger puncturing, centred in the scars, beyond which it extends to an extent which is apt to be extremely variable even within the limits of a single species; this at best affords evidence for the separation of species into somewhat vaguely character- ized varieties. The puncturing found on the abdominal sterna of certain Aulacocycli- nae (eg species of the genus Comacupes) is of yet a third kind, being coarse and sparse, with a hair (of which all trace may have disappeared in a worn specimen) rising in fresh specimens out of each puncture. The presence or absence of this type of puncturing appears to be a useful confirmatory generic character, and its extent, when present, a confirmatory specific one. Legs. The coxae, or basal joints, of the first pair of legs present one of the chief charac- ters by which species belonging to the subfamily Aulacocyclinae can be distinguished from those belonging to the subfamilies of the second section of the family; for although they are always transverse and embedded in the prothorax over the greater part of their length, they project downwards distally to a greater extent in the Aulacocyclinae than in the other subtamilies (compare text-figures I F and 1 Gi. No other joint of the first leg has proved to have any taxonomic value in any of the species I have seen, except the tibiae which are occasionally important, at least in the genus Taeniocerus. The coxa of the second leg is very small and need not be considered here, but that of the third leg resembles that of the first in size. Its exposed face is divided longitudinally into a raised anterior and depressed posterior part; and the presence ot absence of punctures on the latter affords a useful confirmatory specific character. Neither the small tvochanters nor the longer femora of the second and third legs are of any taxonomic importance; but in the Aulacocyclinae there is often, about two-thirds of the way down the outer side of the #b1a of each of these legs, a small spine, the presence or absence of which can frequently be utilized in checking a specific identification. Of these spines, those on the hind tibiae are the more useful, as the extent to which they are developed differs more in different species. Elytra. The elytra of all Oriental Passalids are marked each with ten grooves, with bs between them. On the dorsal surface the ribs are always flat, and much broader than the grooves, but laterally the grooves may be as broad as, or broader than, the ribs. Each groove contains, as a rule, a row of more or less distinct punctures, which are 1014. F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 101 usually stronger at the sides than above; and when the side-grooves are broad the punctures are drawn out laterally so that they come to form a series of short transverse secondary grooves within the primary grooves. These secondary grooves are not of absolutely constant form in all specimens of a single species; but they are sufficiently constant to be of great taxonomic value. I have rarely, however, found the slight variations that occur in the distinctness of the punctures of the dorsal grooves of any value whatever, though Kuwert seems to have placed great faith in them. Another character to which Kuwert attached greater importance than it deserved, was the puncturing of the sides of the elytra of different species of the genus Aceraius. This puncturing, unless it occurs on the eighth rib (counting the innermost rib as the first), as well as on the seventh and ninth, is by no means constant in extent in each species ; and although it is often most useful (especially in worn specimens) as a confirmatory character, as a primary character it is apt to prove misleading. The presence of hair on the sides of the elytra seems to be a satisfactory character by which to distinguish two genera, Acerarus and Trichostigmus, from their respective allies. a0) DHE CVASSIFICATION OF INDO-AUSTRALIAN PASSALIDAE. The preceding account of the external morphology of Oriental Passalidae has already indicated tnat all species which come within the scope of the present paper fall into one or other of two widely different sections of the family. The first of these sections includes the Aulacocyclinae of Kuwert, together with the genera Auritulus and Cylindrocaulus, whose affinities with the Aulacocycline genus Ceracupes have been established by Arrow (1907, p. 446). Kuwert, who overlooked - the only known species of the genus Awritulus, defined the Aulacocyclinae only accord- ing to the apparent structure of the prosternum relative to the coxae of the first pair of legs, excluding the genus Cylindrocaulus which he placed next to a Mexi- can form. The part of the prosternum between the coxae of members of the second section of Oriental Passalidae does not, unless the coxae are dug out from their sockets, appear as a lamina. Consequently it may be concluded that the ‘‘strongly elevated lamina’’ , that Arrow mentions as separating the front coxae of Cylindrocaulus bucerus from one another, is an exaggerated form of the keel which always extends along the middle-line of the central part of the prosternum of the Aulacocyclinae. Assuming this to be the case, the two sections into which the Oriental Passalidae are primarily divided may be distinguished by the following characteristics! :— ! Although the present paper does not deal with internal structure, reference must be made here to Sharp and Muir’s works on ‘‘ The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera’’ (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1912, pp. 477-642, pl. xlii-Ixxviii, Passalidae, pp. 579-580, pl. xliv, figs. 11-134). These investigators found that in representatives of the genus Aulacocyclus, the only genus of Aulacocyclinae they examined, ‘‘the basal-piece and the lateral lobes form one piece, either by consolidation or the supression of the basal-piece,’’ whereas in representatives of the genera Gnaphalocnemis (= Eriocnemis), Labienus and Protomocoelus (Gnaphalocneminae), Leptaulax (I,eptaula- cinae), and of the American genera Proculus and Neleus ‘‘the tegmen consists of two distinct pieces, the basal piece and the lateral lobes.’’ 192 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor 100% Part. Section I. Section II. Mandibles. Plane of the lowest terminal tooth vertical, Plane of the lowest terminal tooth | the tooth itself not situated well behind the horizontal the tooth itself situa- two upper ones, directed forwards when ted well behind the two upper the mandibles are open. ones, directed inwards when the | mandibles are open. Upper surface of | Parietal and frontal ridges, and the inner and Parietal and frontal ridges, and the head. outer tubercles with the ridges associated inner and outer tubercles with | with them, all absent. the ridges associated with them, present. Prothorax and its Middle part of prosternum with distinct median | Middle part of prosternum flat or appendages. keel which is usually hidden behind by the with median groove or less dis- coxae. as the distal ends of these project tinct keel, the whole surface vertically from their cavities, their vertical between the coxae exposed, as inner faces touching one another in almost the coxae do not project suff- all species. Posterior plate of prosternum | ciently from their cavities to meet more or less pointed behind. | aboveit. Posterior plate of pros- ternum broadly truncate behind. Second and third) Tibiae each armed with a spine about two- | Tibiae always unarmed except at pairs of legs. | thirds of the way down the outer side, the tip. | except in a few species in which the pos- tetior tibiae are not so armed. Mention of other, but less distinctive, differences between the two sections of the family, which are referred to in the preceding part of this paper, need not be repeated here. Three genera of the first section (Ceracupes, Auritulus and Cylindrocaulus) differ markedly from all the rest; but although they are evidently related to one another more closely than to any other genus, they differ from one another so greatly that no single character not found in other genera of the section has yet been described as common to all three of them. I have therefore included these genera with all the rest in the single subfamily Aulacocyclinae, although I think that a further examination of them may yet afford grounds for their separation. My principal reason for thinking this is that all known species of Ceracupes and Auritulus differ from all species I have examined of the genera Tyistorthus, Taeniocerus, Comacupes and Aulacocyclus, in having the middle lower tooth jointed on to the basal part of the mandible, as it appears to be in all genera of the second section of the family, instead of fused with it. Unfortunately I have not seen any specimens of the genera Caulifer and Cylindrocaulus. The genera of the single subfamily Aulacocyclinae, of the first section of the family, may be distinguished from one another thus:— Central tubercle not produced forwards to fuse with anterior margin of head; upper tooth of mandibles not unusually long .. % 1.4 Central tubercle very strongly developed, its apex fused with anterior margin of head; upper tooth of both mandibles very long and slender; middle lower tooth moveable .. an .. Ceracupes, Kaup; pp. 212 & 277. IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 193 Central tubercle present; supra-orbital tubercles and anterior pro- longations of supra-orbital ridges absent; pronotum not drawn out into a bifid protuberance in front; middle lower tooth of mandible (? always) immoveable : ; fe aA = te 2. Central tubercle absent, head Soon nd concave; supra-orbital tubercles and anterior prolongations of supra-orbital ridges present; pronotum drawn out into a bifid protuberance in front . , ae Ta ea orbital ridges not wnited to form a median foot belied [ene tubercle a a 00 os i a 4. 3. Posterior ends of supra-orbital ridges curved areas to form together a median tooth situated immediately behind central tubercle ; ee tubercle elongated dorsally ; mesothorax smooth .. [Caulifer, Kaup.] Mentum with strong median keel; mesosternum strongly punctured ; [sani sterna with at least a few hair-bearing punctures =. Comacupes,' Kaup; pp. A 204 & 267. | Mentum not keeled; mesosternum at most feebly punctured; abdo- minal sterna unpunctured ae a: oe aa ae 5. f Central tubercle unidentate or tridentate base do .. | Tristorthus,! Kuwert.] ‘\ Central tubercle bidentate above 6. Central tubercle never pedunculate, often neue any posterior ER anterior face never longer than dorsal, anterior end less highly elevated Taeniocerus, Kaup; pp. 208 & 270. 6.24 Central tubercle usually pedunculate; otherwise always with dis- tinct posterior face, anterior face never shorter than dorsal, anterior end much more highly elevated than posterior a .. Aulacocyclus, Kaup; pp. 211 & 272. Front coxae almost contiguous; canthus extending about half way across the eye; supra-orbital tubercles flattened, expanded at the ) apex, truncate 56 sa c ds Front coxae widely separated; canthus extending all the Way across the eye; supra-orbital tubercles slender and pointed .. .. Cylindrocaulus, Fairmaire; p. 270. The second section of the family appears to me to contain four Oriental sub- families (in addition to the Tarquiniinae, see below, pp. 326-330) which may be dis- tinguished thus:— Mentum without primary scars; secondary scars absent, or present only as depressions or small grooves close to anterior margin’; outer Auritulus, Zang, p. 279. | tubercles of head always simple .. 26 | Mentum with primary scars, except when these are replaced us more or less strongly developed secondary scars*; outer tubercles of head often complex .. Dr ait ee se € ze 3. ! Since preparing this key I have examined the type of Comacupes minor, Heller, and specimens of C. foveicollis, Kuw., from Borneo. ‘These have proved to be, in several important characters, transi- tional between the genera Comacupes and Tristorthus (see below, p. 267). ? I know of no really sharp distinction between these genera. The definition given here involves the transference of Taeniocerus deyrollei, and with it I presume T. mastersi (I have seen specimens of the latter determined by Zang, but not the original description), to the genus Awlacocyclus. These species appear to me to resemble A. rosenbergii more closely than they do any species of Taeniocerus. 3 This distinction taken by itself is not altogether a satisfactory one, for in one race of Ophrygon- > 194 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Only three antennal lamellae recognizable when antenna is furled; ridge joining inner tubercles absent a Ne .. PLEURARIINAE; pp. 213 2. 2 & 270. More than three antennal lamellae recognizable when antenna is z furled ; ridge joining inner tubercles present ER .. ACERAIINAE; pp. 215 & 280. Supra-orbital and supra-occipital ridges discontinuous .. .. MACROLININAE; pp. 240 | & 293. Supra-orbital and supra-occipital ridges continuous! .. oe on a, 4. Inner tubercles situated behind outer tubercles; ridge joining them not forming anterior margin of head; more than three antennal lamellae recognizable when antenna is furled as .. GNAPHALOCNEMINAE; pp. 246 & 207. 4.( Inner tubercles situated between outer tubercles on anterior margin of head, the middle part of which is formed by the ridge joining them: only three antennal lamellae recognizable when antenna is furled er SE ee Le de .. LEPTAULACINAE; pp. 251 & 302. The first of these subfamilies, the Pleurariinae, contains only one Oriental genus, Pleurarius. This genus has been grouped by Kuwert with the genera Ninordes, Pertinacides and Epipertinax, all of which are confined to the New World. I have not seen specimens of any of these genera, so am not in a position to criticize his opinion. The next three subfamilies comprise between them the Macrolininae of Kuwert, together with all the groups which fall under the second number “‘9a”’ of his table (1806, p. 219), which is trichotomous at this point. The definition of the Macrolininae given in the above key necessitates the removal, from the group to which Kuwert applied this name, of the genus Episphenus and one oriental? species of the genus Tiberius, since these have no scars on the men- ius cantori the mentum bears ridges which somewhat resemble the margins of primary scars and are perhaps homologous with the margins of secondary scars. The form of these ridges is, however, quite unlike that of the secondary scars of any species of Gnaphalocneminae ; and the form of the anterior margin of the head is in itself sufficient to show that the insect does not belong to any genus of that subfamily. On the other hand, the primary scars are sometimes so feebly impressed in the genera Cetejus and Analaches, that it is possible they may sometimes be absent, in which case it would be almost impossible to separate certain species from the genus Episphenus The fact is that these three genera are none of them, probably, very remote from the common ancestor of both subfamilies, although the countries inhabited by the last are so widely separated from those inhabited by the first two (see below pp. 213-5). The mentum of the genus Hyperplesthenus, Kuwert, which has only secondary scars and these not of very large size, closely resembles that of the genus Episphenus. The lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum are, however, fused asin all other genera of the Hyperplesthenus group, a fusion which is not known to occur in any genus of Aceraiinae. See also appendix III, p. 326, below. ! See also p. 183, footnote. ? Theso-called African species, Tiberius caffer, must also go. M. Oberthtir has shown me the type, which proves to belong to an Australian species, identified by comparison with the British Museum collection as Pharochilus dilatatus, Dalm. 1014.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 195 tum and have the supra-orbital ridges continuous with the supra-occipital ridge. The Tiberius here referred to is T. kuwerti, Arrow (=cancrus, auct.) and I have had to create a new genus T1berioides for the reception of this species, of Chilomazus borealis, Arrow, and of a new species (7°. austem) in the Indian Museum collection which com- bines some of the characters distinguishing the first two from one another. Kuwert’s reason for including “ Tiberius cancrus” and the genus Episphenus in the Macrolininae instead of among his ‘‘second 9a ’’ groups, was that they were neither asymmetrical nor possessed of a mentum marked by grooves cutting off a small area (“ furchenbegrenztes Schild’’) from the rest. Either of these characters occurring without the other would have been sufficient to place them among the ‘second 047 groups, and they appear to me to be of much less importance than the two characters referred to above, in each of which they differ from the rest of the group in which Kuwert placed them. Moreover, the genus Episphenus closely resembles the genera Chilomazus (=Laches) and Basilianus in the texture of the upper surface of the head, and forms with them a series ranging from complete symmetry to a high degree of asymmetry, but otherwise remarkably alike. [See also below, p. 316]. Turning now to Kuwert’s “ second ga”’ groups, it is clear that of the grooves and depressions found in the mentum of different genera of his Lachinae, only the lateral depressions, found nowhere except in the Far Eastern genera Mastochilus' and Analaches are primary scars. Consequently these two genera may be separated from the Oriental Chilomazus and partly Oriental Epiiaches.* On the same grounds the Oriental genus Heterochilus, which is without primary scars, can be separated from the remaining genera—none of them found in the Oriental Region—of the group in which Kuwert placed it, and placed near the Oriental genus Aceraius, a procedure which Zang has already advocated (1905a, p. 167) on different grounds. The new classification resulting from this rearrangement of genera, and necessi- tated by the definitions of the subfamilies Aceraiinae, Macrolininae and Gnaphalocne- minae given above, appears to me to be more natural than the old; and all the changes advocated have the effect of bringing classification more nearly into line with distribution. The subfamily Aceraiinae is almost entirely confined to the Oriental Region, and its distribution, as will be seen later (pp. 311-313), follows such definite lines that the one striking case of discontinuous distribution which it appears to show—that of the genus Epilaches—will probably prove to be a mistake. E. filius, Kuwert, from the ! Kuwert omits the scars in his figure of the type of mentum found in this genus. They are men- tioned, however, in Percheron’s description of Passalus sexdentatus (= Mastochilus polyphvllus according to Kuwert); they are well developed in the specimens in the Hamburg Museum determined by Zang M. polyphyilus ; and Kuwert himself mentions in his descriptions of both species of the genus the presence of scars, which he describes in terms that seem unlikely to refer to the small grooves he figures close to the middle of the anterior margin. Concerning the correct form of the name of the genus (whether Mastochilus or Mastachilus, see Zang, 19030, p. 418. 2 Concerning Kuwert’s confusion of the names Analaches and Epilaches, see below p. 283. 100 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More Nilgiris, is almost certainly a synonym of Basilianus neelgherriensis', and, as the genus Basilianus is most unlikely to occur in the St. Cruz islands, the probability is either that there has been some mistake about the locality from which the only other species —Æ. infantilis—comes', or else that this species has true scars on the mentum which have not yet been described. Consequently the genus Ebilaches is not included in the following key. The genus Heterochilus, for which Zang (1905b, p. 154) has suggested the new name Rhipsaspis, does not appear to me to be sufficiently distinct for recognition, especially in view of Zang’s notes upon it (19054, p. 167). The genus Ophrygonius, Zang, is very close to Basilianus, Kaup; but as the characters by which the two are separated do undoubtedly distinguish all the Indian forms on the one hand from the only Malaysian form with which they could be confounded on the other, I have found it convenient to retain it.” The genera which I recognize in the subfamily Aceraiinae may be distinguished from one another, thus”:— Inner tubercles separated by a space 4-3 as long as that separating outer tubercles is i =a che .. Tiberioides, Gravely ; pp. ) Jo 215 & 280. Inner tubercles separated by a space 2-ı times as long as that ' separating outer tubercles ae ae 7 3% 2. Anterior margin of head symmetrical or but slightly asymmetrical, both right and left outer tubercles simply pointed aa 2-¢ Anterior margin of head markedly asymmetrical, left external at apex .. 00 00 00 oc 00 ee 5.0 4. Central area of mentum smooth, neither grooved nor depressed near = longer than right, rounded or more or less obliquely truncate middle of anterior margin; anterior margin of head quite symme- trical Le = es a .. Episphenus, Kaup; pp. 217 & 280. Central area of mentum grooved or depressed round a median (rarely paired) process close to anterior margin; anterior margin of head more or less asymmetrical LE ee ER .. Chilomazus, Zang pp. 218 & 281. / Frontal ridges represented by fine grooves (which in certain speci- mens are somewhat obscured by their posterior margins being deve- loped into ridges); antennae with five or six pubescent lamellae; lateral grooves of elytra narrow, their punctures never linear se a Te: Frontal ridges neither represented nor accompanied by grooves; antennae with only four pubescent lamellae; lateral grooves of elytra broad, their punctures transversely linear .. N .. Ophrygonius, Zang; pp 227 & 235. ! I have since been able to confirm these two suggestions by reference to the type of E. infantilis and cotypes of E filius; see below, p. 283. * For a modification of the views expressed here see Appendix I, pp. 316-318. The page-references given in this key refer to the pages of the present paper on which are described the first species of each of the genera as here defined. The shifting of the points of division between the genera has not necessitated any change in the order in which the species would have been described. IQI4.] | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 107 ie of elytra hairless, unpunctured except in the grooves ... Bastlianus, Kaup; pp. 220 & 282. 5.( Sides of elytra clothed with hair, lateral ridges more or less exten- lee: punctured especially near the shoulder 2 .. Aceraius, Kaup; pp. 228 “ & 286. All species of the subfamily Macrolininae as defined here were placed by Kuwert in one or other of the genera Macrolinus and Tiberius. Zang (1905a, p. 163) has pointed out that Kuwert’s definitions of these genera are based on a distiaction which does not really exist. Zang’s definition, however, is based on a character which appears to me to be of specific rather than of generic importance. If the subfamily is to be divided into genera at all it must be along the lines indicated by Kuwert, but the definitions will have to be differently expressed, and Kuwert’s genus Macrolinus will have to be further subdivided into three sections, to each of which generic value must be given. It seems to me preferable, therefore, to reunite the genera Macrolinus and Tiberius. ‘The single genus thus formed may then be divided into groups of species as follows :—(1) Macrolinus urus and diuvenbodei from Celebes ; (2) M. sikkimensis, nicobaricus, and andamanensis; (3) the Ceylon forms; and (4) the Malaysian and Philippine forms with M. sulciperfectus from Celebes. The so- called African species, Tiberius caffer, of which I have examined the type, has proved to belong to the genus Pharochilus ; it is probably P. dilatatus from Australia. The subfamily Gnaphalocneminae contains the remaining genera belonging to the “second ga’’ groups of Kuwert’s classification, 7.e. all except the genera Chilomazus (= Laches), Epilaches, Heterochilus, Basılianus, and Aceraius. It is most abundantly represented in the Far Eastern part of the Indo-Australian area, and the following revision of its classification is based on the collections in the Berlin and Hamburg Museums, in which Pelopides and Tatius are the only genera that are not represented. In the Gnaphalocneminae, as in the Aceraiinae, some species are symmetrical and others highly asymmetrical; it is probable that the two subfamilies are very closely allied, and that the former occupies the same position in the fauna of the Australian Region as the latter does in that of the Oriental Region. The classification of the Gnaphalocneminae has hitherto been based principally on the sculpturing of the mentum and of the anterior margin of the head. This sculpturing appears to be of primary importance, but it is very difficult to define some genera precisely with its help alone, and I have found it necessary to use also the structure of the mandibles. In the less highly specialized genera of both Gnaphalo- cneminae and Aceraiinae the dentition of both mandibles is complete and normal, all the terminal and lower teeth being present and approximately equidistant one from another; whereas in the more highly specialized genera the lowest terminal tooth and anterior lower tooth tend to fuse or to disappear, on one or both of the 1 I have also, through the kindness of Prof. Lampert, been enabled to examine the type specimen of the genus Hyperplesthenus, Kuwert, which is preserved in the Stuttgart Museum. Without reference to this specimen I could not have determined the characteristics of the genus. 198 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor.. 100€, mandibles. In the case of the Aceraiinae it was useless to introduce any reference to this character into the key to the genera, as these were found to be well defined and to form a linear series of increasing specialization.' But in the Gnaphalocneminae it is more useful; for the genera, besides being less sharply defined by other charac- ters, form a branching series with one or more genera in which the dentition is reduced at the end of each branch; and the nature of the reduction, which is the --—- —. - = - ~ 77 =e Ed CA x ~ g / \ DS 4 PMesthenzs NZ N ‚&* N i G N \Plesthenudsroup/ 4 ; N ‘Fr Ê \ \ naphuloememis <= OL Br Jallus RS! \ \ SS N 2 \ NS Tr D N z \ \ NGS rafıegochilus N & “4 À *, \ \&, x ‚Omegarnıus os < I “a \a etoptdes à Ss Funapelofides‘ rn = x é \® -- S œ Vey N N = . Genus \© Analaches A SO 9, Le /Latiknus &/ \% 71 57 \ / AHaufpiolus D / \ EL ete; gf N ZN Hureliuds idl & © Sn we Sf N N | Kaupicloides o | 3 À { L N un ~ ya So, \Kaupioloides / \ ———__— same in all genera in which it occurs in any one branch, is different in different branches. : Zang has attached great importance to the fusion of the (anterior) intermediate and lateral areas of the metasternum in certain genera of Gnaphalocneminae, and here we have another character, usually very sharply defined, which is most useful for the determination of these genera. But it does not appear to me to be of such primary importance as the sculpturing of the mentum and of the anterior margin of the head; and Zang’s ‘‘ Kaupiolus Group,’’ which includes all genera so characterised, does not ' I have had to modify my views on these points, see Appendix I, p. 316. I914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 199 appear to me to be much more natural than a group containing all the genera with reduced dentition would be. In the accompanying diagrammatic representa- tion of the grouping of the genera of Gnaphalocneminae that appears to me to be most natural (see previous page), the names of the genera so characterised are marked with an asterisk ; and it will be seen that they appear in two different places. When thus arranged the genera fall into six groups {each enclosed in the diagram, by a dotted line), and it will be convenient to refer to these groups respectively as the Kauptoloides, Protomocoelus, Hyperplesthenus, Gnaphalocnemis, Plesthenus and Gonatas groups. The diagram indicates only the general course of the evolution of asymmetrical forms with reduced dentition, from symmetrical ones with complete dentition, as this is illustrated by the genera now in existence. Many of the genera in the lower parts of the diagram are distinguished from those above, as well as from those below them, by characteristics peculiar to themselves ; and the diagram must not be taken to imply the actual descent of one genus from another now existing, but only from one the general characteristics of whose head and mandibles were very similar.’ The Kaupioloides group appears to be the most primitive, and as its members closely resemble those of the subfamily Macrolininae, it may be supposed that the two originated from a common stock, and have not departed very widely therefrom in general appearance. ‘The Protomocoelus group, in spite of its possession of primary scars, appears to be related more closely than any other to the sub-family Aceraiinae. The affinities of the two remaining subfamilies of the second section of Oriental Passalidae, the Pleurariinae and Leptaulacinae, are more obscure; but it seems likely that the former is related to the Aceraiinae. The genera of Gnaphalocneminae may be defined thus :— Primary scars almost always present? ; when absent, area between anterior part of left supra-orbital ridge, and ridge joining left inner and outer tubercles, deeply excavate, the excavation bounded ai} behind by a sharply defined ridge; dentition of right mandible never | more reduced than that of left .. 0 ce 58 “4 Be 4 Primary scars never present; surface of head without deep or sharply defined anterior depressions, or dentition of right mandible more reduced than that of left .. Te à: a co on 9. ! I follow Zang (19055, p. 227) in supposing the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum to be fused in the genus Pelopides ; but Zang himself had not seen a specimen (I905a, p. 316). See also following footnote. ? It is, for instance, very possible that Protomocoelus and Pelopides have sprung more directly thar is here indicated from Kaupiolides, which they resemble in the structure of the metasternum more thi! they do Analaches-Cetejus. 3 Perhaps always; but in the most highly specialized forms they are often very small aud obscure. In all the more highly specialized forms, and also in some less highly specialized, the excavation behind the anterior margin of the head is present on the left and often on both sides; and in these forms it supplies an excellent mark of recognition; it faces more upwards and less forwards, and when well developed is much deeper than the somewhat similar hollow often found in the genus Gnaphalocnemis, Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Norme Outer tubercles at least as far from one another as from anterior angles of head; never asymmetrical, except when lateral and inter- mediate areas of metasternum are fused; surface of head usually rough ; dentition always complete : se .. (Kaupioloides Group) 3. 22 Outer tubercles at most as far from one te as from anterior angles of head; often asymmetrical, always so when lateral and inter- mediate areas of metasternum are fused ; surface of head smoother, polished ; dentition complete or reduced .. ae .. (Protomocoelus Group) 6. Anterior intermediate and lateral areas of metasternum distinct 3., from one another .. 5 08 à PATES 66 LAS Anterior intermediate and Lac areas of metasternum fes .. [Kaupioloides, Gravely’). Secondary scars ieebly developed (sometimes absent), transverse, never extending back as much as half way to posterior margin of mentum .. 50 oe 5% ais .. [Episphenoides, Kuwert *]. Secondary scars distinct, variable 3% ar en ays N 5. 44 ing in an acute angle ae as 66 .. [Mastochilus, Kaup]. Secondary scars represented by a single long transverse crescentic or semicircular groove, crossing middle-line about halfway between anterior and posterior margins of mentum .. 80 .. [Pharochilus, Kuwert 2]. Anterior intermediate and lateral areas of metasternum distinct from one another *; dentition complete, normal ; Antericr intermediate and lateral areas of metasternum ea 6 ‘ dentition of mandibles reduced on both sides, but especially on ithe left, anterior lower tooth (when present) widely separated from middle lower tooth, and partially fused with lowest terminal soon oc de de oy, ef ale sti RS. in which genus moreover, die dentition of the right mandible is always much more reduced than that of the left. ! These two groups are not very sharply separated. ‘The asymmetrical species of the Protomocoelus group can easily be recognized by the form of the anterior margin of the head (see Kuwert, 1896, pl. vii, figs. 70, 71, 77 and 82). Some of the symmetrical forms, however, come very near certain members of the Kaupioloides group, but are smaller, with the upper surface of the head smoother and the middle part of its anterior margin usually somewhat more prominent and never very broad. The genus Kaupioloides seems to be almost exactly intermediate between the two groups in these characters, but, being itself very slightly asymmetrical, it is distinguished from all their symmetrical forms and many of their asymmetrical ones by the fusion of the lateral and intermediate areas of its metasternum, and from the rest of their asymmetrical ones by the complete dentition of its mandibles. The lateral and inter- mediate areas of the metasternum are also fused in all genera of the Hyperplesthenus group; in this respect the genus Kaupioloides connects the archaic group in which I have placed it with this group, which must in any case be supposed to have originated from some such archaic forms; and in the structure of the head it connects it with the members of the Protomocoelus group. ? Mitt. Naturhist. Mus. Hamburg XXX, 1913, p. 103. ® Concerning the genera Episphenoides and Pharochilus see also Heller, 1910, p. 17. The general shape of the scars of the former is correctly shown in Kuwert’s figure, but they appear somewhat too sharply defined and at too great a distance from the anterior margin of the mentum ; so that the effect is that of the forın of mentum found in certain species of the genus Mastochilus, rather than of that characteristic of the genus Episphenoides. * The dividing line is less pronounced than usual in Analaches schenklingi, Heller, but it is there; ST En scars represented by a pair of very small grooves, meet- 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 201 Upper margin of left mandible, between upper tooth and base, straight or lightly curved so as to contain not less than 120°; ridge 71 joining inner tubercles usually straight and not strongly crested ; pronotum usually very strongly punctured in anterior angles; posterior angles of lower side of prothorax usually not very hairy.. [Cetejus, Kaup]. Upper margin of left mandible, between upper tooth and base, abruptly bent making a distinct angle of at most 120°; ridge join- ing inner tubercles usually concave and sharply crested, the crest projecting forwards; anterior angles of pronotum almost or quite unpunctured; posterior angles of lower side of prothorax usually very hairy oe do 0% 30 .. [Analaches, Kuwert]. ridge is present between left inner tubercle and supra-orbital ridge, it is directed towards anterior end of latter : [Pelopides, Kuwert]. Left outer tubercle much longer than right; a ridge de Be hind deep excavation from left inner tubercle towards middle of supra-orbital ridge .. > Be er .. [Protomocoelus, Zang (= Left outer tubercle broader, but little longer than right; when a Pelops, Kaup)]. Lamellae of antennae usually all rather short and stout, never more than four very long and slender; mandibles normal or with denti- tion reduced on right side ; secondary scars almost always longitu- dinally linear and widely separated an aS, SE LA 80 SEO! All six lamellae of antennae long and rather slender; mandibles 2 sometimes normal, more often with anterior lower tooth absent or fused at base with lowest terminal tooth, especially on left side ; secondary scars semi-circular or Y-shaped, more or less transverse, often more or less distinctly continuous with one another across middle line be 36 SR wa .. (Gonatas Group) 17. Lateral and intermediate areas of metasternum fused ; mandibles normal on both sides... À be 5 .. (Hyperplesthenus Group) Tete Lateral and intermediate areas of metasternum distinct; anterior lower tooth of tight mandible smaller than that of left, usually absent ee 50 ae 48 N RR + TO TA: and the dentition is clearly complete and normal, though the anterior Ines and lowest terminal teeth are broken on the right side in the type. ! See Heller, 1910, p. 14. These two genera cannot be sharply separated from one another, and should perhaps be regarded as sub-genera only. ? Kuwert separates these two genera thus, but his figure scarcely bears out his statement that the left outer tubercle is much longer than the right in Protomocoelus; and the material before me seems to indicate that his figure is better than his description. I am inclined to think that Pelopides will ulti- mately have to fall as a synonym either of Analaches or of Protomocoelus ; but which cannot be deter- mined before the mandibles and metasternum are described after examination and not, as in the above key, by inference. So I prefer to retain the name for the present. Zang (19055, p. 227) who had also not seen a specimen (1905, p. 316) regards P. schraderi, Kuwert, from New Guinea, as the type of the genus, which he considers distinct ; and suggests that the remaining species, P. gravidus, Kuwert, from Mindanao, ought probably to be transferred to some genus of the Gnaphalocnemis group on account of its toothed labrum. 202 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, = f Ceutral tubercle of head free, directed forwards ae .. ([Aurelius, Kuwert!]. ‘| Central tubercle of head normal ne ee it m NS? Secondary scars widely separated ae 7 fs Se MEL Secondary scars not widely separated, directed inwards so that their posterior ends nearly meet in middle-line without reaching i posterior margin of mentum; autennae normal; left outer tubercle truncate or complex, right similar or simple and bluntly pointed ; pronotal scars with or without hair 4 ER .. [Hyperplesthenus, Ku- wert ?]. Antennae normal; outer tubercles variable, simple or complex, not markedly asymmetrical *; pronotal scars hairless S .. [Kaupiolus, Zang * (=Vellejus, Kaup)]. slender ; left outer tubercle broadly truncate, right more or less 13% 3 Antennae with lamellae of last four joints abnormally long and pointed but no longer than left; pronotal scars hairy .. .. [Labienus, Kaup}. Outer tubercles simple, very variable, acute or truncate, highly asymmetrical (that of the right side being always the larger) or PP- 247 & 297. = (? sometimes quite) symmetrical a ie .. [Plesthenus, Kaup (= Em- 14. bryulcus, Zang °)]. At least one of the outer tubercles complex, or truncate with an ad- ditional tubercle between itself and anterior angle of same side of ce ah Ke Nr ar sae .. (Gnaphaiocnemis Group) rely Secondary scars united in middle-line behind, together forming an w-shaped depression much as in Omegarius; anterior lower tooth a, of right mandible small but distinct ne de .. Parapelopides, Zang ; pp. 246 & 297. Secondary scars completely separated as a rule, anterior lower tooth |: right mandible absent a de ae er a dor, | Outer tubercles equal ® i m os .. Trapezochlus, Zang ; of left er eh af ue we .. Gnaphalocnemis,' Heller; 16.( Outer tubercles unequal, that of right side always larger than that | pp. 248 & 208. ! The genus Aurelius, specimens of which I have myself examined, possesses all the characteristics of the Hyperplesthenus group. ? The genus Hyperplesthenus does not appear in Kuwert’s table for the determination of genera (1896), being described, apparently for the first time, in 1898 (p. 318) in the description of H. impar, Kuwert, without any separate generic definition. An examination of the type specimen has enabled me to define the genus more precisely, and to find that Labienus gracilis, Heller (Abh. Mus. Dresden xiii, 3, p. 16), of which I have also seen the type, is really a Hyperplesthenus. See Mitt. Naturhist. Mus. Hamburg XXX, 1913, p. 105. 8 Kuwert says always asymmetrical, but they are symmetrical in his figure and in the majority of specimens before me. * Kaupiolus trigonophorus, Zang, as Zang himself suspected, is not a true Kaupiolus, and I have made it the type of a new genus Kaupioloides (see above, p. 200). 5 Zang considers the name Plesthenus to be preoccupied by Plesthenes, Stal. ° Not always quite symmetrical in structure however; so it is possible that the genus Trapezochilus will eventually have to be merged in Gnaphalocnemis. T Kuwert (1896, p. 229) states that there is always a depression between the left outer tubercle N 1914.] F. H. GRAvELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 203 Secondary scars curved nn sa se fs 18 17. Secondary scars Y-shaped, forming together a W-shaped depres- sion oe an x 2 .. Gonatas, Kaup, pp. 250 : & 299. Secondary scars approximate, forming together an w shaped de- 18.¢ pression .. Sf Fe re _ .. [Omegarius, Kuwert!.] Secondary scars widely separated BR 32 .. Matus, Kuwert!.] The last Oriental subfamily, Leptaulacinae, contains only two of Kuwert’s Oriental genera, these being Leptaulax and Trichostigmus. Of these the former is by far the larger, and Zang (19054, p. 106) has split it up into two. The species belonging to it seem capable of arrangement in quite a definite linear series. At one end of this series we have forms in which the intermediate areas of the metasternum, and as a rule the sides of the pronotum, are thickly and extensively punctured, the lateral grooves of the elytra being very broad with transversely litfear punctures ; while at the other end come forms in which the lateral grooves of the elytra are narrow with small round punc- tures, the sides of the pronotum bearing a few punctures only, while the punctures on the intermediate areas of the metasternum are absent, or obsolete and confined to the inner posterior angles. All species belonging to the first-mentioned end of this series apparently belong to the genus Leptaulax as restricted by Zang, and those belonging to the last-mentioned apparently belong to his new genus Leptaulacides ; but as the character on which these genera are separated—the form of the parietal ridges of the head—is only once referred to by Kuwert, it is impossible to be quite certain whereabouts in the series the restricted genus Leptaulax ends and the new genus Leptaulacides begins. I have, therefore, recognized the genera as distinct, only when describing the species before me,” and have dealt with both under the old name Leptaulax (as defined by Kaup and Kuwert) in the subsequent synonymmic revision of the Oriental Passalidae as a whole. The three accepted genera of Leptaulacinae may be distinguished as follows: — Sides of elytra hairless ite 22 ae ae an an D, 1./ Sides of elytra hairy I = Trichostigmus, Kaup, pp. 261 & 310. and supra-orbital ridge in this genus. This character is not found in any other accepted genus of the group but it is shared by ‘‘ Pelopides’’ gravidus, Kuwert, which must be transferred, in all prob- ability, to this group (see Zang, 19054, p. 316 and 1905), p. 227). ‘‘ Pelopides’’ gravidus differs, however, from all known species of Gnaphalocnemis, in that the left outer tubercle is larger and not smaller than the right. One species of Gnaphalocnemis is known to me in which there is no depression between the left outer tubercle and supra-orbital ridge. ‘This is described below under the name G. simplex. It further differs from other species of Gnaphalocnemis in the form of the outer tubercles, and in having the anterior intermediate and lateral areas of the metasternum very imperfectly separated. A -new genus may ultimately be required for its reception. | _ 1 I very much doubt the distinctness of these two genera one from another. ? An examination of further material has shown that this distinction does not always hold good, for L. himalayae and certain species immediately succeeding it in my list may have parietal ridges of the kind found in either genus, the two kinds being sometimes found on opposite side of a single speci- men. The two genera have therfore been united in the following pages. 204 Memotrs of the Indian Museum. Lore, JO0G, Parietal ridges of head short and laterally truncate, being separated | from supra-orbital ridge by a deep hollow; insects strongly and 2.1/ more extensively punctured ca Wes a .. Leptaulax, Kaup, pp. 251 & 302. Parietal ridges long, laterally continuous with supra-orbital ridges; (insects sparsely and less extensively punctured 56 .. Leptaulacides, Zang. 4. LIST OF SPECIMENS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM COLLECTION, WITH NOTES ON THOSE IN CERTAIN OTHER COLLECTIONS.’ Localities are recorded as briefly as possible in this list. For further geographical information regarding them, and also for all information regarding the synonymy adopted here, the sixth part of this paper should be referred to. I have thought it best to retain, for the present, all names already in use which can be applied to forms satis- factorily distinguishable from their allies in the collection before me, even when (as in the case of Ephisphenus compton and its varieties) there is evidence to show that a larger series of specimens is almost certain to prove that the characters, which now seem to be distinctive, are of no real taxonomic importance”. But as full species I have only recognized forms differing in at least one constant and definite character, or combination of characters, from every other form known to me. The descriptions refer only to the specimens before me, and the measurements given for each species do not always show the total range in size indicated in the descriptions of previous authors. Subfamily AULACOCYCLINAE. Genus COMACUPES, Kaup. Comacupes cavicornis, Kaup. i) Ce CAVACORNIS) Kauprsser Regd. No. Sr 79 | Sinkep Island Moti Ram. Description.—Length 23-25 mm. Labrum about twice as wide as long, anterior margin slightly concave, angles rounded, sides slightly convergent behind. Upper tooth of mandibles weak, obtuse; anterior ‘ower tooth conical, usually truncate or bifid at apex, that of left side partially fused to lower margin of lamelliform middle lower tooth. Mentum hairy and coarsely punctured, with a strong median keel, which is obliquely truncate behind and extends into a slight prominence in middle of anterior margin. Head hairy and strongly punctured, except on supra-orbital ridges and anterior margin ; central tubercle narrow (usually more so in front than behind), pointed before and behind, hollowed out above, the upper margins of its raised sides straight and usually somewhat elevated behind and dipping at an angle of about 120° above the somewhat elongated anterior overhanging portion; anterior margin of head thickened, approximately straight except close to lateral sutures of frons on inner side ! See footnote 2 on preceding page. ? A list of these collections will be found above, p. 178. * This has since been confirmed; see p. 282. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passahdae. 205 of which it is a little convex; lateral sutures of frons meeting anterior margin of head in an angle of about 60°, and crest of supra-orbital ridge in an angle of about 30°; crest of supra-orbital ridge meeting canthus in an angle of about 30°; external angle of canthus acute, usually little more than 60°, supra-orbital ridge unpunctured, apical angle about 120°, crest defined by a groove on inner side; a more or less distinct transverse groove present between supra-orbital ridge and central tubercle. Pronotum without strong punctures except in the marginal groove, which is not interrupted before or behind in the middle-line, and is broader on the inner side of each rounded and slightly prominent anterior angle than elsewhere; sides parallel; posterior margin rounded; scars curved (the concave face anterior), slightly oblique, with a single smaller round depression immediately in front of them. Lateral plates of lower side of prothorax with hair-bearing punctures behind, and a few along outer margin in front. Mesothoracic plates punctured throughout with the exception of the posterior angles of the episterna; sternum covered with long hair; the rest of the mesothorax hairless. Metasternum with the central area moderately distinct, this and the posterior inter- mediate areas smooth and hairless; lateral and anterior intermediate areas punctured and more or less hairy; lateral areas much broader behind than in front. Second and third abdominal sterna covered with hair-bearing punctures all over, fourth to sixth at the sides. Anterior margin of front coxae, and posterior part of hind coxae, punctured. Tzbiae of middle and hind legs each armed about two-thirds of the way down outer side with one spine. Elytra somewhat punctured and very hairy (in perfect specimens) at the shoulders; all the grooves strongly punctured ; the rest smooth. 2. C. CAVICORNIS, Var. BORNEENSIS, n. var. Pl. xi, figs. 1-14. Regd. No. nr Kuching, Sarawak Sarawak Museum. I have examined three specimens of this form. Of these one has been kept in the Indian Museum, one has been returned to Sarawak, and one (the type) has gone to the British Museum. . Description.—Length 26°5-28'5 mm. Differs from C. cavicornis, s. str,, only in that the head is smooth as in the following variety and has all its angles more or less produced, while the puncturing of the metasternum is intermediate in extent between that found in C. cavicornis, s. str.. and that found in the following variety. 3. C. CAVICORNIS, var. LAEVICORNIS, Kaup. Pl. xi, figs. 2-24. Regd. No. as Malacca 3 9244 9410-5 9417-20 1 | 9423-8 9450 94323 9437-8 2) Seen 1 Et Johore ( 9413-5 9480 6381-2 1 1 14 { Stoliczka bequest, | J. Wood-Mason, etc. 9402 >) 5 ? J. Wood-Mason. 2.06 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Worse Description.—Length 23-27 mm. Differs from C. cavicornıs, s. str., only in having the upper surface of the head entirely smooth, hairless, and unpunctured except right at the back behind the supra-orbital ridges; in having the central tubercle of the head shorter and more abruptly truncate in front; in having somewhat wider enlarge- ments of the anterior part of the marginal furrow of the pronotum; and in having the lateral and anterior intermediate areas of the metasternum more sparsely and less extensively punctured behind. Comacupes stoliczkae, n. sp. Pl. xi, figs. 3-34. Regd. No. = > (type) Johore, Malay Peninsula J. Wood-Mason, etc. 8785 a = Sinkep Island Moti Ram. This species is intermediate between C. cavicornis and C. masom; but it closely resembles C. cylindraceus also, agreeing with it in every detail referred to by Kaup in his monograph. Kaup notes, however, that he includes under the one name cylind- raceus two forms differing considerably in the shape of the central tubercle, both of which forms he figures; and I have little doubt that his ‘‘ 2nd form”’ was in reality the present species. Perty’s original description and figure of C. cylindraceus would perhaps do almost equally well for either form ; but I think that these, and also those subsequently given by Percheron, apply best to the form referred to by Kaup as the typical one. As the present form differs considerably from this “typical’’ C. cylindraceus in the shape of the central tubercle, I have no hesitation in regarding it as a distinct species; and I name it after Dr. Stoliczka in recognition of his valu- able work on the Oriental species of Passalidae. Description.—Length 25-27 mm. Labrum often neatly as long as it is wide, punctured, hairy, anterior margin approximately straight, angles strongly rounded, sides straight and parallel. Mandibles as in C. cavicornis, the upper tooth even more reduced. Head above and below also as in C. cavicornis in general shape, but with the central tubercle more elevated (especially in front), much narrower, thickened behind the apex, and simply rounded, not excavate, above; there is, moreover, a pair of transverse ridges at the base of the central tubercle much as in J'aemocerus bicanthatus, but more pronounced and covered like the rest of the head with a coarse punctuation slightly finer and closer than that of Comacupes cavicornis. Prothorax as in C.cavicornis, but with somewhat smaller scars, and still more hairy sternum. Mesothorax also as in C.cavicornis. Metasternum differing from that of C. cavicornis in that the punctuation is somewhat finer and closer, and extends over the whole surface outside the central area. Abdominal sterna (? always) less hairy than in that species. Posterior part of hind coxae punctured; middle #brae armed with one spine about two-thirds of the way down; hind tibiae similarly armed, but with the spine usually very slightly smaller. Elytra sometimes with some small punctures along the lower side of the anterior half of the tenth rib; otherwise as in C. cavicornis. IQI4.]| F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 207 Comacupes masoni, Stoliczka. Pl. xi, figs 4-4a. Regd. No. = (type!) Johore, Malay Peninsula J. Wood-Mason. Description.—Length 30 mm. Labrum as in C. stoliczkae, but with anterior margin slightly concave. Mandibles also as in €. stohezkae. Mentum perhaps differ- ing from that of that species in that the median keel is scarcely as high. Head somewhat more finely punctured, otherwise similar; central tubercle quite as prominent, not depressed at tip as in both C. stoliczkae and C. cavicornis, scarcely excavate along middle-line, outline in side view straight (perhaps very faintly convex) and horizontal above, oblique beneath. Pronotum with anterior angles a little more prominent, sides slightly divergent behind; enlarged areas of anterior marginal groove rather abruptly terminated at their outer ends. Prothrorax ventrally as in C. stoliczkae. Mesothorax, metasternum, elytra and legs also as in C. stoliczkae. Second abdominal sternum strongly punctured throughout; third with a few punc- tures at each end; rest of lower surface of abdomen smooth and highly polished. Comacupes cylindraceus (Perty). Pl. xi, figs. 5-6a; text-fig. 2. Regd. No. eH os Sinkep Island Moti Ram. 2» D Klingkang, Borneo Sarawak Museum. Also specimens from the Larut Hills in the British Museum, from Deli (Sumatra) in the Hamburg Museum, and from Padang and St. Rambe (Sumatra) in the Deutsches Entomologishes Museum. Under this name, as explained above (p. 206), I include, of the two forms included under it by Kaup, only the “ typical’ one. But I also include everything referred by Zang to C. masoni and es C. cormocerus ; and the series of specimens before me shows eo the species to be so variable that I am inclined to think it possible that C. masoni, Stoliczka, may ultimately have to Jie eae pe be referred to it also. ; ; | C. cylindraceus, from Description.—Length 24-28 mm. Differs from C. stoliczkae Dsl Tene SiGe os ah and C. masoni only in the form of the central tubercle of the head ; this is somewhat less prominent in front as seen from the side, and more or less vertically truncate; its anterior margin may be straight or markedly concave, and either the upper or the lower angle may project some- what—but never very much—beyond the other (see pl. x1, figs. 5a and 6a, and text- TEXT FIGUER 2. . . © . .. 9449 | This specimen appears to have been entered in our register originally under the No. =, to have lost the label bearing this number, and then to have been entered again under another number. 208 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, fig. 2'. The form of the anterior parts of the marginal groove of the pronotum and the puncturing of the abdominal sterna are both extremely variable. - Genus TAENIOCERUS, Kaup. Taeniocerus bicanthatus (Percheron). Pl. xi, figs. 7-7b. Regd. No. ? J. Wood-Mason. 9477 6362-5 6383 2 1 14 14 No. *" is markedly smaller than any of the others, but in structure it agrees with them perfectly. In all the specimens I have seen the external angle of the canthus is more or less obtuse, scarcely rectangular as it is shown in Percheron’s figure, and certainly not acute as in Kaup’s figure. Description.—Length 24-29 mm. Labrum about twice as broad as long; anterior angles rounded, laterally prominent; anterior margin concave. Upper tooth of mandibles somewhat obtuse and not very prominent; uppermost terminal tooth obsolete ; anterior lower tooth of left mandible wider than that of right ; the former, and often the latter also, more or less bifid, the upper denticle being longer than the lower. Mentum with a considerable angular prominence in middle of anterior margin; this prominence continued backwards to posterior margin as a hairless, and usually smooth and more or less hollowed, triangular area; lateral portions of mentum flattened, hairy and coarsely punctured. Head smooth and polished asa whole, but punctured behind supra-orbital ridge, beside central tubercle, and in area enclosed by the U-shaped ridge with which this tubercle is crowned; arms of this ridge parallel or slightly divergent,’ their extremities somewhat promi- nent. Anterior margin of head slightly concave, with a slightly convex trans- verse groove immediately behind it, meeting crest of supra-orbital ridge at an angle of not more than 9o°, and margin of canthus at an angle of about 120° ; external angle of canthus about 120°; apical angle of supra-orbital ridge somewhat more obtuse than this; crest of supra-orbital ridge defined on inner side by distinct groove, a pair of more or less distinct ridges extending outwards and very slightly forwards from base of anterior angles of central tubercle. Pronotum smooth, polished ; anterior margin almost straight, anterior angles rectangular, pointed but not prominent ; sides parallel, posterior angles much rounded, posterior margin some- what convex; marginal groove punctured, incomplete in the middle-line in front, Johore, Malay Peninsula : ? ! The type specimen of C. cormocerus, Zang, has the central tubercle of the form shown in the last-mentioned figure, which is from a specimen from the Larut Hills, but the upper angle does not project upwards, and occupies a much smaller part of the front of the tubercle than does the lower. ? The width of this horn is very variable in proportion to its length even in our few specimens, all of them probably from Johore. So Zang’s suggestion (195a, p. 105) that Bornean specimens are distinguished by a broad horn such as is figured by Kaup, and Malayan ones by a longer horn, can no longer be maintained. IOI4.]| F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 209 widest a little more than half way from this point to the angles; median groove strongly developed, scars, obliquely S-shaped, punctured in lower two-thirds of their length. Lateral ventral plates of prothorax sparsely and obscurely punc- tured in front, closely and distinctly punctured and hairy behind. Scutellum more or less sparsely punctured in antero-lateral angles; oblique punctured band of mesotho- racic episterna very broad, covering almost the whole of the plate, posterior angles polished ; anterior parts of lateral angles of mesosternum punctured, the rest smooth, middle-line marked by a broad and somewhat Y-shaped groove whose fork is directed forwards. Metasternum unpunctured except in anterior angles, lateral areas not very broad behind. Abdominal sterna smooth and polished, unpunctured. Posterior coxae matt behind, not distinctly punctured. Tibiae of middle legs with one spur situated externally slightly beyond the middle; those of hind legs without these spurs. Elytra unpunctured except in the grooves. Taeniocerus pygmæus, Kaup. PI. xi, figs. 8-8a. Regd. No. =e ** Malacca ’’ ? I have also examined two specimens from Kuching in the Sarawak Museum collection. Description.— Length 15-16 mm. Labrum twice as broad as long behind, but three times as broad as long in front, the rounded anterior angles being much more prominent than in the preceding species. Upper tooth and uppermost terminal tooth of mandibles obsolete; anterior lower tooth conical, that of left side united by a ridge to middle lower tooth. Smooth central part of mentwm broader in front than in preceding species, being distinctly pentagonal; mentum otherwise as in that species. Head more or less finely roughened, except around central tubercle where it is smooth, and further back where it is punctured; central tubercle almost completely divided by a longitudinal groove into a pair of conical crests apically rectangular in profile; these crests obscurely joined together behind into a single horse-shoe shaped structure. Anterior margin of head slightly concave, sometimes bordered by an obscure marginal furrow, meeting supra-orbital ridge in a much rounded angle of about 60° and side margin of the head at about 90°; side margin of head making a somewhat rounded re-entrant angle of about 120° with canthus; external angle of canthus and apical angle of supra-orbital ridge also about 120°, the latter situated at about the middle of the ridge. A slight hollow present on each side of central tubercle. Pronotum polished, anterior margin wavy or almost straight, anterior angles acute and often very slightly prominent ; sides convex, diver- gent; posterior angles rounded, posterior margin convex, marginal groove well deve- loped across middle-line in front, otherwise as in preceding species; median groove strongly developed; scars Z- or y-shaped, punctured. Prothorax ventrally as in the preceding species. Scutellum entirely smooth except for usual finely punctured patch in middle of anterior margin, or faintly grooved in middle-line immediately 210 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. yo JUDE, behind this patch; mesothoracic episterna crossed by oblique band of punctures or. with their upper angles punctured throughout; mesosternum finely striatopunctate at sides in extreme front, otherwise smooth and polished, sometimes more or less clearly grooved or keeled in the middle behind; metasternum as in the preceding species : except that an obscure median longitudinal keel is present and the lateral areas are even smoother. Abdominal sterna and hind coxae polished, unpunctured. Tibiae of middle legs with one blunt tooth slightly below the middle; those of hind legs without any such tooth. Lateral grooves of elytra distinctly punctured. Taeniocerus bicuspis, Kaup. Pl. xi, figs. 0-04. Regd. No. "+ 7 \ Eisen Stoliczka bequest, Asiatic + Buns us Society, etc. 8129 Gopaldhara, Rungbong Valley, Dar: H. Stevens (coll. W. K. % 19 jeeling District Webb). 3 a“ Chongtang, Darjeeling District J. Wood-Mason. »» aes Upper Tista, 4000 ft. 5 iR u Sureil, Darjeeling District A. Alcock. 5 zu N. E. Frontier ? hs ao ea Dafla Expedition 2) na DRE, Cum 9 iR H. Godwin-Austen. 2 ones Dikrang Valley | vs = Harmutti, base of Dafla Hills i =“ a 2 Kobo, Abor Country, 400 ft. Rotung, Abor Country, 1400 ft. Nov. 1911—Feb. 1912. a a Upper Rotung, Abor Country, 2000 ft. S. W. Kemp. ee Upper Renging, Abor Country = ae “ee Cachar J. Wood-Mason. Mr. Stevens’ collection includes a specimen from Silonibari at the base of the North Lakhimpur Hills in Assam. Description.—Length 20-22 mm. Labrum asin T.bicanthatus. Mandibles as in T. pygmaeus but with anterior lower tooth slightly more compressed. Mentum not unlike that of T. pygmaeus, but with median prominence of anterior margin almost absent or entirely so, the centralarea being consequently quadrangular; distinctness of central area from adjoining parts somewhat variable as (in specimens from the Darjeeling District especially) it is apt to be punctured, and in extreme cases (e.g. ” and’) the whole surface of the mentum appears uniformly punctured and hairy. Head smooth, with a transverse patch of strong punctures at the back on each side behind supra-orbital ridges. Anterior margin bordered by a strong groove, slightly convex in the middle and slightly concave on each side; meeting crest of supra-orbital ridge 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 230 in an angle of go° and canthus in an angle of about 120°; external angle of canthus about 90° (sometimes, especially in Cachar specimens, this angle is reduced by an intensification of the concavity in the anterior margin of the canthus); apical angle of supra-orbital ridge about 100°, situated above and a little in front of anterior margin of eye; crest of supra-orbital ridge defined on inner side by a strong groove; central tubercle distinct, divided by a longitudinal concavity above into a pair of parallel or slightly divergent crests whose front margins are vertical and straight or slightly convex, their upper ones meeting these at an angle of about 90° (usually somewhat less) and being straight or more frequently slightly concave; hollows at sides of the central tubercle somewhat as in T. bicanthatus but more extended. Prothorax as in T. pygmaeus, but with anterior angles of pronotum a little more prominent and sides approximately parallel. Scutellum without (or with very few) punctures other than those usually found on anterior margin; mesothoracic episternum with broad band of punctures extending obliquely across it; mesosternum more or less smooth, punctured close to lateral margin near the front, usually more or less obscurely grooved or keeled in the middle-line behind, the extent of all these mark- ings being apparently variable and in no way characteristic of specimens from parti- cular localities. Metasternum as in T. bicanthatus. Second and third abdominal sterna finely roughened throughout. Posterior coxae finely roughened behind ; middle tibiae armed with one more or less strongly developed tooth or spine; hind tibiae with a very rudimentary tooth or unarmed. Zlytra with all grooves punctured, the ribs smooth. Habits.—Mr. Kemp informs me that this species lives under the bark of moder- ately hard logs in very wet jungle. Genus AULACOCYCLUS, Kaup. Aulacocyclus andrewesi, n. sp. PI. xi, figs 10-104. Described from a single specimen, collected by Mr, H. L. Andrewes in June from rotten timber in the Anamalai Hills at an altitude of 3500-4000 feet; now in the collection of Mr. H. E. Andrewes. Descriphon.—Length 23 mm. Labrum about twice as broad as long, anterior margin strongly concave, sides convergent behind, angles rounded and prominent. Right mandible missing, the left with upper tooth small but distinct, uppermost of three terminal teeth still smaller, remaining two terminal teeth larger, anterior lower tooth somewhat L-shaped in section, but fused with middle lower tooth to form with it a __J-shaped structure with a minute denticle on the connecting ridge. Mentum punctured and hairy, with a smooth anterior prominence in middle which is medially grooved in front. Antennae with first two lamelliform lobes about four times as long as broad. Head above smooth and polished; anterior margin smooth above and hairy beneath, strongly concave in middle, slightly convex and very finely granular laterally, bordered by a strongly marked groove, meeting crest of supra-orbital ridge 212 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor Tis at an angle of about 120°, and canthus in a straight line; external angle of canthus about 120°; apical angle of supra-orbital ridge also about 120°, but somewhat rounded; central tubercle with proximal vertical part about twice as thick as distal horizontal part when seen from the side, but only about two-thirds as thick when seen from above, extremity concave. Pronotum polished with small deep circular scars; anterior margin slightly undulating, distinctly concave as a whole; sides parallel; marginal groove complete, rather indistinctly punctured in front; median groove complete and deep. Profhorax beneath much as in the following species. Scutellum smooth; mesothoracic episterna punctured above (rather Sparsely except close to upper margin), smooth below and behind; mesosternum smooth and polished throughout. Metasternum faintly ridged in middle line, lateral areas somewhat broader behind than in front; lateral and anterior intermediate areas finely (but not very closely) punctured and hairy, the rest smooth and polished. Second abdominal sternum somewhat rugose between posterior coxae and along middle of ‚extreme posterior margin; succeeding abdominal sterna polished throughout. Elytra unpunctured except in the grooves. Tvbiae of second legsarmed with a small spine on the outer side about two-thirds down, those of the third pair with this spine obsolete. Genus CERACUPES, Kaup. Ceracupes fronticornis (Westwood). JPL, Sil, a 12, Reed. No. 2 Gopaldhara, Rungbong Valley, Darjeeling District. H. Stevens (coll. W. K. Webb). Description. —Length 225 mm. Differs from C. austeni in the following respects only. Anterior margin of mentum not prominent in middle line, without marginal groove. Central tubercle of head broader above, broadly bifid at apex; external angle of canthus less acute, containing slightly more than 90°. Ceracupes austeni, Stoliczka. Pl. xi, figs II-IIa. Regd. No. = er Dafla, Camp 9 . ss Se Dikrang Valley a : H. H. Godwin-Austen. : a ae Nea Hite odwin-Austen 6359-60 Manipur 29 14 Description.—Length 20-25 mm. Labrumapproximately rectangular, transversely ridged behind a concave anterior portion which faces forwards and upwards and is fringed, but not itself covered, with long brown hair. Upper tooth of mandibles very long, straight, slender, bluntly pointed distally, flattened and rugosely striate above and on inner side, at least twice as long as terminal part of mandible, and often ! This specimen seems to have been entered in our register originally under the No. =, and subse- quently to have been entered again under a fresh number. IgI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 213 three or four times as long; terminal portion of mandible curved inwards; middle tooth somewhat thelargest, and lowest somewhat the smallest, of the three terminal teeth; anterior lower tooth of right mandible slenderer than that of left, both L-shaped in section with the short limb in front and the long one below. Mentum, thick in front, with vertical or bilaterally excavate anterior face slightly prominent in middle line; anterior margin as seen from below bordered by a distinct groove. Head above smooth and polished; central tubercle very large, directed forwards, confluent with anterior margin, about equal to upper teeth of mandibles in length, flattened on either side and above, upper margin S-shaped in profile, being convex (and usually very obtusely angular) behind and concave in front, long narrow postero-dorsal surface granular, antero-ventral surface flat and very strongly granular except immediately below the tip which is smooth. Supra-orbital ridges tooth-like, apical angle 60°-90°, ridges not extending forwards as far as anterior angles of head which contain about 120° each. External angle of canthus prominent, rounded, somewhat less than 90°. Pronotum polished ; anterior margin slightly sinuate in the middle; lateral angles prominent; sides straight, slightly divergent ; posterior angles strongly rounded; posterior margin somewhat convex; marginal groove punctured throughout, more or less incomplete in middle-line, anterior transverse portion broader than the rest; median groove present, very pronounced; lateral scars usually ?-shaped, but somewhat variable, usually punctured, a few additional punctures present a little above and in front of them. Lateral plates of lower surface of prothorax punctured and more or less hairy in front of the coxal cavities, smooth and hairless behind. Scutellum more or less finely and sparsely punctured in front, otherwise smooth and polished. Mesothoracic episterna punctured throughout. Mesosternum with strong median concavity behind, whose sides may be raised into ridges further forwards; punctured in front on either side of middle-line and beside lateral sutures, the rest of the surface being polished and smooth, or slightly rough in parts. Metasternum with central area not defined except near posterior margin, and there but vaguely; anterior intermediate areas closely punctured; lateral areas rough, narrow throughout; central area and posterior intermediate areas smooth and polished. Posterior parts of hind coxae and scars of abdominal sterna (including almost the whole of the second sternum) roughened or indistinctly punctured. Trbiue of middle legs with 1-3 spines on the outer side before the apex, those of the hind legs with at most one such spine. All furrows of elytva distinctly punctured, ribs unpunctured. Subfamily PLEURARIINAE. Genus PLEURARIUS, Kaup. Pleurarius brachyphyllus, Stoliczka. PI. xi, figs. 13-134. 9317 6385 \ Beddome. Reg. No. { '. (paratypes)! \S. India Stoliczka. | a ? Madras Museum. ! Here again it is evident that the original numbers have been lost at some time and replaced b/ 214 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yo 1006, Regd. No. Es Puddutottam, Ana- malais, 4200 ft. | 1909 ; ‚In rotten wood. » 19 Anamalais, 4000 ft. .. ‚T. Bainbrigge Fletcher. 1910 : >» Zn Anamalais, a. 5500 ft. 1908 Se = Kalyana, Pandal, Anamalais, 3000 ft. ts ase (paratype) ! Nilgiri Hills Madras Museum. a = Kulattupuzha, W. base of W. Ghats, | 8 N. Annandale. Travancore if This species is represented in the collection of the Madras Museum by two specimens from the timber forest, Cochin State; and in that of the Bombay Natural History Society by a specimen from Palur presented by G. Lund. Whether the latter record refers to the town of that name situated in Arcot or in Chingalpat it appears to be the most easterly yet made. Description.—Length 355-45 mm. Labrum transverse; usually asymmetrical, the left angle being slightly more prominent than the right; anterior margin slightly concave. Mandibles with upper tooth obsolete; anterior lower tooth longitudinally constricted before and behind, and bifid at the tip, that of the left mandible being larger and that of the right mandible smaller than the tooth in front of it. Mentum finely punctured in posterior angles and beside posterior end of broad median groove; the rest coarsely punctured. Anterior margin of head usually almost imperceptibly asymmetrical, the left outer tubercle being more or less distinctly longer than the right; apex of both these tubercles simple in profile; marginal groove only present between the tubercles; supra-orbital ridges strongly peaked, broadly rounded behind the peaks, and slightly hollowed in front of them, the outer margin of the hollow extending on to the slightly prominent anterior angle of each side of the head ; anterior angles situated about as far from outer tubercles as these are from one another, each containing about 120°; external angle of canthus containing about 90°; parietal ridges broad, extending straight outwards or slightly forwards. Pronotum rectangular or with sides slightly diverging behind; median and marginal grooves in- complete in front, latter not quite meeting former behind; scars small and unpunc- tured. Lateral plates of lower surface of prothorax smooth and hairless in front and behind, closely punctured and very hairy between. Scutellum smooth, with a few fine new ones, for the numbers under which specimens seen by Stoliczka are entered in the register are PAST (‘‘named by Dr. Stoliczka and Mr. J. Wood-Mason’’), a8? and “*! (both from ‘‘Dr. Stoliczka’s Type 1 collection ’’). Of these four numbers only one has been found. No. = bears a locality label in Stoliczka’s writing which probably indicates its identity with No. = which was presented by Stoliczka. No. Ir bears an identification label written by Stoliczka with a record that it was presented by the Madras Museum, and is presumably the specimen originally numbered = And No. -, which bears Stoliezka’s identification label but no record of the donor, is presumably the same as No. *. This last specimen has been listed in the new register with the preceding specimen, and both have been entered as presents from the Madras Museum. 1 See footnote on previous page. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 215 scattered punctures; wmesothoracic episterna punctured above and along anterior margin; mesosternum without scars, finely and more or less extensively striato- punctate and sometimes hairy in front, punctured and hairy in lateral angles, otherwise smooth or transversely (more rarely longitudinally) wrinkled. Metasternum with central area more or less well, lateral areas ill, defined; latter very broad, often almost touching former ; central and posterior intermediate areas smooth and polished; anterior intermediate and lateral areas punctured and hairy. Anterior margin of posterior part of hind coxae depressed and roughened, abdominal sterna and rest of hind coxae smooth. Æ/yéra hairless, innermost groove of each almost entirely smooth, remaining grooves strongly punctured. Habits.—Dr. Annandale informs me that this species is probably not gregarious. Mr. Bainbrigge Fletcher sent me specimens apparently obtained together with colonies of Basilianus, but he did not get many so probably they were living singly or in pairs with the other species. Subfamily ACERAIINAE. For the classification of this subfamily which is adopted here see Appendix I (below, p. 316). Genus TIBERIOIDES, Gravely. Tiberioides kuwerti (Arrow). JPM, St, IHS Te. 5 «< Sikkim ’’ Stoliczka bequest, J. Wood Tuer, cn j Mason, etc. po) ® ya a Z © Peshoke, Darjeeling District, a. 3000 ft. F. Hannyngton. Manipur H. H. Godwin-Austen. 19 6433-4 647 29 14 14 Descriphion.—Length 36-44 mm. Labrum as long as or somewhat longer than broad; sides straight, parallel; anterior margin concave; angles rounded, left one frequently somewhat sharper and a little further removed from deepest point of concavity than right one. Mandibles with upper tooth very feebly developed, anterior lower tooth consisting of a small anterior conical portion (that of the left side being truncate and that of the right pointed) and a still less prominent posterior portion. Anterior margin of median part of mentum with slight (often almost imperceptible) hollow in middle; lateral parts punctured evenly all over asa rule. Upper surface of head roughened, central tubercle extending back as a low mound between, and sometimes not clearly separated from, low rounded parietal ridges which extend outwards and are scarcely if at all crested. Inner tubercles almost equidistant from each other, from outer tubercles, and from central tubercle; ridge joining inner tubercles to each other and to outer tubercles forming single continuous curve when viewed from above. Outer tubercles with two widely separated rectangular apices one above the other. Supra-orbital ridges very broad and smoothly rounded behind, not peaked, hollowed out in front so that each forms two narrower divergent ridges of which the outer one extends to the anterior angle of the head. Anterior 216 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor IT angles of head each of about 120°; canthus rounded at its extremity. Pronotum with a fine marginal groove on each side which does not extend upwards much beyond the angles either before or behind; median groove obsolete or absent; scars usually small, almost or entirely unpunctured, other depressions sometimes presentabove, both in front of, and behind them. Lateral plates of under side of prothorax as in preceding species. Mesothorax polished above, but dull below; scutellum smooth; episternum with normal oblique band of punctures. Mesosternum with or without very indistinct scars. Metasternum with central area distinct, vaguely grooved in the middle line, more or less distinctly in contact with smooth, strongly defined, oblique ridges bounding lateral areas; lateral and anterior intermediate areas rugosely punctured and hairy; posterior intermediate areas polished, more or less scarred by large punctures in places especially on the inner side in front. Posterior margin of hind coxae finely, often indistinctly, punctured and hairy. Second abdominal sternum irregularly marked with indistinct coarse punctures; succeeding sterna smooth. Elytra flattened above, hairless; lateral grooves much wider than ridges between them, their regularly arranged punctures drawn out into transverse furrows ; dorsal grooves normal, two or three innermost on each side unpunctured at least in front. Tiberioides austeni, n. sp. PI. xi, figs. 15-154. Regd. No. ae u (tvpe) Dafla Expedition H. H. Godwin-Austen. » cI Dikrang Valley ! H. H. Godwin-Austen. 5% 2 D Kalek, Abor Country, 3800 ft., 29-xii-I11 S. W. Kemp. Description.—Length 41-47 mm. This species differs from the last in the follow- ing characters only. Antennae more massive. Upper tooth of mandibles more strongly developed, especially that of the left side. Mentum with anterior margin of median area evenly convex or a little prominent? (never excavate) in the middle, extreme anterior angles of lateral areas smooth and unpunctured. Head with inner tubercles larger and thicker and directed more definitely forwards; ridge joining them to outer turbercles also stouter, not forming so continuous a curve with ridge joining them to one another; distal margin of outer tubercles of Abor specimens slightly convex as seen from side instead of concave. Punctures of mesothoracic episternum extending further into upper front angle as in Pleurarius brachyphyllus ; mesosternum with very distinct scars which are broad in front and taper out behind. Hind coxae unpunctured; second abdominal sternum somewhat smoother; elytra with grooves uniformly narrow and punctured both above and at the sides. Habits.—Mr. Kemp informs me that the two specimens of this species that he ! This label bears also the word ‘‘ Nanang’s.”’ ? This prominence may be indistinctly marked off by a vague groove behind (No. “ shows this best among our specimens) and such specimens form a natural transition to the aberrant ‘‘ Chilomazus’’ borealis, Arrow (1907, pp. 467-8), from the Naga Hills. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 2NG, found, were living deep down in a very hard dry log on a steep hill-face that had been cleared by the Abors for cultivation. Genus EPISPHENUS, Kaup. Episphenus moorei, Kaup. Pl. xi, fig. 16-164. Reed. No. S# Ceylon H. Nevill. 18 A specimen in the collection of the Bombay Natural History Society is labelled “ Nitre Cave,’ but the whereabouts of the cave is not recorded.! This and No. “2 ate the only two specimens of this species I have seen. Description.—Length 31-32 mm. Labrum broader than long, anterior margin straight or faintly concave, very slightly oblique, sides straight or slightly curved, angles rounded, the left one being somewhat sharper than the right. Mandibles with upper tooth distinct but very small; anterior lower tooth conical, simple on both sides, that of the left side a little larger than that of the right. Lower anterior margin of central part of mentum strongly convex, whole surface elevated in front in middle line, but not separated by groove from surrounding surface. Head smooth or with extremely fine microscopic punctures, except between outer tubercles, where it is marked with large, but somewhat indistinct punctures. Apex of outer tubercles as seen from side verticaliy truncate, but scarcely forked ; ridges connecting inner and outer tubercles defined on outer side by strong groove. Central tubercle extending backwards between parietal ridges, which extend outwards and, like the supra-orbital ridges, are more distinctly crested than in the preceding species though less so than in E. comptoni, apical angles of supra-orbital ridges about 120°, ridges hollowed in front as in preceding genus, but less distinctly so, the inner wall of the hollow being almost obsolete though somewhat more distinct than in the following genus. Anterior angles of head slightly more than 120°; canthus rounded at its extremity. Pronotum smooth, polished, marginal groove fine, incomplete across middle-line both before and behind, median groove complete or obsolete in front; scars small, linear, indistinctly punctured, nearly vertical. Prothorax beneath as in preceding species Scutellum smooth and polished. Mesothoracic episterna punctured beside anterior margin below, and beside oblique dorsal margin, these two patches of punctures sometimes joined by an oblique sparsely punctured band. Mesosternum with anterior angle finely striatopunctate and clothed with short decum- bent hair, except on a wider or narrower area in the middle-line which is hairless, smooth and polished; this smooth median area continuous behind with a highly polished keel, which in the Indian Museum specimen is surmounted by a fine Y-shaped crest, but in the specimen belonging to the Bombay Natural History Society is broader, flatter, and very faintly hollowed in the middle line; keel {in both specimens) bordered on either side by the anterior extremities of a pair of broad, shallow, finely ' Presumably the specimen is from Ceylon where, Mr. Green informs me, “the Nitre Cave district is away beyond Dumbära and varies in altitude from about 1800 to 3000 ft.’’ 218 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte roughened scars; surface of mesosternum bordering these scars on'inner side very highly polished, remaining triangular portion behind and between them finely roughened. Metasternum with central area clearly defined, widely separated from lateral areas, which are almost parallel-sided and rather narrow; lateral and anterior intermediate areas closely punctured and hairy; posterior intermediate areas divided diagonally into an inner posterior very coarsely punctured part and an outer anterior smooth or very sparsely and more finely punctured part, hairless except along the closely but more finely punctured posterior margin. Posterior parts of hind coxae and scars of abdominal sterna closely and finely punctured. Elytra hairless, entirely smooth with exception of grooves, which are all of equal width and of which the outer ones are clearly punctured. Episphenus pearsoni, n. sp. JEM Set, Se 107, Regd. No. LE (type) Bulutota,! Ceylon (May 1907) Colombo Museum. I have also examined two specimens from the same locality which remain in the Colombo Museum collection. Description.—Length 31°5-33 mm. Differs from E. moore: in the following respects only: profile of outer tubercles rounded at apex; ridges on head between inner and outer tubercles very fine, not bordered by definite grooves, while a pair of transverse grooves lying between the inner tubercles and the more distinctly peaked angles of the supra-orbital ridges are very distinct; lateral areas of metaster- num distinctly broader behind than in front; outer part of posterior intermediate areas less sparsely punctured; posterior parts of Mind coxae and scars of abdominal sterna scarcely punctured. Episphenus comptoni, Kuwert. Pl. xi, figs. I8-Iga. I. E. COMPTONI, Kuwert, s. str. Regd. No. un Hakgala ? Cent. Prov., Ceylon E. E. Green. er sans Ceylon British Museum. The Bombay Natural History Society’s collection includes a specimen from Haputale, Ceylon. Description.—Length 39-42 mm. Anterior margin of /abrum strongly concave, sides parallel or slightly convergent behind, angles round, left one usually somewhat more prominent and sharper than right. Mandibles with upper tooth obsolete; anterior lower tooth much reduced, re of a small conical projection on left ! Mr. Green has obtained for me from the Sen -General the following Are as to the whereabouts of this locality: ‘‘Bulutota is situated on the Pelmadulla Road. Io miles beyond the Rakwana Rest House in Kolonna Korale, Ratnapura District, Province of Sabaragamuava. The altitude is not recorded, but is I believe about 4000 ft.’’ 2 Mr. Green informs me that the altitude of the Hakgala Botanical Gardens is 5500 ft. 1014.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 219 side and a larger blunter projection on right, from each of which a low ridge extends backwards toward middle lower tooth, this ridge elevated in about the middle of its length to form an additional very blunt tooth on left side but not on right. Mentum as described in definition of Chilomazus (p. 196). Head polished, punctured in front of and behind parietal ridges. Left outer tubercle slightly more prominent than right; profile of former obliquely, of latter almost vertically truncate at apex; ridge connecting outer and inner tubercles not defined by a groove parallel to it. Parietal ridges sharply crested, their crests more or less distinctly continued on to sides of central horn; supra-orbital ridges also very sharply crested, crest continued along outer limb of anterior fork which descends abruptly at angle of somewhat over 120°, inner limb of fork rudimentary or absent. Anterior angles of head approximating to 120°, but not altogether constant; canthus rounded at its extremity. Frontal area somewhat variable in form, the frontal ridges being to a variable extent oblique and S-shaped, while the transverse ridge between the inner tubercles is either concave, straight or prominent in the middle. Prothorax as in Episphenus moorei, but frequently with a group of strong punctures at upper end of scar on each side of pronotum; lateral plates of lower surface not quite so perfectly smooth in front. Scutellum indistinctly punctured in anterior angles, often obscurely grooved in middle line in front, posterior angle smooth. Mesothoracic episterna punctured above and along extreme anterior margin; below smooth, or obscurely punctured in posterior angles. Scars of mesosternum dull, the rest of this plate more or less polished, and as a tule finely punctured either in lateral angles, in middle or throughout; other vari- able markings sometimes present. Metasternum as in Episphenus pearsom, but with lateral areas as a rule still further enlarged behind. Hind coxae and scars of abdo- minal sterna almost smooth. Grooves of elytra normal, punctured ; shoulders slightly hairy. 2. EH. COMPTONI var. FLACHI (Kuwert). Regd. No. we (13 spirit specimens ). | Fañipeil, 6560 = Saul, | : Prov., Ceylon, in | N. Annandale. 1913-14 3737-38 22 19 19 (pinned). wood (I3-15-x-IQII) Patipolla, a. 6000 ft., Cent. | Prov., Ceylon; in rotten 9479-80 9483 ; SITE : F. H. Gravely. Rire | wood (first week in | an 1910) > we Ceylon H. Nevill. Mr. Green’s collection contains specimens from Hakgalla and Namunakuli Hill. Description.—Length 32-37 mm. Not otherwise different from the typical form. In No. ““ the process of the lower lip by which the genus is distinguished is paired instead of single. In the absence of any other distinguishing characters, however, I feel unable to regard this as more than an abnormality. Habits.—These insects live in galleries under the bark of fallen and decaying tree-trunks. Dr. Annandale tells me that the natives at Patipolla say that they live in pairs; but, as they are gregarious, satisfactory proof of this is not very easily 220 Memonrs of the Indian Museum. orne obtained. He noticed that no larvae or pupae were to be seen at the time of year in which he was at Patipolla (middle of October), but that some of the adults were brown in colour and had apparently not been long hatched. 3. E. COMPTONI, var. In a series of three specimens from Bulutota which are preserved in the Colombo Museum collection only one agrees in size with either of the preceding forms. This is equal to the largest specimen I have seen of E. comptoni var. flachi from Patipolla. — The other two are very unequal in size, and the larger of them is much smaller than the smallest specimen of the series from Patipolla. Until a larger series is available it is impossible to be certain how these Bulutota specimens ought to be regarded, but it is probable, I think, that the species E. comptom will eventually be found to vary in size in the same manner as Episphenus indicus and certain other species (see below, p. 262), and that even var. flachi will prove to be unworthy of a distinct name’. Episphenus indicus, Stoliczka. Pl. xi, figs. 20-200. Regd. No. > = 2 (all paratypes) S. India. F. Stoliczka, etc. ») ES Trichinopoly Father Honoré. 2 ee N. Kanara H. L. Andrewes”. 5767-5770 2862-5 Nileiris { Director, Forest School, Dehra 58 = 15 Nilgiris d | Dun; H. L. Andrewes. um + Ootacamund Col. Beddome. Anamalais, S. India, ca. 5000 | ; à TY. Bainbrigge Fletcher. Mo, Zar? J 1930 1932-5 1940 1945 1947 5 ih Hy DD wo 7498 ” 19 1938 Anamalais, 4000 ft., 23-1-12 Anamalais, ca. 5000Ät., 21-1-12 3 i : I ten logs. T. inbriege Anamalais, ca. 5500ît.,21-1-12 D loss Mo Dalneninge >» STI ee Fletcher. 936-7 by . = a a | Puddutottain, Anamalais, 2 1941 1944 1943 1949-50 : Don 4200 ft., 22-1-I2 1942 1948 4; = Kalyana, Pandal, 3000 ft., : : T. Bainbrigge Fletcher. 25-1-12 Monica Estate, Anamalais, : h T. Bainbrigge Fletcher. 4000 ft., 24-1-12 » ae Bababudin Hills, Mysore, ) + = 4000-5000 ft., 2-12-x-12 | Bainbrigge Fletcher. 5) = High Range, ‘Travancore, May, 1891 Pusa Institute. _ Rollected-by I; Re Bell * This has since been confirmed; see below, p. 281. ® Adults and larvae in spirit. 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 221 There are two specimens from Cuddapah (Madras Presidency), and two from Gudalur (Nilgiris), as well as several from the Anamalais, in the collection of the Bombay Natural History Society; one from Naduvatum (Nilgiris), 7000 ft., in the collection at Dehra-Dun; and Mr. H. F. Andrewes’ splendid series of this species includes specimens from the Nilgiris, the Anamalais, Madura, and N. Canara. I have examined altogether 119 specimens in drawing up the following description of this variable species. Descriphon.—-Length 25-41 mm. Labrum hairy, about as long as broad, sides parallel or slightly convergent behind, angles rounded, the left usually somewhat narrower and more prominent than the right, anterior margin concave. Mandibles with anterior margin of upper tooth (which tcoth is usually more or less distinctly bifid at its apex) distinct, vertical, more strongly developed on left side than on right; two upper terminal teeth strongly developed on both sides, the lowest of the three set further back, smaller than the other two especially on the right side, on left side often fused at base with anterior lower tooth; right anterior lower tooth somewhat variable in size, always much smaller than anterior lower tooth of opposite side, sometimes absent, this variation not clearly correlated with size of specimen, and apparently inherent to some extent and not due entirely to friction. Mentum with anterior margin sunk, very variable; hind wall of depression very sharply defined, occasionally straight or almost straight, more usually produced in the middle-line to form an angular prominence which is often joined by a median ridge to the anterior margin which may or may not be raised up to form a low rounded transverse ridge. Head more or less smooth and polished, sometimes punctured in front of outer ends of parietal ridges; parietal ridges crested, more or less arcuate, directed outwards; frontal area somewhat variable in form, more or less semi-lunar; inner tubercles distinct, but short and stout. Left outer tubercle directed inwards, outer margin straight or very slightly convex; ridge from left inner tubercle directed forwards or slightly outwards at base, but quickly curving inwards to run parallel to inner margin, distinct throughout whole or almost whole length of tubercle ; apex of tubercle bluntly rounded or truncate. Right outer tubercle acute as seen from above (in fresh specimens) and directed forwards, vertically truncate or imperfectly forked as seen from the side; supra-orbital ridges more or less crested behind, slightly peaked, outer wall of anterior excavation making with posterior-part an angle of not less than 120°, often nearer 180°; inner wall well-developed, indistinct, or absent. Anterior angles of head prominent, especially in small specimens, varying in size from about 60° in the smallest to over go° in the largest specimens, apt to be worn down to an angle of about 120° which is scarcely if at all prominent. Hollow between inner tubercles and supra-orbital ridges crossed by a transverse groove of variable depth and distinctness. Pronotum with marginal grooves incomplete across middle before and behind, more or less punctured especially in small specimens; scars small, incon- spicuous and little if at all punctured in large specimens, strongly punctured in small ones; sides of pronotum free from conspicuous punctures in large specimens, more or less punctured in anterior angles and in front of scars in smaller ones, more exten- 222 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More sively punctured in the smallest of all; median groove often stronger in middle than at either end, probably always complete in unworn specimens. Prothorax beneath as in Episphenus complom ; posterior area of prosternum very rarely bearing long erect hairs. Scutellum either smooth or finely and indistinctly punctured laterally , pubescent striato-punctate area beside middle of anterior margin usually prolonged backwards as a more or less distinct double band of sparcer puncturing and pubescence. Mesothoracic episterna polished and punctured above and in front, finely roughened across posterior angles. Surface of mesosternum of somewhat variable texture; scars finely roughened, occasionally with a few large indistinct punctures, narrow or broad, well or ill defined. Central area of metasternum large and as a rule very clearly defined, with or without one or more depressions (varying in arrangement and distinctness) near hinder margin, and a large median circular depression in front; lateral areas narrow, either parallel-sided or very nearly so, not in contact with central area, closely punctured and hairy (usually very hairy especially in front, occasionally almost hairless); anterior intermediate areas very hairy, more coarsely punctured; posterior intermediate areas strongly and coarsely punctured at least on inner side, hairless except along posterior margin where the surface resembles that of lateral areas. Posterior parts of Mind coxae as a tule finely, scars of abdominal sterna more coarsely, rugose or punctured, especially in small specimens. All grooves of elytra of normal width; lateral grooves much more strongly punctured than dorsal ones. Habits.—Mr. Bainbrigge Fletcher writes of the series of this and the following species that he collected in the Anamalai Hills: “They were found in small colonies in rotten logs, stridulated loudly when disturbed and seemed to congregate together under dead wood, etc. on the ground when they were dislodged from their nidus. My impression was that the stridulation served as a means for rallying them together. In many cases, but not invariably, larvae were found in the logs together with the beetles.’ In another letter he says, “I have not noticed any particular differences in the state of decay of logs inhabited by various Passalids. I should class them all as ‘rotten.’ Sometimes, whether owing to the sort of wood or exposure to sun or drought in the dry season, a log may be more or less tough, but I doubt whether you can draw any hard and fast line between tough and soft. Most of the E. neelgherriensis from Ootacamund were found in logs which were more or less tough (perhaps owing partly to its being then very dry weather), but specimens of the same species from the Bababudins were from rotten logs so soft that we broke them up with our hands. In the Anamalais also, where I got E. indicus and Pleurarius brachyphyllus, the _ logs were usually soft and quite rotten.” Episphenus neelgherriensis (Percheron). Pl. xi, figs. 21-214. Reed No, 22156 9679-9680 Si ce { Col. Beddome, à à es British Museum. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 223 Reed No SL Bababudin Hills ER a T. Bainbrigge Fletcher. a = Coorg a u Malabar ? a nz High Range, Travancore Trivandrum Museum. 3460-70 g Coonoor, ca. 6000 ft. (Sims Park, 3) 19 i B. Seymour Sewell. | Jungle, and Stillbrook Garden) iS Ootacamund Col. Beddome. 99 5 6500! 6669 7500! Ootacainund, 7500 ft. and 7800 ft., 22 19 19 49 T. Bainbrigge Fletcher. December, 1912 f \ Anamalais (Kalyana, Pandal, 3000 Is ; Paralai Estate, 3600 ft.; Monica | 5 = So 4000 ft. : nee 4200 }T‘. Bainbrigge Fietcher. ca. 5500 ft., in rotten wood; all | ne 1912) Ste ? ? 02 13 Description.—Length 24-29 mm. Differs from specimens of E. indicus of same size in following characters only: lowest terminal and anterior lower teeth of left mandible always distinct at base; median keel of marginal depression of mentum when present usually broad and flat, wider in front than behind, not sharply defined ; anterior angles of head of about 120°, never prominent; apical angle of supra-orbital ridges more pronounced ; lateral plates of lower side of prothorax somewhat smoother and more highly polished towards the front; posterior plate of prosternum usually hairy, often punctured. Puncturing of scutellum variable in extent, but on a somewhat different plan from that usually found in E. indicus, the strongest punctures being found in the posterior half of the plate which is often punctured almost all over metasternum less markedly hairy than is usual in Æ. indicus. Posterior part of hind coxae smoother. Habits.—Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher tells me that ‘‘Most [specimens found at Ootacamund in December, 1912] seemed to be adult beetles paired off (at least, two individuals together, presumably of opposite sexes) as if just ready to start new colonies. I only got one lot of larvae. The nights up there are frosty from Decem- ber to March and the weather dry, and perhaps that has some influence on the breeding season. Specimens found at lower elevations (4000-5000 ft.) where the conditions are more uniform as regards temperature and humidity do not seem to be seasonal, but apparently breed at any time, all stages being found.’’ This species does not seem to form colonies to the same extent as the preceding, judging from what Mr. Fletcher has sent me. Capt. Sewell obtained this species from under stones in Stillbrook Garden, Coonoor; those that he obtained from wood were all in extremely rotten wood from which the bark was easily removed. For further notes on this species see above (p. 221) under E. indicus. ! A series of small colonies (adults and larvae) each in a separate tube of spirit. 224 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Genus OPHRYGONIUS, Zang. Ophrygonius cantori (Percheron), s. str. 7 OSCANTORTA(Bercheron)nsustr Pl. xi, figs. 22-224. Regd. No. ae Lambatach, Jaunsar Forest Research Institute. : je 20 aus 5 Goes | Stoliczka bequest, Asiatic ( on ae oe ÊE : Society’s collection, ete. 5 ae Tista, Darjeeling District E. P. Stebbing. 45 ee Sureil, Darjeeling District A. Alcock. 1545 9683 Kurseong, Darjeeling District i A. D’ Abreu. Ai 16 1 Museum Collector. 50 Eee. Gopaldhara, Rungbong Valley, H. Stevens (coll. W. K. Darjeeling District Webb). = Se Dikrang Valley, Dafla Hills H. H. Godwin-Austen. 7078 7080 6444 > 3 3 14 i E. I. Company’s Museum, etc: I have also seen specimens from the British Museum collection from Gantok, Bhutan, and Manipur. The collection of the Imperial Forest Research Institute at Dehra Dun includes a specimen found boring in Sauer wood in the Teesta forest, and several from Lambatach in Jaunsar, Dehra Dun, the latter being the most western Himalayan record I know for any Passalid, except one of the same species in the same collection from Tehri-Garhwal—a record which, I think, may be incorrect, as this has been proved to be the case for all other Passalids recorded from the same place that I have seen. Description.—Length 30-34 mm. Resembles both specimens of Episphenus indicus of similar size and E. neelgherriensis except in the following particulars. Anterior margin of /abrum straighter, sometimes with suggestion of slight median con- vexity such as is found in Ophrygonius inaequalis. Mandibles with upper tooth some- what less strongly developed, anterior lower tooth variable but more strongly deve- loped on an average than in Episphenus indicus or E. neelgherriensis, never entirely absent, left lowest terminal and anterior lower teeth distinct at base as in E. neelgherriensis. Depression of anterior margin of menlum consisting of a pair of more or less separate concavities whose posterior wall is usually oblique, not vertical, the angle at which it meets the general upper surface being in con sequence blunter than in either of the two preceding species. Head punc- tured and somewhat hairy between central tubercle and supro-orbital ridges, both in front of parietal ridges and behind them; parietal ridges straighter, their outer extremities usually more or less strongly directed backwards; left outer tubercle obliquely truncate, its ridge from left inner tubercle strongly marked and extending straight forwards to the acute anterior {1.e. outer) angle, thus giving the IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 225 whole tubercle an appearance of being pointed and directed more or less straight forwards; right outer tubercle of more or less similar (sometimes the same) shape, but shorter (although longer than in the two preceding species), apex simply pointed in profile, its ridge from inner tubercle directed slightly outwards; no transverse groove between inner tubercles and supra-orbital ridges ; supra-orbital ridges with more or less peaked apical angle of about 120°, inner wall of anterior excavation very rarely suppressed; anterior angles of head containing about 120°, not pro- minent. Pronotum almost invariably punctured and hairy to some extent in the posterior angles and on the sides, prothorax beneath much as in Episphenus neelgher- viensis. Scutellum entirely smooth, hairless, unpunctured, and highly polished with exception of usual patch in middle of anterior margin ; mesothoracic episterna polished throughout, punctured above and close to anterior margin; mesosternum smooth and highly polished throughout or matt in the lateral angles', scars entirely absent or (rarely) indicated by a pair of slight depressions of the usual shape in the usual position Metasternum with central area very vaguely defined; posterior intermediate areas unpunctured except along posterior margin; lateral areas broadened behind by the curvature of their inner borders. Abdominal sterna and posterior parts of hind coxae as in Episphenus neelgherriensis, often still smoother. Elytra with small tuft of hair at shoulders, grooves more weakly punctured throughout. 2. ©. CANTORI, subsp. CONVEXIFRONS, Zang. Regd. No. — Khasi Hills, Assam H. H. Godwin-Austen. in ae Teriaghat, Khasi Hills H. H. Godwin-Austen. 9691 > > Do) 18 In the British Museum collection there are two specimens from the Ruby Mines District of Burma. Description.—Length 27-29 mm., otherwise as in O. cantori, s. str. The difference in size is an extremely small one, but appears to be constant in specimens from the Khasi Hillsand Burma. One of the specimens from the Ruby Mines has the mentum sculptured Almost as in the following sub-species. 3. ©. CANTORI, subsp. DUNSIRIENSIS, nl. var. JE, Sal, 1S, glas Regd. No, “ (type) = Dunsiri Valley, Assam H. H. Godwin-Austen. 18 15 Description.—Length 28-31 mm. Resembles the two preceding forms in all respects except the following: posterior wall of depression of anterior margin of central part of mentum continued straight outwards for a short distance on to surface of lateral areas, then turned suddenly backwards, extending more or less distinctly to posterior lateral angles, this final portion of the wall being occasionally so formed as to produce a false superficial semblance of the scars found in the genus Macrolinus. ' Apparently always polished throughout in Darjeeling specimens. 226 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Ophrygonius birmanicus, n. sp. Text-fig. 3A. Described from a single specimen from the Ruby Mines District of Burma, preserved in the British Museum collection. Description. —Length 35 mm. Differs from O. cantori in the following characters only. Lamellae of antennae somewhat longer (but the first two not as long as the last four). Anterior lower tooth of both mandibles rather small but very sharply pointed. Left outer tubercle of head very slender, almost parallel-sided, simply trun- cate distally, directed very distinctly inwards. Scars and lateral angles of meso- sternum matt. Posterior intermediate and lateral areas of metasternum less distinct from one another behind, the puncturing of the latter extending a little distance over on to the surface of the former; posterior parts of hind coxae, and scars of abdominal sterna, scarcely as smooth. ‘TEXT-FIGURE 3. A. Ophrygonius birmanicus, head x 4. B. Ophrygonius singapurae, head x 4. Ophrygonius singapurae, n. sp. Text-fig. 3B. Described from a single specimen from Singapore in the collection of the Königliches Zoologisches Museum in Berlin. Description.—Length 31 mm. ‘This interesting species is closely allied to the preceding, with whose characters it combines some of those of Ophrygonius inaequa- lis on the one hand, and of Aceraius wallacei on the other. The lamellae of the antennae are all very long and slender as in A. wallacei. The lowest terminal tooth of the mandibles is probably well-developed on both sides in fresh specimens, as is usual in this genus; but that of the right side is very obtuse (probably through friction) in the specimen before me; the anterior lower tooth of both mandibles is very broad, and flattened dorso-ventrally, resembling that of the left mandible of most species of Aceraius, though the horizonal margin is scarcely grooved. The mentum resembles that of Ophrygonius inaequalis. The head bears distinct, finely keeled, frontal ridges (not grooves) as in O. inaequalis; the left outer tubercle is intermediate in form between that of O. cantori and O. birmanicus ; the parietal ridges are somewhat short; the supra-occipital ridge is united to the supraorbital I914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 227 ridges as usual, but is also continued outwards behind them as in specimens of the sub-family Macrolininae—I know of no other species of Passalid in which this occurs. The sides of the pronotum are closely punctured below the scars throughout their whole length; the /ateral plates of the ventral side of the prothorax are some- what rougher and more punctured in front than in O. birmanicus, which this species resembles in all other respects. Ophrygonius inaequalis (Burmeister). Pl. xii, fig. 24-24a. 9120 91224 9311-3 1 1 #1 x Sto: ; Stoliczka b 3 Regd. No 9519 3750 }rrataca toliczka bequest Tan 0e ” sir Perak Moti Ram. La Set Johore ? 6139-40 9672-6 9861 : : > = Re Sinkep Island Moti Ram. Descriphion.—Length 24-27 mm. Lamellae of antennae (very short: only four of them pubescent. Labrum hairy, but very sparsely punctured; sides slightly con- vergent behind; angles rounded, left one sometimes very much drawn out; anterior. margin concave on both sides, convex in middle. Mandibles with upper tooth obsolete on both sides; anterior lower tooth acutely conical (very sharp when unworn), that of left side larger than that of right. Depression of anterior margin of median part of mentum extensive, middle part of its posterior wall bent forwards to form an angular prominence dividing depression into two more or less completely separated halves. Head polished, but somewhat roughened or punctured in front and at sides of (more rarely within) frontal area, and sometimes about the middle-line behind central tubercle; parietal ridges directed outwards, straight or somewhat S-shaped, usually defined in front by a groove; keels of parietal and frontal ridges (latter sometimes coalescent behind) strongly developed, continued to meet one another at apex of central tubercle; frontal tidges so widely arched (even angular in some specimens) as to be parallel or convergent in front; inner tubercles indistinct, situated at base of inner side of outer tubercles; margin of head between outer tubercles vertical, slightly (often very indistinctly) convex in middle; left outer tubercle very broad and more or less inwardly directed at base, then abruptly narrowed from the outer side and turned more forwards, bluntly rounded at the tip; ridge from left inner tubercle straight and directed vertically forwards at the base, curving inwards distally only where it has become faint; right outer tubercle somewhat long, pointed as seen both from above and in profile, apex directed forwards and a little outwards; supra- orbital ridges broadly rounded, not keeled behind, in front excavate, descending abruptly at an angle of about 120° which is slightly peaked, the two walls of the excavation keeled, outer one somewhat concave above forming with anterior angle of head, an upwardly-directed tooth; anterior angle of head containing somewhat more than 120°, canthus vertically truncate at its extremity. Pronotum polished, 228 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, marginal groove incomplete across the middle both before and behind, its anterior extremities merged in a pair of somewhat triangular strongly punctured areas, behind each of which a more or less definite band of punctures extends back parallel to the sides, crossing in their course the upper parts of the two scars, which are also thickly punctured. Median groove very distinct, almost invariably complete. Punctures and hair on lateral plates of lower side of prothorax somewhat sparser than in ©. cantori ; posterior plate of prosternum with a few hair-bearing punctures, anterior plate unusually hairy. Scutellum striato-punctate and pubescent beside greater part of anterior margin, punctures continued backwards on either side of middle line about half way to posterior margin; otherwise smooth and polished. Mesosthoracic episterna polished and punctured above and along anterior margin, dull and unpunctured in posterior angles. Mesosternum striato-punctate in extreme anterior angle; scars dull, small, but continuous behind and on the inner side with a dull and finely punctured area occupying the whole of the lateral angles; the rest highly polished. Metasternum with lateral areas rough, slightly hairy in front, very narrow, parallel-sided or nearly so; central area extensive, badly defined; anterior intermediate areas somewhat hairy, but rather indistinctly punctured; posterior intermediate areas completely or very incompletely covered with sparsely or rather thickly scattered strong punctures, which are thickest close to the posterior margin. Posterior parts of hind coxae somewhat, scars of abdominal sterna strongly and extensively, roughened or finely punctured. Laterai grooves of e/ytva wide, with more or less transversely linear punctures ', dorsal grooves normal; shoulders slightly hairy. Genus ACERAIUS, Kaup. Aceraius wallacei (Kuwert). Pl. xii, figs. 26-265. Reed. No. Kuching, Sarawak Sarawak Museum. The Berlin collections include specimens from the Malay Peninsula and from Mt. Kina Balu; and the Hamburg collection specimens from Somgei Lalah. Description.—Length 32-37 mm. Labrum hairy, punctured, sides parallel, angles rounded, left angle more pointed but hardly more prominent than right. Antennae with all six lamellae pilose and very long and slender. Upper margin of mandibles behind upper tooth straight or slightly concave; apex of right upper tooth acute; . left upper tooth acute or truncate, bent over inwards a little; horizontal groove of left anterior lower teeth very pronounced, dividing tooth into two parts of which the upper is often somewhat larger and blunter than the lower ; lowest terminal and anterior lower teeth of right side very small, both dorsal and ventral portions of right anterior lower tooth distinct. Median part of mentum usually with sunken semi-circular area along anterior margin and three or four large punctures behind, ! See also below, p. 285, footnote. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 229 the sunken area sometimes indistinct or absent. Head above with frontal area more or less semi-circular, more rarely triangular; ridge joining inner tubercles usually slightly convex in middle, sometimes very strongly so; left outer tubercle obliquely truncate, truncation straight or very slightly concave, both angles somewhat produced as a rule in fresh specimens; right outer tubercle not much shorter than left, but more nearly triangular, apex single in profile and very acute. Prothorax and meso- thorax asin A. borneanus except that the pronotum is less punctured at the sides while its median grooveis obsolete, and that the mesosternum is polished, throughout or neatly so, except in the long narrow scars. Metasternum also as in A. borneanus except the posterior lateral areas in which a variable number of very coarse and often somewhat elongated punctures are more or less extensively developed from in front along the inner margin. Hind coxae and abdominal sterna as in A. borneanus. Elytra not very hairy, the hair all short; tenth rib finely punctured and hairy close to shoulders, ninth rib with a few punctures scattered very sparsely along its whole length, seventh rib with or without even more sparsely scattered punctures. Aceraius perakensis, Kuwert. Described from three specimens from Taiping, 4000-4500 ft., and one from Mt. Singaleng ; all in the collections in Berlin. Description.—Length 38°5-42 mm. Labrum as in preceding species; antennae as in following one; left upper tooth very variable, left anterior lower tooth not so strongly divided as in preceding, mandibles otherwise similar ; mentum without any anterior depression, but punctured very sparsely or not at all in middle, not so closely as in following species. Upper surface of head somewhat as in preceding species, but with left outer tubercle stouter, ridge joining inner tubercles concave, inner side of right outer tubercle straighter and more oblique, apex of same tubercle truncate or faintly bifid in profile, canthus usually a little swollen at base; an- terior angles obtuse as in preceding species, not prominent. Thorax, abdomen and legs as in preceding species; elytra as in following. Aceraius möschleri Kuwert. PI. xii, fig. 33. Regd. No. =" Sinkep Island Moti Ram. I have also seen a specimen in the British Museum collection from the Malay Peninsula, and one from Lingga and another from Java in the Berlin collections. Description.—Length 36-42 mm. Differs from the following species only in having the-anterior angles of the head scarcely prominent on either side'; and in having the apex of the right outer tubercle less bent outwards as in A. perakensis. ! This difference is noted by Kuwert in his brief diagnosis of 1891, but is omitted from the longer one of 1898, in which the two species are separated by the shape of the anterior margin of the labrum— a character which is always apt to vary somewhat in different specimens of a single species. 230 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Aceraius illegalis, Kuwert, s. str. Pl. xii, figs. 32-32a. Regd. No. 7° Johore J. Meldrum; ? (purchased). Ihave also examined other specimens, including one from Kuching and one from between Ulu Madahit and Limbang which are preserved in the Sarawak Museum. Description. —Length 39-43.mm. Labrum as in A. wallacei. Tamellae of antennae somewhat short and thick, first one pilose only round margin of anterior face. Mandibles as in A. wallacei. Mentum also as in that species but more closely punctured in middle. Anterior angles of head prominent, that of left side very slightly more so than that of right; truncation of left outer tubercle straight or only slightly concave, vertical to the two parallel sides of the process, the outer side often with a thickening which is more or less rectangular; right outer tubercle rather long, with acute undivided apex bent slightly outwards. Prothorax as in A. wallacei. Scutellum with the punctured area of its anterior margin apt to be carried unusually far back along the middle line; mesothoracic episterna and sternum as in A. wallacei, except for presence of indistinct hair-bearing punctures in posterior angles of meso- thoracic episterna. Greater part of posterior intermediate areas of metasternum smooth and unpunctured, but with a few both of the coarse inner and fine posterior punctures always more or less distinctly present. Posterior parts of hind coxae dull, abdominal sterna polished, both smooth or very nearly so. Elytra somewhat sparsely covered with longer or shorter hair, seventh rib often, ninth almost always, rather sparsely punctured. Aceraius laevicollis (Illiger). Pl. xii, figs. 27-27. 9268-70 3042 Regd. No. en = Johore J. Wood-Mason, etc. 6435-6 3046-50 . ° » — ee Sinkep Island Moti Ram. 3269-71 s ») a Kuching, Sarawak, Borneo Sarawak Museum. 3268 . >) D Limbong, Borneo 3051-2 5 à 70 19 The Sarawak Museum collection includes specimens from Busa and Serai; the Berlin collections include specimens from Perak, Deli, Solok, Peinan, Nias, Lingga, Billiton, Java, Bandjermasin, Luzon and S. Palawan; and the Hamburg collection specimens from Deli, Serdang, Somgei Lalah, Tandjong and Banguey Island. Description. —Length 29-34 mm. Iamella of fifth joint of antennae long and pilose, the fourth joint sometimes furnished with a short lamella devoid of pilosity. Labrum as in preceding species. Mandibles also as in that species except that the upper margin of the left mandible behind the upper tooth is more or less convex and usually distinctly turned over inwards. Mentum more or less punctured, its anterior margin often sunk on each side of a median prominence which may be more or less distinctly grooved in front in the middle line. Head above remarkably variable. IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 231 Anterior angles always distinctly prominent to greater or less extent, left one pro- jecting more or less markedly further than right. Angles of truncation of left outer tubercle less produced than in A. wallacei; the tubercle as a whole very variable, usually much broader than in that species, though not always, and as a rule thickened near base on outer side, this thickening when unworn and very well deve- loped rectangular as in fig. 27, but more often blunter and occasionally absent. Right outer ‘tubercle normally short; very broadly and more or less obliquely truncate as seen from above, the truncation being sometimes slightly convex, sometimes straighter, and sometimes even sufficiently concave to produce a bidentate form, the outer and still more rarely the inner of the two denticles so formed, being occa- sionally produced into an acute, forwardly directed tooth. Frontal area more or less triangular. Parietal ridges perhaps inclined a little more backwards as a rule than in A. wallacei. Supra-orbital and supra-occipital ridges forming together an open semi-circle, the former approximately parallel to one another in front, rarely or never in the least degree convergent. Prothorax and scutellum as in A. wallacei; mesothoracıc episterna with a patch of fine hair-carrying punctures in posterior angles as in A. illegalıs ; surface of mesosternum very variable in texture, being sometimes extensively roughened and in one specimen' even coarsely granular in parts; scars variable in form and definition. Posterior intermediate areas of metasternum as a tule more completely and evenly punctured than is usual in the genus. Posterior parts of hind coxae finely granular throughout; abdominal sterna as in preceding species. Sides of elytra pilose, densely near shoulders, more spacely further back where the pile is almost confined to the grooves, the ribs (except the anterior part of the tenth) being more or less completely devoid of punctures; the ninth rib more persistently punctured than any other. Aceraius grandis (Burmeister). I. A. GRANDIS subsp. HIRSUTUS, Kuwert. Pl. xii, figs. 28-29. Regd. No. TS "a .. Darjeeling | « Stoliczka bequest, J. Wood-Mason. 9259-64 S545 | Dr. J. Anderson, ae en jsikkim ‘ E. T. Atkinson. ue L. Mandelli. >) = “et Bhutan ? 39 > Harmutti, Base of Dafla Hills 3032 3282 : >) Dikrang Valley ae ae : 5 ‚H. H. Godwin-Austen. » alas Dunsiri Valley » En Duffla Expedition a es oie N.-E. Frontier : ? 1 That from Serai in the Sarawak Museum Collection. 232 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (Vor. III, Regd. No. a Kobo, Abor Country, 400 ft. N 2 eu Janakmukh, Abor Country, 600 f1. | A 3 ee (Spirit specimens) Rotung, Abor Country, 1400 ft. \g ae Kemp Fe ss Es Upper Rotung, Abor Country, 2000 N ne PTE Kalek, Abor Country, 3800 ft. i 2602 Cachar J. Wood-Mason. 9131 ous 51 ( EE a ees Stoliczka bequest, 3» e 9253-8 use an J > 8 S. E. Peal, Moti Ram. 4144-7 670 704 709 | A Pine 4" \Khasi Hills Shillong Museum. ND aig © Bist Tavoy = = .. Museum Collector. i Between Thingann inaun and à sto ke je en F. H. Gravely. 19 \ Sukli, Dawna Hills, 900-2100 ft. z se ae oN .. Sukli, Dawna Hills, c. 2100 ft. .. F.H. Gravely. Mr. Steven’s collection includes a specimen collected by Mr. W. H. Webb at Gopaldhara in the Rungbong Valley, Darjeeling District, and several from Silonbari at the base of the N. Lakhimpur Hills. The Berlin collections include specimens from Formosa (‘numerous localities), Hainan, S. Palawan, Tonkin, and Catchin Couri. The British Museum collection includes also specimens from Sin Lum, and Cambodia. Description.—Length 33-49 mm. Labrum as in A. leavicollis. Lamellae of antennae much as in A. leavicollis in small specimens, often proportionally shorter and thicker in large ones. Mandibles also much as in A. leavicollis in small specimens, the recurved upper edge behind the left upper tooth often broader, especially in front in larger specimens, sometimes forming a stout secondary tooth in the largest of all, its outer margin concave rather than convex. Mentumas in A: leavicollis. Anterior angles of head much more prominent than in A. leavicollis in most small, but very little more prominent in most of the largest specimens, almost always directed more or lessinwards in the former, in which, consequently, the supra-orbital and supra-occipital ridges together appear to enclose more than half a circle; in the latter, the area enclosed by the supra-orbital and supra-occipital ridges usually resembles almost and often quite as perfect a semi-circle as in A. leavicollis; left outer tubercle somewhat less variable, usually rather long and slender, parallel sided, and scarcely forked; sometimes broader and shorter; rarely with even the faintest trace of an external enlargement ; right outer tubercle variable as in A. leavicollis, usually more pronouncedly bidentate with the two teeth somewhat nearer we frontal area often very short and broad, especially NO Fe specimens ae the head and Fons in one case together with a single elytron, were - found. * In one specimen from Sikkim (No. =) there are only five lamellae altogether, that of the sixth segment being suppressed or possibly reduced and fused with that of the fifth. I have seen no trace of a lamella on the fourth segment of any specimen. 1QT4. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 233 in large specimens. Prothorax and mesothorax as in A. laevicollis, but patch of fine punctures in posterior angles of mesothoracic episterna very variable and sometimes absent especially in small specimens. Posterior intermediate areas of metasternum marked on same plan as in rest of genus, but very variable; lateral areas very broad behind as in all the preceding species. Posterior parts of hind coxae often less densely granular than in A. laevicollis. Abdominal sterna as in that species. Seventh and ninth ribs of elytra almost always punctured throughout, usually densely in large and more sparsely in small specimens—in the smallest specimen I have seen there are very few punctures indeed on the ninth rib and even fewer on the seventh'; sides of elytra clothed with a more or less short” pile which is dense near the shoulders and sparse behind. Habits.—Mr. Kemp tells me that this form is gregarious. It was found to be very common in the Abor country, boring in tough wood under moderately thin bark. 2. A. GRANDIS (Burmeister, s. str.).’ The Berlin collections include specimens from the Malay Peninsula, Bintang, Deli, Tengger Mountain, Bankalan, Bandjermasin, and N. Borneo. Description.—Length 39-52 mm. This form and the following variety are the representatives in the Sunda Islands and Malay Peninsula, of the preceding sub- species. They cannot be very sharply distinguished either from one another or from the northern race, as all three are highly variable. In the two southern forms, however, the length of the hair on the elytra is more variable, and usually much longer; the seventh rib of each elytron is always unpunctured, whereas in the northern race it is almost invariably punctured, at least sparsely and often closely ; and the shape of the prolongation of the left anterior angle of the head seems to be more constant. In the present form this angle is always at least moderately long, in large as well as in small specimens, and is always curved inwards, as in the specimen of the northern race shown in fig. 28. 3. A. GRANDIS var. RECTIDENS, Kuwert.’ Ja, Sab, ii SO, The Sarawak Museum collection includes one specimen from Sarawak; and the Berlin collections specimens from the Malay Peninsula, Solok, Tebing tinggi and Java. Description.—Length 47-54 mm. Resembles the preceding in all points except the following: upper tooth of left mandible always simple and acute, never bifid or with the upper margin convex and bent over inwards as it usually is in A. grandis, s. str. and sub-sp. Aivsutus; prolongation of left anterior angle of head often moder- ately long, but as a rule shorter than in A. grandis s. str., directed forwards or slightly outwards, never curved inwards. ' The seventh rib is unpunctured in most of the Hainan specimens, and in occasional ones from other localities; the density of the puncturing is very variable even in specimens all of the same size. ? The hair is very short and close in all the Chinese, Himalayan and Assamese specimens I have seen, but is more variable in those from Tonkin and Burma. * See below, p. 322, last paragraph of footnote 2. 234 Memoırs of the Indian Museum. Nora Aceraius occulidens, Zang. Text-fig. 4A. I have examined two specimens, both preserved in the Deutsches Kntomologisches Museum. One (the type) is from Mt. Kina Balu (c. 5000 ft.) in Borneo, the other is from Deli, Sumatra. Description.—Length 48 mm. This species differs from A. grandis var. rectidens only in the presence of a stout upwardly directed tubercle on the canthus, just in front of the eye. TEXT-FIGURE 4. A. Aceraius occulidens, head x 4. B. Aceraius tricornis, head x C. Aceraius alutaceosternus, left mandible from the side x 4. D. Aceraius minor, head x 4. E. Aceraius aequidens, head x 4. Aceraius laniger, Zang. Two specimens of this species, both from Mt. Kina Balu, c. 5000 ft., are pre served in the collection of the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum. Descriphon.—Length 47-52 mm. Differs from A. kuwerti in the following charac- ters only: right outer tubercle of head inclined to be more acute, apical angle of supra-orbital ridge inclined to be less so; ridge separating lateral and intermediate areas of metasternum obtuse, rough; tenth rib of elytra closely punctured and hairy at shoulders as in A. occulidens and all preceding species, the hair on the elytra all shorter and closer. All these characters are apt to be variable in other species, and I doubt whether this form is really as distinct from the next as at present it seems to be. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. D es) on Aceraius kuwerti, Zang. Pet 1125 35: The Berlin collections include a number of specimens from Mt. Kina Balu, c. 5000 ft. : Description.—Length 43-49 mm. This species resembles large specimens of A. grandis sub-sp. hirsutus in all characters except the following: upper tooth of left mandible somewhat more prominent, always bidentate in unworn specimens; anterior _ angles of head not prominent, symmetrical; apical angles of supra-orbital ridges inclined to be more prominent; right outer tubercle usually more or less obsolete ; ridge separating lateral and intermediate areas always sharp, smooth and polished ; posterior parts of hind coxae apt to be less extensively punctured than is usual in A. grandis, sometimes finely rugulose or entirely smooth; anterior part of tenth rib of elytra hairless and unpunctured. Aceraius tricornis, Zang. Text-fig. 4B, p. 234. There are examples of this species both in the British Museum and in the Deutches Entomologisches Museum ; all of them are from Mt. Kina Balu (c. 5000 ft.) Description.—Length 49-53 mm. Differs from the preceding species in the fol- lowing characters only: right outer tubercle of head absent ; inner tubercles minute, that of left side situated on inner margin of left outer tubercle, that of right side situated further back; apical angle of supra-orbital ridge still more prominent, and situated further forwards along inner wall of anterior truncation, where it forms a conspicuous tubercle directed upwards and a little inwards. Aceraius laevimargo, Zang. Described from specimens from Mt. Kina Balu, c. 5000 ft. in the collections of the British Museum and Deutsches Entomologisches Museum, and two from Sumatra in the latter collection. Description.—Length 34-39 mm. Differs from A. laniger and A. kuwerti chiefly in its smaller size and much greater variability.! Iamellae of antennae remarkably variable, the whole range of variation found in the genus being found in this single species; right outer tubercle of head quite as well developed as in A. laniger, simply pointed in profile” Metasternum and elytra variable, resembling those of A. Janiger or A. kuwerti, or intermediate between the two; the seventh rib of the elytra some- times almost unpunctured. In all other characters this species resembles the two preceding. The scars on the mesosternum are almost always distinct. Aceraius pilifer (Percheron). Pl. xii, fig 35. The specimens I have seen include insects from Sumatra in the British Museum collection ; from Tjibodas, c. 5000 ft., and Preanger, 4-6000 ft. in Java, in the ! The apex of the left upper tooth is probably always bifid in fresh specimens. * But for size and this characteristic the species might easily be confused with A. perakensis. 236 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Hamburg and Berlin collections; and from Borneo in Mr. H. E. Andrews’ collection and the Berlin collections. Description. —Length 28-32 mm. This species is very closely allied to the preced- ing, from which it differs chiefly in its smaller size. It also differs, however, in a few other characters; and, although some of these are very variable in the preceding species, I prefer to keep the two distinct for the present as I have seen no true intermediates. Lamellae of Antennae never very long and slender; right outer tubercle of head somewhat more truncate in profile than in Zaevimargo in fresh specimens, the suture distinctly bent downwards; scars obsolete on mesosternum ; anterior part of tenth rib of elvtra always punctured and hairy. A. alutaceosternus, Kuwert. Pl. xii, figs. 34-34a@; text-fig. 4C, p. 234. Regd. No. =e Penang F. Stoliczka ? This specimen has been labelled Aceraius emarginatus by Stoliczka, and I have little doubt that it is the specimen which he says he caught on Penang Hill (1871, p. 158). I have also seen a specimen from Taiping 4000-5000 ft., in the collection of the Deutches Entomologisches Museum. Description.—Length 35°5-36'5 mm. Labrumasin A. laevicollis. Mandibles also as in that species, but with convexity behind left upper tooth exceptionally large. Lamella of fifth joint of antenna short and devoid of the close pubescence with which the five succeeding lamellae are clothed. Mentum slightly prominent and more or less indistinctly grooved in the middle line in front. Anterior angles of head not pro- minent. Left outer tubercle rather long and slender, bifid at the end, the anterior angle somewhat longer than the inner one, the former directed somewhat upwards and the latter downwards; right outer tubercle longer than in A. borneanus, but shorter than in A. wallacei, triangular as seen from above, imperfectly forked at apex in profile. Prothorax much asin A. wallacei. Mesothorax as in A. ilegalis except for the presence of a very small closely punctured area in the lateral angles of the scutellum, and the absence of punctures from the posterior angles of the episterna. Metasternum, hind coxae and abdominal sterna also much as in A. illegals. Elytra with seventh rib sparsely, ninth somewhat more thickly punctured'; tenth rib with hair-bearing punctures in front ; hair long and not very thick. Aceraius himalayensis, n. sp. Pl. xii, figs. 36-364. Regd. No. pipe de Sikkim ( Stoliczka bequest, J. Wood- % Mason. D = a (type) Dikrang Valley H H. Godwin- Austen. 99 SE Sirpo River, Nr. Renging, : ss ae Country : | Mau ») a Naga Hills Robert, through J. Wood- Mason. ' This, however, is no doubt a variable character as it has proved to be in other species; in: Kuwert’s type only the ninth rib was punctured. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 237 I have also examined specimens from Pedong in the British Museum collection. Description.—Length 31-36mm. Labrum, antennae and mandibles as in A. alutaceo- sternus, but convexity behind left upper tooth not unusually large. Mentum punctured in middle, a very short and more or less indistinet median groove sometimes discernible on anterior margin. Anterior angles of head not prominent. Left outer tubercle broad, its external margin sinuous but without distinctly rectangular enlarge- ment ; extremity truncate and somewhat concave, its anterior angle a little more produced than the inner one. Right outer tubercle rather short, apex simple or very imperfectly divided in profile. Frontal area very variable. Prothorax as in A. wallaceı except that the imperfect median groove is more distinct. Scutellum polished, but more or less marked with indistinct punctures; mesothoracic episterna and sternum as in A. alutaceosternus ; posterior intermediate areas of metasternum with same scheme of markings as in other members of the genus,' the extent and distinctness of these markings very variable. Hind coxae and abdominal sterna much as in A. wallace, the latter perhaps a little more distinctly punctured laterally. Sides of etytva clothed with short hair, seventh rib usually more or less thickly, ninth always thickly punctured throughout, tenth with hair-bearing punctures in front. Aceraius assamensis, Kuwert. Pl. xii, figs. 37-374. 9271 .. : Regd: No. = Cherra Punji H. H. Godwin-Austen. 2879 : 55 ia Manipur 29 à ee Assam British Museum. 7070 7082 2859 5 MacClelland, E. I. Com- 29 3 © © 2 Wp) , pany’s Museum, etc. Description. —Length 31-36 mm. Differs from A. himalayensis in the following respects only: mentum sparsely or not at all puncturedin middle ; inner process of left outer tubercle somewhat less acute, but usuallylarger in proportionto anterior process, in consequence of which the tubercle as a whole seems even broader; apex of right outer tubercle more or less distinctly bifid in profile, apex of upper portion always less than half as far from apex of lower portion as from right inner tubercle; scutellum as in A. grands; posterior parts of Mind coxae, and scars of abdominal sterna less smooth; seventh rib of elyira with or without punctures at anterior or posterior end only. Aceraius tavoyanus, n. nom. PI. xii, figs. 38-384. This species is undoubtedly the same as that from Burma, erroneously described by Kuwert in 1898 under the name filifer, Percheron. Regd. No. ©, Ÿ, Tavoy Museum Collector. 5? 5? 6 There is a specimen from Siam in the British Museum. | i.e. coarsely punctured along inner. more finely along posterior margin. 238 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. IMOr lite: Description.—Length 30-33 mm. Differs from A. assamensis in the following characters only: left outer tubercle slender, its distal angles more produced ; median groove of pronotum entirely obsolete as in A. wallacei; posterior parts of hind coxae finely rugose; abdominal sterna as in A. hima/ayensts ; seventh rib of elytra punctured at posterior end only in the four specimens before me, as it was in Kuwert’s specimens also. Aceraius helferi, Kuwert. PI. xii, figs. 39-304. 5877 5386 + Ty, 10 : Regd. No. (essor Pen J. Wood-Mason. TIER 2848-57 ‘ 2 2 an Upper Tenasserim J. Wood-Mason. 2828-9 2831 iy | ey: Between Misty Hollow and Sukli, ) 2834 (adult and lar- > - : F. H. Gravely. | MAS eae Dawna Hills, 2100-2500 ft. ) ” vae in spirit) 2830 2832-3 Between Thingannyinaung and es mm | Sukli, Dawna Hills, 900-2100 ft. | F. H. Gravely. sa TS Rangoon Bombay Natural History Society. There are specimens from Rangoon in the collection of the Bombay Natural History Society ; and specimens from Carin Ghecü 4000-5000 ft., Carin Asciuii Cheba 3500-4000 ft., Carin Cheba 3000-3500 ft., and Mt. Mauson 2000-3000 ft. in the Berlin collections. Description. —Length 31-40 mm. Differs from A. tavoyanus in the following characters only: left outer tubercle, though not quite constant either in size or shape, normally with inner process more massive, sometimes itself truncate; right outer tubercle somewhat shorter, distance between apices of upper and lower portions of its extremity greater, always more instead of less than half as great as distance between apices of upper portion and right inner tubercle; posterior parts of hind coxae usually smoother; seventh rib of elytra with or without punctures throughout, or more often at the posterior end only. ' Habits.—This species lives in logs that have not decayed to any great extent. It does not appear to be gregarious, adults being found only singly or in pairs, some- times with larvae. Aceraius borneanus, Kaup. Pl. xii, figs. 25-250. Regd. No. >" Borneo. Sarawak Museum. The Berlin collections include specimens from Deli, Tebing tinggi, Peinan, Sipora, Hili Zabobo, Batavia, Bandjermasin, Tandjong, Kina Balu, c. 5000 ft., Sampit ! Present throughout in all the three Rangoon specimens, but none of the Tenasserim ones I have seen. The character seems to be so often variable, however, that I do not feel justified in establishing a separate variety for the former. All these punctures are usually, as Kuwert says, absent in the Tenas- serim form, but eveu in specimens fouud within a few hundred yards of such typical ones they may be present at the posterior end exactly as in 4. éavoyanus. 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 239 and South Palawan. The Hamburg collection contains also specimens from Indra- pura, Langkat, and Banguey. The British Museum collection contains specimens from Perak. Description.—Length 24-28 mm. Anterior margin of labrum concave, left angle distinctly more prominent than right, sides parallel. I,amella of fifth joint of antennae usually rather long and often pilose. Mandibles with upper tooth well developed, defined on upper margin behind by a concavity which is much more marked on the left side than on the right; upper two terminal teeth large, the lowest one small on the left side, minute on the right; left anterior lower tooth rather large, triangular above and below, grooved horizontally between these two parallel surfaces ; its counter- part on the right side minute. Mentum punctured and hairy laterally ; middle portion smooth, with narrow depressed anterior border. Acad above punctured and hairy in neighbourhood of long keeled parietal ridges, which extend vertically outwards from central tubercle, as is more or less invariably the case in all species of the genus I have seen, such variations as occur being always towards a backward direction; frontal grooves distinct, uniformly curved towards inner tubercles, or straight, or even curved outwards to terminate a little way behind them; frontal area consequently variable in form; ridge joining inner tubercles almost straight, or faintly convex in middle; left outer tubercle long and slender, more or less inwardly directed, often much stouter at base than distally, variable in detail; right outer tubercle moder- ately long, apex acute in fresh specimens as seen from above, truncate or imperfectly bifid in profile; anterior angles of head not prominent, containing at least 120°; apical angle of supra-orbital ridge almost equally blunt as a whole, but strongly peaked. Pronotum almost always with more or less distinct median groove, marginal grooves incomplete in middle before and behind; scars crescentic, they and the whole lateral border in front of them strongly and often closely punc- tured. Lateral plates of under side of prothorax sometimes slightly punctured and hairy in extreme anterior angles; then smooth for a space, behind which the surface is strongly punctured and hairy; hairless behind the coxae. Scutellum highly polished ; mesothoracic episterna punctured above and along anterior margin, somewhat - dullin posterior angle; mesosternum finely roughened throughout or in part, scars extremely variable, never broad, sometimes long, sometimes rudimentary. Lateral areas of metasternum very sharply defined and narrow in front, very broad and indistinctly separated from intermediate areas behind, not in contact with central area; anterior intermediate and lateral areas closely and rather finely punctured throughout, punctures becoming coarser and somewhat striate behind; posterior intermediate areas punctured along posterior border, but as a rule not further for- watds; central area smooth and polished, as is also ridge separating lateral from ante- rior intermediate areas. Posterior parts of hind coxae smooth or nearly so. Abdomi- nal sterna indistinctly punctured in scars, the second with a few indistinct, but larger, hair-bearing punctures as well in fresh specimens. Zlytra hairy, closely punc- tured at sides over whole surface from seventh rib onwards. 240 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yo. IDOL, Aceraius minor, n. sp. Text-fig. 4D, p. 234. Described from five specimens from Taiping, 4000-5000 ft., in the Kgl. Zool. Museum in Berlin. Description.—23-25°5 mm. Resembles A. borneanus except in the following respects. Upper tooth of mandibles obsolete, the upper margin practically straight ; lowest terminal tooth of left mandible well developed, equal to that of right ; ante- rior lower tooth of left mandible also well developed, but much smaller than that of right which, as is usual in this genus, is very large. Left outer tubercle of head shorter and somewhat stouter, inner angle of distal truncation scarcely developed, the tubercle as a whole consequently directed more forwards ; right outer tubercle some- what variable in both species, but as a rule rather better developed in this one than in the preceding. Abdominal sterna somewhat more distinctly punctured in the scars ; elytra with hair-bearing punctures on the seventh and ninth ribs only, the whole of the eighth and tenth smooth and hairless. Aceraius aequidens, n. sp. Text-fig. 4E, p. 234. Described from one specimen from Kina Balu in the collection of the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum. Description.—Length 29 mm. Differs from the preceding in the following charac- ters only: anterior lower tooth of left mandible not very large, scarcely larger than that of right mandible ; mentum somewhat as in A. wallacei, anterior margin depressed on either side of the middle line only, in the single specimen that I have seen ; inner angle of distal truncation of left outer tubercle of ‘head better developed ; right outer tubercle more as in A. borneanus ; abdominal sterna also as in that species ; seventh to tenth ribs (inclusive) of elytra with hair-bearing punctures, but with scarcely as many as in A. borneanus. subfamily MACROLININAE. Genus MACROLINUS, Kaup. The form of the frontal area of the head, the lengths of the lamellae of the antennae and the presence or absence of densely punctured areason the pronotum, all of them characters which have been found apt to be of little value, and often actually misleading, for taxonomic purposes in other genera, have usually proved to be constant throughout each of our extensive series of specimens of different species of this genus, and to provide the best means of distinguishing one species from another. 1014.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 241 Macrolinus nicobaricus, n. sp. Pl. xiii, figs. 40-402. 9092-9 9101 9277 1 Dan 9279-81 516-7 6430-2 Regd. No. À $ 14 ic ( i g ence be Nicobar Islands F. Stoliczka, 2846 D < N re 18 UYPe) ; LF. À. de Roepstorff. 9847-50 dus be GIS Rangoon! Description.-—Length 30-36 mm. Labrum transverse; symmetrical or with left angle slightly more prominent than right; sides approximately parallel, angles rounded, anterior margin straight or slightly excavate. Lamellae of antennae of moderate length, the three proximal ones distinctly shorter and stouter than the three distal ones. Mandıbles with upper tooth distinct ; ventral terminal tooth smaller and set further back than the other two; anterior lower tooth simple, conical, acute, that on the right side very little smaller than that on the left. Mentum punctured and sparsely hairy along posterior border between inner limits of scars, but not behind their posterior limits (i.e. not between either scar and posterior margin); this puncturing rarely extended forwards on to remaining part of surface of median area to anyextent. Head closely and somewhat rugosely punctured, clothed with fine hair; parietal ridges extending straight outwards or very slightly backwards from central tubercle, from which they are usually separated ; frontal ridges enclosing an acute angle, then curving rapidly outwards and then again forwards; inner tubercles joined to one another by a curved ridge whose concave side faces forwards; these tubercles joined to outer tubercles by ridges enclosing a smooth and unpunctured area; outer tubercles truncate or imperfectly forked at apex in profile; anterior angles of head containing more than 120°; canthus rounded externally ; posterior rounded portion of supra-orbital ridge meeting outer wall of hollow anterior portion in angle of not more than 120°, inner wall of anterior portion usually as distinct as outer wall. Pronotum with marginal grooves incomplete across the middle before and behind ; median groove absent or scarcely distinguishable; a small depression present as a rule near anterior angles, usually containing (sometimes replaced by) two punctures (very seldom a small cluster) which often coalesce to form a short oblique groove; scars rounded, or linear and oblique, punctured, hairy; surface between scars and marginal grooves likewise punctured and hairy. Lateral plates of lower side of prothorax smooth towards inner side both in front of and behind coxae ; outer border punctured and hairy, especially behind. An indistinct median groove sometimes present on scutellum; mesothoracic episterna punctured except in posterior angle and along ventral border, punctured area bordered by a roughened band, the rest polished. Mesosternum with usual anterior marginal striato- punctate area often followed by a few coarse punctures; scars strongly impressed, their surface finely roughened, this roughness being continued more or less over the outer angles of the plate; central area more or less polished with exception of a 1 I find by looking up the register that this record is of doubtful authenticity; it appears to be the only record of the species outside the Nicobars and is probably incorrect. 242 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor 2007, pair of circular areas which are finely rugose or punctured. Metasternum with lateral areas narrow, finely punctured and hairy throughout, not in contact with central area ; anterior intermediate areas punctured and hairy; posterior intermediate areas smooth and hairless. Posterior parts of hind coxae, and scars of abdominal sterna, finely punctured, either sparsely or closely. Elytra slightly hairy at the shoulders; very strongly punctured in the lateral grooves, more weakly in the dorsal ones of which the innermost are scarcely punctured at all. Macrolinus andamanensis (Stoliczka). Pl. xiii, figs. 41-414. 9082-91 | (paratypes) = (paratypes) 9465 Reed, N 7 (paratype) CEG: NO. arg Andaman Islands Stoliczka bequest, J. Wood- —— (paratypes) Mason, etc. 4069-7) 4072-4 3713-20 5 5 10 6602-8 6428-9 9860 13 4 18 6450 : a Moulmein ! Museum Collector. All No appear to be paratypes. Nos. andere Tom sD i sStoliezkans Type collection,’’ and the rest were ‘named by Dr. Stoliczka and Mr. J. Wood- Mason ’’ ; several of the latter series, including some from Wood-Mason’s collection, bear labels written by Stoliczka. Description.—Length 31-38 mm. Differs from the preceding in the following characters only; lamelliform processes of six distal antenna-joints somewhat longer and slenderer; ridge joining inner tubercles of head’ straight or slightly raised in middle line; frontal area in consequence of this and of a difference, less constant in both species, in the course of the frontalridges (which in this species are usually curved so that they do-not enclose an acute angle in front of the central tubercle), longer in proportion to its width, and semicircular rather than crescentic in form; outer tubercles bifid in profile, upper process longer (often much longer) than lower, and separated from it by a distance nearly as great as that from inner tubercle; anterior and posterior portions of supra-orbital ridges meeting in an angle of not less than 120°; mesosternum more extensively polished, circular punctured areas mostly represented by smooth depressions or entirely absent. In the mesosternum of some specimens there is a very strongly marked median groove whose surface is finely roughened, but more usually this is obscure or absent; I have not seen it in B. nicobaricus, but it may very likely be found occasionally in that species also. 7 | I find by looking up the register that this record is of doubtful authenticity, so as it appears to be the only record of the species outside the Andamans it is probably incorrect. > No mention is made here of the central tubercle, as this is so very variable in both species, both in form and in the extent of its connection with the posterior ridges, that I can find no constant difference between the two that is sufficiently definite to permit of description. No taxonomic importance is to be attached to the differences that appear in the figures. 1014.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 243 Macrolinus sikkimensis (Stoliczka). I. M. SIKKIMENSIS, Stoliczka, s. str. Pl. xiii, figs. 42-42a. Regd. No. © (type) “ Sikkim’? ! F. Stoliczka. 692 706 6405-6 ae : 58 I u — Khasi Hills Shillong Museum. >) = Cachar J. Wood-Mason. à en = Harmutti, base of Dafla Hills ae athe “ Dikrang Valley | ae g442 6453 9891 i ; H. H. Godwin-Austen. D a ar nn Dafla Expedition | 9865-88 ane ») Ce Camp 9, Dafla Expedition ») FE Kobo, Abor Country, 400 ft. | ») a Janakmukh, Abor Country, 600 ft. S. W. Kemp. 3142-5 x m; Rotung, Abor Country, 1400 ft. | 9892 6 ET ss = Naga Hills Moti Ram. Description. —Length 25-31 mm. Resembles the two preceding species except in the following respects. Parietalridgesof head on the whole more distinctly connected with central tubercle; frontal ridges as in M. nicobaricus ; inner tubercles as in M. nicobari- cus, the ridge between them as in M. andamanensis ; outer margin of inner tubercles often produced backwards as more or less distinct ridge over anterior part of head ; posterior part of supra-orbital ridge meeting anterior part in angle of about 120°. Pronotum strongly punctured laterally behind anterior extremities of marginal groove, all along this groove at the sides, and usually near the scars also. Mesosternum usually more polished than in M. nicobaricus ; with or without a single median roughened or finely punctured area of varying extent in place of the paired areas; a more or less obscure groove sometimes present in the middle line. Metasternum coarsely punctured in posterior intermediate areas, otherwise as in the preceding species. Elytra slightly hairy at shoulders, their dorsal grooves more or less distinctly punctured ; lateral grooves very wide, with strong punctures elongated to form a series of transverse grooves. | Habits.—Mr. Kemp did not find any large colonies of this species during the Abor Expedition. This agrees with the results of my own more scanty observations on the sub-species found in the Dawna Hills, and I am led to conclude that the species is not a markedly gregarious one. The sub-species tavoyanus seems to live in logs that have reached too advanced a state of decay to be suitable for Aceraius to inhabit ; whether this is true of the northern form also has yet to be determined. 2. M. SIKKIMENSIS, subsp. TAVOYANUS, n. subsp. 5870-1 Regd. No. { _- | Tavoy Museum Collector. —— (type) ! Stoliczka tells us in his paper (1873, p. 162) that he collected this specimen ‘‘at about 1500 feet, some two miles east of Pankabari.’’ Pankabari is many miles south of the Sikkim frontier of to-day. 244 Memoırs of the Indian Museum. Or, 100C, a Between Misty Hollow and Sukli, KF. H Gravely. Regd. No. Dawna Hills, 2100-2500 ft. 2645-58 99 19 Between Thingannyinaung and Sukli, F. H. Gravely Dawna Hills, goo-2100 ft. 2660 DD 19 Dawna Hills, Tenasserim F. H. Gravely. I have also seen specimens from Carin Cheba, 3000-3500 and 4000-5000 ft., in the collection of the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum. Description.—Length 29°5-33'5 mm. Differs from M. sikkimensis, s. sty., only in having the mesosternal scars coarsely punctured partially or throughout. No trace of these punctures has been found in any Himalayan specimen with the exception of one from Kobo (regd. no. 244°) in which, although scarcely perceptible on one side, they are few but distinct on the other. This specimen may be regarded as transi- tional between the typical Himalayan form, and the form from the Dawna Hills which differs therefrom somewhat less markedly than does that from Tavoy. Probably, therefore, the change from the typical Himalayan form to the Tavoy form is a gradual one and numbers of transitional forms may be expected to occur in the hills of north Burma. Macrolinus crenatipennis, Kuwert. Described from two specimens from Ceylon (one of them evidently the type, as it bears Kuwert’s label), both in the collection of the Königliches Entomologisches Museum in Berlin. Description.—Length 21°5 mm.' Differs from M. ee only in its smaller size, and in the extremely coarse puncturing of all the grooves of the e/y/ra, the dorsal grooves of M. crenatipennis being as coarsely punctured as the lateral ones of M. votundifrons. Macrolinus rotundifrons (Kaup). IPL, Sabb, fe AB, Regd No, 2 Kandy, Ceylon 18 SE. E. Green. U N. Annandale. E. E. Green. F. H. Gravely. 9935 Ceylon F. H. Gravely. Peradeniya, Ceylon Mr. Green’s collection includes also specimens from Galagedara, Central Province, Ceylon. Description.—Length 25-31 mm. Differs from M. sikkimensis in the following respects only. Median part of mentum unpunctured ; parietal ridges of head extend- ing straight outwards or slightly forwards, still more distinctly connected with central tubercle; ridge between inner tubercles strongly convex, its middle part sometimes almost confluent with ridge between outer tubercles. Pronotum with strongly marked median groove; punctures along marginal grooves at sides confined to sue ae sei the other DE are arranged as in T. stkkimensis. u says Hes -27 mm. ! ROUE] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 245 Mesosternum smooth and polished throughout, a few strong punctures sometimes present along inner margin of each scar. Elytra with lateral grooves of normal width, strongly punctured, but not transversely grooved. Habits.—This species is very common in the Royal Botanical Gardens at Pera- deniya, where it lives among the piles of dead leaves, etc., that are put to rot away on the river bank. Macrolinus waterhousei (Kaup). JO, So, AU Regd. No. a Bulutota, Ratnapura Dist., Ceylon Colombo Museum. Description.—Length 33-35 mm. Differs from M. rotundifrons in the following characters only. Median part of mentum sparsely punctured. Ridge between inner tubercles of head scarcely convex, almost straight, so closely approximated to ridge between outer tubercles throughout its length as almost to conceal it (differing in this respect from M. andamanensis). Pronotum unpunctured but (? always) with a more or less obscure depression in place of the strongly punctured area behind anterior extremities of marginal groove. Scars of mesosternum indistinct or absent. Macrolinus weberi, Kaup. Described from a single specimen from the Philippines in the collection of the Königliches Zoologisches Museum in Berlin. Descriphon.—Length 25 mm. Differs from the following species only in having the first two lamellae of the antennae somewhat shorter; and the anterior face of the central tubercle of the head almost vertical to the general surface. In the former respect, and in its locality, it agrees with Kaup’s description of M. weberi, but the differences are very minute, and in the absence of other similar specimens I very much doubt whether it is really distinct. Macrolinus latipennis (Percheron). Regd. No. = Malacca ? 32 Johore J. Wood-Mason. 79 1 There is one specimen from Borneo in the Sarawak Museum collection; and the Berlin collections include specimens from Deli, Nias (Ombolata), Buitenzorg, S.-E. Borneo, and South Palawan. Description.—Length 22°5-275 mm. Labrum punctured and hairy, anterior margin straight, angles rounded. All six lamellae of antennae very long and slender, their extremities arranged in a straight line when the antennae are furled. Upper tooth of mandibles small or obsolete; lowest terminal tooth smaller than the two upper ones; anterior lower tooth conical, that of the right side slightly smaller and more acute than that of the left. Mentum smooth between the scars or with a few punctures near the middle-line. Head closely and finely punctured throughout above, ot with the anterior half of an area in front of the short parietal ridges and outside the frontal ridges, and a small patch immediately behind the former, more or less 240 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, sparsely punctured or smooth ; the central tubercle is little or no steeper in front than behind, and the size of its apical angle is variable ; from the central tubercle a median keel extends forwards a short distance to the point of origin of the frontal ridges which, with the straight, convex or slightly W-shaped ridge joining the frontal tubercles, enclose a more or less semicircular area. Pronotum with scarcely a trace of median groove; marginal groove incomplete in middle before and behind; a patch of punc- tures in anterior angles, scattered punctures present or absent between this and the curved punctured scars. Prothorax beneath punctured and hairy at the sides. Scutel- lum smooth and polished ; mesothoracic episterna punctured above and along anterior margin ; mesosternum with a few hair-bearing punctures in front of an anterior polished area between the anterior ends of the scars, this smooth area usually continued backwards as an indistinct keel, or as a smooth and highly polished streak, to about the middle of a finely roughened area extending from the scars near their anterior extremities to the posterior margin; between this area and the posterior part of the scars the mesosternum is smooth and polished; the scars are long and almost always coarsely punctured, the punctures sometimes extending beyond the scars themselves into the lateral angles of the plate which they may completely fill. Metasternum more or less densely punctured throughout the lateral and anterior intermediate areas, and often along the outer part of the posterior margin of the posterior intermediate areas and the ridges separating these from the lateral areas; anterior and inner part of posterior intermediate areas rarely punctured; the rest smooth and unpunctured ; lateral areas much broader behind than in front, but not in contact with central area. Hind coxae and abdominal sterna as in other members of the genus. Elytra slightly hairy at the shoulders; all grooves of equal width; lateral grooves little more coarsely punctured than those nearest the middle line. subfamily GNAPHALOCNEMINAE. Genus PARAPELOPIDES, Zang. Parapelopides symmetricus, Zang. Text-fig. 5, A-B, p. 247. Described from specimens from Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft., in the collections of the British Museum and the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum. Description.—Length 40-41'5 mm. Differs from Trapezochilus nobilis in the fol- lowing characters only. Anterior lower tooth of right mandible small and obtuse, but distinct. Scars of mentum united to form a W-shaped figure, whose posterior trans- verse part is always distinct and deeply impressed ; anterior margin of mentum some- times with a slight concavity in the middle. Upper surface of head less strongly rugose ; outer tubercles narrower, their denticles very obtuse, middle denticle rarely distinguishable. Only extreme lateral angles of scutellum unpunctured ; puncturing of posterior angles of mesothoracic episterna also more extensive. Whole of lateral margin of mesosternum bordered by a broad band of coarse punctures. Metasternum with at least a few punctures in the posterior intermediate areas. 1014.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 247 Genus TRAPEZOCHILUS, Zang. Trapezochilus nobilis (Kuwert)'. PSS te VO Meta 5, CD. Regd. No. SE > Tavoy Museum Collector. I have also seen a series of specimens from Taiping, 4000-5000 ft., in the collec- tion of the Kônigliches Zoologisches Museum in Berlin; and two specimens from Perak in the British Museum. Description.—Length 35-41 mm. Labrum hairy and punctured ; anterior margin straight or slightly concave, with a more or less indistinct denticle in the middle; angles rounded, symmetrical or very nearly so. Antennae with a more or less indistinct lamelliform process on the fifth joint, lamellae of subsequent joints of gradually increasing size, all short and stout. Upper tooth of mandibles usually rectangular sometimes blunter, minute; terminal teeth large, the two upper ones broadest in the vertical plane, the lowest one horizontal; anterior lower tooth distinct and sharply pointed on the left side, obsolete or minute and fused with base of ee ne Nam) TEXT-FIGURE 5. A. Parapelopides symmetricus, anterior margin of head x 4. B. > right mandible x 4. Cc Trapezochilus nobilis, anterior margin of head x 4. D 5 right mandible x 4. E. Trapezochilus resbectabilis, anterior margin of head x 4. lowest terminal tooth, on the right. Mentum punctured laterally, smooth between and behind the oblique groove-like scars. Head strongly rugose in front, smoother behind, the surface polished throughout. Outer tubercles somewhat variable, approximately symmetrical, each composed of three conical denticles of which the innermost is usually the largest; the outermost is usually slenderer or quite short and blunt; the middle one is small and set a little further back, its position is variable, and may be different on opposite sides of the same specimen, it is some- times obsolete on the right or on both sides. Anterior angles of head containing a little more than 120°; canthus rounded externally. Parietal ridges curved slightly forwards. Supra-orbital ridges smoothly convex behind, excavate in front, their upper margin curved (not angular) in front when seen in profile. Pronotum smooth and polished, not obviously punctured except in the scars and margi- nal grooves; marginal grooves widely discontinuous in front, almost continuous behind; median groove rudimentary or absent. Lateral plates of lower surface ! This species has proved not to be distinct from the next; and the names applied to them here must both be discarded in favour of dorsalis, Kaup (see below, pp. 297-8) 248 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, of prothorax smooth and hairless in front, punctured and very hairy further back, often rugose behind the coxae. Scutellum traversed by a pair of broad and closely apposed hairy and finely punctured bands which are sometimes fused in the middle line ; mesothoracic episterna coarsely punctured above and in front, more finely in the posterior angles which are hairy; a small smooth area between the two punc- tured ones. Mesosternum often more or less dull and rugose, usually with a patch of hair-bearing punctures in the lateral angles ; scars indistinct or absent. Metaster- num with lateral areas very broad behind, but not in contact with central area ; lateral and anterior intermediate areas hairy and rather finely punctured, posterior intermediate and central areas smooth and hairless. Posterior parts of hind coxae slightly roughened ; scars of abdominal sterna smooth or very nearly so. Elytra with lateral grooves broader than dorsal ones, the punctures in the former forming rows of short transverse grooves. Trapezochilus respectabilis (Kuwert) '. Text-fig. 5 EF, p. 247. Described from a series of specimens from Deli, Sumatra, in the collection of the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum. TEXT-FIG. 6. Gnaphalocnemis simplex, n. sp., head x 4. Description.—Length 33-38 mm. Differs from preceding species in following characters only. Scars of mentum sometimes more or less distinctly united behind to form a W-shaped figure as in Parapelopides. Upper surface of head less strongly rugose ; outer tubercles more prominent, their middle denticle usually obsolete, the inner one always broad and distally truncate in unworn specimens. Mesosternum rarely punctured in lateral angles. Posterior intermediate areas of metasternum sparsely punctured in one specimen. Genus GNAPHALOCNEMIS, Heller. Gnaphalocnemis simplex, n. sp. Text-fig. 6. Described from a single specimen from Perak in the British Museum collection. Description.—Length 31 mm. Head, with its appendages, as in G. monticulosus, ! See foot-note on previous page. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 249 except the anterior margin; this is flat or slightly convex on both sides ; the left . outer tubercle is simple and truncate ; the right one is similar but broader, its trun- cation somewhat concave ; two smaller pointed denticles are developed between this tubercle and the right anterior angle of the head. . Prothorax, mesothorax and meta- thorax as in Tvapezochilus nobilis. Posterior parts of hind coxae rough. Abdominal _ sterna polished. Grooves nearest inner margin of elytra scarcely punctured, next pair somewhat more distinctly punctured, puncturing of lateral grooves very strong —quite as strong as in G. burmeisteri. Gnaphalocnemis burmeisteri (Kaup). Pll; Sl. soles, 210), Described from specimens from Deli, Pedong, Peinan, Soerian Plantation (nr. Solok), Battak Mountain, Kepahiang, Redjang-I,ebong, and Java (the type and two other specimens) in the Berlin collections; specimens from Deli and Somgei Lalah in the Hamburg collection ; and a specimen from Sarawak in the Sarawak Museum collection. Description.—Length 41-51 mm. Differs from the following species only in having grooves 5-7 of the elytra narrower, simply punctured without any defined flattened surface, transverse punctures, or longitudinal roughened lines. Gnaphalocnemis monticulosus (Smith). Pl. xiii, fig. 49a. I have not seen the specimen which Stoliczka says he received from Sumatra ; the specimen which he collected in Penang, though not referred to in his paper, is evidently of this species and appears to have been identified by him. Regd. No. “ Penang F. Stoliczka. I have also examined specimens from Kuching and Sadong belonging to the Sarawak Museum ; specimens from Tengah Mountain, Deli, Tandjong Morawa, Solok, Medan, Sarawak and Mt. Kina Balu in the collections in Berlin; and a specimen from Lampung in the British Museum. Description.—Length 38-44 mm. Anterior margin of labrum slightly concave, sometimes almost straight, usually with a distinct denticle in the middle; angles rounded, the left inclined to be slightly more prominent than the right. Upper margin of mandibles usually more or less convex or angular behind upper tooth; upper tooth distinct, more or less rectangular on left side, usually acute on right ; no trace of right anterior lower tooth present ; left anterior lower tooth and left lowest terminal tooth more or less fused at base, each distinct and well developed at apex. Mentum usually somewhat narrower and more convex between the scars than in Trapezochlus dorsalis (=nobilis). Head polished throughout, more or less rugose in front of parietalridges. Outer tuberclescomplex, somewhat variable in form (compare figs. 49 and 492‘). Anterior border excavate between left outer tubercle and front of | Prepared from specimens belonging to two different species ; but the structure and range of varia- tion of the outer tubercles appears to be the same in both, and also in the larger G. tvidens (fig. 50). 250 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, left supra-orbital ridge. Anterior angles of head containing about 120°, canthus rounded externally ; supra-orbital ridge as in Tvapezochilus dorsalis ; parietal ridges directed slightly forwards. Prothorax and mesothorax much as in Tyapezochilus dorsalis, but with the median groove of the pronotum often more distinct, and a pair of distinct large oval scars on the mesosternum. Metasternum with lateral areas very broad throughout, almost as broad in front as behind, but not in contact with central area; central area unpunctured ; lateral areas finely punctured and hairy; anterior intermediate areas hairy and a little more coarsely punctured in anterior angles, smooth behind ; posterior intermediate areas very coarsely but often sparsely punc- tured, not hairy. Hind coxae usually smooth. Second abdominal sternum usually punctured :n front of scars; abdominal sterna otherwise smooth. Elytra with grooves 5-7 more or less broad, their flattened polished surface usually more or less completely bordered on either side by a roughened line, with which the punctures are often con- fluent, the punctures coarse and as a rule distinctly transverse. Gnaphalocnemis tridens (Wied.). Pl. xiii, figs. 50-504. Regd No. — Java J. Wood-Mason. I have also seen one specimen from the island of Madura which is the property of Mr. H. E. Andrewes; specimens from Sumatra, Tjibodas c. 5000 ft., Tengger Mountain, and Soekaboemi in the Berlin collections; and specimens from Preanger 4-6000 ft., Buitenzorg, and East Java as well as Wiedemann’s types in the Hamburg collection. Description.—Length 45-56 mm. Differs from the preceding in the following characters only: upper tooth on both sides often more obtuse, the mandibles less (often not at all) convex above behind it; surface of head less rugose; parietal ridges usually extending somewhat more directly outwards; all but one or two of the punc- tures of posterior intermediate areas of metasternum usually confluent and concen- trated along the inner margin of this area; posterior part of hind coxae more or less strongly punctured ; grooves 5-7 and posterior part of groove 8 of elytra very broad, each with roughened margins and a flat polished surface marked by a single row of punctures. Genus GONATAS, Kaup. Gonatas germari, Kaup. Pl. xii, figs. 47-474. Regd. No. Se Java W.S. Atkinson. Deseription.—Length 26°5 mm. Labrum hairy and punctured, anterior margin with a deep semi-circular excavation, angles rounded and prominent, sides straight and parallel. Antennal lamellae long, six in number. Left mandible somewhat larger than right; upper tooth small on both mandibles, rectangular on left, more obtuse on right ; two upper terminal teeth partly fused, lower one distinct, meeting them in an angle of about 60°; anterior lower tooth rudimentary on left, large but blunt on 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 251 right mandible. Mentum punctured lateraily only. Head crossed by band of large sparse punctures immediately in front of parietal ridges; parietal ridges extending directly outwards on either side of central tubercle; frontal ridges extending at first more outwards than forwards from central tubercle, then bent abruptly towards inner tubercles ; ridge between these slightly produced forwards in middle line, which is marked in frontal area by an indistinct ridge; left outer tubercle broad, parallel-sided , truncate distally, the extremity being slightly concave as seen from above, straight and perpendicular from the side; right outer tubercle of equal length but more slender, sides as seen from above abruptly converging near end to meet each other in a right angle, upper surface longer than lower, the process being obliquely truncate as seen from the side; anterior angle of head containing about 100°; canthus almost equilaterally quadrangular. Pronotum with strong median groove, marginal groove incomplete in middle in front, obsolete in middle behind. Prothorax below polished; hairy and indistinctly punctured. close to margin in front, more distinctly punctured behind. Scutellum smooth and polished ; mesothoracic episterna polished throughout, punctured above and along anterior margin; mesosternum smooth and polished, with small deep scars. Metasternum finely punctured in lateral areas, which are very little wider behind than in front and are not in contact with central area; more strongly punc- tured in anterior intermediate areas; coarsely punctured in posterior intermediate areas. Hind coxae and abdominal sterna polished, almost unpunctured. Elytra finely punctured in dorsal grooves, more coarsely in lateral ones. Subfamily LEPTAULACINAE. Genus LEPTAULAX, Kaup. Leptaulax beccarii, Kuwert. Described from two specimens from Sumatra in the Berlin collections, one of them determined by Kuwert. Description.—Length 21 mm _ Differs from L. humerosus in the following char- acters only. Frontal area of head shorter and broader. Pronotum and abdominal sterna more as in L. dentatus, the latter not extensively punctured. Posterior parts of Mind coxae smooth. Sculpturing of lateral grooves of elytra reduced (to a variable extent} in a somewhat different way, a polished tubercle being more or less distinctly developed from the middle part of each of the partly obsolete transverse ridges. Leptaulax humerosus, Kuwert. Pl. xiii, fig. 51. Regd. No. “= Ten miles south of Kuching, Sarawak C. W. Beebe. There is a single specimen from Kuching in the Sarawak Museum collection and another from the same locality in Mr. Andrewes’ collection. I have also examined specimens from Perak, Deli, W. Sumatra, Ardjoeno, and Tengger Mountain in the collection of the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum. Description—Length 15-20 mm. Differs from the common allied species, L. 252 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor IE dentatus, in the following characters only. Upper tooth of mandibles, usually weaker, anterior lower tooth simple. Inner tubercles of head perhaps a little more widely separated'; frontal area almost always about as long as broad, semilunar or almost quadrangular in shape; the two frontal ridges more or less evenly continuous with one another and joined to central tubercle by a single sharply keeled ridge—not curving round to meet in an acute angle close to apex of central tubercle asis usually the case in L. dentatus. Scars of mesosternum dull, their surface evenly continuous with a dull band extending along whole remaining length of outer margin. Lateral areas of metasternum much broader behind than in front, about equal in their widest part to minimum width of intermediate areas. Abdomen bordered beneath by a com- plete broad band of fine but dense puncturing which includes the whole of the terminal segment with the exception, in some specimens, ot a small smooth spot near the posterior margin. Depressed surface of two or three outermost grooves of elytra dull, the sculpturing somewhat indistinct and worn-looking, especially at the ends; the ninth and tenth ribs narrow throughout. Leptaulax dentatus (Fabr.). I. E.:DENTATUS, Kabr. s. str. Pl. xiii, figs. 52-524. Regd. No. =" == © Near Vizagapatam Museum Collector. x Baia La-ai Valley D. G. A. Pritchard and J. R. Waterfield. bs wee Kobo, 400 ft., Abor Country : Die Janakmukh, 600 ft., Abor Country OTANI. Ge? ts Due ZI En Rotung, 1300-1400 ft., Abor Country = ae Upper Rotung, 2000 ft., Abor Country > S. W. Kemp. bs =— Renging to Rotung 26co ft. Abor Country it ern Kalek, 3800 ft., Abor Country ” FE = > N.-E. Frontier _ ? sa = Sibsagar, Assam S. E. Peal and Museum Collector. 50 = Dafla Expedition 55 TS un = Burroi, base of Dafla Hills \ 6422 962-3 > ; H. H. Godwin-Austen. ven Harmutti, base of Dafla Hills | 39 “> De Dikrang Valley, Northern Frontier of Assam 9505 6421 5 0 » ae Dunsiri Valley, Assam ) ! = = “we Durrang, Assam \ | H. H. Godwin-Austen. 1 This remark, since it relates to a character which is somewhat variable in both forms, applies only to the species as a whole ? Larvae, pupae, and adults in spirit. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 253 os 35:6 ae 8 ) Stoliczka bequest, Regd. No. \ Bhutan | Dr. Cameron. ? ab -63 nes 7 9170-1 1 be 9204 “ut 9219-20 | 1 1 9224 9229 9232-3 . : A : a i T 7 \ Sikkim Stoliczka bequest, etc. 9375-7 9487-9 9491 1 al wel 9493 6107-9 1 14 9383 Nr ln. i re aint Darjeeling (Sikkim in register} F. Stoliczka. | 9169 => | { Stoliczka bequest, 1 © o o » 9185 985-7 » Assam 4 Asiatic Soc.’s collection, \ TRAME J CE T. Atkinson, ?. ES E. Cachar J. Wood-Mason. 9137 9139-10 9142-9 . Ha 1 N = ( Stoliczka bequest, > ( ‘ egu ı = f 8 US. Kurz. 861-8711 32722 Ne i 0 Kawkareik, Tenasserim, c. 300 ft. F. H. Gravely. + = Misty Hollow, W. side of Dawna Hills, F. H. Gravely. Tenasserim, c. 2200 ft. ie PAS Between Misty Hollow aud Sukli, top of F. H. Gravely. Dawna Hills, 2100-2500 ft. 7 u. Between Thingannyinaung and Sukli, F. H. Gravely. E. side of Dawna Hills, 900-2100 ft. 2913 872-95 898 ê | 59 ro 19 Tenasserim J. Wood-Mason. f 5875-6 5879-85 5887 10 10 10 A 5 7 M É oN -Mason. 2) 5889-92 897 809-044 Nüpne Tenasserim J. Wood-Mas | 10 19 19 4120) 1128 1187 4 4 4 7740 1748 7754 4 4 4 7SSS 7S91 7897 ñ > EN» A ‚Tavoy Museum Collector. 7900 8102 8105-6 4 4 4 90 8763-4 665 5 5 6 Stoliczka bequest, Dr. W. Sn 9168 9381-2 9486 : DE ee Mergui Johore, Malay Peninsula | ( Ae Wood. Masen. (> Museum Collector. 56 “ws um — Perak, Malay Peninsula Moti Ram. DCE » u Java H. E. Andrewes. | Specimens selected to show the full range of continuous variation from a series of 47 specimens ee i taken from a single colony. No. is from the same colony. ? Adults and larvae in spirit. 254 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. IVor Le I have also seen specimens from Buxa (Duars) in Mr. Andrewes’ collection; one from Silonbari at the base of the Lakhimpur hills in Mr. Stevens’ collection ; and specimens in the Dehra Dun collection from Kochugarh, Goalpara District, 14-v-06 ; Kapti, Chittagong Hill Tracts; and Chaduar, Assam, g-iv-o6. In the last-named collection there is also a specimen said to be from Mussoorie, but as the label also bears the name Lucanus lunifer it has probably been transferred from another insect. This somewhat improbable locality must, therefore, be ignored. Description—Length 19°5-37 mm. Labrum punctured and hairy, anterior margin more or less concave, angles more or less rounded or acute; sides strongly convex or almost straight, their general direction parallel, or slightly convergent behind. Man- dibles strongly angular on outer side; upper tooth well developed ; lowest terminal tooth somewhat smaller than and posterior to the other two; anterior lower tooth double, its anterior part long and sharply pointed in unworn specimens, the posterior part extending backwards as a narrow and more or less bilobed ridge, less completely separated from the former on the right side than on the left, and much more extensive in large than in small specimens—in the latter it may be obsolete. Mentum with some large punctures outside, and in front of, a pair of V-shaped, crescentic, or almost cir- cular scars. Head distinctly marked with round punctures which may be replaced in the anterior half by an obscure longitudinal rugosity ; frontal area very variable in form (compare figs. 52b-c), usually traversed by a more or less distinct median ridge ; distance between two inner tubercles on an average about equal to that between these tubercles and the outer ones, the latter being situated about half way between the former and the anterior angles ‘of the head; the exact proportions between these distances depends on the shape of the frontal area; even when this is at its broadest, the distance between the inner tubercles is scarcely twice as great as that between the inner and outer tubercles ; median tubercle distinct, obscure, or obsolete ; end of canthus narrow, rounded or abruptly truncate, prominent in large specimens but as a rule not in small ones; parietal ridges short, not extending to the supra-orbital ridges. Pronotum smooth and highly polished above; thickly punc- tured atthe sides, especially in the anterior angles and the neighbourhood of the scars; median groove strongly developed. Lateral plates of lower side of prothorax more or less punctured in front of the coxae, unpunctured behind. Prosternum smooth and highly polished between and behind coxae, keel sometimes strongly grooved trans- versely in front, anterior median semicircular area dull and radially grooved, lateral areas finely punctured behind with a row of hair along their posterior margins. Scutellum with usual median hairy patch on anterior margin, otherwise smooth and highly polished; mesothoracic episterna strongly punctured above and along anterior margin ; mesosternum smooth and highly polished, except in lateral angles which are dull, and in scars which are often finely roughened; these scars do not extend to the posterior margin of the sternum; they are very sharply defined on the inner side, and often also (to a less degree) on the outer side, which does not always coincide with the outer margin of the sternum; a few punctures sometimes present behind the scars. Central area of metasternum polished, very sharply defined, 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 255 with or without a few symmetrically arranged depressions of greater or less distinct- ness, not in contact with lateral areas; lateral areas narrow, parallel sided or nearly so, more or less rugose; intermediate areas strongly punctured. Posterior parts of Mind coxae more or less roughened or punctured. Abdominal sterna finely punctured along anterior margin {often incompletely in the last two segments), and more strongly in a more or less triangular patch of very variable size (sometimes absent from last segment) on each side; otherwise smooth and polished. Elytra polished throughout ; the lateral grooves about as broad as the ridges between them, their punctures extended to form short transverse grooves; the ninth rib broader than the eighth in part, the tenth broader throughout. Habits.—This species is gregarious, it lives under the bark of logs which have rotted till their outer parts have lost their strength. 2. L. DENTATUS var. GLABRIVENTRIS, n. var. 9134 9340 9513-4 ARS Te Se 2913 4080 8144 ae bequest, J.Wood- INGRGls IN@S Yas ee em Andaman Isles Mason, etc 3722-3 3727 STE N 0, m 2867 » a Java ) seas H. E. Andrewes. 250 » oi Borneo \ a Philippine Isles East India Company’S LE] 3 Museum. This variety is not a very distinct one, forms intermediate between it and the typical form being sometimes found. It is represented in the Sarawak Museum collection by a specimen from Matang and another from Kuching—the former is of about the same size as the Andamans and Philippine specimens in the Indian Museum collection {24:5-29 mm.), but the latter is much smaller than any other specimen I have seen (21 mm.). Mr. Andrewes has sent me for examination specimens from Borneo and Java. Description.—Differs from the typical form only in having the frontal ridges of the head normally rising from a short anterior prolongation of the central tubercle: and especially in the smaller size of the triangular punctured areas of the abdominal sterna, those of the last segment having almost always disappeared. Leptaulax cyclotaenius, Kuwert. I. L. CYCLOTAENIUS, Kuwert, s. str. Blei, ho 52, Regd. No. = 37 Johore J. Wood-Mason, ? 0 a . Sinkep I. Moti Ram. DONNE a Kuching 2613 2 19 Description.—Length 14-16 mm. A somewhat smaller and much flatter insect than the following subspecies, from which it further differs in the following points only: parietal ridges of head perhaps a little longer; mesosternum finely roughened Penrissen Sarawak Museum. 256 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor along outer margin, otherwise highly polished with fine puncturing in middle and usually behind scars also; intermediate areas of metasternum as in L. dentatus. 2. L. CYCLOTAENIUS subsp. HIMALAYAE, Kuwert. RegdiNo. 2 Dikrang Valley 3 sagt ! H. H. Godwin-Austen. A En Dafla Expedition ) am FRET Renging, 2150 ft. ) Boss à i S. W. Kemp. =a Upper Renging, 2150 ft. 5 Description.—Length 15-17 mm. Differs from L. dentatus in the following respects only. Head and mandibles as in L. humerosus except that the parietal ridges are some- what longer and the frontal areas always semicircular. Mesosternum very variable; rough or polished; in the latter case always,' in the former usually, with some large punctures. Central area of metasternum more or less strongly punctured; inter- mediate areas often somewhat broader in their narrowest part, with the outer margin frequently somewhat imperfectly defined. Posterior parts of hind coxae usually quite rough. Abdominal sterna usually more extensively punctured than in L. dentatus, sometimes the whole of the last two and the greater part of the rest punctured. All lateral ribs of elytra of about equal width. Habits.—Mr. Kemp informs me that he got this species from under very thin bark, tightly attached to the logs it covered. He only found it on the crest of the ridge at Renging. L. macassariensis, Schauf., subsp. anibarbis, Kuwert. Plate xiii, fig. 54. Regd. No. Penrissen Sarawak Museum. Represented in the Sarawak Museum collection by two specimens from Penrissen, one of them from an altitude of 3200 ft. Description. —Length 225-23 mm. À convex and rather coarse-looking species, closely resembling in general appearance the much smaller form L. cyclotaenius subsp. himalayae, from which it differs in the following respects only. Angle of outer side of mandible obsolete. Parietal ridges of head more as in L. cyclotaenius ; outer tubercles rudimentary, situated about twice as far from anterior angles of head as from the long inner tuberc'es. Mesosternum as in L. humerosus, but with the scars and dull lateral bands less sharply defined. Central area of metasternum unpunctured. Posterior parts of hind coxae polished. 6206 9 Leptaulax anipunctus (Zang). DIS: a Gorge, Chinese Frontier, Upper lc W. Beeb:. Burma, 4600-8000 ft. Regd. No. ue 19 Description.—Length 18 mm. Mandibles as in the following species. Head coarsely but not very distinctly striate in front, unpunctured except right at the back; frontal area broad, the inuer tubercles being about equidistant from one | In the specimens I have seen, but not in those described by Kuwert. 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 257 another and from anterior angles of head; outer tubercles longer than inner, and situated only about 4 of the way from them to anterior angles; parietal ridges short as in L. dentatus'. Pronotum rather sparsely punctured in anterior angles and beside lateral margin, more closely in scars. Scutellum and mesothoracic ebisterna as in L. dentatus and L. bicolor; mesosternum polished, the surface of the scars uneven, their inner walls straight, extending the whole length of the plate. Central area of metasternum with finely punctured depression in front’, and a few large punc'ures arranged in a pair of lateral groups” rather more than half way back; lateral areas linear, slightly roughened ; intermediate areas smooth except for some punctures near inner margin of posterior division. Hind coxae and abdominal sterna smooth and highly polished. Elyira much as in L. bicolor, the grooves a little broader, however, and the punctures correspondingly coarser, but scarcely transverse. Leptaulax bicolor (Fabricius). I. L. BICOLOR (Fabricius), s. str. I), zahl, 10%, 50% Regd. No. = Naga Hills ? HB “ Janakmukh, 600 ft., Abor Country S. W. Kemp. 55 ne Dafla Expedition H. H. Godwin-Austen. 1123-6 : \ £ ——— Dikrang Valley, Northern frontier : 2 19 5 y H. H. Godwin-Austen. ; of Assam ne “ Dunsiri Valley, 500 ft., Assam ? > a Dunsiri Valley, Assam H. H. Godwin- Austen. 9187 9189-93 9195-9 ” ARRET an 9200-3 9208-10 9212-8 DE) iL CNT A : , 0 9221-3 9225-8 9230-1 Sikkim Stoliczka bequest, ete: 99 1 1 et 9234-9 9503-4 1129-31 ui sn ome Stoliczka bequest, 9172-3 9364-66 9494-5 à o > 7 ee Con Darjeeling J. Wood-Mason. ? nr er Nilgiri Hills H. E. Andrewes. N = Between Sukli and Misty Hollow, Dawna Hills, Tenasserim, 2100- cee H. Gravely. 2500 ft. 5 Z 1132 ” 19 ? ? »» aS Kuching, Sarawak Sarawak Museum. ir en Mt. Kina-Balu, N. Borneo H. E. Andrewes. ' Zang placed this species in his genus Leptaulacides, which is characterized by the possession of long parietal ridges, and in the type specimens there is less of a break than in ours, between these ridges and the supraorbital ridges. In our specimen the break, on one side especially, is of a somewhat uncertain character, and I hesitated for some time before definitely describing the parietal ridges as short. Subsequent observations of additional specimens have convinced me that the nature of these tidges is variable in all species which fall, in the arrangement adopted here, between (but not includ- ing) the two dominant species L. dentatus and L. bicolor. ? These are probably subject to particularly great variation as in other species. 258 Memotrs of the Indian Museum. Vor. III, This form is represented in the Sarawak Museum collection by specimens from Kuching, Matang Rd., 4th mile Rock Rd., Mt. Kinabalu 5000-6000 ft., and Lingga; in Mr. Andrewes’ collection by specimens from Karkur Ghat (1500 ft., May 1911) and Nadgam (2500 ft., Oct. 1910) in the Nilgiris, and from Kuching and Mt. Kinabalu in Borneo and from Java; and in Mr. Stevens’ collection by a specimen from Silonbari at the base of the N. Lakhimpur hills in Assam. Description. —Length 16-25 mm. Labrum and mentum much as in the previous species of the genus. Mandibles externally angular, upper tooth well developed ‚though less prominent than in L. dentatus ; in front of it a characteristic oblique ridge which forms an equally prominent tooth in large specimens but is often imperfect or absent in very small ones; anterior lower tooth simple on right side, simple or faintly lobed on left. Head more or less clearly punctured in depressions; frontal area usually traversed by a more or less distinct median ridge, more or less longitudi- nally rugose, variable in form but normally much broader than in L. dentatus, the inner tubercles being at least twice as far from each other as from the smaller outer tubercles ; frontal area connected to central tubercle by narrow median ridge; parietal ridges long, extending as far as margin of supra-orbital ridges, low but sharply crested along their anterior margin; canthus less prominent than in L. dentatus. Pronotum with strong median groove; in large specimens strongly and somewhat closely punctured in and around scars, very sparsely near angles; in somewhat smaller specimens the puncturing of the latter areas is denser, and in smaller ones still the pronotum is equally densely punctured along the whole of the sides. Prothorax beneath as in L. dentatus. Scutellum and mesothoracic episterna also as in that species. Mesosternum with inner wall of scars normally short and straight (rarely longer and more or less curved), the surface of the plate polished, becoming often more or less roughened or rugulose (in small specimens especially) and sometimes dull in the lateral angles. Metasternum with central area sharply defined, in most large specimens highly polished as in L. dentatus ,but in smaller ones usually roughened at least in front by fine close puncturing of varying'distinctness, a few large scattered punctures some- times present; anterior intermediate area finely punctured; a broad unpunctured band extending from anterior intermediate area between central and lateral areas along whole outer border of posterior intermediate area, the inner angle only of which area is punctured in large specimens and that sparsely ; lateral areas narrow, linear, rough. Hind coxae quite smooth and polished, punctured, or rough. Abdominal sterna with lateral punctured areas well developed, otherwise smooth or more or less exten- sively and distinctly punctured, the whole of the last segment and the greater part of the last but one being densely punctured in some specimens, especially small ones. Lateral grooves of elytra not wider than the ridges between them, the strong punc- tures with which they are marked not distinctly drawn out to form transverse grooves. Habits.—Mr. H. L. Andrewes tells me that the much-flattened examples of this species which he sent to Mr. H. E. Andrewes from the Nilgiris were obtained in Karkur Ghat and adds, ‘It is gregarious and seems, as its shape would lead me to 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 259 suppose, to keep between the bark and the wood of decaying trees instead of working into the rotten wood as the other Passalidae I know do.” B, Mj, WUCOLOR Ware, NEO (PerCH) Pl. xiii, fig. 56a. Regd. No. u Ceylon I. M. Mackwood. 2622 22 19 2623 2) 19 os Rangoon ? Ta ; + . 2 er Moulmein Museum Collector. 91757 9318-23 9325-32 1 1 1 9334-9 9341-51 9353-5 Ganiaduwa, Ceylon ) > Colombo Museum. Dimbula, Ceylon \ { = © SE Tr 1 » | es Le 2 ae De | 3721 3724-6 3728 | LJ: ood-Mason, etc. 10 10 10 3730-2 1137-8 wm ie 9178 9181 9184-5 1 1 ) | * 6359-62 222 Su \ 1 | 519 6425 1139 \ \ , Stoliczka bequest, Nicobars { ass J. Wood- Mason, etc. 6 Hs 19 2877-8 ava “719 y H. E. Andrewes. 2876 Bat: 19 atjan 6397 6399 1141 . 5 99 aeg) Sinkep Island Moti Ram. 7074 ... . 3 a al Philippine Isles East India Co.’s Museum. 1140 z 19” ? ? 2617 : (SI Kuching, Sarawak » aa > Sarawak Museum. II Borneo \ This form is represented in the Sarawak Museum collection by specimens from Kuching and Matang Road, in the Colombo Museum collection by specimens from Gamaduwa and Dimbulla, in Mr. Green’s collection by specimens from Pundaloya, and in Mr. Andrewes’ collection by specimens from Java and Batjan. Description.—Length 13-25 mm. Differs from the typical form in the following respects only. Frontal area of head as a rule somewhat more nearly rectangular in shape. Pronotum less strongly punctured; large specimens with a few sparce punc- tures in anterior angles, a few set very close together in scars and, asa rule, a few more scattered near outer margin ; small specimens more densely punctured, especially in neighbourhood of scars.. Mesosternum always highly polished, its scars with inner wall usually longer and more strongly arched. Puncturing of intermediate areas of metasternum sometimes less distinct or more irregular; central area always highly polished. Lateral punctured areas of abdominal sterna more or less obsolete. ! The puncturing of the pronotum in small specimens is very like that found in larger specimens of the typical form. I have not seen any with the uniformly dense marginal puncturing found in most small specimens of the typical form. 260 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morse Leptaulax roepstorfi, Kuwert. DES, M2, Size This species and the next are the most strongly flattened forms known to me. Regd. No. ee Yambung, 1100 ft., Abor Country 2 oe Rotung, 1400 ft., Abor Country Is. W. Kemp. Misty Hollow, W. side of Dawna N. Annandale. Hills, Tenasserim, c. 2200 ft. >) Tenasserim ? de Te zo Tavoy Museum Collector 9384-7 4098-9 4104 4111 » a do Rue sus ¢ Andamans Je Wendulason, aie. 5 10 10 14 Description.—Length 15-18 mm. Mandibles sometimes without ridge between upper tooth and first terminal tooth ; otherwise as in L. bicolor. Head proportionally broader than in that species, with inner tubercles more widely separated from outer tubercles and from anterior angles ; keels of parietal ridges less overhanging. Prono- tum very much flattened, with deeply impressed median groove; very sparsely punc- tured at sides, punctures usually thickening a little in anterior angles ; prothorax beneath, scutellum and mesothoracic episterna as in all preceding species of the genus; meso- sternum as in L. anipunctus, the horizontal central area occasionally marked with obscure fine punctures. Metasternum entirely unpunctured, often more or less roughened in lateral and anterior intermediate areas, more rarely im: posterior intermediate areas also; lateral areas linear, not in contact with central area. Posterior parts of Hind coxae never altogether smooth and polished, mostly rough. Abdominal sterna with usual anterior marginal band and lateral patches of punctures of variable extent ; terminal sternum smooth or more or less covered with more or less indistinct punctures. Lateral grooves of elytra not broader than ridges between them, their strong punctures not drawn out transversely. Habits.—Mr. Kemp tells me that this species lives, in company with flattened Staphylinids and many other kinds of beetles, in deep fissures in very hard jack-fruit logs. Leptaulax planus (Illiger). Pl. xiii, fig. 58. 8034 ’ : Regd. No. Tenasserim ! Museum Collector. 8771 m = Tavoy Museum Collector. 9338-9 9391-9402 1 al o if, ie oye Johore, Malay Peninsula J. Wood-Mason, etc. 1 14 9509 9511 «6 Malacca’’ > 9) 1 1 ! According to Register ‘‘ Hills between Tenasserim and Siam, about lat. 13° 45’, long. g8°.”’ 1014 | F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 261 9619-2 Regd. No. =" Borneo Sarawak Museum. 7 = m Sinkep Island Museum Collector. x ue Mujang, Sarawak, Borneo C. W. Beebe. Specimens are preserved in the Sarawak Museum from Kuching, Matang Road, Sadong and Paku. Description.—Length 11-14 mm. Differs from L. voepstorfi in the following characters only. Mandzbles with a minute denticle above at base of upper terminal tooth in unworn specimens. Frontal area of head usually longer in the middle line and more rounded behind. Pronotum somewhat more thickly and uniformly punctured at sides. Mesosternum with inner wall of scars more or less incomplete behind ; central area more often, and sometimes also more distinctly, roughened or finely punctured ; central area of metasternum normally marked thus ; intermediate areas of metasternum strongly punctured throughout. Hind coxae polished. Abdominal sterna uniformly marked with large shallow punctures quite unlike those found in any other species of the genus that is known to me. Genus TRICHOSTIGMUS, Kaup. Trichostigmus thoreyi, Kaup. Described from a single specimen from Middle Luzon, in the Hamburg Museum collection. Description.—Length 24 mm. Head and its appendages much as in the specimen of Leptaulax bicolor shown on pl. xiii, fig. 58: the middle lower tooth of both man- dibles is, however, somewhat more acute; the median tubercle of the anterior margin of the head is obsolete; the frontal area is wider behind, consequently appearing larger and almost rectangular; and on the mentum the scars are more sharply bent than is usual in the genus Lepftaulax. Pronotum with strongly developed median and marginal grooves, former scarcely complete in front, latter markedly incomplete across middle before and behind ; a few punctures devoid of hairs present in anterior angles, in anterior extremities of two halves of marginal groove, and above scars ; scars and rest of marginal groove thickly set with hair-bearing punctures. Lateral plates of prothorax smooth in front and behind, somewhat sparsely punctured and hairy between ends of coxal cavities and lateral margins. Scutellum with a few distinct punctures near middle. Mesothoracic episterna punctured above and along almost whole length of anterior margin. Mesosternum smooth except in scars which are rugose. lateral areas of metasternum narrow, linear, finely roughened, widely separated from central area; posterior intermediate areas punctured beside inner margin, smooth laterally and behind. Hind coxae and abdominal sterna almost entirely smooth. Zlyira with lateral grooves more strongly punctured than dorsal, punctures of last four grooves somewhat confused with somewhat smaller hair-bearing punctures with which the ridges between them are thickly covered. 262 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More =. THE VARIABLE SPECIES. One of the most striking features of the species of Oriental Passalidae, as these have been defined above, is that a few of them are remarkably variable in size, whereas most are not. The two most variable species are found in the Leptaula- cinae. They are Leptaulax bicolor (length 13-25 mm.), and Leptaulax dentatus (19°5-37 mm.). Of both of them the largest specimens I have seen are about twice as long as the smallest. Next to these come three species of Aceraiinae, Episphenus indicus (25-41 mm.), Episphenus comptoni (27°5-42 mm.) and Aceraius grandis (northern race, which I have been better able to study than southern one, 33-49 mm., total range of species, including southern forms, 33-54 mm.), of each of which the largest specimens are a little more than half as long again as the smallest. Of the remaining species of Oriental Passalidae none appear to vary in size in any such striking manner; the most variable, as far as my own observations go, are Aceraius helferi (30-40 mm.), Leptaulax humerosus (15-20), Leptaulax planus (11-14 mm.), Pleurarius brachyphyllus (35°5-45 mm.) and Ophrygomus cantori (s. lat., 27-34 mm.), of all of which the largest specimens are somewhat more than one and a quarter times as long as the smallest; then come Ceracupes austeni (20-25 mm.) and Tiberroides kuwerti (36-44 mm.), in both of which the largest specimens are just one and a quarter times as long as the smallest ; these are followed by others little less variable than themselves ; and so on through all the rest. Leptaulacides bicolor, Leptaulax dentatus, Episphenus indicus, Episphenus comp- toni, and Aceraius grandis are all common species, so it is natural to suppose that their range of variation may be more completely known than that of other species, most of which seem to be less abundant. But if this was the real and only reason for their apparently exceptional variability, we ought to find isolated examples of unusual dimensions belonging to at least a few of the many rarer species, and such are not found; and the comparative uniformity in length of all specimens of the long series I have seen of Episphenus neelgherriensis, is sufficient to indicate that even species closely allied to those of exceptional variability may be remarkably constant. Tiberius andamanensis and sikkimensis, too, are represented in our collection by uniform series of sufficient size to render it practically certain that these species do not vary in length to any great extent. I have examined over a hundred specimens of each of the five variable species, except Episphenus comptoni, of which I have seen only thirty-eight'; so it is not surprising that the continuity of the variation in length of the specimens before me, is much more broken in this species than in any of the others. But for the presence among these of three specimens from Bulutota, of which one is 27'5, one 30, and one 37 mm. long, ail the evidence would point to the species being divisible into two groups distinguished from one another by size alone, in view of which Ihave thought it best provisionally to describe these groups above under separate names, since names already in use can be applied to both of them. To my mind, however, ! I have since seen a number of additional specimens. 1914.] F. H. GravELy: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 263 the Bulutota specimens indicate with sufficient clearness that a larger series would prove the range of variation to be perfectly continuous, as it is in the other four variableforms; for which reason I have described them above without the introduction of any new name. ‘This view, as will be seen later, is further supported by the fact that Episphenus comptoni is a gregarious species, is the only asymmetrical member of the Aceraiinae found in Ceylon, and is also the commonest member of that sub- family living in the island '. The specimens from which my descriptions of Episphenus indicus and Aceraius grandis sub-sp. kirsutus were drawn up show, as a whole, no breaks in the continuity of the range of variation in length. Moreover they seem to indicate that different colonies differ from one another in average size, and that the lengths of different members of any one colony do not usually differ very greatiy one from another. The evidence is most definite in the case of Aceraius grandis. Out of a series of 38 specimens oi this species known to have been taken from a single colony at Janakmukh, 37 show a continuous range of length from 36 to 39 mm., the remain- ing specimen being 33 mm. long; and again, the specimens from Kalek form a single short series of individuals all between 38 and 40 ınm. in length. On the other hand, two specimens, presumably of opposite sex, taken from a single burrow at Rotung were 34 and 4I mm. long respectively. Such facts suggest that although large and small specimens may be quite well able to unite to found a new colony, their off- spring tend to be to of a moderately uniform size; and that the majority of speci- mens in each colony are the descendants of the original founders of that colony, which do not leave their home until they are compelled to do so, when they may either found new colonies or enter the ranks of an old one from whose average size they may differ very considerably. Such evidence as is available regarding the variable species of Leptaulacinae all points in the same direction. Leptaulax dentatus, s. str., is represented in our collection by over three hundred specimens, whose range of variation in length is unbroken ; but when these are arranged according the localities from which they come, it is found that those from each well-represented locality fall into several separate series, each of which probably includes only specimens from colonies that are not represented in any of the other groups, unless it be by one or two specimens that have come into the colony from outside. I have not attempted to make any elaborate measurements with which to support these facts; for length measurements of dried Passalids are only approximately comparable one with another, on account of the variable extent to which the back of the head and front of the metathorax are telescoped into the prothorax ; and breadth measurements are so variable in proportion to length that it would be still more misleading if I were to use them as an index of length. The following measurements of the extreme members of each of the several unbroken series, into which the specimens from each of our three best represented localities appear to the unaided eye to fall, will I think give a better idea than anything else | Since the above was written I have obtained direct confirmation of the continuity of the variation found in this species. See below, p. 282, footnote. 264 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yon, JUNE, of what has been found. Out of 46 specimens labelled ‘‘ Upper Tenasserim ’’ 17 are 215-245 mm.long ; 2 are 26°5 and 28 mm. long respectively ; and 27 are 30-37 mm. long. Outof 45 specimens labelled ‘“ Tenasserim’’ 21 are 21-245 mm. long, x is 275 mm. long; and 23 are 30-35 mm. long. And out of 43 specimens labelled “Sikkim’ 2 are 19:5 and 20 mm. long respectively, 8 are 21-23 mm.long, and 33 are 24°5-31 mm. long. On the other hand, 47 specimens known to have been collected from a single colony at Kawkareik are all 29-335 mm. long, and form a single unbroken series. Leptaulacides bicolor is unusually variable in the extent to which the body is flattened, as well as in total length, and in the extent to which certain plates are punctured. For this reason, and partly, perhaps, because the specimens I have seen belong in almost equal numbers to two different forms of the species, which must, at least provisionally, be treated separately, these specimens have proved not to be nearly enough to form a satisfactory basis for any full account of the manner in which different colonies vary one from another. It appears, however, that size is not a character that is at all likely to prove of any great importance for the sub-division of the species into sub-species or varieties. Members of a single colony in this, as in other variable species, probably differ comparatively little one from another in size, which suggests that they may be com- paratively uniform in structure also. Any investigations on a collection in which different individuals, instead of different colonies, have to be taken as units, must be conducted with great caution ; for the presence in collections of a number of short series from different colonies, is likely give a false appearance of the constancy of a number of more or less distinct types; and I am confident that this fact more than any other has led, on account of the remarkable variability of the common species L. bicolor and L. dentatus, to the appalling multiplication of so-called species of the genus Leptaulax. The colony ought, in my opinion, to replace the individual as the unit for taxonomic work in all these variable species, and it is partly in the hope that collectors will turn their attention to collecting separate colonies, and partly to avoid adding to what I am convinced is largely a meaningless multiplication of names, that I put forward here, on the somewhat inconclusive evidence at present before me, the hypothesis that members of any one Passalid colony are much more uniform than the species as a whole when this is markedly variable. In connection with this hypothesis it would be interesting to know how long logs of different kinds can remain suitable for the habitation of a single species of Passalid under the normal conditions of different jungles, and the length of time occupied by the life cycle of different species of Passalidae in various localities, together with any facts relating to the period or periods of reproduction of individual pairs. For if logs rot more rapidly than colonies can be formed, it would follow that colonies are produced by the attraction of suitable food ; in which case the members of each would be unlikely to have a common descent, and it would no longer seem so probable that members of a single colony should be more uniform than the species to which it belongs. 1014.| F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 265 In the Passalidae, as in the Lucanidae, variation in certain structural characters is found to be more or less closely correlated with variation in size. The mandibles of a Passalid never attain anything approaching the remarkable development of those of a male Lucanid except in the genus Ceracupes, the species of which are not known to vary greatly in size; yet in two of the most variable Passalids—Aceraius grandis sub-sp. hirsutus and Leptaulax dentatus (? s. str. only)—their dentition is less complex in small than in large specimens. In the former the upper tooth of the left mandible is often double in very large specimens (fig. 28a), but not in medium sized (fig. 28), or small ones; and in the latter, the anterior lower tooth of the left mandible is tridentate in large specimens (fig. 52) and bidentate (sometimes scarcely more than unidentate) in small ones (fig. 52d). The processes of the anterior margin of the head on the other hand tend to be more acute, and often proportionally longer, in small specimens than in large ones, when any such differences are found. This is best seen in the processes developed from the anterior angles of the head in Episphenus indicus and Aceraius grandis (? sub-sp. hirsutus only) as will be seen on comparing fig. 20 with fig. 20b and fig. 28 with fig. 28a. A somewhat similar phenomenon is found among Lucanidae in the genus Aegus. In large specimens of certain species of this genus (e.g. A. kandyensis and A. roepstorfh) the front of the head bears two median protuberances, one above the other; while in smaller specimens of the same species, although the uppermost of these disappears, the lower one is represented by a pair or minute tubercles, situated side by side and more distinctly separated one from another the smaller the specimen is. The relative extent of the punctured areas of large and small specimens presents, however, a much better instance of the similarity between the variations in structure associated with variations in size, found in the two families. In both families it seems to be always the small specimens that are most extensively punctured, in species in which any such difference occurs. In the Lucanidae (eg. certain Himalayan species of Dorcinae) the difference is most marked in the elytra, and after that in the pronotum and sometimes the abdominal sterna. In the Passalidae the elytra are always furrowed, and such slight variations as occur in the extent to which the furrows are punctured, do not appear to be in any way correlated with variations in the size of the insect, nor does the puncturing of the lateral ribs of the elytra of Aceraius grandıs appear to be so correlated ; but in Episphenus indicus and Leptaulax bicolor (s. str. and to aless extent var. vicinus as well), the pronotum is more extensively punctured in small than in large specimens; and in Leptaulax bicolor the punctured areas of the abdominal sterna are commonly more extensive in small specimens than in large ones. 6. THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION AND SYNONYMY OF THE SPECIES OF PASSALIDAE BELONGING TO GENERA FOUND IN THE ORIENTAL REGION. The principal difficulty in drawing up this list has been the working out of the synonymy which it has involved. An attempt to discuss the distribution of Oriental 266 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor AOÛT, Passalidae, which does not include an attempt to deal with the synonymy of Kuwert’s multiplicity of names, would be of little value, since for most species he gives only a single record ; but his descriptions are so inadequate that no synonymy drawn up— as this is—without reference to a complete set of his types is likely to be wholly free from error. As, however, the large series of specimens that I have been able to examine, especially of the genera Episphenus, Aceraius and Leptaulax, besides showing how unexpectedly variable in size, and in some respects also in structure, certain species of these genera may be, have given me an exceptionally good opportunity of acquainting myself with the range of variation which individual species normally exhibit, I have ventured to apply the knowledge thus acquired to the synonymy of species which I have not seen. It should be noted that the collection in the Konigliches Zoologisches Museum in Berlin shows that Kuwert was often himself unable to recog- nize his species a second time, and has sometimes applied the same name to quite distinct species, as well as describing specimens of a single species under a number of different names. An examination of Kuwert’s cotypes, such as I have made ina number of instances, is not, therefore, so safe a guide in dealing with his synonymy as it ought to be. I have tried to include in this part of the paper every published reference to every described species of every genus at present known from the Oriental Region together with China and Japan. This has involved the inclusion of many species with which I am not directly acquainted. Consequently the completeness of the synonymy indicated probably varies considerably in different genera. The names of genera and species which I have not myself examined are marked with an asterisk, as also are references to works which I have not been able to consult. References to works which do not contain descriptions or original notes on the particular species mentioned are enclosed in brackets—references to many of the new species in Kuwert’s catalogue of 1891 are included among these as many of the new names there published were nomina nuda, and remained such till the publication of his dichotomous tables in 1896-1808. The word “ part’’ in square brackets in such cases indicates that two or more distinct species have been included in the author’s synonymy ; but when used in connection with a published description it implies that two or more species have been confused by the author himself when drawing up his description, no notice being taken of his synonymy. Apart from this, square brackets always indicate that a species is not known from the Oriental Region, China or Japan. A cross (f) in front of a specific name, implies that I have seen specimens to which this name has been applied by the author mentioned in the reference accompanying the name so marked. The names of forms which I regard as distinct varieties or sub-species are included in the synonymy of the species to which I consider them to belong, as at present any attempt to recognize them separately could only lead to confusion. All Passalids recorded from “ Sikkim ’’ belong to species found in ‘‘ British Sikkim ’ æ which is now better known as the ‘‘ Darjeeling District ’’ ; that term is employed throughout this list in place of the term “Sikkim.’’ And it has been found con- venient to group together all localities in the Eastern Himalayas and their foothills, 1914.] F H. GrAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 267 restricting the terms Bengal and Assam to the parts situated south of these slopes. ‘‘Malacca’’ has so often been used to signify the whole of the Malay Peninsula that it is unsafe to attach any more precise significance to it when dealing with old records; ‘ Malacca’’ has therefore been replaced by the term ‘‘ Malay Peninsula’’ here, a term used to include islands situated close to the mainland, such as Singapore. | Subfamily AULACOCYCLINAE. Members of this subfamily occur in China and Japan and throughout almost the the whole of the Indo-Australian region ; but only one specimen has yet been recorded from the Indian Peninsula, and none from Ceylon. Genus COMACUPES, Kaup, 1871. = Aulacocyclus [part], Kaup, 1868. This genus occurs in the Malay Peninsula, Sunda Islands, Philippines and Celebes. ““ Comacupes’ felderi, Stoliczka (1873, p. 152) probably belongs to the genus Tristorthus, so is omitted here. Comacupes foveicollis, Kuwert. Comacupes foveicollis, Kuwert, 1891, p. I7I. Comacupes foveicollis, Kuwert, 1897, p. 284. Comacupes + minor, Heller, 1896, pp. 3-4, pl. i, figs. 11-114. The hairless abdomen ‘and practically unpunctured mesosternum suggest that this species may be more closely allied to the Australian genera Tristorthus and Aula- cocyclus than to any member of the otherwise purely Oriental genus Comacupes. The mentum is, however, more or less keeled in front, so I retain it in the last-named genus. In the ten specimens from Sarawak in the British Museum the central tubercle is even less distinctly bifid than in the type of C. minor, Heller, from Celebes; so the latter probably represents a distinct local race. Localities :— U C PEOVEICOLLIS, © str. Borneo: Sarawak—Baram River. 2. Sub-sp. MINOR, Heller. Celebes: N. coast—Buol. Comacupes basalis (Smith). Passalus Ÿ basalis, Smith, 1852, p. 18, pl. i, fig. 5. Aulacocyclus comatus, Kaup, 18684, p. 9. (Aulacocyclus comatus + Leptaulax basalis, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, pp. 968-9). Comacupes basalis, Kaup, 1871, p. IQ, pl. iii, figs. 34-30. (Comacupes basalis, Wytsmann, 1884, p. 329). (Comacupes Basalis, Kuwert, 1891, p. 171). Comacupes basalis, Kuwert, 1896, pp. 284-5. (Comacupes basalts, Zang, 19030, pp. 418-9). Locality :— Philippine Islands. 268 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte Comacupes cavicornis, Kaup. Aulacocyclus cavicornis, Burmeister in Kaup!, + laevicornis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 6. (Aulacocyclus cawicornis + laevicornis, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, pp. 698-9). Comacupes cavicornis, Kaup. 1871, p. 19. (Aulacocyclus Ÿ parryi, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 159). (Comacupes cavicornis, Wytsman, 1884, p. 329) (Comacupes Cavicornis [part], Kuwert, 1891, p. 171). Comacupes Ÿ westermanni, Kuwert, 1897, p. 284. Comacupes cavicornis, Zang, 1905c, p. 226. Comacupes Ÿ cavicornis + var. Tborneensis + var. Tlaevicornis, Gravely, above, pp. 204-205, pl. xi, figs. 1-2). All the specimens identified by Stoliczka as Auwlacocyclus parryr have proved to be in reality Comacupes cavicorms var. laevicorms. Zang has pointed out that Kuwert’s Comacupes westermanni, not his Tristorthus cavicornis, is identical with Kaup’s Coma- cupes cavicornis. Localities :— Malay Peninsula: Penang; Johore (? all var. laevicornis). Sumatran Islands; Sumatra; Sinkep Island (? all typical form). Java (? another form).” Borneo Sarawak:—Kuching (? all var. borneensis). Comacupes stoliczkae, Gravely. Comacupes cylindraceus (part), Kaup, 1871, p. 18, pl. ti, upper unit of fig. 4. Comacupes Ÿ cylindraceus, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 151. ?(Comacupes cylindraceus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 171). ? Comacupes cylindraceus [part] Kuwert, 1897, p. 285. Comacupes Ÿ stoliczkae, Gravely, above, p. 206, pl. xi, figs. 3-3a. This species was described by Kaup asa form of C. cylindraceus. As pointed out above (pp. 205-6) Kaup’s two forms of C. cylindraceus are quite distinct; and it is probably to the other that the name was first applied. Localities :— Malay Peninsula: Johore; ? Singapore. Sumatran Islands: Sinkep Island. Java. Kuwert definitely recorded this species from Singapore in 1891; but later he appears to have doubted the correctness, either of his identification of the insect, or of the label indicating the locality from which it came. Comacupes masoni, Stoliczka. Comacupes Ÿ masont, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 151-2. Comacupes Masont, Kuwert, 1891, p. 171. ! Kaup appears to have described this species under an unpublished name attached by Burmeister to the type specimen in Germar’s collection. * This record is based on a specimen in the British Museum. 1014.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 269 Comacupes Ÿ cylindraceus, [part], Kuwert, 1897, p. 285. Comacupes + masoni, Gravely, above, p. 207, pl. xi, figs. 4-44. Zang has suggested that Kuwert’s C. masom of 1897 is not Stoliczka’s, and that the latter is identical with Kuwert’s C. angusticornis ; an examination of the type of C. masont, and of specimens determined by Kuwert, has confirmed the former suggestion but not the latter. Locality :— Malay Peninsula: Johore; Perak'; Tengah Mountain. ' N. Sumatra: Silulangit.” Kuwert’s 1891 record ‘‘Lahore ’’ is doubtless a mistake, as he appears to have been unacquainted with the species at that time except through Stoliczka’s account of it. Comacupes cylindraceus (Perty). Passalus cylindraceus, Perty, 1831, p. 36, fig. 3. Passalus cylindraceus, Percheron, 1841, pp. 40-1, pl. Ixxix, fig. 4. Passalus punctifrons, Hope, 1845, p. 29. Passalus cylindraceus, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 516-7. (Aulacocyclus cylindraceus [part], Kaup, 1868a, p. 4). (Aulacocyclus cylindraceus [part], Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 968). Comacupes cylindraceus [part], Kaup, 1871, p. 18, pl. iii, lower unit of fig 4. (Comacupes cylindraceus [part], Wytsmann, 1884, p. 329). Comacupes Ÿ angusticornis + Ÿ cylindraceus [part] + masoni, Kuwert, 1897, p. 285. (Comacupes cylindraceus, Zang, 19030, p. 419). (Comacupes | Masoni, Zang, 1905c, p. 231). Comacupes Ÿ cormocerus, Zang; 19054, pp. 233-5. Comacupes + punctifrons, Arrow, 1907, p. 444. Comacupes Ÿ cylindraceus, Gravely, above, p. 207, pl. xi, figs. 5-6a, text-fig 2. Other references to the name cylindraceus will be found under C. stoliczkae (previous page). Localities :— Malay Peninsula: S. Perak (Telom, 4000 ft.), Larut Hills, 3300-4300 ft., Singapore. | Sumatran Islands : Sinkep Island. Sumatra—Padang ; St. Rambe. Java. Borneo: Sarawak—Kina-Balu, ca. 5000 ft.; Kuching; Trusan ; Penrissen 4200- 4500 it.; Klingkang. ! These records are based on specimens in Berlin which I did not see in time to include any account of them in part 4 of this paper. * There is a single specimen from this locality in the British Museum; it is less distinct from C. cylindraceus than the specimens I have seen from the Malay Peninsula, the anterior part of the central tubercle, though much elevated, being angular beneath; it may perhaps belong to a distinct local race. 270 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Genus TAENIOCERUS, Kaup, 1871. = Aulacocyclus [part], Kaup, 1868; T'aemocerus [part], Kaup, 1871. This genus includes species found in all parts of the Oriental Region except the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon. T. platypus, Kaup. Aulacocyclus platypus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 5. (Auiacocyclus platypus, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969.) Taeniocerus platypus, Kaup, 1871, p. 21. Aulacocyclus platypus, Lewis, 1883, p. 341. (Taeniocerus platypus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 329.) (Taemocerus Platypus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Taeniocerus platypus, Kuwert, 1897, p. 275. Localities ! :— Malay Peninsula: Perak; Naungchik (Bukit Besar, 2500 ft.).’ Sumatra: Deli. Borneo: Sarawak. Taeniocerus bicanthatus (Percheron). Passalus bicanthatus, Guérin- Méneville* in Percheron, 1841, pp. 41-2, pl. Ixxix, fig. 5. ?Passalus bicanthatus, Burmeister, 1847, p. 516. (Passalus bicanthatus, Smith, 1852, p. 17.) Aulacocyclus bicanthatus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 6. (Aulacocyclus bicanthatus, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 968). Taeniocerus bicanthatus, Kaup, 1871, p. 21, pl. iii, fig. 6. Taeniocerus Ÿ bicanthatus, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 152. (Taeniocerus bicanthatus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 329.) (Taeniocerus Bicanthatus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Taeniocerus bicanthatus + ab. perturbans + imitator, Kuwert, 1897, p. 276. Taeniocerus bicanthatus, Zang, 19054, p. 105. Taeniocerus Ÿ bicanthatus, Gravely, above, pp. 208-209, pl. xi, figs. 7-76. Burmeister’s description of this species is not altogether in agreement with my observations. Neither in this, nor in either of the other known species of Taeniocerus, | Borneo is the locality given by Kaup, who mentions 19 specimens in the British Museum. Lewis, however, speaks of ‘ A. platypus, Kaup, from Tibet, of which there is a series in the National Collection’’ of Britain. The other localities given here are those of specimens in Berlin, which I did not see in time to include any account of them in part 4 of this paper. * This record is based on a pair of specimens in the Oxford Museum. ® Percheron gives Guérin-Méneville as the author of this and other names, without giving a reference. In the case of Passalus (Episphenus) neelgherriensis, where he gives as reference ‘‘ Rev. Zool.’’, a search through all possible volumes of that publication has failed to reveal any mention of the species; and as Guérin-Méneville himself wrote (1843, p. 50) two years after the publication of Percheron’s paper “Cette espèce a ete découverte par M. Ad. Delessert sur le plateau des Neelgheries. Nous l’avons communiqué a M. Percheron, qui l’a fait entrer en notre nom, dans sa Monographie... . ?” it is evident that Percheron was the first to publish both the name and the description. Consequently in all such cases I have attributed the species to him, giving in the synonymy, however, also the name of the author to whom he attributed it. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. ZU is the mesosternum hairy ; whereas this is the case in every species of Comacupes known to me. Consequently, I should have had no hesitation in regarding the speci- men described by Burmeister from Germar’s collection, as a member of the latter genus, had not his description of the head appeared to me to be rather that of the head of the former genus. Until the specimen is re-examined its identity must remain uncertain. Passalids often break in two between the pro- and mesothorax, and it is quite possible that the specimen is really a composite one, the anterior part of a Taeniocerus having been gummed on to the posterior part of a Comacupes. Concern- ing Zang’s suggestion that variations in the form of the central tubercle indicate a splitting into local races, see above, p. 208 footnote. Localities : — Malay Peninsula: Johore. Sematrar IN, 13, Ste, E. Sumatra—lLangkat. Bornean Islands: Borneo. Labuan. Smith’s record of this species from India is too vague to be of any value, since the term may easily have been used to include the whole of ‘‘ Further India ’’ as well as the Indian Peninsula. Taeniocerus pygmaeus, Kaup. Aulacocyclus pygmaeus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 5. (Aulacocyclus pygmaeus, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969.) Taeniocerus pygmaeus, Kaup, 1871, pp. 20-21. (Taeniocerus | pygmaeus, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 152.) (Taeniocerus pygmaeus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 329.) (Taeniocerus Pygmaeus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Taeniocerus Ÿ parvus + pygmaeus, Kuwert, 1897, p. 270. (Taeniocerus pygmaeus, Zang, 19035, p. 410.) Taeniocerus Ÿ pygmaeus, Gravely, above, pp. 209-210, pl. xi, figs. 8-8a. The specimens of this species that I have seen show quite clearly that the three characters by which Kuwert separates his T. parvus from Kaup’s T. pygmaeus are all of them variable. Indeed, the hook-shaped and antler-shaped pronotal scars, by which they are primarily distinguished in his table, may occur on opposite sides of the same individual. Localities :— Malay Peninsula. Sumatra! Borneo: Sarawak—Kuching. ! This record is based on specimens in Berlin, not seen in time for description in part 4 of this paper. 272 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Ode 1006, Taeniocerus bicuspis, Kaup. ? Passalus bihastatus 2 , Percheron, 1844, p. 13. Aulacocyclus bicuspis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 5. (Aulacocyclus bicuspis, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 968.) Tazntocerus bicuspis, Kaup, 1871, pp. 21-2. Taeniocerus Ÿ bicuspis, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 152. (Taeniocerus bicuspis, Wytsman, 1884, p. 329.) (Taeniocerus Bicuspis, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170 ) Taeniocerus bicuspis, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 276-7. Taeniocerus Ÿ bicuspis, Gravely, above, pp. 210-211, pl. x1, figs. 9-04. Localities : — E. Himalayas: Darjeeling Dist.—Sureil; Choongtang; Upper Tista, 4000 ft. ; Gopaldhara, Rungbong Valley. Dafla Hills ——Harmutti, base of Dafla Hills; Dikrang Valley. Abor Country—Kobo, 400 ft.; Rotung, I400 ft.; Upper Rotung, 2000 ft.; Upper Renging. Assam: Cachar. N. Lakhimpur—Silonbari (base of hills}. Siam. Malay Peninsula. Sumatra. Borneo. | Genus AULACOCYCLUS, Kaup (1868) 1871. = Aulacocyclus [part], Kaup, 1868; incl. Taeniocerus [part] Kaup, 1871. I have not attempted to do more than accept the opinions of previous authors in the following list of the species of this genus. Blackburn (1896, p. 234) has already pointed out the difficulty of dealing with it. He suggests that several of the names accepted below are really synonymous. I aminclined to agree with him; but I cannot help thinking, in addition, that the characters to which he has been driven to attach the greatest taxonomic importance, are likely to prove to have been misleading, when a larger number of specimens are compared together. The genus is centred in the parts of the Indo-Australian Region east of Wallace’s Line, but occurs in the Philippines and Sunda Islands also. Only one specimen has yet been found on the mainland of Asia; it is from the Indian Peninsula. [Aulacocyclus deyrollei, Kaup. | Aulacocyclus Deyrollei, Kaup, 18684, p. 7. (Aulacocyclus Deyrollei, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 968.) Taeniocerus Deyrollei, Kaup, 1871, p. 20. (Taeniocerus Deyrollei, Wytsman, 1884, p. 329.) 1 These records are based on specimens in Berlin, not seen in time for description in part 4 of this paper. I914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 273 (Taeniocerus Deyrollei, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Taeniocerus deyrollei, Kuwert, 1897, p. 275. Taeniocerus deyrollei, Arrow, 1907, P. 447. Locality :— Australia: N. Queensland— Port Denison’. [Aulacocyclus mastersi, MacLeay.] * Taeniocerus mastersi, MacLeay, 1871, p. 174. (Taeniocerus Masters, Wytsman, 1884, p. 329.) (Taeniocerus Mastersii, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Taeniocerus mastersi, Kuwert, 1897, p. 275. It is possible, I think, that this species and the last may prove to be identical. Locality : — Australia: Queensland—Gayndah [* Aulacocyclus teres (Percheron). | Passalus teres, Percheron, 1841, pp. 39-40. Passalus teres, Burmeister, 1847, p. 515. Passalus teres, Smith, 1852, p. 19. Passalus teres, Redtenbacher, 1867, p. 50. Aulacocyclus teres, Kaup, 18682, p. 9. (Aulacocyclus teres, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969.) Aulacocyclus teres, Kaup, 1871, pp. 15-16, pl. iii, figs. I-Ia. (Aulacocyclus teres, Wytsman, 1884, p. 328.) (Aulacocyclus Teves, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Aulacocyclus teres, Kuwert, 1897, p. 277. Locality :— Australia: ? Sidney. Redtenbacher’s Sidney specimen very possibly has the same sort of history as his Mastochilus politus, concerning which see Stoliczka, 1873, p. 156. [* Aulacocyclus tereoides, Kuwert]. Aulacocyclus Tereoides, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus tereoides, Kuwert, 1897, p. 277. Locality :— Australia. [* Aulacocyclus aliicornis, Kuwert. | Aulacocyclus alicornis + ab. sulcatipons, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 277-9. Aulacocyclus alicornis ab. sulcatipons, Zang, 1905c, p. 230. ! Not St. Denis, Réunion Islands (see Arrow loc. cit.). * Kuwert’s 1891 catalogue gives not Queensland but N.S. Wales as the locality of this species, perhaps because it was originally described in the ‘‘ Transactions of the Entomological Society’’ of that country. This is not repeated in his later work. 274 | Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte Locality :— Australia. [* Aulacocyclus foveipunctatus, Kuwert. | Aulacocyclus foveipunctatus, Kuwert, 1897, p. 278. Locality :— Australia. [* Aulacocyclus, rotundatoclypeatus, Kuwert. Aulacocyclus Rotundatoclypeatus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus rotundatoclypeatus, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 278 and 282. Locality :— Australia: Cape York. [* Aulacoeyclus arcuatoclypeatus, Kuwert. | Aulacocyclus Arcuatoclypeatus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus arcuatoclypeatus, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 278 and 282. Locality :— New Guinea: Fly River. * Aulacocyclus fratricornis, Kuwert.] Aulacocyclus Frairicornis, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus fratricornis, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 279 and 282. Locality :— ? South Sea Islands or Australia. Aulacocyclus rosenbergii, Kaup. Aulacocyclu; Rosznbzrgu + Percheroni, Kaup, 18682, pp. 7 and 8. (Aulacocyclus Rosenbergi + Percheront, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969.) Aulacocyclus Rosenbergii, Kaup, 1871. p. 10. (Aulacocyclus Rosenbergu, Wytsman, 1884, p. 328.) (Aulacocyclus Rosenberg, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Aulacocyclus Rosenbergu + Percheroni, Blackburn, 1896, p. 234. Aulacocyclus rosenbergi Kuwert, 1897, pp. 279 and 282. (Aulacocyclus Rosenbergu, Zang, 19030, p. 419.) Localities :— Sumatran Islands: Nias. Australia: Brisbane'. Zoogeographical considerations suggest that Kaup, in his effort to reduce the number of species of Aulacocyclus to five, regarded two distinct forms as one when he merged A. percheront in A. rosenbergii. This course has, however, been followed by all subsequent authors, except perhaps Blackburn, most of them omitting any refer- ence to the locality of the type specimens of A. percherom. 2 1 Kaup gives “ Trisbane,’ as a misprint for Brisbane. but Gemminger and Harold are presumably right in regarding this I914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. [* Aulacocyclus kaupi, MacLeay.] * Aulacocyclus kaupi, Macleay, 1871, p. 173. (Aulacocyclus Kaupi, Wytsman, 1834, p. 328.) (Aulacocyclus Kaupi, Kuwert, 1891, p 170.) Aulacocyclus Kaupi, Blackburn, 1896, p. 234. Aulacocyclus kaupi, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 280 and 282. Locality :—- Australia: Queensland—Gayndah. [* Aulacocyclus edentulus (Macleay). | Passalus edentulus, MacLeay, 1826, p. 439. *Passalus furcicornis, Boisduval, 1835, p. 242. Passalus cylindraceus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 103-4, pl. vii, fig. 8. *Passalus furcicornis, Dejean,! 1837, p. 195. Passalus edentulus, Percheron, 1841, p. 39. Passalus edentulus, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 515-0. (Passalus edentulus, Smith, 1852, p. 20.) Passalus furcicornis, Montrouzier, 1855, p. 29. Passalus turcicornis, Montrouzier, 1860, p. 288. Passalus furcicornis, Fauvel, 1862, p. 135. (Aulacocyclus edentulus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 8.) (Aulacocyclus edentulus, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969.) Aulacocyclus edentulus, Kaup, 1871, pp. 14-15. (Aulacocyclus edentulus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 328.) (Aulacocyclus Edentulus, Kuwert, 1891. p. 170.) Aulacocyclus edentulus, Blackburn, 1896, pp. 233-4. Aulacocvclus edentulus, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 280 and 282. Localities : — Australia: Port Jackson. New Caledonia: Balade. [* Aulacocyclus errans, Blackburn. | Aulacocyclus errans, Blackburn, 1896, pl. 233. Locality :— Australia. [* Aulacocyclus collaris, Blackburn. ] Aulacocyclus collaris, Blackburn, 1896, pp. 233-4. Locality :— Australia. Aulacocyclus andrewesi, Gravely. Aulacocyclus + andrewesi, Gravely, above, pp. 211-212, pl. xi, figs. 10-104. Locality : — India: Anamalai Hills, ca. 3500-4000 ft. ! Gemminger and Harold give d’Urville as the author of this name in Dejean’s catalogue. N On 276 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, |* Aulacocyclus glabriusculus, Kuwert. | Aulacocyclus Glabriusculus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus glabriusculus, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 280 and 282. Locality : — Aru Islands. * Aulacocyclus dilatus, Kuwert. Aulacocyclus Dilatus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus dilatus, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 281 and 282. Locality : — Philippine Islands. Aulacocyclus parryi, Kaup. Aulacocyclus Parryi, Kaup, 1868a, p. 8. (Aulacocyclus Parryi, Gemminger and Harold, 1858, p. 969.) Aulacocyclus Parryi, Kaup, 1871, p. 16. Aulacocyclus parryi, Kirsch, 1877a, p. 139. (Aulacocyclus Parryı, Wytsman, 1884, p. 328.) Aulacocyclus Parreyi, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus parryi, Kuwert, 1897, p. 281. Aulacocyclus parreyi, Kuwert, 1897, p. 282. Localities :— ? Java. Moluccas: Ceram. New Guinea: Rubi. ? Australia. Kuwert in 1897 omits all reference to his Javanese record of 18g1, so it may be doubted whether this species is really Oriental.' [* Aulacocyclus perlatus, Kaup. | Aulacocyclus perlatus, Kaup, 18684, p. 7. (Aulacocyclus perlatus, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969.) Aulacocyclus perlatus, Kaup, 1871. p. 15. (Aulacocyclus perlatus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 328). Aulacocyclus Parreyi var. perlatus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170. Aulacocyclus perlatus, Kuwert, 1897, pp. 281 and 282. Localities : — New Guinea. ? Australia. The Australian record rests solely on the authority of Kuwert’s 1897 list; it is omitted in his subsequent paper. | There are specimens in the Stuttgart Museum collection from Java, which perhaps belong to this species. IQT4. | F. H. GRAVELY. An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. ZU Aulacocyclus aruensis, Kuwert. Aulacocyclus Parreyi var. aruensis, Kuwert, 1891, p 170. Aulacocyclus faruensis, Kuwert, 1897, p. 282. Localities : — Borneo: Sarawak.! Aru Islands. [*Aulacocyclus celebensis, Heller.] Aulacocyclus celebensis, Heller, 1898, pp. 22-3. Locality :— Central Celebes: Luhn-Djaladja. [* A. variolosus, Kuwert.] Aulacocyclus variolosus, Kuwert, 1897, p. 282. Locality :— New Guinea. [*A. pugnax {Fauvel) | *Comacupes pugnax, Fauvel. 1903, p. 350. Aulacocyclus pugnax, Zang, 1905c, p. 228. Pocalitye New Caledonia. Genus _ERACUPES, Kaup, 1871. = Aulacocyclus [part], Kaup, 1868. The genus Ceracupes is only known from the E. Himalayas, Tibet, Tonkin, Upper Burma and Formosa. Ceracupes fronticornis (Westwood). Passalus fronticornis, Westwood, 1842, pp. 124-5. Passalus bthastatus 3 , Percheron, 1844, pp. 12-13, pl. cxxxv, fig. 3. * Passalus fronticornis, Hope, 1845. Passalus bihastatus, Burmeister, 1847, p. 517. Passalus bihastatus, Smith, 1852, p. 17. (Aulacocyclus bihastatus, Kaup, 1868a, p- 0.) (Aulacocyclus bihastatus, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 968.) Ceracupes fronticornis, Kaup, 1871, pars pl. ii, ig. 2.20 Ceracupes fronticornis, Stoliczka, 1ÿ/6n JO UGE (Ceracupes fronticornis, Wytsman, 1884, pp. 328-9.) (Ceracupes Fronticornis, Kuwert, 1801, Dr) Ceracupes fronticornis, Kuwert, 100 7D 127%: ! Kuwert has determined as A. aruensis a specimen preserved in the Königliches Zoologisches Museum in Berlin, collected by Wallace in Sarawak. 278 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morse Ceracupes Tfronticornis [ ? part], Zang, 19054, p. 100.! Ceratocupes fronticornis, Arrow, 1907, p. 444. Ceracupes Ÿ fronticornis, Gravely, above, p. 212, pl. xi, fig. 12. Zang refers Fruhstorfer’s Nigidius-like Passalid from Ke-Lung in Formosa (Fruhstorfer, 1902, p. 28) to this species; but Heller has since described a Formosan form under a separate specific name, and it is therefore probable that it is really to this species that Fruhstorfer’s specimens belong. Localities : — E. Himalayas: Nepal. Darjeeling District—Gopaldhara, Rungbong Valley. Tibet. Tonkin: Mt. Mauson 2000-3000 ft. ; Than Moi. Burma: Ruby Mines’. Bhamo—Sin Lum’. Stoliczka remarks: ‘“ It must come from the Chinese portion of eastern Tibet, for western Tibet has no forests.’’ The specimen from Than Moi (whose altitude above sea level is not, Dr. Horn informs me, very great) is in the Deutsches Entomolgisches Museum. Its horn is more slender and more strongly widened and turned up at the end, and its elytra ate less strongly punctured than in the specimens I have seen from higher altitudes in the Darjeeling District and Mt. Mauson; but I do not feel justified in describing it as a new species or variety without seeing longer series of specimens from all three localities. Ceracupes arrowi, Heller. * >? Fruhstorfer, 1902, p. 28. ? Ceracupes fronticornis [part], Zang, 19054, p. 100. Ceracupes Arrowi, Heller, 1911, pp. 256-7, text-fig. Ceracupes Ÿ arrowi, Gravely, IQI4a, p. 31. Localities : — Fomosa: Kosempo; Hoozan;? Ke-Lung. Ceracupes austeni, Stoliczka. Ceracupes | austeni, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 151. (Ceracupes Austeni, Wytsman, 1884, p. 320.) (Ceracupes Austeni, Kuwert, 1891, p. 171.) Ceracupes austent, Kuwert, 1897, p. 274. Ceracubes Ÿ austeni, Gravely, above, pp. 212-213, pl. xi, figs. IT-IIa. Localities:— E. Himalayas: Dafla Expedition, Camp 9; Dikrang Valley. Naga Hills: Manipur and an unrecorded locality at an altitude of about 6000 ft. above sea level. | Fruhstorfer has apparently referred to the species in a price-list under the name Ceratocupes cornutus (see Zang, loc. cit.). > ‘These records are based on specimens in the British Museum. 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 279 Stoliczka recorded this species from the ‘‘ Naga Hills, North-Eastern Districts of Bengal’’; and Wystman and Kuwert have both been content to quote Bengal as its locality. The Dafla and Naga Hills are situated on the Northern and Eastern Frontiers of Eastern Assam, and are nowhere near Bengal in its modern restricted sense. Genus CYLINDROCAULUS, Fairmaire, 1880. Only one species of this genus is yet known; it comes from China. *C. bucerus, Fairmaire. * Cylindrocaulus bucerus, Fairmaire, 1880, p. 164. Cylindrocaulus bucerus, Fairmaire, 1887, pp. 99-100. (Cylindrocaulus Bucerus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 173.) Cylindrocaulus bucerus, Kuwert, 1897, p. 304. Cylindrocaulus bucerus, Zang, 1905c, pp. 228-9. Cylindrocaulus bucerus, Arrow, 1907, p. 446. Locality :— Western China: Sz-Ischwan—Moupin. Genus AURITULUS, Zang, 1905. This genus is only known from Japan. Auritulus patalis (Lewis). Aulacocyclus + patalis, Lewis, 1883, p. 341, pl. xiv, figs. 6-7. Auritulus patalis, Zang, 1905¢c, pp. 228-0. Aurikulus tpatalis, Arrow, 1907, p. 446. Locality :— Japan: ‘in three or four decaying hard-wood trees of three feet girth, which had been blown down, and had remained five or six years under shade of a dense forest above Yuyama, on the western side of Ichibosayama. Subfamily PLEURARIINAE. Of this sub-family only one genus of two species is known. Genus PLEURARIUS, Kaup, 1886. This genus is recorded from Sumatra and the Indian Peninsula. *Pleurarius pilipes, Kaup. Pleurarius pilipes, Kaup, 18685, pp. 1-2. (Pleurarius pilipes, G mininger and Harold, 1868, p. 970.) Pleurarius pilipes, Kaup, 1871, p. 28, pl. iv, fig. I. (Pleurarius pilipes, Wytsman, 1884, p. 330.) (Pleurarius Pilipes, Kuwert, 1891, p. 170.) Pleurarius pilipes, Kuwert, 1898, p. 162. Locality : — Sumatra: Gambong District—Fort Mangala. 280 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. IMoreELre Pleurarius brachyphyllus, Stoliczka. Pleurarius Ÿ brachyphyllus, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 152-3. (Pleurarius brachyphyllus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 330.) (Pleurarius Brachyphyllus, Kawert, 1891, p. 179.) Pleurarius brachyphyllus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 162. Pleurarius Ÿ brachyphyllus, Gravely, above, pp. 213-214, pl. xi, figs. 13-134. Localities :— Travancore: Kulattupuzha (W. base of W. Ghats). Cochin: timber forest. Madras Presidency: Malabar. Nilgiri Hills. Anamalai Hills—Puddutottam, 4200 ft., and other un- recorded localities up to 5500 it. S. Arcot or Chengalput—Palur. Subfamily ACERAIINAE. This sub-family occurs throughout the Oriental Region to which it is probably confined. Genus TIBERIOIDES, Gravely, 1913. = Aceraius [part] Kaup, 1868; Basilanus [part] Kaup, 1869; Tiberius [part] Kuwert, 1896-8. The genus Tiberioides is only known from the E. Himalayas and Naga Hills. Tiberioides kuwerti (Arrow). Aceratus cancrus, Kaup, 18682, p. 29. Aceraius cancrus, Kaup, 18685, p. 4. (Aceraius cancrus, Gemminger, and Harold, 1868, p. 972.) Bastlianus cancrus, Kaup, 1871, pp. 56-7. Basilianus Ÿ cancrus, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 160. (Basilianus cancrus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 330.) (Tiberius Cancrus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 164.) Tiberius Ÿ cancrus, Kuwert, 1808, p. 188. Tiberius kuwerti, Arrow, 1906, p. 446. Tiberioides + kuwerti, Gravely, above, pp. 215-216, pl. xi, fig. 14. Arrow has pointed out that Kaup, who has been followed by other authors, was mistaken when he identified a species of the genus Baszlianus as defined by him, with. Percheron’s Passalus cancrus. Localities :— E. Himalayas: Nepal. Darjeeling District—Peshoke. Bhutan. Assam: Naga Hills—Manipur. Burma. 19 14.] F. H. GRAvVELv: An Account of the Oriental Passalidac. 281 Tiberioides austeni, Gravely. Tiberioides Ÿ austeni, Gravely, above, pp. 216-217 pl. xi, figs. 15-154. Localities :— E. Himalayas: Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley. Abor Country—Kalek, 3800 ft. Tiberioides borealis (Arrow). Chilomazus Ÿ borealis, Arrow, 1906, pp. 467-8. Locality :— Assam: Naga Hills. Genus EPISPHENUS, Kaup, 1871. Incl. Aceraius [part], Kaup, 1868; Laches (= Chilomazus, Zang, 1905) [part] + Basianus [part], Kaup, 1871. This genus is confined to the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon. Episphenus moorei, Kaup. Episphenus Moorei, Kaup, 1871, p. 45. (Episphenus Moorei, Wystman, 1884, p 334.) (Episphenus Moorei, Kuwert, 1891, p. 165.) Episphenus Ÿ moorei, Kuwert, 1898, p. 189 Episphenus | moorei, Zang, 1905a, p. 163. Episphenus Ÿ moorei + Ÿ pearsoni, Gravely, above, pp. 217-218, pl. xi, tigs. 16-17. Localities :— Ceylon: Central Province —Nitre Cave district, c. 1800-3000 ft.; Patipolla ; Nalanda. Ratnapura District—Bulutota. The series of specimens in Berlin and the British Museum prove conclusively that the characters by which I supposed E. pearsoni to be distinguished from E. ‘mooret (see above, loc. cit.) have no real taxonomic value. Episphenus comptoni (Kaup). Aceraius Comptoni, Kaup, 1868a, p. 28. Aceraius Comptoni, Kaup, 1868, pp. 3-4. (Aceraius Comptoni, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 972.) Laches Comptonii, Kaup, 1871, pp. 49-50, pl. iv, figs. 5-54. (Laches Comptonii, Wvtsman, 1884, p. 335.) Laches Comptonii + Flachii + Frustorferi + Puella, Kuwert, ISO, p. 167. Laches parallelogrammifrons + fruhstorferi, + puella + flachi + socius + comptoni, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 328-9. Laches + Comptoni, Zang, 19054, p. 163. Episphenus + comptont + var. + flachi, Gravely, above, pp. 218-219, pl. x1, figs. 18-194. 1 See Appendix I, p. 316. 282 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. (ox. JOUE, Zang has shown that Kuwert’s species are all of them identical with C. comptoni, Kaup ; and the specimens I have seen confirm this'. Localities :— Ceylon: Central Province—Hakgalla; Patipolla c. 6000 ft.; Namunakuli Hill. Uva—Haputale. Ratnapura District—Bulutota. Episphenus indicus (Stoliczka). Aceraius Cantori [part] + neelgherriensis [? part], Kaup. 1868a, pp. 28 and 30. Aceraius Cantori [part] + neelgherriensis [? part], Kaup, 18685, p. 4. (Aceraius Cantori |part] + neelgherriensis, [part] Gemmiiger and Harold, 1868, p. 972.) Basilianus neelgherriensis [? part]. Kaup, 1871, pp. 55-0. Basilianus Ÿ indicus, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 159-160. (Basilianus neelgherriensis [part] + indicus, Wytsman, 1884, p. 330.) (Basilianus Indicus + Certus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 164.) Basilianus indicus + stoliczkae + neelgherriensis, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 340-341. Basilianus indicus, Zang, 1905¢, p. 223. Basilianus Ÿ certus + stoliczkae + Ÿ indicus, Zang, 19064, pp. 180-3. Episphenus Ÿ indicus, Gravely, above, pp. 220-222, pl. xi, figs. 20-20b. The great range of variation found in this species appears to have been fully recognized by Kaup, for it is evident from the measurements he gives for his Basili- anus neelgherriensis that he must have referred to that species specimens of the present one. The localities which he quoted for his B. cantori in 1868, show that he confused certain specimens of Episphenus indicus with that species also. Kuwert’s B. stoliczkae and B. indicus cannot be recognized as distinct species; and his B. neelgherriensis is doubtless a worn specimen of the same. Kuwert’s B certus of 1891 appears to be identical with Episphenus indicus, while that of his 1898 paper is identical with E. neelgherriensis ; that they are not identical one with another has already been indicated by Zang in his synonymy of 1906. Localities :— Bombay Presidency : N. Kanara. Mysore: Bababudin Hills, 4000-5000 ft. ? Cochin. Travancore: High Range. Madras Presidency: Anamalai Hills—Puddutottam, 4200 ft.; Monica Estate, 4000 ft.; other unrecorded localities up to 5500 ft. ! While this paper was still in the press I was able myself to examine Zang’s series in Berlin. It contains a specimen 38 mm. long, so the only distinction found between E. compton var. flachi (32-37 mm.) and E. comptoni, s. str. (39-42 mm.) breaks down as was expected (see above, p. 220). In this series the three first lamellae of the antennae are markedly shorter than the last three in small specimens and the two first than the last four in large ones. This character is not, however, quite perfectly correlated with size; and further, the series includes a specimen with antennae exactly intermediate between the two extreme forms. The degree of asymmetry found in different specimens varies greatly, and may be very much greater than is shown in my figure. 1914. F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 283 Nilgiri Hills—Ootacamund ; Gudalur ; Naduvatum. Madura—Dindigal. Trichinopoli. Cuddapah. Episphenus neelgherriensis (Percheron). Passalus neelgherriensis, Guérin-Méneville in Percheron,! 1841, p. 4, pl. Ixxvii, fig. I. Passalus neelgherriensis, Burmeister 1847, p. 460. (Passalus neelgherriensis, Smith, 1852, p. 6.) ? Aceraius neelgherriensis [part], Kaup, 1868a, p. 30. Aceraius Ÿ infantilis + Ÿ puerilis + ? neelgherriensis [part', Kaup, 1868), pp. 4 and 6. (Aceraius infantilis + puerilis + neelgherriensis [part], Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 972.) Laches Ÿ infantilis + + puerilis + ? Basilianus neelgherriensis [part], Kaup, 1871, pp. 48 and 55-6. (Laches infantilis + puerilis + Basilianus neelgherriensis [part], Wytsman, 1884, pp. 335-6.) (Basilianus Neelgherriensis + Laches Puerilis + Epilaches Infantilis, Kuwert, 1891, pp. 164 and 167.) Analaches Ÿ filius + infantiiis + Laches puerilis + Basilianus inaequalis + certus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 336, 338 and 341. Basilianus Ÿ binominis, Zang, 19054, pp. 243-4. Basilianus + neelgherriensis, Zang, 1905C, p. 223. Basilianus Ÿ neelgherriensis + + binominis, Zang, 1906, pp. 179-183. Episphenus Ÿ neelgherriensis, Gravely, above pp. 222-223, pl. xi, figs. 21-214. The measurements given by Kaup indicate that he has confused with this species some large form (doubtless E. indicus). Although E. neelgherriensis is less variable in size than the preceding, it is sufficiently variable in other respects to have received several distinct generic and specific names, based on characters which are proved by the series before me to be of no taxonomic value. The name Analaches filius, Kuwert 1898, should read Epilaches filius; for the generic names Analaches and Epilaches, Kuwert 1891, have been transposed by their author in his 1898 paper, as Zang has already pointed out (1905, p. 24). ÆEpilaches filius, Kuwert, of which I have seen specimens determined by Kuwert himself, is identical with Episphenus neelgherriensis ; and so are Epilaches infantilis (Kaup) and Laches puerilis, Kaup, of which I have seen the types. Of two specimens of the former species from Mniszech’s collection one proved to be Episphenus neelgherriensis and the other a species of Cetejus. Localities : — Madras Presidency : Coorg. Malabar. Nilgiri Hills—Coonoor, c. 6000 ft.'; Ootacamund, 7800 ft. Annamalai Hills — various localities ranging from about 3000-5500 ft.” Madura—Dindigal. ! See above, p. 270, footnote 3. ? For more detailed reference to localities round Coonoor and in the Annamalais see above, p. 223. 284 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, Mysore: Bababudin Hills, 4000-5000 ft. Cochin. Travancore—High Range. Pondicherry. Kuwert’s record of ‘‘ Basilianus inaequalis’’ from Malacca doubtless refers to the true inaequalis, and not to the species which he described under that name from speci- mens which clearly must have come from Dindigal. The localities given for the types of Laches infantilis and puerilis, Kaup—Vanicoro and Aru— can hardly be correct. Genus OPHRYGONIUS, Zang, 1904. Incl. Basilianus [part] Kaup, 1871.' This genus probably occurs throughout the Oriental Region east of the mouths of the Ganges and Brahmaputra, but it has not yet been recorded with certainty from the Philippines. It is not known from the Andamans or Nicobars. Ophrygonius cantori, Percheron. Passalus cantori, Percheron, 1844, pp. 3-4, pl. cxxxiv, fig. 2. Passalus Cantori, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 468-9. (Passalus Cantori, Smith, 1852, p. 7.) Aceraius Cantor [part], Kaup, 18682, p. 28. Aceraius Cantori |? part], Kaup, 18685, p. 4. (Aceraius Cantori, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 972.) Basilianus Cantori [part], Kaup, 1871, p. 57. Basilianus Ÿ Cantoris, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 150. (Basilianus Cantori [part], Wytsman, 1884, p. 336.) (Basilianus Canlori, Kuwert, 1891, p. 164.) Basilianus cantori + Tinterrogationus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 340-1. Basilianus Ÿ convexifrons, Zang, 1904a, p. 698 footnote. (Basilianus cantori, Arrow, 1907, p. 445.) Basilianus j Cantori + + convexifrons, Zang, 1906, pp. 178-183. Ophrygonius | cantori + subspp. + convexifrons + T dunsiriensis, Gravely, above, pp. 224-225, pl. xi, figs. 22-224. Kaup records this species from Malabar, Malacca, and Cambodia, and as it has otherwise never been recorded from any locality outside the E. Himalayas, Assam and Burma the probability is very strong that he has confused several species under one name. ©. convexifrons (Zang) at present seems to be a distinct local race, although it differs from the typical form of O. cantori in size only; the convexity of . the frontal area, by which Zang distinguishes it, is a variable character found in some specimens of both forms. Localities :— 7.2.0, CANDOR se ercheronmcs sie E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Tista ; Sureil; Kurseong ; Gopaldhara, Rungbong Valley. ! See Appendix I, p. 316, below. 1014. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 285 Sikkim—Gantok. Bhutan. Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley. Naga Hills: Manipur. 2. Subsp. CONVEXIFRONS, Zang. Assam: Khasi Hills—Shillong ; Teriaghat. Burma: Ruby Mines; Sin Lum, Bhamo, 6000 ft. 3. Subsp. dunsiriensis, Gravely. Assam: Dunsiri Valley. Ophrygonius birmanicus, Gravely. ? Basilianus cantori [part], Kaup, 1871, p. 57. Ophrygonius Ÿ birmanicus, Gravely, above, p. 226, text-fig. 3A. The specimen from Cambodia which Kaup identified as O. cantori, may very possibly have belonged to this species; but his specimen from the Malay Peninsula can scarcely, I think, have done so, in view of the great difference that exists between the Passalid fauna of this peninsula and that of the rest of the continent of Asia. Localities :— Burma: Ruby Mines. ? Cambodia. ?? Malay Peninsula. Ophrygonius singapurae, Gravely. 2? Basilianus cantori [part], Kaup, 1871, p. 57. Ophrygonius Ÿ singapurae, Gravely, above, pp. 226-227, text-fig. 3B. It is difficult to identify with this species the specimen from the Malay Penin- sula which Kaup referred to O. canfori; for in his description of that species he notes particularly the shortness of the antennal lamellae. No other species of Ophrvgonius is yet, however, known from the Malay Peninsula except O. inaequalis, which he him- self recognizes as distinct. Locality :— Malay Peninsula: Singapore. Ophrygonius inaequalis (Burmeister). Passalus inaequalis, Burmeister, 1847, p. 468. Passalus + oroleius ', Smith, 1852, pp. 17-18, pl. I, fig. 4. ' The type specimen of Ophrygonius oroleius has elytra with strongly punctured lateral grooves ; but the punctures are round, rather than transversely linear as in the typical O. inaequalis from the Sunda Islands. The British Museum collection contains a series of exactly similar specimens from Penang, and also two or three specimens transitional between the two forms; so ovoleius ought perhaps to be recognized as a variety. Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor IE (Leptaulax orolieus + Aceraius inaequalis, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, pp. 970 and 972.) Leptaulax orolieus, Kaup, 1869, p. 40. Basilianus inaequalis, Kaup, 1871, p. 56. Basilianus Ÿinaequalis, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 159. ( Basilianus inaequalis, Wytsman, 1884, p. 336.) (Basilianus inaequalis, Kuwert, 1891, p. 164.) Basılianus } sinkepicus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 339-340. (Basilianus inaequalis, Zang, 19030, pp. 418-9.) Ophrygonius f quadrifer, Zaug, I904a, pp. 697-700, text-fig. 3 Ophryonius Ÿ inaequalis, Zang, 19054, p. 192. Basilianus sinkepicus, Zang, 1906a, pp. 177-183. Ophrygonius Ÿ inaequalis, Gravely, above, pp. 227-228, pl. xii, figs. 24-24a. Kuwert gives 36 mm. as the length of his Basilianus sinkepicus ; but I have seen specimens identified by himself, and found the biggest of them to be only 27 mm. long. Localities :— Malay Peninsula: Penang ; g; Perak; Johore; Singapore. Sumatran Islands: Sinkep Island. Sumatra: Deli. Java. Borneo. ? Philippines. The sub-family to which this species belongs is so abundant in the Oriental Region right up to Wallace’s Line and seems to stop so abruptly there, that I am inclined to regard Burmeister’s ‘‘ Mollucca”’ record as a misprint for ‘‘ Malacca ’’ (see also Kaup, 1871, p. 56). Genus ACERAIUS, Kaup (1868) 1871. — Ocythoe [part], Castelnau, 1850; incl. Heterochilus, Kuwert, 1896 — Rhipsaspis, Zang, 1905. Kuwert’s classification of this genus is extremely unsatisfactory, for it is based primarily on variable characters. The order in which the species are arranged here is based primarily on the form of the upper margin of the left mandible which, though not always quite constant, is the best group character that I have been able to find. The genus is common throughout the Oriental Region east of the mouths of the Ganges and Brahmaputra, and is probably not found elsewhere. It is doubtful whether it occurs in the Andamans or Nicobars. Aceraius wallacei (Kuwert). (Heterochilus crinitus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 166.) Heterochilus + wallacei + crinitus + oculitesselatus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 334-5. Heterochilus { wallacer, Zang, 19054, p. 167. Aceraius Ÿ wallacet, Gravely, above, pp. 228-229, pl. xii, figs. 26-260. 1914 | F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 287 Localities :— Malay Peninsula. Sumatran Islands: Nias. Sumatra—Somgei Lalah in Indragiri. Borneo: Sarawak—Kuching. British N. Borneo—Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. Aceraius perakensis, Kuwert. Aceratus perakensis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 308. Aceraius + perakensis, Gravely, above, p. 220. Localities :— Malay Peninsula: S. Perak (Telom, 4000 ft.); Taiping 4000-4500 ft.'; Larut Hills, 3300-4300 ft.’ Sumatra: Mt. Singaleng. Aceraius moschleri, Kuwert. Aceraius möschleri, Kuwert, 1891, p. 163. Aceraius möschleri, Kuwert. 1898, p. 344. Aceraius + möschleri, Gravely, above, pp. 229-230, pl. xil, fig. 33. Localities : — Malay Peninsula: Singapore. Sumatran Islands: Linga; Sinkep; Sumatra; Nias. Java. Aceraius illegalius, Kuwert. Aceratus 1llegalis, Kuwert, 1891. p. 163. Aceratus illegalis, Kuwert, 1893, p. 345. Aceraius Ÿ 1llegalis, Gravely, above, p. 230, pl xil, figs. 32-324. Localities :— Malay Peninsula: Johore; Penang. Borneo: Kuching ; between Ulu Madahit and Limbang. Aceraius laevicollis (Illiger). Passalus Ÿ laevicollis, Illiger, 1800, p. 103. Passalus emarginatus, Weber, 1801, pp. 81-2. Pussalus emarginatus, Fabricius, 1801, pp. 255-0. *Passalus laevicollis, Schouherr, 1806-17, I (3) p. 333. * Passalus laevicollis, Dejean, 1837, pp 194 and 501. Passalus emarginatus, Smith, 1852, p. 0. Aceraius emarginatus [part], Gemminger and Harold, 1868. p. 972. Aceratus Ÿ emarginatus [part], Stoliczka, 1873, p. 158. (Aceraius emarginatus [part], Wytsman, 1884, p. 336). Aceraius Meyert, Kuwert, 1891, p 163 Aceraius Ÿ meyert + Ÿ pontifex + tluzonicus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 345- Aceratus Ÿ laevicollis, Gravely, above, pp. 230- 23% pl. xii, figs 27-274. ' Dr. Annandale informs me that there is no hill of any ‚thing like this altitude i in the immediate neighbourhood of the town of Taiping. » This record is based on specimens in the British Museum. 288 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Ayo. 1001, The species is a very variable one and in each of three, at least, of the series before me (from Borneo, Sinkep Island, and Johore) I find forms identical with Kuwert’s species meverr, pontifex, and luzonicus together with all intermediate forms. Localities :— Malay Peninsula: Perak, Johore. Sumatran Islands: Sumatra (Deli, Somgei Lalah, Serdang, Peinan and Solok) ; Nias; Lingga; Sinkep Island ; Billiton. Java. Borneo: Kuching; Limbong; Busa; Serai; Tandjong; Bandjermasin. Banguey Island. Philippines: Luzon; S. Palawan. I have also seen two specimens in the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum col- lection labelled ‘‘ Assam,’’ and one in the British Museum labelled ‘ Nepal,” but these records are scarcely credible, as the species appears to be confined to the Malay Peninsula, the Sunda Islands, and the Philippines. Aceraius grandis (Burmeister). Passalus emarginatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 21-2, pl. ii, fig. 1. Passalus emarginatus, Percheron, 1841, p. 3. Passalus grandis, Burmeister, 1847, p. 463. Ocythoe emarginatus, Castelnau, 1850, p. 179. Passalus grandis, Smith, 1852, p. 5. Aceratus grandis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 27. Aceraius grandis, Kaup, 18685, p. 3. (Aceraius grandis, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 972). Aceratus Ÿ grandis, Stoliczka, 1873, p- 158. (Aceraius grandis, Wytsman, 1884, p. 336). Aceraius Addendus + Rectidens + Hirsutus + Ceylonicus, Kuwert. 1891, p. 162. Aceraius addendus + tgrandis + Ÿminutifrons + prosternisulcatus + ceylonicus + thirsutus + trectidens + f magnus + chinensis + molossus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 342-4. Aceravus Ÿ grandis, Zang, 1904), pp. 184-5. Aceraius Ÿ hirsutus, Zang, 1905a, p 104. Aceraeus Ÿ palawanus, Zang, 1905d, pp. 236-238. Aceraius Ÿ grandis, Gravely, 19144, p. 31. Aceraius Ÿ grandis + var. Ÿ rectidens + sub. sp. Ÿ hirsutus, Gravely, above, pp. 231-233, pl. xii, figs. 28-30. a Zang (19045) has shown that A. addendus and minutifrons are identical with A. grandis, at the same time suggesting that A. rectidens, magnus and molussus might also prove to be identical with this species. The three last named are probably all identical with the var. rectidens described above, which alone of them seems to me to be sufficiently distinct for recognition. Kuwert’s description of the elytra of A. chinensis makes it clear that this form is not identical with the north Indian race hirsutus ; and it seems improb- able that A. grandis, s. str., can occur in S. China, in view of the fact that hirsutus is known to occur in Tonkin and Hainan, and so presumably occurs all along the 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 289 hill ranges of Yunnan and the southern Chinese frontier. Unless there has been some mistake about the locality record, therefore, A. chinensis must provisionally be regarded a distinct race. Kuwert’s hirsutus and ceylonicus are undoubtedly the same, as Zang has already suggested (19054, p. 104). Specimens of this northern race with the process of the left anterior angle of the head fully developed, and directed forwards or a little outwards, are not common; but they do occur in the series before me, and they are not sharply separated from others in which the process is directed inwards; so I am unable to recognize them even as a definite variety. Localities :— I. Sub sp. HIRSUTUS, Kuwert. E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Gopaldhara, Rungbong Valley. Bhutan. Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley; Harmutti (base of hills). Abor Country—Kobo, 400 ft.; Janakmukh, 600 ft.; Rotung 1400 ft.; Upper Rotung, 2000 ft.; Kalek 3800 ft. N. Lakhimpur—Silonbari (base of hills). Assam: Sibsagar; Khasi Hills; Dunsiri Valley; Cachar. Upper Burma: Cachin Cauri. Bhamo—Sin Lum, 6000 ft. Lower Burma: Amherst District—Sukli, E. side of Dawna Hills, 2100 ft. Tavoy. Cambodia. Tonkin: Mt. Mauson 2-3000 ft. Hainan Island. Formosa: Kosempo ; Polisha ; Le-hi-ku ; Chip-Chip ; Lake Candidius ; Fuhosho ; Hoozan; Sokutsu (Banshoryo Distr.); Kankau; Taihorinsho; Suisharyo ; Taihorin. Philppine Islands: South Palawan. Kuwert’s Ceylon record is hardly credible, as Zang has already pointed out (1905a, p. 104). The genus Aceraius seems to occur neither in Ceylon nor in the Indian Peninsula. 2. À. GRANDIS, Burmeister, s. str.' Malay Peninsula. Bintang Island. Sumatra: Deli. Java: Tengger Mountain, Bankalan. Borneo: Bandjermasin ; N. Borneo. Kuwert records A. prosternisulcatus (=A. grandis, s. str.) from the Moluccas ; but as the Aceraiinae seem to be strictly an Oriental subfamily it is probable that this record is based on a misreading of the word Malacca. ' See below, p. 322, last paragraph of footnote 2. D 90 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Norte 3. Var. RECTIDENS, Kuwert.! Malay Peninsula. Sumatra: Solok ; Tebing tinggi. Java. Borneo: Sarawak—Kuching. ? 4. Subsp. CHINENSIS, Kuwert. ? Southern China. Aceraius occulidens, Zang. Aceraius } occulidens, Zang, 19054, pp. 190-1. Aceraius Ÿ occulidens, Gravely, above, p. 234, text-fig. 4A. Locality :— Borneo: Mt. Kina-Balu. Acerais laniger, Zang. Aceraius }laniger, Zang, 19054, p. IQI-2. Aceraius Ÿ lamger, Gravely, above, p. 234. Locality :— Borneo: Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. Aceraius kuwerti, Zang. ? Aceraius emarginatus [part], Kaup, 1868a, p. 27. ? Aceraius emarginatus [part], Kaup, 18685, p. 3. ? Aceraius emarginatus [part], Kaup, 1871, p. 53. Aceraius T Kuwerti, Zang, 19034, p. 339. Aceraius Kuwertt, Zang, 19054, p. 189. Aceraius Ÿ kuwerti, Gravely, above, p. 235, pl. xi, fig. 31. Specimens of each species in which the anterior angles of the head are not pro- minent appear to be without exception of comparatively uniform size. With the exception of A. tricornis, whose head is markedly peculiar, and A. lanıger, which seems to be very rare, this is the only one of these species yet described which is large enough to be identified with the biggest of the specimens to which Kaup applied the name emarginatus. His other specimens must have belonged to different smaller species, including perhaps A. alutaceosternus. Localities :— ? Java (A. emarginatus, Kaup). Borneo: Mount Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. Aceraius tricornis, Zang. Aceraius } tricornis, Zang, 19034, p. 339. Aceravus tricornis, Zang, 19054, p. 180. Aceratus Ÿ tricornis, Gravely, above, p. 235, text-fig. 4B. Locality :— Borneo: Mount Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. ! See below, p. 322, last paragraph of footnote 2. I914.| F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 291 Aceraius laevimargo, Zang. Passalus emarginatus, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 463-4. (Passalus emarginatus, [part], Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 982.) (Aceraius emarginatus [part], Wytsman, 1884, p. 336.) Aceraius tlaevimargo, Zaug, 19054, pp. 244-5. Aceraius Ÿ laevimargo, Gravely, above, p. 235. Localities :— Sumatra. Borneo: Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. Aceraius pilifer (Percheron). Passalus pilifer, Percheron, 1835, pp. 23-4, pl. ii, fig. 2. Passalus pilifer, Percheron, 1841, p. 3. (Aceraius emarginatus [part], Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 972.) (Aceraius emarginatus [part], Wytsman, 1884, p. 336.) (Aceraius pilifer, Kuwert, 1891, p. 166.) Aceraius emarginatus + Ÿ reticulaticollis + + borneanus + ? nicobaricus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 346-8. Aceraius Ÿ pilifer, Gravely, above, pp. 235-236, pl. xii, fig. 35. The name nikobarıcus Redtenbacher (1867, p. 94) ought I think to be allowed to drop altogether, so I insert it here for reference. Redtenbacher states that in his insect the head is symmetrical, and his description, until he comes to the elytra, seems to me to be that of Tiberius nicobaricus and not that of an Aceraius at all. When he comes to the elytra, however, there can be no doubt that he is dealing with an Aceraius as stated by Stoliczka (1873, p. 158), followed by Kuwert. The head and pro- and meso-thorax of a Passalid often get detached from the re- mainder of the body, and there can I think be little doubt that his type was a mixture of two different insects. Kuwert appears to have examined a complete insect of the genus Aceraius which he supposed came from the Nicobars ; but in view of Kuwert’s frequent inaccuracies and of the fact that no other specimen of the genus ever seems to have been recorded either from the Andamans or from the Nicobars some confirmation of the locality record is desirable. Localities :— ?? Nicobars. Sumatra. Java: Tjibodas, ca. 5000 ft.; Preanger, 4-6000 ft. Borneo. Aceraius alutaceosternus, Kuwert. ? Aceraius emarginatus [part], Kaup, 1808a, p. 27. ? Aceraius emarginatus [part], Kaup, 18685, p. 3. ? Aceraius emarginatus [part], Kaup, 1871, p. 53. Aceraius Ÿ emarginatus [part], Stoliczka, 1871, p. 158. Aceraius alutaceosternus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 347-8. Aceraius Ÿ alutaceosternus, Gravely, above, p. 236, text-fig. 4E, pl. xii, figs. 34-344. Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, 292 Localities :— Malay Peninsula: Penang Hill; Taiping, 4000-5000 ft.; Larut Hills, 3300- 4300 ft.! Aceraius himalayensis, Gravely. Aceraius Ÿ emarginatus [part], Stoliczka, 1873, p. 158. Aceraius + himalayensis, Gravely, above, pp. 236-237, pl. xii, figs. 36-364. Localities : — E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District. Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley. Sikkim: Pedong. Abor country—Sirpo Valley, nr. Renging. Assam: Naga Hills. Aceraius assamensis, Kuwert. Aceraius Ÿ emarginatus [part], Stoliczka, 1873, p. 158. Aceraius assamensis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 347. Aceraius Ÿ assamensis, Gravely, above, p. 237, pl. xii, figs. 37--37a. Localities :— Assam: Khasi Hills —Cherra Punji. Naga Hills—Manipur. Aceraius helferi, Kuwert. Aceraius Helferi, Kuwert, 1891, p. 163. Aceraius pilifer + helferi, Ku wert, 1898, pp. 346-7. Aceraius Ÿ tavoyanus? + Thelferi, Gravely, above, pp. 237-238, pl. xii, figs. 38-39a. Localities :— Upper Burma: Carin Ghecü, 4000-5000 ft.; Carin Asciuii Cheba 3500-4000 ft. Carin Cheba 3000-3500 {t.; Ruby Mines; Sin Lum, Bhamo 6000 ft. Lower Burma: Rangoon. Amherst District of Tenasserim.—Dawna Hills between Misty Hollow and Thingannyinaung, 900-2500 ft. Tavoy District of Tenasserim. Siam. Tonkin: Mt. Mauson, 2000-3000 ft. Aceraius borneanus, Kaup. Aceraius Ÿ borneanus, Kaup, 1871, p. 52. Aceraius kaupii, Kirsch in Kaup, 1871, p. 52. Aceravus percheronii, Kaup, 1871, p. 53. ! This record is based on a specimen in the British Museum. ? The series of specimens in the British Museum has convinced me of the identity of éavoyanus and helferi. It includes a number of specimens from Sin Lum and several from the Ruby Mines as well as some from various places previously recorded. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 293 Aceravus incidens, Kirsch, 1877, p. 28. (Aceraius emarginatus [part], Wytsman, 1884, p. 336.) (Aceraius Percheroni + Incidens + Kaupi, Kuwert, 1891, p. 164.) Aceriaius Ÿ percherom + fincidens + + Kaupi + Tnanus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 348-9. Aceraius T Kaupu, Zang, 19054, p. 112. = Aceraius laevicollis, Zang, 1905c, p. 225. Aceraius Ÿ borneanus, Gravely, above, pp. 238-239, pl. xü, figs. 25-25). The only two differences Kaup was able to find between A. percheronit and A. kaupw can be accounted for by supposing the latter to have been described originally from rubbed specimens—especially as the denticle in the middle of the truncation of the left outer tubercle varies greatly in size in the specimens before me. That this difference in freshness is the only real difference between the two, seems to be indicated by the fact that in Kuwert’s description of the specimens that he identi- fied as A. kaupri, there is no reference to the left, but only to the right, outer tubercle being shorter than in A. incidens, the only difference given between A. incidens and A. percheroni being one of no value whatever. A. nanus, Kuwert, also appears to be identical with the present species. Localities :— Malay Peninsula: Perak. Sumatran Islands: Sumatra—Deli; Indrapura; Tebing tinggi; Peinan; Lang- kat. Nias—Hili Zobobo. Mentawei—Sipora. Java: Batavia. Borneo: Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft.; Sampit; Tandjong; Bandjermasin; Banguey Island. Phillippines: South Palawan. Aceraius minor, Gravely. Aceraius + minor, Gravely, above, p. 240, text-fig. 4D. Locality :— Malay Peninsula: Taiping, 4000-5000 ft. ; S. Perak (Telom, 4000 ft.). Aceraius aequidens, Gravely. Aceraius Ÿ aequidens, Gravely, above, p. 240, text-fig. 4E. Locality :— Borneo: Kina-Balu. Sub-family MACROLININAE. This sub-family is known from Celebes, and from all parts of the Oriental Region except the Indian Pensinsula. Only one genus can at present be recognized. Genus MACROLINUS, Kaup, 1868. Incl. Aceraius [part], Kaup, 1868; Basilianus [part], Kaup, 1871; Tiberius [part], Kuwert 1801. Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. III, [Macrolinus duivenbodei, Kaup. | Macrolinus | Duivenbodei, Kaup. 18684, p. IQ. (Macrolinus Duwvenboder, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 970.) Macrolinus Dwivenbodei, Kaup, 1871, p. 43, pl. iv, fig. 6. (Macrolinus Duivenboder, Wytsman, 1884, p. 334.) (Macrolinus Duivenbodei, Kuwert, 1891, p. 165.) Macrolinus duivenbodei, Kuwert, 1898, p. 184. Locality :— Celebes: Menado. [Macrolinus urus, Heller. | (Macrolinus Ÿ urus, Heller, 1898, pp. 23-4, pl. 1, fig. 26.) Locality :— Celebes; Mt. Bonthain, 5000-7000 ft. Macrolinus nicobaricus, Gravely. Bastlianus + andamanensis [part], Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 160-1. Tiberius Andamanensis [part|, Kuwert, 1891, p. 164. Macrolinus + nicobaricus, Gravely above, pp 241-242, pi. xiii, figs. 40-404 Localities! :— Nicobars. ?? Burma: Rangoon. Macrolinus andamanensis (Stoliczka). Basilianus Ÿ andamanensis [part], Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 160-1. (Basilianus andamanensis, Wytsman, 1884, p. 336.) (Tiberius andamanensis [part], Kuwert, 1891, p. 164.) Tiberius andamanensis, Kuwert, 1808, p. 188. (Tiberius andamanensis, Zang, 1905a, p. 163.) Macrolinus + andamanensis, Gravely, above, p. 242, pl. xiii, figs. 41-474. Localities :— Andamans. ?? Lower Burma: Amherst District—Moulmein. Macrolinus sikkimensis (Stoliczka). Basilianus Ÿ sikkimensis, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 161-2. (Basilianus sikkimensis, Wytsman, 1884, p. 336.) (Tiberius sikkimensis, Kuwert, 1891, p. 164.) Tiberius sikkimensis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 188. (Tiberius sikkimensis, Zang, 1905a, p. 163.) Macrolinus + sikkimensis + subsp. + tavoyanus, Gravely, above, pp. 243-244, pl. xiii, figs. 42-42a. | There are specimens in Berlin labelled ‘ Andamans, de Roepstorff’’ ; but it is very unlikely, I think, that the species really occurs outside the Nicobars. 1014. F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 295 Localities :— I. M. SIKKIMENSIS, Stoliczka, s. str. :— E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—ca. 1500 ft., 2 miles. E. of Punkabari. .Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley ; Harmutti (base of hills). Abor Country—Kobo, 400 ft. ; Janakmukh, 600 ft.; Rotung, 1400 ft. Assam: Khasi Hills. Cachar. Naga Hills. 2. Subsp. TAVOYANUS, Gravely : — Upper Burma: Carin Cheba, 3000-3500 and 4000-5000 ft. Lower Burma : Tenasserim—between Misty Hollow and Thingannyinaung, Dawna Hills, Amherst District, at various altitudes between 900 and 2500 ft.; Tavoy. Macrolinus crenatipennis, Kuwert. Macrolinus + crenatipennis, Kuwert, 1808, p.185. Tiberius crenatipennis, Zang, 1905a, p. 163. Macrolinus + crenatipennis, Gravely, above, p. 244. Locality :— Ceylon. Macrolinus rotundifrons, Kaup. Macrolinus rotundifrons, [? part], Kaup, 1871, pp. 44-5. (Macrolinus rotundifrons, Wystman, 1884, p. 334.) (Macrolinus rotundifrons, Kuwert, 1891, p. 165.) Alacrolinus rotundifrons + singhalensis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 185. Tiberius Trotundifrons + singhalensis, Zang, 19054, p. 163. Macrolinus + rotundifrons, Gravely, above, pp. 244-245, pl. xiii, fig. 43. ® Localities :— Ceylon: Central Province—Kandy ; Peradeniya ; Nalanda; Patipolla ; Gala- gedara. Kaup’s Chinese record has never been confirmed, though Kuwert accepts it with a query in his 1891 catalogue, and definitely in his later work. Possibly Kaup failed to distinguish between this species and 7. sikkimensis ; or possibly the mistake has arisen through some error in the labelling of Cantor’s collection, to which the Chinese specimens belonged. Macrolinus waterhousei, Kaup. Macrolinus Waterhousei, Kaup, 1871, pp. 43-4. (Macrolinus Waterhousei, Wytsman, 1884, p. 334.) (Macrolinus Waterhousei, Kuwert, 1891, p. 165.) Macrolinus Waterhousei, Kuwert, 1808, p. 185. (Tiberius Waterhousei, Zang, 1905a, p. 163.) Tiberius Ÿ waterhousei, Gravely, above, p. 245, pl. xiii, fig. 44. 296 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vorne Localities :— Ceylon: Ratnapura Distict—Bulutota. [Macrolinus sulciperfectus, Kuwert.] Macrolinus suleiperfectus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 165. Macrolinus Ÿ sulciperfectus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 184. Locality :— South Celebes: Bonthain. Macrolinus weberi, Kaup. Macrolinus Webert, Kaup, 18682, p. 19. (Macrolinus Webert, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 971.) Macrolinus Webert, Kaup, 1871, p. 44. (Macrolinus Weberi, Wytsmau, 1884, p. 334.) (Macrolinus Weberi, Kuwert, 1891, p. 165.) Macrolinus + weberi, Gravely, above, p. 245. Locality :— Philippine Islands. Macrolinus latipennis (Percheron). Passalus marginepunctatus, Dejean, 1837, p. 194. Passalus latipennis, Dup. in Percheron,! 1841, pp. 8-9, pl. Ixxiii, fig. 3. Passalus latipennis, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 464-5. (Passalus latipennis, Smith, 1852, p. 6.) Macrolinus latipennis, Kaup, 1868a, p. 19. (Macrolinus latupennis, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 970.) Macrolinus latipennis, Kaup, 1871, p. 43. (Macrolinus + latipennis + + weberi, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 155.) (Macrolinus latipennis, Wytsman, 1884, Pp: 334.) Macrolinus latipennis, Kuwert, 1891, p. 165. Macrolinus Ÿ latipennis + ab. orbatus + javanus + dissimilis + fraternus + parallelipennis + batesi + t webert, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 186-7. Macrolinus + latibennis, Gravely, above, pp. 245-246, pl. xiii, figs. 45-46. Gemminger and Harold regard marginepunctatus, Dejean, as a synonym of latipenms, Percheron. As the former name has priority over the latter, and has been accepted by nobody, it is presumably not accompanied by a description. In any case it seems a pity to drop Percheron’s well-known name. I have seen specimens supposed (by Zang, I think) to belong to each of the species orbatus, javanus, dissimilis, parallelipennis and batesi, Kuwert, but I can find no satisfactory character by which they can be distinguished one from another A little cleaning showed even the maxillary palp of the so-called M. orbatus to be perfectly normal. And it is scarcely likely, I think, that Kuwert’s types are any more distinct one from another than these. Pocalitiest Burma. ' See above, p. 270, footnote. I9I4.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 297 Malay Peninsula: Johore. Sumatran Islands: Nias—Ombolata. Sumatra—Deli. Java: Buitenzorg. S. E. Borneo. Philippine Islands: S. Palawan. Molucca (? = Malacca). Subfamily GNAPHALOCNEMINAE. The principal home of this sub-family is in the islands east of Wallace’s Line; but certain species are found further west, one or two getting as far as Southern Burma. Genus PARAPELOPIDES, Zang. Parapelopides symmetricus, Zang. Parapelopides + symmetricus, Zang, 1904a, pp. 695-7, figs. I-2. Parapelopides symmetricus, Zang, 19054, p. 180. Parapelopides + symmetricus, Gravely, above, pp. 246-247, text-fig. 6A-B. Locality :— Borneo: Mt. Kina-Balu, c 5000 ft. Genus TRAPEZOCHILUS, Zang, 1905. = Eriocnemis [part], Kaup, 1871 ; = Phraortes, Kuwert, 1898. The genus Trapezochilus occurs in Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, and the extreme south of Burma. Trapezochilus dorsalis (Kaup). Eriocnemis Ÿ dorsalis, Kaup, 1871, p. 41. (Eriocnemis dorsalis, Wytsman, 1884, p. 334.) (Eriocnemis Dorsalis, Kuwert, 1891, p. 168.) Eriocnemis dorsalis + Phraortes generosus + respectabilis, + nobilis, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 323 & 326. Trapezochilus + nobilis + + respectabilis, Gravely, above, pp. 247-248, text-fig. 5C-E, pl. xiii, fig. 48. The two specimens of this species in the Indian Museum collection, and also those examined later in Europe, seem to indicate the identity of generosus and nobilis, Kuwert. One ofthe two Indian Museum specimens has six distinct antennal lamellae, though one of them is very small; but in the other (the one figured) the anterior face of the fifth joint bears only a swelling whose proximal face is steeper than its distal one. This fact, and doubt as to the locality of the type of T. generosus,' has led me to use the name nobilis in part 4 of this paper in preference to generosus, although the original description of the latter precedes that of the former by a few lines. Since that part of the paper went to press I have examined a fine series of specimens from four localities in the Malay Peninsula, submitted to me through the kindness of Prof. ' Kuwert states that he had only one specimen of T. generosus, but gives both Perak and Sumatra as its localities. 208 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. IT, Poulton under whose care they are preserved in the Oxford Museum. ’These prove conclusively that 7. nobilis and T. respectabilis are also indistinguishable from one another; and the type of Eriocnemis dorsalis, Kaup, has proved to belong to same species. Consequently none of the names given by Kuwert in this genus can be retained. Localities :— Lower Burma: Tenasserim—Tavoy. Malay Peninsula: Perak—Taiping, 4000-5000 ft. ; Telom, 4000 ft. ; Larut Hills, 4000-4500 ft. E. Siamese Malay States—Nawngchik (Bukit Besar, 2500 ft.; and Ban Sai Kau, base of Bukit Besar). Sumatra: Deli. Genus GNAPHALOCNEMIS,' Heller, 1900. = Ocythoe [part], Castelnau, 1850 * + Eriocnemis [part], Kaup, 1868. This genus occurs throughout that part of the Oriental Region which lies south- east of Burma ; it is perhaps also found in the Philippines and the Moluccas. Eriocnemis gelon, Schaufuss (1885, pp. 187-8) has been identified by Kuwert with a species of Plesthenus from Macassar in Celebes, so has been omitted from the following list. Gnaphalocnemis simplex, Gravely. Gnaphalocnemis + simplex, Gravely, above, p. 248, text-fig. 6. Locality :— Malay Peninsula: Perak. Gnaphalocnemis burmeisteri (Kaup). Eriocnemis + Burmeisteri, Kaup, 1868a, p. 22. (Eriocnemis Burmeisteri, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 971.) Eriocnemis Burmeisteri, Kaup, 1871, pp. 41-2. (Eriocnemis Burmeisteri, Wytsman, 1884, p. 334.) (Eriocnemis Burmeisteri, Kuwert, 1891, p. 168.) Eriocnemis burmeisteri + Ÿ faberi, Kuwert, 1808, p. 323. Gnaphalocnemis + burmeisteri, Gravely, above, p. 249, pl. xiii, fig. 49. Localities :— Sumatra: Somgei Lalah (Indragiri); Soerian Platation (near Solok); Deli; Pedong ; Peinan; Battak Mountain ; Kepahiang ; Redjang-Lebong. Java. Gnaphalocnemis monticulosus (Smith). Passalus Ÿ monticulosus, Smith, 1852, p. 6, pl. i, fig. 1. Eriocnemis tridens, Kaup, 1868a, p. 22. (Aceraius monticulosus, Gemminger aud Harold, 1868, p. 972.) Eriocnemis monticulosus, Kaup, 1869, pp. 38-9. ' In addition to the species here mentioned ‘ Pelopides’’ gravidus, Kuwert (1891, p. 168; and 1898, p. 332) from Mindanao perhaps belongs to this genus (see Zang, 19054, p. 316, & 1905c, p. 227). ” This name has priority. But it has been so long forgotten in this connection that it seems a pity to revive it after it has been adopted for a genus of Cephalopoda. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 299 Eriocnemis monticulosus + tridens, Kaup, 1871, pp. 41-42. (Eriocnemis monticulosus, Stoliczka, 1873, P- 155.) (Eriocnemis monticulosus, Wytsman, 1884, p 333.) (Eriocnemis dispar + monticulosus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 168.) Enocnemis Ÿ dispar + ignotus + f monticulosus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 324. (Eriocnemis monticulosus, Zang, 19030, p. 410.) Gnaphalocnemis + monticulosus, Gravely, above, pp. 249-20, pl. xiii, figs. 49-494. Localities :— Siam. Malay Peninsula : Penang, Tengah Mountain. Sumatra: Tandjong Morawa (Serdang); Deli; Solok; Lampung; Medan. Borneo : Sarawak—Kuching. British N. Borneo—Mt. Kina-Balu. Gnaphalocnemis tridens (Wiedemann). Passalus ¢ tridens, Wiedeman, 1823, pp. 109-110. Passalus laterisculptus, Petty, 1831, p. 37, fig. 2. Passalus tridens, Percheron, 1835, pp. 24-6, pl. ii, fig. 3. * Passalus Tf orientalis, Dejean, 1837, p. 194. Passalus tridens, Percheron, 1841, p. 5. Passalus tridens, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 461-3. Ocythoe tridens, Castelnau, 1850, II, p. 170. (Passalus tridens, Smith, 1852, p. 6.) (Passalus tridens, Redtenbacher, 1867, p. 49.) Eriocnemis Mniszechi, Kaup, 1868a, p. 22. (Eriocnemis Mniszechi + tridens, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, pp. 971-972.) Eriocnemis Mniszechi, Kaup, 1871, p 41, pl. iv, figs. 3-34. (Eriocnemis Ÿ tridens, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 155.) (Eriocnemis tridens + Mniszechi, Wytsmau, 1884, p. 334.) Eriocnemis Mniszechi + Tridens, + var. Angustior Kuwert, 1891, p. 108. Eriocnemis mniszechi + ft tridens, + ab. angustior, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 322 and 324. Gnaphalocnemis Tiridens, Zang, 1904), p. 185. Gnaphalocnemis tridens, Gravely, above, p. 250, pl. xiii, figs. 50-504. Localities :— Sumatra: Palembang. Javanese Islands: Java—Ardjoeno ; Tengger Mountain; Tjibodas, c. 5000 ft. ; Soekaboemi; Preanger; East Java. ? Moluccas : Amboina.' Genus GONATAS, Kaup, 1871. = Aceraius [part], Kaup, 1868 ; — Gonatas [part], Kaup, 1871; — Gonatas, Kuwert, 1897. This genus is found in Australia, and the islands between there and Java; it seems to be centred in the region east of Wallace’s Line. I have simply accepted the opinions of previous authors in the following synonymy. 1 This record rests on Kuwert’s authority. It is the only one yet made outside the Oriental Region. 300 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Vor. IE, [* Gonatas tridentatus, Kuwert.] Gonatus Tridentatus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 169. Gonatus tridentatus, Kuwert, 1808, p. 313. Locality :— New Guinea. [*Gonatas schellongi, Kuwert.] Gonatas Schellongi, Kuwert, 1801, p. 160. Gonatas schellongt, Kuwert, 1808, p. 314. Locality :— New Guinea. [*Gonatas differens, Kuwert. | Gonatas Schellongi var. ? differens, Kuwert, 1891, p. 168. Gonatas differens, Kuwert, 1898, p. 314. Gonatas differens [incl. G. tibialis. Zang, MS.], Zang, 1905a, p. IIO. Localities :— Moluccas: Amboina. Aru Island. New Guinea: Kaiser Wilhelms Land—Finschhafen. Bismark Archiplego: New Britain. [* Gonatas albertisi, Kuwert. | Gonatas Albertisi [Y orkensis Fairm. ?],! Kuwert, 1891. p. 160. Gonatas albertisi, Kuwert, 1898, p. 314. Localities :— New Guinea. ? Bismark Archipelago: New Britain (omitted in Kuwert’s later work). Australia: Queensland—Cape York. [*Gonatas major, Kuwert.] Gonatas Major, Kuwert. 1891, p. 169. Gonatus major, Kuwert, 1898, p. 314. Localities :— Aru Islands. New Guinea. [*Gonatas novaebritanniae, Kuwert. | Gonatas novaebritanniae, Kuwert, 1898, p. 314. Gonatas novaebritanniae, Zang, 18054, pp. IIO-I. Locality :— Bismark Archipelago: New Britain—Kinigunang. | Kuwert gives no reference to the place where this name was published, and I have been unable to trace it. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 301 Gonatas germari, Kaup. Aceraius Germari, Kaup, 18684, p. 30. Aceratus Germari, Kaup, 1868b, p. 4. (Aceratus Germari, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 972.) Gonatas Germari, Kaup, 1871, p. 51. Gonatas + Germari, Stoliczka, 1873, p. 158. (Gonatas Germari, Wytsman, 1884, p. 335.) Gonatas Germarı, Kuwert, 1891, p. 160. Gonatas germari + ab. brevis, Kuwert, 1898, p. 315. Gonatas Ÿ germari, Gravely, above, pp. 250-251, pl. xiii, figs. 47-47a. Localities : — Java. Moluccas: Batchian ; Ceram. Ternate. Australia: Queensland—I,izard Islands. [* Gonatas cetioides, Zang.] Gonatas cetioides, Zang, 19054, p. 316. Locality :— Unknown. [*Gonatas peregrinus, Kuwert.] Gonatas peregrinus, Kuwert, 1898, p 315. Perhaps only a variety of the following species, according to Kuwert. Locality :— New Guinea. *G. naviculator (Percheron). Passalus naviculator, Percheron, 1844, pp. 1-2, pl. cxxxiv, fig. 1. ? Passalus naviculator [part], Burmeister, 1847, pp. 467-8. Aceratus naviculator, Kaup, 1868a, p. 31. Aceraius naviculator, Kaup, 1868b, pp. 3 & 7. Aceratus naviculator, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 972. Gonatas naviculator, Kaup, 1871, pp. 50-1. Gonatas naviculator, Stoliczka, 1873, pp. 157-8. Gonatas naviculator, Kirsch, 1877b, p. 141. Gonatas naviculator, Kuwert, 1891, p. 160. Gonatas naviculator, Kuwert, 1808, p. 315. (Gonatus naviculator, Arrow, 1907, P- 445.) Localities :— Java. Philippines. Moluccas: Batchian; Ceram; Amboina. Papuan Islands: New Guinea—Dore. 302 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yo COLE, Mafoor. Mysore. Jobi. Australia. [*Gonatas altidens, Heller. | Gonatas altidens, Heller, 1910, pp. 15-16, pl. I, fig. 13. Locality :— New Guinea, c. 3000. Subfamily LEPTAULACINAE, This subfamily occurs throughout the tropical parts of the Indo-Australian region. Genus LEPTAULAX, Kaup, 1868. incl. Leptaulacides, Zang, 1905. The characters used by Kuwert in his tables, especially those by which he divided the genus up into groups, have unfortunately proved to have, for the most part, no taxonomic value whatever. After eliminating the characters which are either worthless or of varietal value only, very little is left. In the following list I have grouped as best I can, with the help of the little that does remain, the names of such species as I am unable to recognize, under the names of such as appear to be distinct ; but in places the process has been little better than guess-work. Fortunately the principal zoogeographical results of this process are free from the doubts to which the synonymmy must remain open, as most of the synonyms fall under the names of L. dentatus ot L. bicolor, both of them species of whose wide distribution and variability there is abundant proof of quite a definite nature. The subfamily Leptaulacinae is found in all parts of the Indo-Australian region inhabited by Passalidae. Leptaulax beccarii, Kuwert. Leplauiax beccarii, Kuwert, 1891, p. 180. Leptaulax Ÿ beccarii, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 294-5. Leptaulax Ÿ humerosus [part], Zang, 19054, p. 112. Leptaulax Ÿ beccarii, Gravely, above, p. 251. Locality :— Sumatra. Leptaulax humerosus, Kuwert. Leptaulax humerosus, Kuwert, 1891, p. 189. Leptaulax humerosus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 289 and 294. Leptaulax humerosus, Zang, 1904), p. 185. Leptaulax Ÿ humerosus [part], Zang, 19054, p. 112. Leptaulax humerosus, Gravely, above, pp. 251-252, pl. xiii, fig. 51 Localities : — Sumatran Islands: Sumatra—Battak and Solok Mountains. Nias. Java: Tengger Mt.; Ardjoeno; and an unrecorded locality at an altitude of 5000 ft. Borneo: Sarawak—Kuching; 10 miles south of Kuching. IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 303 Leptaulax anna, Zang. Leptaulax + anna, Zang, !905a, p. 316. Locality : — Sumbawa. Leptaulax timoriensis (Percheron). Passalus timoriensis, Percheron, 1841, pp. 19-21, pl. Ixxviii, fie. 1. (Leptaulax timoriensis [part], Wystman, 1884, p. 332.) ?? Leptaulax dentatus var. Timorensis, Schaufuss, 1885, pp. 116-7. Leptaulax Ÿ glabricollis, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 293-4. Leptaulax timoriensis, Zang, 1905c, p. 223. Locality :— Timor. Leptaulax dentatus (Fabricius). Passalus dentatus, Fabricius, 1792, p 241. Passalus dentatus, Fabricius, 1801, p. 256. Passalus dentatus, Weber, 1801, p. 82-3. Passalus quadridentatus, 1826, Sturm, p. 182. Passalus dentatus, Percheron, 1835, pp. 66-7, pl. v, fig. r. Passalus dentatus, Percheron, 1841, p. 21. Passalus timoriensis + dentatus, Burmeister, 1847, pp. 473 and 477-8. Passalus dentatus, Castelnau, 1850, p. 178. Passalus Timoriensis + dentatus. Smith, 1852, pp. 17 and 20. Passalus dentatus, Redtenbacher, 1867, p. 40. Passalus dentatus, Kaup, 1868a, p. 14. (Leptaulax dentatus, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969.) Leptaulax timoriensis + dentatus, Kaup, 1871, pp. 33-34. Leptaulax + dentatus + Ÿ bicolor [part] Stoliczka, 1873, p. 155. (Leptaulax timoriensis [part] + dentatus, Wystman, 1884, p. 332.) Leptaulax dentatus + ? var. Timorensis, Schaufuss, 1885, pp. 186-7. Leptaulax ? Ribhei + Saigonicus + ? Dentatus + ? var. Bornensis + ? var. Indicus + Timoriensis + Darjeilingi, Kuwert, 1891, pp. 188-190. Leptaulax ? abdominibarbatus + malitiosus + submedius + saigonicus + Tindicus + ? ab. insignis + timoriensis + exterris + Ÿ darjeelingi + Ÿ celebensis + Ÿ dentatus + mixtus + interponendus + Ÿ bor- nensis + Ÿ ribber + ? geminatus, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 293-300. Leptaulax + malitiosus, Zang, 1904b, p. 185 Leptaulax Ÿ tonkinensis + | humerosus [part], Zang 1905a, pp. 102-4 and 112. Leptaulax dentatus, Gravely, IQI4a, p. 31. Leptaulax + dentatus + var. Ÿ glabriventris, Gravely, above, pp. 252-255, pl. xiii, fig. 52-524. This species is so common, so widely distributed, and so variable that it is not sur- prising to find that isolated colonies or individuals have received a number of different specific names It is impossible to be sure from Kuwert’s description alone where L. abdomini- barbatus should be placed. The three Bornean specimens that I have identified as his L. ambarbis from Borneo, agree, however, with his description of that species per- fectly as far as it goes; and the essential characters in which L. anibarbis differs from L. abdominibarbatus are just those in which the specimens I have identified as 304 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. MVorSE L. anibarbis differ from L. dentatus.' Kuwert’s descriptions of L. rıbbei and L. gemmi- natus leave it uncertain whether the specimens from which they were drawn up belong to L. dentatus or to L. novaeguineae, but as they are both larger than the latter species is known to become they probably belong to the former. A specimen determined by Kuwert as the former species, which I saw in Berlin, confirms this suggestion. It is possible that L. dentatus var. glabriventris may be identical with one or more of the forms described by Kuwert, but as there is no indication of this in any of the descriptions I have been compelled to adopt a new name for it. Localities :— Madras Presidency: Nr. Vizagapatam. ?W. Himalayas: Mussoorie. E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District. Buxa. Bhutan. Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley ; Burroi (base of hills); Harmutti (base of hills). Abor Country—Kobo, 400 ft.; Janakmukh, 600 ft.; Rotung, 1300-1400 ft.; Upper Rotung, 2000 ft.; Renging to Rotung, 2600 ft.; Kalek, 3800 ft. Mishmi country—Beside the La-ai, a tributary of the Kalem River. Assam: Kochugarh, Goalpara District; Chaduar; Sibsagar; Dunsiri Valley ; Silonbari, base of N. Lakhimpur Hills; E. Cachar. Chittagong Hill Tracts: Kapti. China. Formosa: Kosempo; Chikutoge; Taihorin; Taihorinsho; Hoozan; Fuhosho ; Polisha ; Chip-Chip ; Sokutsu, Banshoryo Dist.; Suishfryo. Lower Burma: Pegu. Tenasserim—Kawkareik, Amherst District, c. 300 ft.; Misty Hollow to Thingannyinaung, Dawna Hills, Amherst District, various altitudes between goo and 2500 ft.; Tavoy ; Mergui. Andaman Islands. : | French Indo-China: Tonkin—Mt. Mausson, 2000-3000 ft. Cochin China— Saigon. Malay Peninsula: Perak; Johore ; Singapore. Sumatran Islands: Sumatra; Nias. Java: Ardjoeno. Borneo: Matang ; Kuching. Philippines: ? Mindanao. Sumbawa’. ' It appears from the collection of the Deutsches Entomologisches Museum, that Zang applied the name abdominibarbatus to a form of L. bicolor which I am unable to recognize as distinct. * There are specimens from this island in the Hamburg Museum. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 305 Celebes. Amboina. New Guinea. Australia. Many of the recent records of this species east of Wallace’s line are appended to descriptions that may refer either to it or to L. novaeguineae; so it may ultimately prove to be rarer and less widely distributed there than is indicated by the evidence at present available. The occurrence of any species of the genus in Guada- loup Island or Brazil seems so improbable that these two records (made by Fabricius and Kuwert respectively) have been omitted from the above list. Concerning the Mussoorie record see above, p. 254. Leptaulax cyclotaenius, Kuwert. Leptaulax cyclotaenius, Kuwert, 1801, p. 188. Leptaulax himalayae + cyclotaenius + + angustifrons, Kuwert 1898, pp. 285-6. Leptaulax Ÿ cyclotaenius + subsp. f himalayae, Gravely, above, pp. 255-256, pl. xiii, fig. 53. This species is very near the last, and may prove to be nothing more than a variety of it. Kuwert’s description of L. angustifrons contains not even a hint of the position of the form to which he applied this name. I have, however, seen a specimen identi- fied by Kuwert as L. angustifrons, and found it to be L. cyclotaenius, s. str. Localities :— I. L. CYCLOTAENIUS, Kuwert, s. str. Malay Peninsula : Johore ; Perak; Singapore. Sumatran Islands : Sinkep. Borneo : Sarawak—Kuching ; Braang; Matang Road (near Kuching); Mt. Penrissen. 2. Sub-sp. HIMALAYAE, Kuwert. E. Himalayas: Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley. Abor Country : Renging, 2150 ft. ; Upper Renging, 2150 ft. Tonkin: Mt. Manson 2000-3000 ft.! Leptaulax macassariensis, Schaufuss. Leptaulax Macassariensis, Schaufuss, 1885, p. 186. Leptaulax Macassariensis. Kuwert, 1891, p. 189. Leptaulax macassariensis + papua + anibarbis, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 291 and 293. Leptaulax macassariensis subsp. } anibarbis, Gravely, above, p. 256, pl. xiii, fig. 5 . The Bornean species which I have identified as L. anıbarbis, Kuwert, agrees with Kuwert's description of that species as far as it goes, and does not appear to differ from L. macassariensis or L. papua in any constant character. The inner margin of the lateral area of the metasternum is slightly straighter in one of the specimens before me than in the other two, making the area appear slightly narrower ! There is a specimen from this locality in Berlin. 306 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor 1000, behind ; but the difference is quite a trivial one. A difference in the widths of these areas appears to be the only character in the least degree likely to be of importance between L. macassariensis and L. papua as described by Kuwert. Localities :— I. L. MACASSARIENSIS, Kuwert, s. str. South Celebes : Macassar. New Guinea. 2. subsp. ANIBARBIS, Kuwert. Borneo : Sarawak. Leptaulax anipunctus (Zang). Leptaulacides + anipunctus, Zang, 19054, pp. 234-5. Leptaulax + anipunctus, Gravely, above, pp. 256-257, pl. xiii, fig. 55. Localities : — Assam. Burmo-Chinese Frontier : Sansi Gorge, 6000—8000 ft. Upper Burma: Catchin Cauri.! |* Leptaulax novaeguineae, Kuwert. | Leptaulax Novaeguineae + ? consequens, Kuwert, 1891, pp. 188-9. Leptaulax novaeguineae + ab. morator + hansemanni +? consequens, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 287-300. The principal differences between L. novaeguineae and L. hansemanni, as des- cribed by Kuwert, seem to be that the pronotum is somewhat less and the inter- mediate areas of the metasternum are somewhat more extensively punctured in the former than in the latter; I do not think that these differences are very likely to prove constant. It is impossible to tell with certainty from the structural characters mentioned in Kuwert’s descriptions whether L. batchianae, cicatrosus and consequens differ in any constant character either from this species or from L. bicolor ; or whether rıbbei and geminatus differ in any constant character either from this species or from L. dentatus. But the two last are much larger than any known specimen of L. novaeguineae or of any of the forms I have identified with it ; so for the present their names are best associated with that of L. dentatus. I have moreover, seen specimens identified by Kuwert as L. batchianae and L. cicatrosus, all of which appeared to me to be L. bicolor ; while a specimen identified by him as L. ribbei was L. dentatus. It is possible, I think, that all the forms here grouped together as L. novaeguineae, may ultimately prove to be identical with one or other of the dominant forms dentatus and bicolor. Localities : — ? Batchian (L. consequens). New Guinea. ! There is a specimen from this locality in the Kel. Zool. Museum in Berlin. IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 307 [* Leptaulax obtusidens, Kuwert.] Leptaulax obtusidens, Kuwert, 1891, p. 188. Leptaulax obtusidens, Kuwert, 1898, p. 292. This species is perhaps only a variety of the last. Locality :— New Guinea. [Leptaulax glaber (Kirsch). | Trichostigmus glaber, Kirsch, 1877), pp. 139-140. (Trichostigmus glaber, Wytsman, 1884, p. 331.) Leptaulax glaber, Kuwert, 1801, p. 188. Leptaulax glaber, Kuwert, 1898, p. 292. Leptaulacides Ÿ glaber, Zang, 1905c, pp. 227-8. Leptaulacides Ÿ glaber + + pulchellus, Arrow, 1907, pp. 466-7. L. pulchellus from New Guinea is apparently a distinct variety, for Arrow was able to compare his type with several specimens of the typical glaber. As all he actu- ally saw of the latter were collected by Wallace in Batchian, however, their unifor- mity may have been due to their being all from a single colony, and a direct com- parison of these and of the type of L. pulchellus with the type of L. glaber from Jobi is much to be desired. Localities :— Molluccas: Batchian. Papuan Islands: New Guinea; Jobi. Leptaulax bicolor (Fabricius). Passalus bicolor, Fabricius, 1801, p. 256. * Passalus bicolor, Schönherr, 1896-17. Passalus bicolor, Percheron, 1835. pp. 69-70; pl. v, fig. 3. * Passalus bicolor + innocuus, Dejean, 1837, p. 195. Passalus bicolor, Percheron, 1841, p. 21. Passalus vicinus, Hope in Percheron, 1844, p. II. Passalus bicoloy + vicinus, Burmeister, 1847. pp. 478-9. (Passalus bicolor + vicinus, Smith, 1852, pp. 17 and 20.) Leptaulax Eschscholtz + bicolor, Kaup, 1868a, pp. 14 and 16. Leptaulax bicolor [part] + Eschscholtzi, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 969. Leptaulax Eschscholtzi + bicolor, Kaup, 187T, pp. 323. Leptaulax Ÿ bicolor [part], Stoliczka, 1873, p. 155. Leplaulax bicolor, Kirsch, 1877b, p. 140. (Leptaulax Eschscholtzi + bicolor [part], Wystman, 1884, p. 332.) Leptaulax bicolor, Schaufuss, 1885, p. 186. Leptaulax Manillae + Malaccae + ? Consequens + Ÿ Balchias:ae + Bicolor + Ÿ Cicatrosus + Abdomini- sculptus + Differentispina + Incipiens + Eschscholtzii + Aurivillii + Separandus,! + vats. Medius and Maxillonotus, Kuwert, 1891, pp. 188-190. | Since drawing up this synonymy I have seen a specimen determined by Kuwert as L. separandus and found it to be L. dentatus, not L. bicolor. As this is the only instance in which I have not found 308 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Mor The Leptaulax + malaccae + manillae + dindigalensis + + batchianae + Ÿ roepstorfi [part] + Ÿ cicatrosus + ? consequens + + subsequens + Ÿ bicolor [part] + insipiens + sumalrae + Ÿ calcuttae + abdomini- sculptus + + geminus + sequens + Ÿ niae + Ÿ eschscholtzi + aurivilli + tenasserimensis + evidens + { differentispina + sebarandus! + maxillonotus + medius + ab. divaricatus, Kuwert, 1808, pp. 286-300. Leptaulacides + rugulosus + Ÿ Fruhstorferi + T Eschscholtz + + barbicauda + Ÿ Andamanarum + Tpala- wanicus + + anaulax + + Nietneri, Zang, 1905a, pp. 100-2, 106-9, 164-7, 232-4, 235-6, 246-7. Leptaulacides vicinus, Arrow, 1907, p. 445. Leptaulacides + papauanus + T analis, Zang, Igo6b. Leptaulax Ÿ bicolor, Gravely, 191 4a, p. 31. Leptaulax Ÿ bicolor + var. f vicinus, Gravely, above, pp. 257-259, pl. xili, figs. 56-56a. Kuwert’s descriptions of L. dindigalensis and L. consequens agree as well with the characters of L. novaeguineae as with those of the present species ; zoogeographi- cal considerations, however, seem to preclude the possibility of the identity of the former with that species. The best reason for placing many of Kuwert’s species here rather than under L. dentatus is a purely negative one—the absence of any reference to the great width of the lateral punctured grooves of the elytra that is such a conspicuous feature of L. dentatus and its allies. This, however, is a character which Kuwert is not likely to have omitted when it was present’ ; and I do not think that the long list of synonyms that has resulted from the procedure is bigger than was to be expected in view of the extraordinary variability of the specimens which I have been compelled to regard, for the present at least, as belonging to the single species, L. bicolor, with one variety, vicinus. It is of course possible that some of the names given above as synonyms may in reality apply to distinct species, sub-species or varieties; but I do not think this will ever be settled without reference to Kuwert’s types, and until some one is able to approach the question with a far bigger and more representative collection of the genus than I have had to deal with, when it is possible that some of the above names may have to be revived. To attempt to distinguish such now would, I am convinced, only throw into yet greater confusion the nomenclature of this already complicated genus. It is not at all surprising that Zang, using to a large extent the same characters that Kuwert had regarded as of importance, should have described a number of new species from specimens, many of which are unique or from a single collection from a single locality and so very likely from a single colony. the synonymy adopted here confirmed by such specimens determined by Kuwert as I have since seen, and as Kuwert’s inability to recognize his own species a second time is shown by his having applied the name L. roepstorfi, to specimens of what I take to be this species and to specimens of L. bicolor in differ. ent boxes belonging to a single collection, I prefer in the absence of the type, to leave the name separandus provisionally in the place in which his description renders it most probable that it ought to go. | See footnote on previous page. 2 It should, however, be pointed out here that this character is not equally strongly developed in ail specimens of L. dentatus ; and I find that Zang has identified specimens of this species in which the punctures in these grooves are so little elongated as to remain almost round, with Kuwert’s L. maxillonolus aud medius, names which appear in the above list as synonyms of L. bicolor. 1014.| F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 309 Localities : — Ceylon : Central Province—Ganiduwa ; Dimbula ; Pundaloya. Madras Presidency : Nilgiri Hills—Karkur Ghat, 1500 ft. ; Nadgam, 2500 ft.; ' Madura; Dindigal. ? Bengal: Calcutta. E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District. Daffla Hills—Dikrang Valley. Abor Country—Janahmukh, 600 ft. Assam: Dunsiri walley ; Silonbari, base of N. Lakhimpur Hills; Naga Hills. Lower Burma : Hanthawadi District of Pegu—Rangoon. Amherst District of Tenasserim— Between Sukli and Misty Hollow, Dawna Hills, 2100-2500 ft. ; Moulmein. Andamans. Nicobars. Formosa: Kosempo; Polisha. Siam. Tonkin : Than-Moi ; Mt. Mauson, 2000-3000 ft. Cambodia. Malay Peninsula. Sumatran Islands: Sumatra ; Sinkep ; Nias. Java, 4,000 ft. Borneo : Sarawak—Kuching ; Matang Road; 4th mile, Rock Road ; Lingga (on the Batang Lupar River). British N. Borneo.—Mt. Kina-Balu. Philippines : Manilla; S. Palawan. S. Celebes. Moluccas : Batchian. Papuan Islands : New Guinea ; Jobi. Australia. I have omitted from the above list of localities Kuwert’s “ ? Old Calabar,’’ as it is almost certainly incorrect. His Calcutta specimens probably came from some collection here, or from imported timber, as no Passalids seem to live anywhere in the Indo-Gangetic Plain. ) Leptaulax roepstorfi, Kuwert. Leptaulax Ÿ planus [part], Stoliczka, 1873, p. 155. Leptaulax + roepstorf [part] + planicollis, Kuwert, 1898, pp. 288-290. Leptaulax Ÿ roepstorfi, Gravely, above, p. 260, pl. xiii, fig. 57. Localities :— ? Bengal : Calcutta. E. Himalayas: Abor County—Yambung, 1100 ft. ; Rotung, 1400 ft. Lower Burma: Tenasserim—Misty Hollow, W. side of Dawna Hills, Amherst District, e 2200 ft. , Tavoy. Andamans. 310 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. or 100% Leptaulax planus (Illiger). Passalus planus, Illiger, 1800, p. 104. (Leptaulax bicolor [part], Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 960.) Leptaulax + planus [part], Stoliczka, 1873, p. 155. (Leptaulax bicolor [part], Wytsman, 1884, p. 332.) (Leptaulax planus [part], Kuwert, 1891, p. 188.) Leptaulax Ÿ planus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 285. Leptaulacides + planus, Zang, 1904), p. 185. Leptaulax + planus, Gravely, above, pp. 260-261, pl. xiii, fig. 58. Localities : — Lower Burma : Tenasserim—Tavoy. Malay Peninsula ; Johore. Sumatran Islands: N. E. Sumatra—Serdang. eva Sinkep Island. Borneo : Sarawak—Kuching ; Mujang ; Sadong ; Matang Road; Paku. Genus TRICHOSTIGMUS, Kaup. This genus appears to be restricted to Celebes and the Philippines. Trichostigmus thoreyi, Kaup. Leptaulax Thoreyi, Kaup, 1868a, pp. 13-14. (Leptaulax Thoreyi, Gemminger and Harold, 1868, p. 970.) Trichostigmus Thoreyi, Kaup, 187I, p. 31. (Trichostigmus Thoreyi, Wystman, 1884, p. 331.) (Trichostigmus Thoreyi, Kuwert, 1891, p. 187.)' Trichostigmus Thoreyi, Kuwert, 1898, p. 283. Trichostigmus + thoreyi, Gravely, above, p. 261. Locality :— Philippine Islands: Middle Luzon.' [Trichostigmus ursulus (Schaufuss).] Leptaulax Ÿ ursulus, Schaufuss, 1885, p. 187. Trichostigmus Ursulus, Kuwert. 1891, p. 187. Trichostigmus ursulus, Kuwert, 1898, p. 283. = Locality :— South Celebes (according to the labels on the type specimens; Schaufuss gives no definite record): ZOOGCEOGRAPENMCAMENRE SUIS The above summary of our present knowledge of the geographical distribution of the Oriental genera of Passalidae, shows that the family occurs in the Oriental region chiefly in the neighbourhood of hills. There are one or two records of speci- mens coming from Calcutta, but as these are the only records from any part of the Gangetic Plain, they may safely be regarded as records of the place from which speci- mens were dispatched after having been caught elsewhere. Geographically, there- fore, the species found in the Indian Peninsula are at least as widely separated from ! There is a specimen from this locality in the Hamburg Museum collection. 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. au those found in the Himalayas, Assam, Burma afid the Malay Peninsula as from those found in Ceylon. Further, no Passalids are known from the dry hills of the Deccan or from the northern parts of the Western Ghats ; and in the Himalayas only one species appears to extend further west than the Darjeeling District, this being Ophrygonius cantori which has been recorded from the Dehra Dun District. There does not appear to be much to be learnt from the distribution of the subfamilies in which asymmetry does not occur. Of these the Aulacocyclinae are at present centred towards the east of the Indo- Australian area; but the occurrence of a species of Aulacocyclus in the Indian Penin- sula suggests that the subfamily may once have been commoner towards the west, and some of the genera more widely distributed, than is now the case. The genus Ceracupes is intermediate between the aberrant Chinese and Japanese genera Cylin- drocaulus and Auritulus on the one hand, and the rest of the subfamily on the other, not only in certain structural peculiarities, but also in locality. The Pleurariinae occur only in the Indian Peninsula and Sumatra—a dis- continuous distribution which also suggests that the subfamily formerly occupied a more extensive area. The most curious features in the distribution of the Macrolininae are their absence, so far as is known, from the Indian Peninsula, which contrasts strangely with their abundance in all other parts of the Oriental Region, including Ceylon ; and their occurrence outside the Oriental Region only in Celebes. The Leptaulacinae appear to be much rarer in the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon (from which countries only the two commonest and most widely distributed species are known) than in any other part of the Oriental Region.' The distribution of the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae, in which asymmetrical forms occur, is of much greater interest. The former subfamily occurs, usually in abundance, in all parts of the Oriental Region where any Passalids at all are to be found, excèpt the Andamans and Nicobars. The distribution of the different genera belonging to it is peculiar. In Ceylon we find the somewhat rare symmetrical species Episphenus moorei, which does not appear to live gregariously as only isolated examples ever seem to have been found; and the slightly asymmetrical, abundant, gregarious, and highly variable species Episphenus comptonm. In the Indian Peninsula we find two almost equally common but more markedly asymmetrical species of Episphenus, E. indicus, and E. neel- gherriensis. The former has the anterior angles of the head prominent, and resembles Epis»henus comp om in its gregarious habits and its great variability in size: while the latter has the anterior angles of the head obtuse and not at all prominent, and resembles what little we know of the species of E. moore: in its less markedly gregarious habits and in that all specimens are of an approximately uniform size. On the other side of the Gangetic Plain the symmetrical genus, Tiberioides, is found, as a rarity, in the north only. Throughout the whole of the E. Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Siam, Indo-China, the Malay Peninsula, and the Sunda and Philippine ! See also below, p. 330. 312 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. YO 2007, Islands we find the genus Aceratius, of which one species, A. grandis, resembles Epis- phenus comptoni and Episphenus indicus in its gregarious habits and its wide range of variability, resembling or rather exceeding the latter in the prominence of the anterior angles of its head, and resembling the former (if not the latter also) in being the most markedly asymmetrical species found in the region which it inhabits. Finally, in the greater part, if not the whole of this area, we find the genus Ophrygonius, Daran less common, and nearly related to the genus Aceraius. It will be noticed that whenever one species is markedly more abundant than any of its allies inhabiting the same region, it is always found to be much more vari- able than them in size, and to be more markedly asymmetrical, in addition to which it may have the anterior angles of the head more prominent. Now asymmetry, and the prominence of the anterior angles of the head, are both of them peculiar characters which probably imply a high degree of specialization in their possessor ; from which it will be seen that the dominant species of the sub-family Aceratinae, in Ceylon and in the continental area east of the mouths of the Ganges, is in each case apparently the most highly specialized species of the sub-family found there, as well as being the most variable in size, and always gregarious in its habits. And it may be inferred that Episphenus indicus, which differs from E. neelgherriensis in having the anterior angles of the head prominent, in its very variable size, and in its somewhat more markedly gregarious habits, either is, or is likely to become, the dominant species of the subfamily in the Indian Peninsula, although at present it does not appear to be markedly more common than E. neelgherriensis. The curious processes of the canthus in Aceraius occulidens suggest that this species, which is very closely allied to A. grandis,is perhaps even more highly special- ized. If this is the case the former will presumably oust the latter, in due course, from its position as the dominant species of the genus. But it is also possible that the higher specialization indicated by these processes is not of an advantageous char- acter, in which case A. grandis may be expected to hold its own until the appearance of some form better fitted to succeed it. To explain the distribution of the Aceraiinae one must suppose that a migration of more and more highly specialized forms has taken place from the east towards the head of the Bay of Bengal and then south-westwards towards Ceylon.' With the exception of the one symmetrical genus Tiberioides, which has been able to hold its own in the Eastern Himalayas and the far east of Assam, the symmetrical or very slightly asymmetrical forms have been driven into Ceylon. There they have been cut - off from further aggression, and so have been able to perpetuate their race, and even to produce one species, Episphenus compton, having all the biological and morphological characteristics of a dominant form except perhaps as regards the anterior angles of the head. Similarly the Indian Peninsula forms of the genus Episphenus, both of them more strongly asymmetrical than either of the Ceylon forms, but with the ! The possibility of He migration having taken Des in a reverse direction, the degree of sraceitea- tion increasing in response to a fresh environment, is precluded by the occurrence of species allied to Episphenus moorei in Australia (see below, Pp. 315). 1014.| F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 313 lowest terminal tooth still well developed on both mandibles and the anterior angles of the head even when prominent not asymmetrical, have been driven beyond the Gangetic Plain ; but one of them has developed all the characteristics of a dominant form, except perhaps a higher degree of asymmetry than its allied competitor, although this competitor is still quite common. In the genera Ophrygonius and Aceraius, which inhabit the Oriental Region west of the Bay of Bengal, Aceraius grandıs has alone developed all the characteristics of a dominant form. It is more abundant than any other species of either genus; its distribution is wider; and, with the exception of A. occulidens, it is structurally the most highly specialized member of the whole subfamily. It seems likely, moreover, to be the progenitor of two species, now apparently in course of evolution, one in the south and the other in the north, to which the names A. grandis, s. str. {with rectidens as a variety) and A. grandis sub-sp. hirsutus, have respectively been applied above. The genus Aceraius is so completely united by transitional forms to the genus Ophrygomus, as to render its origin therefrom almost certain. In Ophrygonius, although the anterior margin of the head is asymmetrical the mandibles are sym- metrical; whereas in all except a few (transitional) species of the genus Aceraius, the mandibles are also markedly asymmetrical; so it is quite in keeping with what has been said above of the great abundance of the most highly specialized species found in different parts of the Oriental Region, to find that the genus Aceraius is much more abundant than the genus Ophrygonius both as regards individuals and number of species; and that the somewhat isolated and symmetrical genus Tiberiordes, which occurs only in the northern portion of the area inhabited by these genera, is less abundant than either. Many of these facts are illustrated and compared with similar ones relating to the Gnapholocneminae in text-fig. 7 (p. 314). Although Palk Strait and the Gangetic Plain appear to have influenced the dis- tribution of the Aceraiinae in a much more striking manner than has the line separat- ing continental Asia from the East Indian Archipelago {including the Malay Penin- sula), the influence of this line can also be seen. Aceraius grandts is the only species of the subfamily found on both sides of this line. The northern and southern races of this species occur one on each side of this line towards the west; but further east the northern race has established itself not only in Hainan and Formosa, but also in the Philippine Islands, whose fauna should presumably be allied rather to that of the Archipelago, and from which two representatives of this fauna—Aceraius laevicollis and Aceraius borneanus—have already been recorded. The Gnaphalocneminae, most of which are asymmetrical, appear to hold much the same position in the fauna ofthe islands east of the Straits of Macassar as the Aceraiinae do in the countries west of it. But this zoogeographical boundary has not offered the same difficulties to their migration, as it has to that of the Aceraiinae; for one whole group of Gnaphalocneminae is found in, and perhaps confined to, the Oriental Region; and at least one species of the genus Gonatas occurs in the Sunda Islands! ! G. germari and naviculator have been recorded; but all the specimens I have seen labelled with either of these names appear to me to belong to a single species. - 314 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yo, JO0C, CELEBES TO NEW CALEDONIA E.HIMALAYAS BORNE MAO pe Xe VICK) ~~” GNAPHALOCNEMIS f GORE A | GONATAS, | OME GARIUS (part). N \ \ )\ (y) 19 (a6 N NIZE EPISPHENUS INDICU SEO ' PELOPIDES.' : PLESTHENUS. N AS Sl | EPISPHENUS NEELGHERRIENSIS. N 1 ( (@ |) LR) LAN A TR So IE) I LS I \ OMEGARIUS (pa: ANALACHES, Faite PART). | CETEUJUS, ARARELS ; ASYMMETRICAL SPP. MALAYSIA | [ANALACHES, CETEUJUS, AYÉERCPESTNENC : P. es Re MN en, OPHRYGONIUS. EPISPHENUS COMPTONI. N J - Ke) ee CEYLON || AUSTRALIA i PHAROCHILUS \ | MASTOCHILUS | EPISPHENOIDES. D Bagchi, del, TEXT-FIGURE 7. Diagram illustrating the evolution of the different types of asymmetry found in the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae, as far as this can be done by reference to known genera, all of which are recent; and illustrating the geographical distribution of these genera. The only known exceptions to the distribution as shown here are:—(I) a species of Episphenoides which lives in New Guinea instead of Australia; (2) one or two species of Gonatas which occur in the Sunda Islands; (3) a species of Gnaphalocnemis which has been recorded from Amboina; and (4) the genus Plesthenus, whose anomalous distribution (in Australia and Celebes) calls for further study. The genus Kaupioloides is in some ways intermediate between the Australian genera and Cetejus-Analaches from New Guinea, in which position it is placed here. The head is, however, less perfectly symmetrical than in some species of the latter pair of genera; and its metasternum suggests the possibility of a closer relationship with Protomocoelus than is here indi- cated. The particular structures whose various modifications the diagram is designed to illustrate are shown by thickened lines. The figure of Plesthenus is from Kaup; those of Pelopides and Tatius are from Kuwert; that of Aurelius is partly from Kuwert, partly from memory; and that of the sym- metrical species of Cetejus-Analaches entirely from memory. 1914.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 315 The general nature of the evolution and distribution of this subfamily, together with that of the Aceraiinae, is shown in the accompanying figure {text-fig. 7). From this it will be seen that the forms of Gnaphalocneminae which come nearest to the most primitive of the Aceraiinae'—Episphenus moore: from Ceylon—are Australian ; so it seems that in the Gnaphalocneminae also, the most primitive forms have been replaced by more highly specialized ones in the central parts of the Indo-Australian area, but have survived where they are cut off from aggression by some geographical barrier which the latter have as yet been unable to cross. The only simple and symmetrical forms of Gnaphalocneminae found outside Australia are: (I) a single species—bectinigera, Heller—from New Guinea, of the other- wise purely Australian genus Episphenoides; and, (2) a few species of the closely allied genera Cetejus and Analaches. All the remaining extra-Australian symmetrical species are specialized in other ways. For instance, in the whole of the Hyperplesthenus group of genera, no member of which is very highly asymmetrical, and some of which are perfectly symmetrical, the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum are fused ; and in addition, the central tubercle of Aurelius, and the antennae of Labienus, are of somewhat unusual form. A comparsion of the geographical distribution of the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalo- cneminae with that of the Arachnid family Thelyphonidae, is not without interest. The Passalidae and Thelyphonidae (of the Oriental Region at least) inhabit the damp jungles of more or less hilly country ; both families are absent from the Gangetic Plain ; and in India the northwestern boundary of the geographical range of both is approxi- mately the same, being dependent in both cases probably on climatic conditions. Finally, in the Thelyphonidae, as in the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae, we have a structural index to the degree of specialization found in different species, and find that species are most numerous and most highly specialized in the neighbourhood of Borneo and Celebes, and less numerous and less highly specialized the further one goes from these islands in any direction.” This seems to indicate a radial pressure of highly specialized on less specialized forms, resulting in a radial migration, one line of which especially—that in a westerly direction—follows very much the same course as appears to have been followed by the advance of more and more highly specialized forms of the Passalidae now under consideration. The fact that this type of distribution is found in two such widely separated groups of Arthropods suggests that it may occur in a number of other groups also. And the peculiar richness of the fauna of the Malay Archipelago, which has long been known, and has contributed largely to the advancement of the hypothesis that insular conditions favour the rapid evolution of species, is evidence in favour of this sug- gestion. But when, as appears to be the case in the beetles now under discussion, ' Episphenus moore: appears to be more primitive than any species of the genus Tiberioides. For the latter, although equally symmetrical, differ from all other species of the subfamily in having the frontal tubercles less widely separated, and so probably form a divergent line of descent (see diagram). * See J.A.S.B. (N.S.) VII (1911), Proceedings, pp. cxxiii-cxxv. 310 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Yo, 1091, the more highly specialized species have been able to establish themselves on all the islands on one side or other of ‘‘ Walllace’s Line’’ and even in a few instances (Gonatas spp. and perhaps Gnaphalocnemis tridens) to establish themselves on both sides of this important boundary, it is difficult to see why more of them have not been able to cross it, and why Palk Strait and Torres Strait should have formed such serious obstacles to migration. 7. APPENDIX I.—A REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF THE ACERATINAE. In the key to the genera of Aceraiinae given on pp. 196-7 of the present paper the genera Basilianus, Ophrygonius, and Aceraius were defined in accor- dance with the views that had previously found general acceptance. Since that part of the paper went to the press, however, certain new species (all of them described above) have been submitted to me, which completely bridge the gaps between these three genera as there defined. I have therefore been compelled to reconsider the limits of the genera, and to adopt definitions more like those used in redefining the genera of Gnaphalocneminae (above, pp. 199-203). Indeed, the general course of evolution followed by the subfamilies Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae respectively has proved to be very much the same (see diagram, p. 314); and the characters by which the Aceraiinae are distinguished from the Gnaphalocneminae as a whole, are probably of no greater importance than those by which certain groups of the latter subfamily are distinguished from one another. The majority of the genera of Gnaphalocneminae were known to me only through Kuwert’s descriptions until after the outlines of the classification adopted above had been irrevocably fixed so far as this paper is concerned. Otherwise I would have reversed the positions of the Aceraiinae and Macrolininae, merging the former in the Gnaphalocneminae as the Aceraius group. Not only do the genera basitlianus (old sense), Ophrygonius and Aceraius grade one into another, but the genera Episphenus, Chilomazus, and Basilianus do so also; for Chilomazus compton: is even more variable than I at first supposed, and besides including specimens hardly more distinctly asymmetrical than Episphenus moorei, contains forms whose asymmetry is almost as great as that of the genus Basılianus, which they somewhat resemble in the structure of the anterior margin of the head. Turning now to the structure of the mandibles in these three genera, the extent to which the dentition of the right mandible is reduced in any species is found to be correlated with the extent of the asymmetry of the head, in all cases except that of Basilianus cantori, a species in which the head is highly asymmetrical, but the mandibles scarcely more so than in the symmetrical species Episphenus mooreı. In this it resembles Ophrygonius inaequalis, with which it is further connected, both stucturally and zoogeographically, by certain of the new species already referred to. The gap hitherto supposed to exist between Basilianus cantori and the genus Aceraius has likewise been filled; and the greatest gap that now remains in the Aceraiinae is that between Basilianus cantori from the Himalayas and Assam, and the species from 1014.| F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. SZ the Indian Peninsula with which it has hitherto been associated. In view of which I have found it necessary to transfer B. cantori to the genus Ophrygonius. The monospecific genus Chrlomazus is almost as closely related to the monospecific genus Episphenus on the one hand, and to the genus Basilianus on the other, as are the species Basilianus neelgherriensis and B. indicus to one another. Consequently, as a genus consisting of only four species cannot be regarded as inconveniently large, it seems best to unite all the species of Aceraiinae found in Ceylon and the Indian Peninsula in a single genus, for which the name Episphenus must be retained. The range of degrees of asymmetry found in this genus is very little greater than that found in each of the genera Cetejus and Analaches. The species of Aceraiinae found on the other side of the Gangetic Plain are, however, much more numerous; and, although transitional forms exist, the majority either have almost symmetrical mandibles, or have both the lowest terminal and anterior lower teeth on the right side quite rudimentary, the former tooth being normal and the latter enlarged on the left side. The genus Ophrygonius must therefore be defined so as to include all species of the former class, and the genus Aceraius so asto include all species of the latter. The latter genus appears to have been derived from the former in at least two different ways; for the transitional species described above under the names Ophry- gonius singapurae and Aceraius wallacei seem to be allied to quite a different section of the genus Aceraius from that to which the transitional forms Aceraius aequidens and A. minor are allied. Definitions, based on the structure of the mandibles, could be framed so as to include any of these four species in either genus; so I have thought it best to follow accepted definitions as far as possible, and to use the presence or absence of hair on the sides of the elytra as the crucial test, although Acerarus wallacei is transitional in this respect also, being much less hairy than most of the species belonging to the genus in which I have had to place it. Four genera of Aceraiinae may then be recognized. They can be distinguished from one another as follows :— Inner tubercles separated by a space 4--1 as long as that | separating outer tubercles .. a ws . Tiberioides, Gravely, Inner tubercles separated by a space 3—I times as long as chat pp. 215 & 280. separating outer tubercles . 5 si : cé BR Bo or much larger and curved inwards, with its extremity rounded rather than truncate, and never angular on the outer side in front. Dentition complete in symmetrical species; lowest ter- minal tooth always present on both sides; right anterior lower tooth smaller than left in the more highly asymmetricalspecies. Episphenus, Kaup, Left outer tubercle always larger than right, directed more or pp- 217 & 281. less inwards, truncate distally, outer angle of truncation dis- tinct, forming a more or less forwardly directed apex to the tubercle; dentition complete, or both lowest terminal and | Leit outer tubercle acute, + little or no larger than ie. | anterior lower teeth reduced Oo 318 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. orne (A little hair present on elytra at shoulders only; dentition | always complete, left anterior lower tooth rarely enlarged. Ophrygonius, | Elytra hairy at sides also; right lowest terminal and anterior Zang, pp. 224 & 284. | lower teeth almost always rudimentary; left anterior lower ‚ tooth almost always enlarged Ss wee .. Aceraius, Kaup, U pp. 228 & 286. 8. APPENDIX II.—KEYS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF SPECIES OF ORIENTAL PASSALIDAE, In most of the following keys Oriental species only are dealt with. Of the seven genera occurring in both the Oriental and Australian Regions five (Comacupes, Macrolinus, Gnaphalocnemis |?], Leptaulax and Trichostigmus) are chiefly Oriental, and I have included all their species, basing my definitions of such as I have not seen ' on the descriptions of previous writers. The genera Aulacocyclus and Gonatas, on the other hand, are found mostly in the Australian Region, and as I am unable to give any revised definitions of their species, only the Oriental forms are included in the keys. Genus Comacupes, Kaup. Mesosternum strongly punctured all over, abdominal sterna de with at least a few hair-bearing punctures in fresh specimens.. : se se ie oa 4. Ridge joining inner cube cles closely ale to anterior margin of head either in middle or throughout .. DE ce ie 6. { Lateral grooves of elytra narrow, punctures normal i a Ss 5. \ Lateral grooves of elytra broad, punctures transversely linear M.sikkimensis, pp. 243 & 294. 1 Or the slightly larger A. perakensis (pp. 229 & 287) in which the upper margin of the left mandible is very variable and may be indistinguishable from that typical of the section of the genus to which A. laevimargo belongs. 324 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Outer tubercles slender in profile, truncate; ) inner tubercles concave ) Outer tubercles stouter and Hess bifid in foros, Hone joining inner tubercles straight ridge joining Inner tubercles situated distinctly behind anterior margin of | head 5 oe 50 er tuberclessituated on (or verticals above) auterior margin Le head Grooves of elytra coarsely punctured, lateral grooves almost as broad as intervening ridges, 7\ indeed their punctures very coarse © ooves of elytra less a punctured, lateral grooves much narrower than intervening ridges Ridge between inner tubercles convex, evenly curved through- eee anterior angles of pronotum strongly punctured : Ridge between inner tubercles straight throughout almost its | ornate length; anterior angles of pronotum unpunctured Third lamella of antennae distinctly shorter than fourth; | median groove of pronotum distinct, complete Third lamella of antennae not distinctly shorter than ciate ‘| median groove of pronotum obsolete Tip of second lamella not reaching line joining tips of first and | third when antenna is furled : Se nn Tips of all sixlamellae arranged in a straight line en antenna I furled Genus Parapelopides, Zang. Only one species, P. symmetricus, pp. 246 and 297. Genus Trapezochilus, Zang. Only one species, T. dorsalis, pp. 247 and 297. [Vor III, M. nicobaricus, pp. 241 & 294. M.andamanensis,pp. 242&294. M.crenatipennis, pp.244 & 295. 8. M.rotuntifrons, pp. 244 &205. M. waterhousei, pp. 245 &295. M. sulciperfectus, p. 296. Io. M. weberi, pp. 245 & 296. M. latipennis, pp. 245 & 206. Genus Gnaphalocnemis, Heller. Left outer tubercle consisting of a single, somewhat slender, obliquely truncate process; right outer tubercle consisting of a similar but broader and slightly bifid inner process, together with smaller pointed outer and middle processes Both tubercles consisting of three denticles more or less feel together, the middle one sometimes obsolete Lateral grooves of elytra all narrow, simply punctured Grooves 5-7 of elytra more or less broad; each containing a polished flattened band which is marked by a single row of punctures, and defined on either side by a more less distinct roughened line, with which the punctures may be to some extent confluent G. simplex, pp. 248 & 298. 2) ae G. burmeisteri, pp. 249 & 298. 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 325 Grooves 5-7 of elytra somewhat variable in width; the poste- ro part of groove 8 rarely wider than the anterior part, 3 ( never as wide as groove 7 .. .. G.monticulosus, pp. 249 & 208. | crore 5-7 of elytra always very broad the posterior part of groove 8 like them ae a ae .. G. Widens, pp. 250 & 299. It is possible that “‘ Pelopides”’ gravidus, Kuwert, whose position is uncertain, may belong to this genus. It differs from all the species included in the key in having the left outer tubercle more strongly developed than the right. Genus Gonatas, Kaup. Only two species of this genus are recorded from the Oriental Region. I have only seen one of them. Left mandible less clongated and more curved; lamellae of | antennae longer and slenderer oe Bee .. G. germari, pp. 250 & 301. I | Left mandible longer and less curved; lamellae of antennae shorter and stouter #0 ahs 56 .. G. naviculator, p. 301. -Genus Leptaulax, Kaup. dull, the sculpturing somewhat worn-looking 26 aa De DE De | Depressed surface of two or three outermost grooves of elytra N Elytra polished throughout : xe Be BR of 4. A more or less distinct polished erde formed out of each at the transverse ridges in lateral grooves of elytra I WACO AE, 006 ASE Ch BOA No such tubercles present : i Sc ie Be Pronotum flatenned, densely cel laterally, de practi- fa straight .. er 56 ae .. L. humerosus, pp. 251 & 302. Pronotum convex; punctured only in marginal groove, in and close round scars, and (usually) in anterior angles; sides dis- ee curved .. me 5e A so Lon CRUD, 303: / Inner tubercles at most twice as far from one ter as from outer tubercles; puncturing of lateral grooves of elytra some- what variable, but normally transverse to a marked degree in all species; intermediate areas of metasternum closely punctured, = unpunctured band along outer margin absent or quite narrow se a 5. 4 \ Inner tubercles at least twice as far from one another as from outer tubercles; puncturing of lateral grooves of elytra not markedly transverse; intermediate areas of metasternum often less closely punctured, and always with an unpunctured band along the outer margin 55 Inner and outer tubercles Sanne equal, the former at most twice as far from one another as from the latter a eis a 6. 5, Inner tubercles much longer thau outer, the later almost | obsolete; the former at least twice as far from one another as ee the latter os ae Fe .. L. macassariensis, pp.256 & 305. | I have no specimens of L. novaeguineae, L. obtusidens, or L. glaber before me, and cannot be cer- tain that these characters are correctly noted here in their case. Oo Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Pronotum unpunctured, except in scars and marginal grooves 6’ Sides of pronotum more or less thickly covered with strong punctures 00 f Central area of metasternum unpunctured . dentatus, pp. 252 & 303. NYSE, UCL, . imoriensis, p. 303. 7. \ At least a few strong punctures on central area of metasternum L. cyclotaenius, pp. 255 & 305. ‘Puncturing of abdominal sterna very variable; punctures, al when present, of the usual type de ne Ge oe as Q. Abdominal sterua covered all over with somewhat obscure, broad, shallow punctures .. ae hr .. L. planus, pp. 260 & 31o. f Posterior intermediate areas of metasternum punctured 50 ies BS 10. \ Posterior intermediate areas of metasternum unpunctured .. L. roepslorfi, pp. 260 & 309. Central part of mesosternum sharply defined on each side by a pair of ridges which, starting from the anterior angles, extend in a straight line backwards and a little outwards till close to , | the posterior margin, where they curve strongly outwards; the | whole of the mesosternum outside these lines depressed and granular; only the central part smooth nie L. anipunctus, pp. 256 & 306. Mesosternal scars smaller, not occupying the whole of the les of the mesosternum 5 > 5-0 Tele Lateral grooves of elytra ee coat uieturde slightly I1* transverse 50 38 de os .. L. novaeguineae, p. 306. | Lateral grooves of elytra narrower, punctures. rounder 0% de 60 I2. ( Frontal ridges not reaching anterior margin of head 20 50 13- | Frontal ridges reaching anterior margin of head .. .. L. bicolor, pp 257 & 307. Posterior intermediate areas of metasternum finely panera fe inner angle; elytra uniformly coloured se .. L. obtusidens, p. 307. eee intermediate areas of metasternum strongly mA confusedly punctured ; elytra reddish in front and black behind L. glaber, p. 307. Genus Trichostigmus, Kaup. {About 24 mm. long; a few punctures in anterior angles of ! pronotum; marginal groove of pronotum broad and deep and I coarsely punctured T. thoreyi,Kaup; pp. 261&310. , About 17 mm. long; surface of pronotum unpunctured except marginal groove very fine or almost obsolete .. T. ursulus, Schaufuss; p. 310. (close to scars; 9. APPENDIX III—THE GENUS TARQUINIUS, AND A REMARKABLE NEW GENUS FROM NEW GUINEA. Since writing the earlier part of this paper, I have received for examination a very remarkable Passalid from New Guinea. Although this insect is not from the Oriental Region, it may conveniently be described in the present paper; for it will have to be made the type of a new genus, whose position in the classification of Indo- Australian genera outlined above is of peculiar interest. It appears, moreover, to ! It is quite possible that this character is of less value than in this case it at present seems to be, and that these two species are not really distinct. * This distinction is by no meaus a satisfactory one; but the position of L. novaeguineae, as ex- plained above (p. 306), has not yet been properly determined. 1014.] F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 327 throw light on the position of that most aberrant of all Indo-Australian Passalids, Targwinius paradoxus, Kuwert, concerning which I have not hitherto dared to hazard an opinion. Pseudepisphenus, n. gen. Lamellae of antennae six in number, ail moderately long. Mandibles as in Tar- quinius: symmetrical, the groove between the upper and middle terminal teeth very sharply defined on the lower side, branched just above the external angle of the mandible, the upper and more conspicuous branch extending obliquely across the externo-dorsal surface to end in the upper tooth which is obtuse and set very far back ; remaining teeth normal. Mentum as in Episphenus: primary scars absent; secondary scars small and confined to anterior margin. Left outer tubercle of head composed of two widely separated parts, of which only the outermost is represented on the right side. Lateral and intermediate areas of metasternum distinct. | Pseudepisphenus perplexus, n. sp. Text-fig. 8, À & B. Described from a single specimen collected by Mr. A. F. R. Wollaston during the Utakwa River Expedition in Dutch New Guinea, and preserved in the British Museum. TEXT-FIGURE 8. A. Pseudepisphenus perblexus, head x 4. 15% Do. front of head from side x 8. C. Tarquinius paradoxus, head x 4. D. Do. front of head from side x 8. Length 245 mm. The lamellae of the antennae are moderately long and slender, the last three much longer than the first three. The /abrum is punctured and hairy, its anterior margin is practically straight, its angles are rounded and the left one is distinctly more prominent than the right. The general form of the mandibles has been described in defining the genus; it is unlike that found in auy other Passalid known to me except Targuinius paradoxus, Kuwert; the external angle is, how- ever less pronounced than in that species, as is also the lateral keel behind it, which is only indicated by a fine groove just above the outer margin; the anterior lower teeth, too, are somewhat shorter and stouter, and that on the left mandible is no larger than that on the right. The mentum is extraordinarily like that of Episphenus indicus, and in the single specimen before me I can find no characters by which it can be distinguished. The head is highly polished, and entirely smooth except for a few punctures in front of the parietal ridges. Its general form is shown in 328 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [\You,, JOUE, text-figs. 8A&B. The right outer tubercle is very deep and broadly truncate as seen from the side. The outer portion of the left outer tubercle is exactly like it; but be- tween this and the middle-line is a large rounded process which does not occur on the right side. The surface of the head between the outer tubercles and the supraorbital ridges is more or less level, not excavate. The apical angles of the supraorbital ridges are very distinct, of about 120°, and slightly peaked. The pronotum is un- punctured except in the marginal groove and in the small, round, hairless scars. The marginal groove is.broadly incomplete before and behind; but the median groove, which is deeply impressed, is practically complete. The plates of the lower side of the prothorax bear punctures and hair distributed as usual in the family, but not so thickly or extensively as sometimes. The scutellum is very indistinctly punctured all over; the mesothoracic episterna are coarsely punctured above and along the anterior margin; the mesosternum is highly polished throughout, except in the deeply im- pressed semi-lunar scars, and even these are scarcely dull. The lateral areas of the metasternum are narrow, parallel-sided and slightly roughened ; they are very sharply separated from the anterior and posterior intermediate areas, which are broadly continuous with one another, and are coarsely punctured except along their outer margins. The posterior coxae are smooth. The scars of the abdominal sterna are more or less roughened and punctured. The elytra are hairless, and are unpunctured except in the grooves, of which the lateral are much more coarsely punctured than the dorsal, their punctures being, however, scarcely transverse. The systematic position of this form is somewhat difficult to determine. The structure of the anterior margin of the head at once suggests relationship with the sub- family Gnaphalocneminae ; and the Aceraiine form of mentum seems to place it near the genus Hyferplesthenus. In Hyperplesthenus and all other genera of the group to which it belongs, however, the lateral and intermediate areas of the metasternum are fused, whereas in Pseudepisphenus no trace of any such fusion is found; and all known species of the Hyperplesthenus group are much larger insects than Pseudepis- phenus perplexus. In size and general appearance, Pseudepisphenus resembles rather the Protomo- coclus group, the simpler members of which have, like it, a metasternum of the ordinary type. The possibility of the absence of primary scars from the mentum in this group has been pointed out above (p. 194, footnote) ; and it is quite likely, I think, that in Pseudepisphenus we have a case in point. Although the precise systematic position of Pseudepisphenus is open to this much doubt, its asymmetry and consequent obvious connection with some group of the Gnaphalocneminae are of great interest on account of its apparent affinity, on the other hand, with the aberrant genus Tarvquimius. The peculiar structure of its mandibles is essentially the same as that found, so far as I know, in Tarquinius alone of all Indo-Australian Passalidae. The chief difference between the mandibles of the two genera lies in the fact that the peculiar external keel is more strongly emphasized in TOT] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 329 Targwinius than in Pseudepisphenus, i.e. that the peculiarities which have appeared in Pseudepisphenus tend to be accentuated in Targuinius. Quite in keeping with this is the fact that the scars on the mentum, of which the primary pair has disappeared and the secondary is small in Pseudepisphenus, have completely dis- appeared in Tarquinius. And the outer tubercles of Targuinius very closely re- semble the right outer tubercle of Pseudepisphenus and that part of the left which is symmetrical with it—all that is required to produce a head shaped like that of Tarquinius from that of Pseudepisphenus, is a shift forwards of the inner tubercles to the anterior margin, where that of the left side would replace the asym- metrical inner portion of the left outer tubercle. The outer tubercles in the Leptaula- cinae, on the other hand, are simple and more or less acute; and the Leptaulacinae are the only known Indo-Australian forms to which Targuinius bears even a superficial resemblance. It is further separated from them by the presence of six well-developed lamellae on each antenna instead of only three, by the structure of its mandibles, and by the absence of scars from the mentum. The differences between the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae seemed very great, so long as my knowledge of the latter subfamily was practically confined to the information I could glean from previous authors. The Aceraiinae are, undoubtedly, somewhat isolated from a geographical point of view; and the separation has been a convenient one for the purposes of the present paper. That their recognition as a distinct subfamily on anatomical grounds is less easy to justify than it at first appeared to be, and that it may have to be abandoned, has already been suggested in Appendix I. If Targwinius is also to be included in the Gnaphalocneminae, it is difficult to see why the Macrolininae and perhaps also the Pleurariinae and even the Leptaulaci..ae should not be included as well. Whether these several series are to rank as subfamilies or as groups, is purely a question of convenience; and it cannot be satisfactorily settled by one who has no special knowledge of African and American forms. Pseudepisphenus and Tarquinius appear to have originated from an asym- metrical ancestor within some group of the Gnaphalocneminae as defined at the begin- ning of this paper. There is no reason to suppose that they have had a separate ancestry from symmetrical forms, as is the case with the Aceraiinae. It is, however, impossible to include them in the Gnaphalocneminae without redefining that sub- family. This I could not do without either splitting it up into groups, or else enlarg- ing it to some extent and thus raising the larger issues referred to in the preceding paragraph; and these I am not in a position to deal with. For the present, therefore, it seems best to regard the genera Pseudepisphenus and Tarquinius as constituting a distinct subfamily Tarquiniinae, distinguished from all others by the strong groove which extends from the upper tooth to the outer angle of both mandibles. The genera Pseudepisphenus and Tarquinius may be separated thus:— Inner tubercles situated behind anterior margin of head; outer tubercles asymmetrical .. Se a Inner tubercles situated on anterior margin of head as in Lep- laulax ; outer tubercles symmetrical .. BS .. Larquinius, Kuwert. Pseudepisphenus, Gravely. 330 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More The evolution of asymmetrical Leptaulax-like form from an asymmetrical ancestor, suggests that the union of the inner tubercles with the anterior margin of the head represents an even higher degree of specialization than does the asymmetrical condition. The extraordinarily wide distribution and exceptional variability of the two dominant species of Leptaulax tend to support this suggestion. From which it may be inferred that the Leptaulacinae are of comparatively recent origin, and that their scarcity in the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon is due to the fact that they have not yet had time fully to establish themselves there. Whether the high degree of specialization thus indicated in Targuinius will prove sufficiently advantageous to its possessor to enable it to become a dominant form remains to be seen. At present the only known species of the genus appears to be extremely rare. Before finally leaving the question of the many different forms assumed by different species of Gnaphalocneminae and their allies, a further aspect may be emphasized of the fact that in Pseudepisphenus perplexus we have a species, obviously of Australian and not Oriental extraction, whose mentum is indistinguishable from that of an Oriental species. Its Australian ancestry is indicated, apart from zoogeo- graphical considerations, only by the form of the anterior margin of the head, and this is the only structural indication of such ancestry that we could expect to find in a species with a mentum of this form. If one species of Australian ancestry has such a mentum, there is no reason why another should not have it also, and the alteration needed in the form of the anterior margin of the head of many Gnaphalocneminae to make them resemble the Aceraiinae in this respect also, is no greater, and would be no more remarkable, than the alteration that appears to have taken place in the evolution of Targwinius. Two so- called species, ‘‘ Laches’’ infantilis and puerilis, Kaup, which I have been unable to distinguish from Episphenus neelgherriensis, are recorded from Vanicoro (Santa Cruz Islands) and the Aru Islands respectively. In the absence of any confirmation of these records since the ‘‘ species”’ were first described in 1871, the probability is, as pointed out above (p. 284), that they are incorrect. Should either or both of them be confirmed, however, convergence would, I consider, offer a much more plausible explanation of such anomalous distribution, than migration in a manner utterly at variance with that otherwise adopted throughout the Aceraiinae. Itis, moreover, by no means improbable that species may yet be found in Australian islands which, though really allied to some group of Gnaphalocneminae, and distinct from any known species of Aceraiinae, have, nevertheless, the characters of the latter rather than of the former subfamily. 10. APPENDIX IV—SUPPLEMENTARY CATALOGUE OF SPECIMENS IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM COLLECTION. Largely as a result of work done in European museums while the earlier parts of this paper were going through the press the following additions have recently been made to the Indian Museum collection. 1914. | Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. F. H. GRAVELY : An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. Subfamily AULACOCYCLINAE. Genus COMACUPES, Kaup. Comacupes cylindraceus (Perty). 20 20 7295-6 20 Telom, S. Perak, 4000 ft. Comacupes foveicollis, Kuwert Baram R., Sarawak Oxtord Museum. British Museum. Genus TRISTORTHUS, Kuwert 4360 20 Tristorthus tricuspis (Kaup). Vahoué, New Caledonia K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Genus TAENIOCERUS, Kaup. 1372-4 20 Taeniocerus platypus, Kaup. Deli, N.E. Sumatra K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Genus AULACOCYCLUS, Kaup. 20 4443 20 4777-8 y (Cotypes) 7283-92 20 7293-4 20 Aulacocyclus deyrollei, Kaup. Ballarat Dist., Victoria Aulacocyclus sp, Australia Genus CERACUPES, Kaup. Ceracupes arrowi, Heller. Kosempo, Formosa Genus PURITULUS, Zang. Auritulus patalis, Lewis. Yuyama, Japan Subfamily ACERAIINAE. Deutsches Entom. Mus. Deutsches Entom. Mus. British Museum. Genus OPHRYGONIUS, Zang. Ophrygonius cantori subsp. convexifrons, Zang. Sin Lum, Bhamo, 6000 ft. Bhamo British Museum. 27 331 Oo Oo D Regd. No. Memotrs of the Indian Museum. [VOL Ophrygonius inaequalis (Burmeister). 4775 0 Singapore British Museum. 4776 708 Penang = Genus ACERAIUS, Kaup. Aceraius perakensis, Kuwert. = Taiping, 4000-4500 tt. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. = Telom, S. Perak, 4000 ft. Oxford Museum. Aceraius laevicollis (Illiger). 4386-7 W. Sumatra (‘‘ Bandar Buat b. R Zac a mad 20 Padang Schoede S. G.’’) re en Ss Delhi, Sumatra a “ Java Deutsches Entom. Mus. - Bandjermasin K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. = S. Palawan Deutsches Entom. Mus. = Luzon K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Aceraius grandis (Burmeister), s. str. = Sumatra K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. En Tengger Mountain, Java Deutsches Entom. Mus. a) EE K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. En Deutsches Entom. Mus. el Bandjermasin K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. A. grandis var. rectidens, Kuwert. a Deli, Sumatra K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Ss Java »» ae (A. Magnus, ? Deutsches Entom. Mus. Kuwert det.) A. grandis subsp. hirsutus, Kuwert. = Catchin Cauri Deutsches Entom. Mus. anes Mt. Mauson, 2-3000 ft. Tonkin K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. ae : Tonkin Deutsches Entom. Mus. Sm Hainan K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. un Fuhosho, S. Formosa > >) Ae Kosempo, Formosa Deutsches Entom. Mus. a — Polisha, Formosa K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. 4451-2 4458 Sokutsu, Formosa Deutsches Entom. Mus. 20 20 JU! 3 Regd. No. Regd. No. Regd. No. ! Larva, pupa and adult in spirit. F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. Aceraius kuwerti, Zang. Deutsches Entom. Mus. >? Sarawak Museum. Deutsches Entom. Mus. Hamburg Museum. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Hamburg Museum. H. E. Andrewes. Sarawak Museum. British Museum. 22 Deutsches Entom. Mus. LE] K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Oxford Museum K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. un Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. 4442 > 20 7 u Mt. Kina-Balu, 4500 ft. Aceraius laevimargo, Zang. aes Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. Aceraius pilifer (Percheron). ue Preanger, Java, 4000-6000 ft. u Tjibodas, c. 5000 ft. en Tjibodas me Borneo suas" Mt. Kina-Balu, 4500 ft. Aceraius helferi, Kuwert. Et Sin Lum, Bhamo, 6000 ft. = Rangoon Aceraius borneanus, Kaup. a Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 6000 ft. ar S. Palawan Aceraius minor, Gravely. = (cotype) Taiping, 4000-5000 ft. ons Telom, S. Perak, 4000 ft. Subfamily MACROLININAE. Genus MACROLINUS, Kaup. Macrolinus crenatipennis, Kuwert. #2 (cotype*) Ceylon Macrolinus sulciperfectus, Kuwert. ee (cotype) Bonthain, Celebes 4431 20 K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Subfamily GNAPHALOCNEMINAE. Genus EPISPHENOIDES, Kuwert. Episphenoides quaestionis (Kuwert). Sidney Deutsches Entom. Mus. ? Kuwert says that he only saw one specimen; but he gives the lengths of two. 595 334 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Morte Genus MASTOCHILUS, Kaup. Mastochilus polyphyllus (Macleay). Regd. No. 4° Australia K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Genus PHAROCHILUS, Kaup. Pharochilus sp. Regd. No. “ Australia ? Genus KAUPIOLOIDES, Gravely. Kaupioloides trigonophorus (Zang). Regd. No. ©” Toricelli Mts., Kaiser Wilhelmsland Deutsches Entom. Mus. Genus CETEJUS, Kaup. Cetejus grabowskyi, Kuwert. Resd Nom" Stephansort, Kaiser Wilhelmsland K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Genus PROTOMOCOELUS, Zang. Protomocoelus heynei (Kuwert). Regd. No. Bea Kaiser Wilhelmsland, New Guinea K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Genus KAUPIOLUS, Zang. Kaupiolus moluccanus (Percheron). Regd. No. = Moluccas Deutsches Entom. Mus. Kaupiolus compergus (Boisduval). Regd. No. “ Kapaur, Dutch New Guinea K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Genus LABIENUS, Kaup. Labienus, sp. Regd. No. ae ? K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. He = Bukana, Huon Gulf, German New 5 Do Guinea Genus HYPERPLESTHENUS, Kuwert. Hyperplesthenus gracilis (Heller). Regd. No. Tl (cotype) Toricelli Mts. Kaiser Wilhelmsland Deutsches Entom. Mus. Genus PARAPELOPIDES, Zang. Parapelopides symmetricus, Zang. Regd. No. = Mt. Kina-Balu, c. 5000 ft. Deutsches Entom. Mus. 20 1014. | Regd. . No. . No. No. . No. I’. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 4380-1 20 4394 20 4395 20 74-5 20 4455 20 4156 20 4457 20 Genus TRAPEZOCHILUS, Zang. Trapezochilus dorsalis (Kaup). Taiping, 4500-5000 ft. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Bukit Besar, 2500 ft. } Oxford Museum. Telom, 4000 ft. Deli, Sumatra Deutsches Entom. Mus. Genus GNAPHALOCNEMIS, Heller. Gnaphalocnemis burmeisteri (Kaup). Padang, W. Sumatra Deutsches Entom. Mus. Deli, Sumatra >) Peinan, Sumatra K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Kepahiang >> Gnaphalocnemis monticulosus (Smith). Deli, Sumatra K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Sumatra > Sarawak 2 Gnaphalocnemis tridens (Wiedemann). Java Deutsches Entom. Mus. Asia 5 Tjibodas, Java K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Genus OMEGARIUS, Kuwert. Omegarius minimus, Kuwert. Samberi, Dutch New Guinea K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Kaiser Wilhelmsland, New Guinea BB N. Bucht Squally I., New Britain Hamburg Museum. Subfamily TARQUINIINAE Genus TARQUINIUS Kuwert. Tarquinius parodoxus, Kuwert. Wandesi, New Guinea Deutsches Entom. Mus. Subfamily LEPTAULACINAE. Genus LEPTAULAX, Kaup. Leptaulax humerosus, Kuwert. W. Sumatra Deutsches Entom. Mus. Ardjoeno, Java > Tengger Mountain, Java > Oo On 336 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More Leptaulax anna, Zang. Regd. No. "5° (cotype) Sumbawa Hamburg Museum. Leptaulax timoriensis (Percheron). Reed No Timor K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. L. dentatus (Fabricius) s. str. Regd. No. = Mt. Mauson, 2000-3000 ft. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. = Fuhosho, Formosa Deutsches Entom. Mus. Er Polisha, Formosa er 4460 4462 4464 ne 20 20 20 Sokutsu, Formosa À L. dentatus, var. glabriventris, Gravely. Reed No = Deli, Sumatra K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. Leptaulax cyclotaenius subsp. himalayae, Kuwert. Regd. No. +10 Mt. Mauson, 2000-3000 ft. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. 20 Leptaulax bicolor Fabricius) s. str. Regd. No. “32° 5 Mt. Mauson, 2000-3000 ft. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. 5 Kosempo, Formosa Deutsches Entom. Mus. = we Polisha, Formosa + ce ns Taiping, 4000-3000 ft. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. 2 = St. Rambé, Sumatra Deutsches Entom. Mus. Es = Preanger, Java, 4000-6000 ft. Hamburg Museum. = u = Tjibodas, c. 5000 ft. K. Zool. Mus., Berlin. » ze Tjibodas, Java Hamburg Museum. 3 “ws Banguey Island < Leptaulax bicolor var. vicinus (Percheron). Reedy Now 5:5 Mt. Kina-Balu, 4500 ft. Sarawak Museum. 20 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. I. Classification. LT The Indo-Australian Passalidae have been divided into two main sections (pp. 191-192). The first section contains the Aulacocyclinae of Kuwert, together with Cylindrocaulus and Auritulus It has been regarded as a single subfamily, but the two last-named genera and Ceracupes may ultimately have to be regarded as belonging to a different subfamily from the rest (p. 192). It contains eight genera (pp. 192-193). The second section has been subdivided into the Pleurarius, Aceraius, Macrolinus, IQT4. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 337 Kaupioloides, Protomocoelus, Hyperplesthenus, Gnaphalocnemis, Plesthenus, Gonatas, T'arquinius and Leptaulax groups. Of these groups the first three and the last two appear to beof most importance, and have been provisionally ranked as subfamilies, the remain- der being put together into a single subfamily which takes its name from the genus Gnaphalocnemis. Their rank cannot be finally settled without reference to American and African species (pp. 193-4, 199 and 329). The genera and Oriental species of all of them have been redefined (pp. 107, 199-204, 317-8, 329 and 318-326). 2. External Morphology and Taxonomy. The pair of tubercles situated in the Pleurariinae, Aceraiinae, Macrolininae and Gnaphalocneminae, between the central tubercle of the head and the processes of the anterior margin, have been shown to be homologous with the inner pair of marginal pro- cesses found in the Leptaulacinae ; and the terms inner and outer tubercles have been consequently applied to the two pairs of processes found in all members of the second section of the family (pp. 184-185). The use of these terms does not commit one to any definite system of interpretation of the homologies of the head; which is advan- tageous, inasmuch as there is reason to believe that the whole of the upper surface of the anterior part of the head between the supra-orbital ridges and in front of the frontal ridges is frons, the whole of the clypeus being doubled beneath this out of sight ; in which case these tubercles are not really processes of the clypeus as they have hitherto been called (p. 185). Apart from this no criticism of the accepted homologies of different parts of the body has been found necessary; but considerable changes have been made in the taxonomic values assigned to different parts (pp. 179-191), and it has been found necessary to use all characters with much greater caution than has often been the case in the past. As a result of this it has been found possible to define species with a considerable degree of precision. Five species, however, stand out from all the rest by reason of their remarkable variability, in size especially ; and certain structural variations are corellated with variation in size, much as in the Lucanidae (pp. 262- 265). These species are Episphenus comptoni, Episphenus indicus, and Aceraius grandis which appear respectively to be the dominant species of Aceraiinae in each of the three divisions of the Oriental Region in which they occur ; and Leptaulax dentatus and Leptaulax bicolor which are the dominant species of Leptaulacinae throughout the whole of this region (pp. 311-313). In the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae, the two subfamilies in which markedly asymmetrical forms are found, the degree of asymmetry attained by a species appears to be an index of the degree of specialization attained: and the dominant species of a region is always the most markedly asymmetrical species found there (p. 312'). The nature of the asymmetry is somewhat different in different groups, and the asymmetrical condition appears to have been evolved more or less independently in each of them (fig. 7, p. 314). The evolution of a symmetrical Leptaulax-like form, ! As regards the Gnaphalocneminae see Gravely, 1914 (b). 338 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Mor IE Targuinius, from an asymmetrical ancestor allied to the Gnaphalocneminae, suggests that the union of the inner tubercles with the anterior margin of the head indicates an even higher degree of specialization than does the asymmetrical condition (p. 330). 3. Geographical distribution. The material examined during the preparation of this paper does not enable me to discuss the relation borne by Indo-Australian Passalidae to members of the family found in Africa or America ; but it seems by no means improbable, from Kuwert’s account of the family, that all the seven subfamilies described, with the possible ex- ception of the Leptaulacinae, will prove to be confined to the Indo-Australian Region, China and Japan (p. 194). With the exception of the Pleurariinae, Aceraiinae and Tarquiniinae all these subfamilies occur on both sides of the Straits of Macassar, but the Aulacocyclinae and Gnaphalocneminae are much more strongly represented east of these straits, and in the eastern parts of the Oriental Region, than they are further west; while with the Macrolininae the reverse is the case (pp. 3II & 313). The discontinuous distribution of the genus Awlacocyclus suggests that the Aulacocyclinae were once more abundant towards the west than they are now. Although the Macrolininae are well represented in Ceylon, they appear to be absent from the Indian Peninsula. The Pleurarariinae occur only in the Indian Peninsula and Sumatra, which discontinuous distribution suggests that they are probably the remnants of a once more extensive group. The Leptaulacinae are centred in the East Indian Archipelago. Only the dominant species seem to have established themselves in India and Ceylon, and these are less common there than elsewhere {p. 311). The distribution of the Aceraiinae and Gnaphalocneminae, the two subfamilies in which asymmetrical species are found, is of much greater general interest. It appears to have been greatly influenced by the following zoogeographical boundaries :— Palk Strait, the Gangetic Plain (in which Passalids seem unable to live—pp. 310-1) the Straits of Macassar, and Torres Strait. Of these the Straits of Macassar are by far the most important, for no group of either subfamily is found in any abundance on more than one side of them. It is therefore somewhat surprising to find that this is the only one of the above-mentioned boundaries, which any species of these sub- families has succeeded in crossing ‘pp. 313 & 315-6). Another boundary of some importance is that separating the East Indian Archipelago—including the Malay Peninsula and presumably also the Philippines—from continental Asia (p. 313). The occurrence of different degrees of asymmetry in different species of Aceratinae probably affords an index to the degrees of specialization to which they have severally attained, and its correlation with locality is very evident. It is concluded that a migration has taken place westwards towards the head of the Bay of Bengal and then south-westwards towards Ceylon, the less specialized forms being constantly displaced by their more specialized allies (pp. 311-314). It may further be pointed out that although neither of the two most highly asymmetrical species of the genus Episphenus have been able to cross over from India to Ceylon, and the genus Aceraius I914.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 339 has been unable to cross the Gangetic Plain, the latter genus has had no difficulty in occupying the Sunda and Philippine Islands, as well as a large part of the Asiatic mainland. The evolution and migration of different forms of Gnaphalocneminae seems to have followed lines similar to those followed by the Aceraiinae, the most primitive forms again being driven out from the Archipelago —in this case eastwards to Australia instead of westwards towards Ceylon. As a result of this, the most closely related (symmetrical) forms of the two subfamilies are found only in two widely separated countries on the periphery of Indo-Australian area, the intervening’ countries being inhabited by more highly specialized forms most of which are asymmetrical (pp. 313-315). 4. The Dominant Species. Five Oriental species stand out from all others on account of their extraordinary variability in size. Three of these belong to the Aceraiinae, and two to the Leptau- lacinae (p. 262). Of the first three, one (Episphenus comptont) is confined to Ceylon, one (Epis- phenus indicus) to the Indian Peninsula, and one (Aceraius grandis) to the rest of the Oriental Region. Each of them differs from the species of Aceraiinae with which they are geographically associated in that they are more abundant, more highly asymmetri- cal, and always markedly gregarious; but these distinctions are much less pronounced in Episphenus indicus, than in the other two. Aceraius grandis, in addition to these distinctions, is by far the most widely distributed member of its genus. It has further been pointed out, that of the three genera of Aceraiinae inhabiting the country east of the Ganges, Aceraius, which is the most markedly asymmetrical, is also the most numerous both in species and in individuals; Ophrygonius, which differs from Aceraius principally in having symmetrical mandibles, comes next, and is perhaps equally widely distributed ; Tiberioides, in which the head is symmetrical as well as the mandibles, being the smallest and scarcest genus of the three (pp. 311-313). No asymmetrical species of Leptaulacinae are known; but there is reason to suppose that the structure of the head found throughout this subfamily indicates an even higher degree of specialization than does asymmetry (p. 330). It is therefore not surprising to find that the two variable species, both of which are gregarious, and much more abundant than any other species of the subfamily, are even more widely distributed than any of the dominant species of Aceraiinae, both of them being found in all subregions of the Indo-Australian area in which Passalids of any kind occur. 5. Habits. Such information as I have been able to gather together concerning the habits of Oriental Passalidae is recorded above under the descriptions of the several species (Taeniocerus bicuspis, p. 211; Pleurarius brachyphyllus, p. 215; Tiberioides austen, pp- 216-7 ; Episphenus comptoni, pp. 219-220 ; Episphenus indicus, p.222 ; Episphenus neelgherriensis, p. 223; Aceraius grandis, sub-sp. hirsutus, p. 233; Aceratus helfert, 340 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. IVvozz 1087, p. 238; Macrolinus sikkimensis, p. 243; Macrolinus rotundifrons, p. 245; Leptaulax dentatus, p. 255 ; Leptaulax bicolor, pp. 258-9; and Leptaulax roepstorfi, p. 260). This information, as far as it goes, confirms Arrow’s belief that the habits of Oriental forms would be found to resemble those of the American forms described by Ohaus, on which Arrow found himself compelled to base the account of the habits of the family in the introduction to his account of the Indian Lamellicornia in the “ Fauna of British India ’’ series. It has been found that different species differ somewhat in their habits one from another in various ways. Probably adults of nearly all species live in decaying wood in pairs with their young; but whereas in certain species large numbers of such families are commonly found in a single log, so closely associated with one another that it is often impossible to separate out the individuals belonging to any single pair, in others each family forms an isolated group. All the five dominant species are gregarious. Leptaulax roepstorfi, one of the smallest and most markedly flattened of the Oriental representatives of the family, inhabits natural cracks in hard logs, into the depths of which it penetrates. Most species burrow nearer the surface, and the Leptaulacinae, most of which are much flattened, appear to burrow as a rule even closer to the bark than do the Aceraiinae, which are less flat. One at least (Ledtaul.ıx dentatus) of the two dominant species of Leptaulacinae is, moreover, only found in very rotten wood ; whereas the dominant representative of the Aceraiinae in Assam and the adjoining country, Aceraius grandis sub-sp. hirsutus, as well as the only other member of the genus whose habits have been studied (A. helfev1) are only found in wood ofa very much tougher consisteney. On the other hand, the Aceraiinae inhabiting the Indian Peninsula (Episphenus indicus and neelgherriensis) appear to live in quite rotten wood, which may perhaps help to account in some measure for the apparent scarcity of Leptaulacinae in that area, where probably at most not more than half a dozen separate colonies have yet been noticed. Episphenus neelgherriensis has been found under stones as well as in rotten wood ; and Macrolinus rotundifrons has been found among decaying vegetable refuse. Reproduction appears to be retarded or arrested during dry cold weather (P- 223). VIII LIST OF PUBLISHED PAPERS DEALING WITH PASSALIDAE BELONGING TO GENERA FOUND IN THE ORIENTAL REGION. Papers marked with an asterisk (*) are not available in Calcutta. 1792. Fabricius, J. C. ‘ Entomologia Systematica emenda et aucta.’’ Vol. I (Hafniae, 1892), pp. 240-1. * 1800. Illiger, K. ‘‘Vierzig neue Insecten aus der Hellwigischen Sammlung in Braunschweig” Wiedemann Archiv für Zool. u. Zoot. (Berlin and Brunswick 1800) I (2), pp. 103-150, and II, pp. 229-230. * 1800. Erichson in Wiedemann Archiv für Zool u. Zoot. I (1800). 1914.] I8OI. I80I. F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 341 Fabricius,J.C. ‘‘ Systema Eleutheratorum II’’ (Kiliae, 1801), pp. 255-6. Weber, F. ‘“Observationes Entomologica”’ (Kiliae, 1801). * 1806-17. Schönherr,C.J ‘‘Synonymia Insectorum,oder: Versuch einer Syno- 1823. 1826. 8 S20, = MOBIC, 1835. 1835. 087 1841. 1842. 1843. 1844. = JO. 1847. 1850. 1852. 1855. nymie aller bisher bekanten Insecten; nach Frabricii Systema Eleutheratorum geordnet ’’ (Stockholm, 1806-17). Wiedemann, C. R. “ Zweihundert neue Käfer von Java, Bengalen, und dem Vorgebirge der Gutten-Hofinüng.’’ Zool. Mag. II (1), p. 100. MacLeay, W. S. ‘Catalogue of Insects collected by Captain King, R.N.’” Appendix to P. P. King’s ““Narrative of a Survey of'the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia performed between the VeALSELOLS andere 22 A Vole lle (Eondon, 1826). Sturm, J. ‘Catalog meiner Insecten-Sammlung,’’ I (Nürnberg, 1826). Perty. ‘Obs. Nonnulae Coleopt. Indiae Orientalis.’’ Boisduval, J. B. À. D. de. ‘Faune Entomologique de !’Ocean Paci- fique. II. Coléoptére et autres Ordres’’ in ‘‘ Voyage de I’ Astrolobe ....pendent....1826-9 sous le commandent de M. J. Dumont dalvillegete Percheron, A. ‘Monographie des Passales (Paris, 1835). Dejean, P. F. M. A. “Catalogue de la Collection de Coléoptéres de M. le Baron Dejean,’’ 3 ed. (Paris, 1837), pp. xiv, 503. Percheron, A. “ Revision critique et Supplement 4 la Monographie du Genre Passale, première partie.’ Mag. Zool., Insectes, 1841. PI. Ixvii-lxix. Westwood, J.O. ‘‘Insectorum novarum Centuria.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. IsGISE, VII ROZ, joy, mes. Guérin Méneville, F. E. ‘‘Animaux Articulés” in ‘Souvenirs d'un Voyage dans l’Inde executé de 1834 4 1839 par M. Adolphe Deles- sert,” Pt. II (Paris 1843), pp. 33-98. Percheron, A. ‘ Monographie des Passales, Second Supplement.’’ Mag. Zool., 1844, pl. cxxxiv-cxxxv. Hope, F. W. A. (Westwood) ‘‘ A Catalogue of the Lucanoid Coleop- tera in the collection of....E. W. Hope, etc.” (London, 1845), P. 31. Burmeister, H. “Handbuch der Entomologie,’’ V (Berlin, 1847), pp. 461-510. Castelnau, F. L. de L. de. ‘‘Histoire Naturelle des Animaux Arti- culés.” Insectes Coléoptères par M. le Compte de Castelnau, II (Paris 1850), pp. 178-9. Smith, F. ‘Nomenclature of Coleopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum. Pt. VI Passalidae’’ (I,ondon, 1852). Montrouzier, le Père. ‘‘ Essai sur la Faune de l’Ile de Woodlark ou Moiou.’’ Ann. Sci. Phys. et Nat. d’Agric. et d’Industrie (Soc. Imp. d’Agric. etc. de Lyon, 1855) VII (I), pp. 1-114. 342 1860. 1862. 1867. 1868. 1868. 1869. IAS 7/ TO. 1873. 1877. 880% 1883. 1884. 1885. 1887. “18090. 1801. 1896. 1896. Memoirs of the Indian Museum. Wow, 21007, Montrouzier, le Père, ‘‘ Essai sur la Faune Entomologique de la Nouvelle- Calédonie (Balade) et des Iles des Pins, Art, Lifu etc.” Ann. Soc. Ent. France (3) viii, pp. 229-308. Fauvel, A. ‘‘Coléoptéres de la Nouvelle-Caledonie recueilles par M. E. Deplanche 1858-60.’ Normandie, Soc. Linn. Bull. VII, pp. 120-185. Redtenbacher, L. ‘“ Coleoptera’’ in ‘‘ Reise der Österreichen Fregatte “Novara’; Zool. II (Vienna, 1867}, 249 pp., 5 pl. Gemminger and Harold. ‘‘Catalogus Coleopterorum’’ II (Munich, 1868), pp. 968-972. Kaup, J. (a) ‘‘ Prodromus zu einer Monographie der Passaliden.”’ Coleopterologische Hefte, III, 1868, pp. 4-32. (b} Ditto. Coleopterologische Hefte, IV, 1868, pp. 1-7. Kaup, J. Ditto. Coleopterologische Hefte, V, pp. 38-40. Kaup, J. ‘Monographie der Passaliden.’’ Berlin Ent. Zeitschr. 15 Jahrg. Supplement, 125 pp., pl. iii—vii. Macleay, W. ‘“ Notes on a Collection of Insectes from Gayndah (Cole- optera) pt. III.” Trans. Ent. Soc., N.S. Wales II, 1871, pp. 159-205. Stoliczka, F. ‘A contribution towards a Monograph of the Indian Bassalidae NS PET E72 PprIe 7022 Kirsch, T. (a) “Neue Kafer aus Malacca.’’ Mitt. K. Zool. Mus. Dres- den 178777 DD 27250) (b) ‘‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Coleopteren-Fauna von Neu Guinea.” Mitt. K. Zool Mus. Dresden, II, 1877, pp. 135-161. Fairmaire, L., in Le Naturaliste, 1880, p. 164. LewisiGy VW ucanidactonmapanen: Mira. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, PP. 333-342, pl. xiv. Wystmann, P. “ Catalogue Systématique des Passalides.’’ Ann. Civ. - Mus. Genova, (2a) I (XXI) 1884, pp. 326-348. Schaufuss, L. W. ‘‘ Beitrage zur Fauna der Niederlandischen Besit- zungen auf den Sunda-Inseln.’’ Horae Soc. Ent. Ross: XIX 1885, pp. 183-200. Fairmaire I. ‘‘ Coleopteres de l’Intérieure de la Chine.” Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XXXI, 1887, pp. 87-136. Kuwert, A. ‘ Die Passaliden und ihr Monographie von Kaup.’’ Soc. EntV, 1890, Dh 10, ©), Ava! 107. Kuwert, A. ‘‘ Systematische Uebersicht der Passaliden Arten und Gattungen.’ Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1891 (I), pp. 161-192. Blackburn, T. ‘‘New Genera and species of Australian Coleoptera, XX.’’ Trans R. Soc. S. Australia XX, pp. 233-250. Heller, K. M. ‘‘ Neue Käfer von Celebes.”” Abh.u. Ber d.K. Zool. u. Anthr.-Ethn. Mus. zu Dresden, VI, 1896-7 (3), 24 pp., I pl. T914.] 1896. 1897. 1808. 1898. 1000. LO OZ: 1903. 1903. 1904. 1905. 1906. 1907. 1910. OMA: F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 343 Kuwert, A. “ Die Passaliden dichotomisch bearbeitet’’ Novit. Zool. III, 1896, pp. 209-230, pl. v-vii. Kuwert, A. Ditto. IV, 1897, pp. 274-306. Kuwert, A. Ditto. V, 1898, pp. 137-205 and 259-340. Heller, K. M. “Neue Kafer von Celebes.’’ Abh. u. Ber. d. K. Zool. u. Anthr.-Ethn. Mus. zu Dresden, VII, 1898-9 (3), 42 pp., I pl. Heller RK MEN Ditton DX s1900) (5). 40 pp: Fruhstorfer. ‘‘ Tagebuchblattern.”’ Insekten-Börse XIX, 1902, p. 28. Fauvel, A. ‘‘ Faune Analytique des Coléoptéres de la Nouvelle Cale- donie.’’ Rev. Ent. franc. XXII, 1903, pp. 203-378. Zang, R. (a) ‘‘ Vorlaufige Diagnosen neuer Indo-Australischer Passali- den’’ Insekten-Borse, 20 Jahrg., No. 43, pp. 338-9. (b) ‘‘Bemerkungen zur Alteren Passaliden-Litteratur.’’ Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., I903, pp. 417-420. Zang, R. (a) ‘‘ Parapelopides und Ophrygonius, zwei neue Gattungen der Passaliden (Coleoptera).’’ Zool. Anz. XXVII, 1904, pp. 694-701, 3 text-figs. (6). ““ Ueber eimige Passaliden, 7 Tijdscht. v. Ent. XLVI, pp. I8I-5. Zang. R. (a) Numerous papers in Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. for 1905. (b) “ Anderung in der Nomenclatur der Passaliden (Coleop- tera).. Zool. Anz. XXIX, 1905, pp. 154-5. (c} ‘‘ Passalidarum Synonymia. Kritische Revision der von Kuwert und anderen Autoren aufgestellten Gattungen und Arten.’’ Notes Leyden Mus. XXV, 10905, pp. 221-232. (d) ““Zwei neue Passaliden aus den Gattungen Comacupes, Kp., und Aceraius, Kp.’’ Notes Leyden Mus. XXV, 1905, pp. 233-8. Zang, R. (a) ‘‘ Uebersicht der Basilianus-Arten.’’ Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 1906, pp. 177-183. *(b) ‘ Passalini’ in ‘Nova Guinea, Résultats de l’Expedition scientifique Néerlandaise à la Nouvelle-Guinée en 1903, sous les auspices de Arthur Wichmann, Chef de l'Expedition.”” V (1) pp. 23-26. Arrow, G. J. ‘A contribution to the classification of the Coleopterous Family Passalidae”” Trans. Ent. Soc London, 1906, pp. 441-469. Heller, K.M. ‘ Fünfter Beitrage zur Papuanischen Käferfauna. ‘‘ Abh. u. Ber. d. K. Zool. u. Anthr -Ethn. Mus. zu Dresden, XIII, 1910 (3), 42 pp., I pl. a Heller, K. M. ‘Eine neue Ceracupes-Art aus Formosa.” Ann Soc. Ent. Belg. LV, 1911, pp. 256-7, ı text-fig. 344 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Kore JU0L, Scope 5] 1013. Gravely, F.H. ‘‘ Preliminary Account of a revised classification of Indo- Australian Passalidae.” J.A.S:B. VIII, 1912 (1913), pp. 403-7. 1914. Gravely, F. H. {a) “H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute—Passalidae.’’ Supplementa Entomologica III, 1914, pp. 30-32. (b} “The Evolution and Distribution of certain Indo- Australian Passalidae, J.A.S.B. (In the Press). IQT4. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 345 13. INDEX. All names treated as synonyms in pt. 6 of this paper are printed initalics. Page numbers which refer to a key, to a full description, to synonymy, or to a figure, are printed in ordinary type; other numbers are in bold face. The summary of the paper on pp. 336-349 has been designed partly as a guide to the whereabouts of the principal facts recorded. References to it are not included in this index. abdominibarbatus (Leptaulax) abdominisculptus (Leptaulax) Aceraiinae Aceraius Aceraius ; addendus (Aceraius) aequidens (Aceraius) albertisi (Gonatas) aliicornis (Aulacocyclus) altidens (Gonatas) alutaceosternus (Aceraius) .. Analaches Analaches analis (Leptaulacides) anaulax (Leptaulacides) andamanarum (Leptaulacıdes) andamanensis (Basilianus, Macrolinus, Tiberius) .. andamanensis (Basilianus, Tiberius) andrewesi (Aulacocyclus) angusticornis (Comacupes) angustifrons (Leptaulax) angustior (Eriocnemis) anibarbis (Leptaulax) 08 anipunctus (Leptaulacides, Leptaulax).. anna (Leptaulax) arcuatoclypeatus (Aulacocyclus) arrowi (Ceracupes) aruensis (Aulacocyclus) assamensis (Aceraius) Aulacocyclinae Aulacocyclus Aulacocyclus Aurelius Page. 303. 307. 194-197, 215 etc., 280 etc., 311-3, 314, 315, 316-8, 329, 331 etc. 181, 195, 197, 228 etc., 286 etc., 312-4, 314, 316-8, 320 etc., 332 etc. 280, 281, 293, 299. 288, 322. 240, 293, 317, 323. 300. 279: 302. 230,291, 323: 195, 201, 314, 315. 195. 308. 308. 308. 242, 294, 324. 294. Dit Arie. QUO 260. 305. 299. 256, 303, 305. 256, 306, 326. 303, 325, 336. 274. 278, 319, 331. 277, 319. 237, 292, 323. 185, 188, 189, 191-3, 204 etc., 267 etc., 311, 331. 191, 192, 193, 2II etc., 272 etc., 311, 318, 319, 331. 2071270277 202, 314, 815. 340 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. More Page. Aurikulus BR ae Be 270: Auritulus 2 be N: .. 191, 192, 193, 279, 311, 319, 331. aurivillii (Leptaulax) oe a: 20788 austeni (Ceracupes) aE sr 212, 262, 278,319. austeni (Tiberioides) De a 55 Add, Ache, 60: barbicauda (Leptaulacides) .. de SOS. Basilianus a ae DE 0195, 107; 280, 281, 284, 293, 316-7. basalis (Comacupes) oe er 72070318: batchianae (Leptaulax) pe ae .. 806, 307-8. batesi (Macrolinus) 5% +. 200; beccarii (Leptaulaulax) .. Er 72578025825: bicanthatus (Awlacocyclus, Passalus, Taeniocerus) 208, 270, 310. bicolor (Leptaulacides, Leptaulax, Passalus) . 257, 262-295, 307, 326, 330. bicolor (Leptaulax) 00 ai 730354310: bicuspis (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) So AMO, Ait, Dito}, bthastatus (Aulacocyclus, Passalus) .. 272, 277. binominis (Basilianius) a we go AS. birmanicus (Ophrygonius) .. ats 7222092859320: borealis (Chilomazus, Tiberioides) % 070287220: borneanus (Aceraius) se EZ .. 238, 292, 313, 323, 333. borneanus (Aceraius) fe ma Se AOE borneensis (Comacupes) .. a 56 FOS, AOS. bornensis (Leptaulax) 3% ais 2303: brachyphyllus (Pleurarius) st So BIB, AE, ASO, 30s brevis (Gonatas) er ae 90. bucerus (Cylindrocaulus) .. 5b 50 191270; 320): burmeisteri (Eviocnemis, Gnaphalocnemis) -. 240, 208, 324, 335. caffer (Tiberius) se Be se EY calcuttae (Leptaulax) ae > 308 cancrus (Aceraius, Basilianus, Tiberius) 260: cantori (Aceraius, Basilianus, Ophrygonius, Passalus) 224, 262, 284, 311, 320, 331. cantori (Aceraius, Basilianus) N 02820285: Caulifer HE er ae AIO 4 cavicornis (Aulacocyclus, Comacupes) .. .. 181, 204, 268, 318. celebensis (Aulacocyclus) .. se 56 Aa celebensis (Leptaulax) Be hes 303. Ceracupes oe on 8 .. 180, 188, 192, 212 etc., 277 etc., 311, 319, 331. Ceratocupes 56 te = 7778: certus (Basilianus) Be Ae 222827288: Cetejus a a À .. 194, 201, 314, 315, 334. cetioides (Gonatas ae an OT: ceylonicus (Aceraius) u A 2238. Chilomazus de ee + .. 195, 196, 281, 316-7. chinensis (Aceraius) i Le 56 BIS. PP ciccatrosus (Leptaulax) 3 a .. 806, 307-8. collaris (Aulacocyclus) a AE V2 75. Comacupes as Me 5% .. 181, 192, 193, 204, 267, 318, 331. Comatus (Aulacocyclus) 57 ak so BO IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 347 compergus (Kaupiolus) comptoni (Aceraius, Episphenus, Lache consequens (Leptaulax) convexifrons (Basilianus, Ophrygonius) cormocerus (Comacupes) cornutus (Ceratocupes) crenatipennis (Macrolinus, Tiberius) crinitus (Heterochilus) cyclotaenius (Leptaulax) cylindraceus (Aulococyclus, Comacupes, Passalus) .. cylindraceus (Comacupes, Passalus) Cylindrocaulus .. darjeelingi (Leptaulax) darjeilingi (Lepaulax) dentatus (Leptaulax, Passalus) deyrollei (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) .. differens (Gonatas) er differentispina (Leptaulax) .. dilatus (Aulacocyclus) dindigalensis (Leptaulax) dispar (Eriocnemis) dissimilis (Macrolinus) divaricatus (Leptaulax) dorsalis (Eriocnemis, Trapezochilus) duivenbodei (Macrolinus) dunsiriensis (Ophrygonius) edentulus (Aulacocyclus, Passalus) emarginatus (Aceraius, Passalus) Embryulcus Ebilaches Episphenoides Episphenus Eriocnemis errans (Aulacocyclus) eschscholizi (Leptaulacides, Leptaulax) . evidens (Leptaulax) exterris (Leptaulax) jabert (Eriocnemis) GE felderi (Comacupes, Tristorthus) filtus (Analaches) be ; flachi (Chilomazus, Episphenus, Laches) flachii (Laches) foveicollis (Comacupes) foveipunctatus (Aulacocyclus) jraternus (Macrolinus) fratricornis (Aulacocyclus) fronticornis (Ceracupes, Passalus) 5) Page. 334. 218, 262-265, 281, 311-2, 314, 320. 306, 307-8. 225, 284, 331. 208, 269. 278. 244, 295, 324, 333 286. 255, 305, 320, 336. 207, 269, 318, 331. 208, 269, 275. 191, 192, 193, 279, 311, 319. 303. 303. I8I, 185, 252, 262-265, 303, 326, 336. 272, 331. 300. 307. 276, 319. 308. 299. 296. 308. 247, 297, 324, 335. 294, 323. 225, 284. 275. 287, 288, 290, 29I, 292, 293. 202. 195. 200, 314, 315, 333. 189, 194, 196, 217 etc., 281 etc., 311-3, 314, 315, 316, 317, 320, 330. 297, 298. 275. 307-8. 308. 303. 298. 267. 283. 219, 281. 281. 267, 318, 331. 274. 206. 274. ZE2 Aya) x. Bat). 348 fronticornis (Ceracupes) fruhstorferi (Laches) fruhstorjeri (Leptaulacides) . furcicornis (Passalus) gelon (Eriocnemis, Plesthenus) geminatus (Leptaulax) geminus (Leptaulax) generosus (Phraortes) germari (Aceraius, Gonatas) glaber (Leptaulacides, Leptaulax) glabricollis (Leptaulax) glabriusculus (Aulacocyclus) glabriventris (Leptaulax) Gnaphalocneminae Gnaphalocnemis Gnaphalocnemis group Gonatas Gonatas group .. grabowskyi (Cetejus) gracilis (Hyperplesthenus, Labienus) grandis (Aceraius, Passalus) gravidus (Pelopides) hansemanni (Leptaulax) helferi (Aceraius) Heterochilus heynei (Protomocoelus) himalayae (Leptaulax) himalayensis (Aceraius) hirsulus (Aceraius) humerosus (Leptaulax) humerosus (Leptaulax) Hyperplesthenus Hyperplesthenus group ignotus (Eriocnemis) illegalis (Aceraius) imitator (Taeniocerus) impar (Hyperplesthenus) .. inaequalis (Aceraius, Basilianus, Oprygonius, Pas- salus) inaequalis (Bassilianus) incidens (Aceraius) incipiens (Leptaulax) indicus (Basilanus, Epishenus) indicus (Leptaulax) 3% vis infantilis (Aceraius, Analaches, Epilaches, Laches).. innocuus (Passalus) Memoirs of the Indian Museum. orne Page. 278. 2 eile 308. 275. 298. 303, 306. 308. 297. 250, 301, 313, 325. 307, 326. 303. 276. 255, 303, 336. 191, 194, 195, 197-203, 246 etc., 297 etc., 313-6, 333. 191, 202, 248 etc., 298 etc., 314, 318, 324, 329, 335. 199, 202. 203, 250 etc., 299 etc., 313, 314, 318, 325. 199, 20I. 334. 202, 334. 181, 231, 262-265, 288, 312-3, 314, 322, 332. 201, 203, 208. 306. 238, 292, 323, 333. 195, 286. 334. 256, 305, 336. 236, 292, 323. À 180, 181, 231, 263, 288, 322, 332. 251, 262, 302, 325, 335. 302, 303. 194, 202, 314, 315, 328, 334. 199, 201. 209. 230 287,321 270. 202. 227, 285, 320, 332. 283. 293. 307-8. 220, 262-265, 282, 311-2, 314, 320. 303- 283, 330. 307: 1914. | F. H. GRAVELY : insignis (Leptaulax) insipiens (Leptaulax) interponendus (Leptaulax) .. interrogationis (Basilianus).. javanus (Macrolinus) kaupi (Aulacocyclus) kaupw (Aceraius) Kaupioloides Kaupioloides group Kaupiolus 50 Kaupiolus group kuwerti (Aceraius) kuwerti (Tiberioides, Tiberius) Labienus Laches : laevicollis (Aceraius, Passalus) laevicollis (Aceraius) laevicornis (Aulacocyclus, Comacupes) .. laevimargo (Aceraius) langier (Aceraius) laterisculptus (Passalus) latipennis (Macrolinus) Lettaulacıdes Leptaulacinae Leptaulax Luzonicus (Aceraius) macassariensis (Leptaulax) .. Macrolininae Macrolinus magnus (Aceraius) major (Gonatas).. malaccae | Leptaulax) malitiosus (I,eptaulax) manillae (Leptaulax) marginepunctatus (Passalus).. masoni (Comacupes) masoni (Comacupes) Mastachilus ts mastersi (Aulococyclus, 7 aeniocerus) Mastochilus maxillonotus (l,eptaulax) medius (Leptaulax) meyeri (Aceraius) minimus (Omegarius) minor (Aceraius).. An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 349 Page. 303. 308. 303. 284. 296. 275. 292. 200, 314, 334. 199, 200. 202, 314, 334. 108. 235, 200, 322. 215, 226, 280, 320, 332. 191, 202, 314, 315, 334. 195, 281, 330. 230, 287, 313, 322, 332. 293. 181, 205, 268. 235, 29I, 323, 333. 234, 290, 322. 299. 245, 296, 324. 203, 204, 302. 191, 194, 199, 203-204, 251 etc., 302 etc., 311, 329, 335-6. 181, 185, 189, 191, 203, 204, 251 etc., 302 etc., 318, 325-6, 330, 335-6. 287. 250, 305, 325. 194-195, 197, 240 etc., 293 etc., 311, 329, 333. 181, 197, 240 etc., 293 etc., 318, 323, 333. 288. 300. 307-8. 303. 307. 296. 207, 208, 318. 269. 195. 193, 273. 178, 195, 200, 314, 334. 307-8. 307-8. 287. 335. 240, 293, 317, 323, 333. 350 minor (Comacupes) minutifrons (Aceraius) mixtus (Leptaulax) mniszech (Eriocnemis, Cnaphafocneris) moeschleri (Aceraius) molossus (Aceraius) moluccanus (Kaupiolus) monticulosus (A ceraius, Eriocnemis, Gnaphalocnemis, Passalus) moorei (Episphenus) morator (I,eptaulax) möschleri (Aceraius) nanus (Aceraius) naviculator (Gonatas) : neelgherriensis (Aceraius, Basilianus, ie Passalus) ee neelgherriensis (Aceraius, Basilianus) Neleus ; niae (Leptaniak), nicobaricus (Aceraius) nicobaricus (Macrolinus) nietnerı (Leptaulacides) ntkobaricus (Passalus) nobilis (Phraortes , Trapezochilus) novaebritanniae (Gonatas) .. novaeguineae (Letaulax) obtusidens (Leptaulax) occulidens (Aceraius) oculitesselatus (Heterochilus) Ocythoe Omegarius Ophrygonius orbatus (Macrolinus) orientalis (Passalus) oroleius (Leptaulax, Ophrygonius, Pa) palawanicus (Leptaulacides) palawanus (Aceraius) papua (Leptaulax) papuanus (Letpaulacides) paradoxus (Tarquinius) parallelipenms (Macrolinus) parallelogrammifrons (Laches) Parapelopides parreyi (Aulacocyclus) parryi (Aulacocyclus) parryi (Aulococyclus) Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor. VIII, Page. 267. 288. 303- 299. 287. 288. 334. 249, 298, 325, 335. 217, 281, 311, 312, 315, 320. 306. 229, 287, 321. 293. 301, 313, 325. 222, 270, 283, 311, 3I4, 320, 330. 282. 191. : a 308. 201. 241, 294, 324. 308. 291. 247 , 297. 300. 306, 326. 307, 326. 234, 290, 312-3, 322. 286. 298. 203, 314, 335. 196, 224 etc., 284 etc., 311, 312-3, 314, 316-7, 318, 320, 331. 296. 299. 285. 308. 288. 305. 308. 327, 335. 296. 281. 202, 246, 297, 3I4, 324, 334. 2/0 277e 276, 310. 208. IQI4.] F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. 352 Page. parvus (Taeniocerus) : ke so APE patalis (Aulacocyclus, Aurikulus, Auritulus) 727973794331. Paxilloides I 50 50 co EE pearsont (Episphenus) He ae oo. ARS), 288 pectinigera (Episphenoides) 3.0 315: Pelopides on > os vo I, WES), BOI, Scale Pelopides a = a ee 2012088 Pelops a 20 se TROT perakensis (Aceraius) ae Ge > BAG), 207 JP, 25, EPA percheront (Aulacocyclus) .. Le 2A: percheronii (Aceraius) an oe 72924 peregrinus (Gonatas) ne = SOL. perlatus (Aulacocyclus) de oe 22270: perplexus (Pseudepisphenus) 32 GE B27 berturbans (Taeniocerus) .. an 270: Pharochilus ae be ie so AOD, 214-394 philippinensis (Paxilloides) . . 36 Te: Phraortes oi Hr = 0 LOG pilifer (Aceraius) se 38 7235729143287 333) pilifer (Aceraius) En % 202: pilipes (Pleurarius) te Eu 22798320: planicollis (Leptaulax) Do 56 300). planus (Leptaulacides, Leptaulax, Passalus) .. 260, 262, 350, 326. planus (I,eptaulax) sic ake SOO: platypus (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) . 2270319: Plesthenus die i ste 0 202, Sal Plesthenus group ae 2e 11097 Pleurariinae ce ” = 101, 199 2ieaiete!, 270) eter, 1311, 329; Pleurarius 56 5 Me so U@Vily AUR GE, A/G) kes, 320; politus (Mastochilus) af ae 78: polyphyllus (Mastochilus) .. hy 1351. pontifex (Aceraius) er 287 Proculus Je are => N 19T, prosternisulcatus (Aceraius) .. x 288: Protomocoelus .. : x .. 191, 199, 20I, 314, 334. Protomocoelus group Se a: 2219955200: Pseudepisphenus a Bhs 100527 320: 390: puella (Laches) .. = = ge 20 T- puerilis (Aceraius, Laches) .. Le 29822834330: pugnax (Aulacocyclus, Comacupes) ve V2 77- pulchellus (Leptaulacides) .. at 1307. punctifrons (Comacupes, Passalus) .. 2200: py gmaeus (Aulacocyclus, Taeniocerus) .. 1200, 271: 310; quadridentatus (Passalus) .. a 305: quadrıfer (Ophrygonius) ce a. 2.2286. quaestionis (Episphenoides) = .. 833. rectidens (Aceraius) N #; 900223352885 22,1332 redtenbacteri (Semicyclus) .. er aa, WPS 352 Memoirs of the Indian Museum. [Vor VIII, Page. respectabilis (Phraortes, Trapezochilus) 248297: reticulaticollis (Aceraius) .. ai RZ OT“ Rhipsaspis a 5e af so AKO ribbei (Leptaulax) = .. 303, 306. roepstorfi (Leptaulax) oh 56 AGO, BOO, 30> roepstorfi (Leptaulax) + FA 7 1206: rosenbergii (Aulacocyclus) .. Le 2/71 SEY, rotundatoclypeatus (Aulacocyclus) .. Bile A: rotundifrons (Macrolinus, Tiberius) 5 21100205 BAZ. rugulosus (Leplaulacides) .. sp ox SOS saigonicus (Leptaulax) “ee Ex: 2203: schellongi (Gonatas) Ha ie 300! schenklingi (Analaches) AR ar .. 200: schmidtii (Paxilloides) se ie So 17e schraderi (Pelopides) = a 8 SION, Semicyclus de le, separandus (Leptaulax) 0% ER 233078: sequens (Leptaulax) Er BR 308. sikkimensis (Basilianus, Macrolinus, Tiberius) so | BIB, 2010223. simplex (Gnaphalocnemis) .. a 28 BAS, QOS, BAL singapurae (Ophrygonius) .. oe 56 PAD, ASH, 81708320; singhalensis (Macrolinus, Tiberius) de 227295: sinkepicus (Basilianus) we 58 222808 socius (Laches) a co Pr stoliczkae (Bastlianus) Jo 2 232% stoliczkae (Comacupes) m À 200 AGS, BUS. submedius (Leptaulax) ; a5) BOR subsequens (Leptaulax) ER 5e 2203 sulcatipons (Aulacocyclus) .. vr ot A suleiperfectus (Macrolinus) .. Me .. 206, 324, 333. sumatrae (Leptaulax) at Es 2308: symmetricus (Parapelopides) + .. 246, 297, 324, 334. Taeniocerus By se Le 0 UPA, HOB, BOS EIS, 270 US, BO: Taeniocerus ce of 503 20272. Tarquiniinae 5% N. .. 329, 335. Tarquinius re as ys .. 178, 327, 328, 329, 330, 335. Tatius Ss 2 ONE, BOR, RU tavoyanus (Aceraius) is a 257202; tavoyanus (Macrolinus) a fe oo MA, BOA, tenasserimensis (Leptaulax) . Ei FO tereoides (Aulacocyclus) ee ee 272. teres (Aulacocyclus, Passalus) Ve ae 279 thoreyi (Leptaulax, Trichostigmus) is 7520748107320; Tiberioides = as a .. 189, 196, 215 etc., 280 etc., 311-3, 314, 317, 320. Tiberius 2 ae iS .. 194,195, 197, 280, 293. tibialis (Gonatas) oe I 200% timoriensis (Leptaulax, Passalus) ar .. 303, 326, 336. timoriensis (Leptaulax , Passalus) ae SO: 1014. | F. H. GRAVELY: An Account of the Oriental Passalidae. tonkinensis (I,eptaulax) Trapezochilus Trichostigmus tricornis (Aceraius) tricuspis (Tristorthus) = tridens (Eriocnemis, Gnaphalocneinis, Ocythoë, Pas- salus) tridens (Eriocnemis) tridentatus (Gonatas) Fa = trigonophorus (Kaupioloides, Kaupiolus) Tristorthus ursulus (Leptaulax, Trichostigmus) urus (Macrolinus) variolosus (Aulacocyclus) Vellejus = ae x vicinus (Passalus, Leptaulacides, Leptaulax) wallacei (Aceraius, Heterochilus) waterhousei (Macrolinus, Tiberius) weberi (Macrolinus) weberı (Macrolinus) westermanni (Comacupes) yorkensis (Gonatas) — I... N Page. 303. 202, 247 etc., 207 etc., 314, 324, 333. 203, 261 etc., 310, 318, 326. 235, 290, 322. 331. 250, 299, 325, 335. 208. 300. 202, 334. 192, 193, 268, 331. 310, 326. 294, 323- Dire 202. 259, 307, 336. 228, 286, 317, 321. 245, 295, 324. 245, 296, 324. 296. 268. 300. u 529 JOIN EUDION OU JILAUDE, DIE, 1.—Comacupes cavicornis var. borneensis (type). Head from above, x 2. Ia. Ditto Head from the side, x 2. 2.—Comacupes cavicornis var. laevicornis (reed. no. +). Head from above, KZ: 2a. Ditto Head from the side. x 2. 2b. Ditto Mentium ere 3.—Comacupes stoliczkae (type). Head from above, x 2. 34. Ditto Head from the side, x 2. 4.—Comacupes masom (type). Head from above, x 2. Aa. Ditto Head from the side, x 2 5.—Comacupes cylindraceus (regd. no. ©”). Head from above, x 2. 5a. Ditto Head from the side, x 2. 6.—Another form of the same species (from a specimen in the British Museum). Head from above, x 2. 6a. Ditto Head from the side, x 2. 7.—Taentocerus bicanthatus (regd. no. ©). Head from above, x 2. 7a. Ditto Head from the side, x 2. 7b. Ditto Mentum ete, 207 8.—Taemocerus pygmaeus (regd. no. %). Head from above, x 2. 8a. Ditto Head from the side, x 2. 9.—Taeniocerus bicuspis (regd. no. ®°). Head from above, x 2. 9a. Ditto Head from the side, x 2 10.—Aulacocyclus andrewesi (from the type in Mr. Andrewes collection). Head from above, x 2. Ioa. Ditto Head from the side, x 2. II.—Ceracupes austen (type). Head from above, x 2. Ila. Ditto. Head tromitherside 4 12.—Ceracupes fronticornis (regd. no. %*). Head from above, x 2. 13.—Pleurarius brachyphyllus (regd. no. %®). Head from above, x 2. 13a. Ditto Mentum, ete, x24. 14.—Tiberioides kuwerti (regd. no. ). Head from above, x 2. 15.—Tiberioides austent (type). Head from above, x 2. 154. Ditto Mentum etc 16.—Episphenus moore: (regd. no. #). Head from above, x 2. 164. Ditto MentimMercrn or 17.—Episphenus pearsom ! (type). Head from above, x 2. 18.—Episphenus comptoni (regd. no. ®”). Head from above, x 2. 18a. Ditto Mentum, etc., 19.—Episphenus comptom var. flachi cee no. “® and %). Frontal area, etc., x 3, showing the variability of the shape of this area. Iga. Abnormal mentum of another specimen (regd. no. °*’) x 4. 20.—E pisphenus indicus large specimen (regd. no. “*), Head from above, x 2 204. Ditto MentimelLc 48 20b. Same species, small specimen (from a specimen in the Bombay Natural History Society’s collection). Head from above, x 2. 21.—Episphenus neelgherriensis (regd. no. “#). Head from above, x 2. PCB Ditto Mentum, etc., X 4. 22.—Ophrygonius cantorı (regd. no. *""). Head from above, x 2. 224. Ditto Mentum, etc., X 4. 3 a cantori var. dunsiriensis (me, MERE, Xi 4 E moorei, see as p- 281. 1914. Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol. 111, +8+S Plate XI Bemrose, Collo. Derby. D. Bagchi, del. ORIENTAL PASSALIDAE. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 1G. 24.—Ophrygonius inaequalis (regd. no. %*). Head from above, x 2. 244. Ditto Mentum, etc., x 4. 25.—Aceraius borneanus (regd. no. #7). Head from above, x 2. 254. Ditto Left mandible from the side, x 4. 250. Ditto Menttm etre re 26.—Aceraius wallace: (regd. no. **). Head from above, x 2. 26a. Ditto Left mandible from the side, x 4. 260. Ditto Mentum, etc., X 4. 27.—Aceraius laevicollis (regd. no. **). Head from above, x 2. 274. Ditto Left mandible from the side, X 4. 28.—Aceraius grandis subsp. hirsutus, a specimen at moderate size (regd. no. =). Head from above, x 2. 28a. A large specimen of the same species and subspecies (regd. no. %). Head from above, X 2. 28b. Left mandible of a similar specimen to the last from above, x 4. 29.—Leit mandible of another specimen of the same sub-species (regd. no. Y*) from above, X 4. 30.—Aceraius grandis var. rechdens (from a specimen in the Sarawak Museum collection). Head from above, X 2. 31.—Aceraius kuwerti (from a specimen in Mr. Andrewes’ collection). Head from above, X 2. 32.—Aceraius illegalis (regd. no. ””). Head from above, x 2. 324. Ditto Mentum, etc., X 4. 33.—Aceraius möschleri (regd. no. = Head from above, x 2. 34.—Aceraius alutaceosternus (regd. no. =). Head from above, x 2. 34a. Ditto Mentum etes aA: 35.—Aceraius pilifer (from a specimen in Mr. Andrewes’ tion), Head from above, X 2. 36.—Aceraius Fe (type). Head from above, x 2. 36a. Ditto Anterior part of head from the right side, x 4. 37.—Aceraius assamensis (regd. no. ”"). Head from above. 37a Ditto Anterior part of head from the right side, x 4. 38.—Acerarus tavoyanus * (regd. no. 2). Head from above, x 2. 38a. Ditto Anterior part of head from the right side, x 4. 39.—Aceraius helferi (regd. no. *). Head from above, x 2 39a. Ditto Anterior part of head from the right side, x 4. 1 A. helferi, see above, p. 292. 1914. Mem. Ind. Mus, Vol. 11], 94% Plate XIL D. Bagchi, del. Bemrose, Collo, Derby. ORIENTAL PASSALIDAE. EXPLANATION Ole iy Adi sxe . 40.—Macrolinus nicobaricus (type). Head from above, x2. 40a. Ditto Anterior part of head from the side, x 4. 41.—Macrolinus andamanensis (regd. no. “*). Head from above, x2. Ald. Ditto Anterior part of head from the side, x 4. 42.—Macrolinus sikkimensis (type). Head from above, x2. 424. Ditto. Men timer Cone 43.—Macrolinus rotundifrons (regd. no. ©). Head from above, x 2. 44.—Macrolinus waterhouser (regd. no. 7). Head from above, x2. 45.—Macrolinus latipenmis (regd. no, *%"). Head from above, x2. 46.—Another specimen of the same species (regd. no.*"). Head from above, x2. 47.—Gonatas germari (regd. no. ®®). Head from above, x2. 47a. Ditto Mentum, etc., X 4. 48—Trapezochilus dorsalis (regd. no. *). Head from above, x2. 49.—Gnaphalocnemis burmeisteri (regd. no. ®). Head from above, x2. Aga. Gnaphalocnemis monticulosus (regd. no. **). Head from above, x 2. 50.—Gnaphalocnemis tridens (from a specimen in Mr. Andrewes’ collection). Head from above, X2. 504. Ditto . Mentum, etc., x 4. 51.—Leptaulax humerosus (regd. no. **). Head from above, x2. 52.—Leptaulax dentatus, large specimen (regd. no. ™”). Head from above, X 2: 524. Ditto Mentumetc, x 4: 52). Frontal areas of some specimens of the same species (regd. nos. %, ©, %), all taken from one colony, x 2. 52c. Frontal areas of specimens of the same species (regd. nos. %, =*, 7) from other colonies, x 2. 52d. Small specimen of the same species {regd. no. ®). Head from A XOVE, X2 —Leptaulax cyclotaenius, s. str. (regd. no. *'). Head from above, x 2. 53 53- A.— Leptaulax macassariensis subsp. anibarbis (regd. no. %). Head from 5 above, x 2. L 35.—Leptaulax anipunctus (regd. no. 4”). Head from above, x 2. 56.—Leptaulax bicolor, s. str., large specimen (regd. no. =”). Head from above, x 2. 56a. The same species (var. vicinus), small specimen (regd. no. #7). Head from above, x 2. 57.--Leptaulax roepstorfi (regd. no. =). Head from above, x 2. 58.—Leptaulax planus (regd. no. ©). Head from above, x 2. 1914. Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol. 111, +8 Plate XII. Rs D. Bagchm, del. N A > Bemrose, Collo, Derby. r ORIENTAL PASSALIDAE. x Vol. VIII, 1912. 6 Zoological Resulis of the Abor Expedition, 1911-12. Part I.—Introduction. Batrachia. Reptilia. Lepidoptera. Porifera. Scolopendridae. Hymenoptera. Anthophila. Part II-—-Mammals. Coleoptera, I-III. Arachnida, I. Dermaptera. Diptera. Past ITI.—Coleoptera, IV-VI. Thysanoptera. Arachnida, II. Mollusca, I. ee Ue eel Hymenoptera, IL, III. Fish. Birds. Crustacea Decapoda. Orthoptera, I. Freshwater Planaria. Part 1V.—Hymenoptera, IV. Orthoptera, II. Odonata. Neuropteroid Insects. Reptilia (Supplement). Mollusca, II. Oligochaeta. Part V.—Coleoptera, VII. Orthoptera, III. Termitidae. Lepidoptera, II. Hymenoptera, V. Crustacea Amphipoda. Vol. IX, 1918. Part I.—Notes on the collection of Coccidae in the Indian Museum, II. New Indian Empidae. Part II.—A new variety of freshwater crab from Travancore. On some Thysanura in the Indian Museum. The Tortoises of Chota Nagpur. Notes from the Bengal Fisheries Laboratory, Indian Museum, No. I. Cryptostomes from the Indian Museum. Part III.—Nouvelle étude sur les Chironomides de l’Indian Museum de Calcutta. Description de quelques nouvelles Cecidomyies des Indes. Description d’un nouveau Mymaride des Indes Orientales. The Anthribidae in the Indian Museum. Description of a new Sand-boa from the Persian Gulf. Part IV.—A note on certain Ophiuroids in the Indian Museum. The Indian Barnacles of the subgenus Scalbellum. Notes on Freshwater Sponges, XV. Preliminary Note on a new genus of Onychophora from the N.-E. Frontier of India. Miscellanea :—Some Salps taken by the R.I.M.S.S. ‘‘ Investigator’? in the Bay of Bengal and Andaman Sea. Adaptation in the Habits of a Tabanid Fly. Indian Blood-sucking Midges. Further Notes on the Habits and Distribution of Limnocnida indica. Part V.—On a small collection of Birds from the Mishmi Hills, N.-E. Frontier of India. New and interesting Diptera from the Eastern Himalayas. On some Indian Cestoda, Pt. I. Some new and interesting Batrachia and Lizards from India, Ceylon and Borneo. The Indian Geckos of the genus Gymnodactylus. Butterflies of the genus Paynassius in the collection of the Indian Museum. Nemestriniden (Dipt.) aus dem Indian Museum in Calcutta. Miscellanea :—A subfossil Bat’s skull from Rodriguez I A list of the Reptiles obtained by Mr. H. Stevens in Upper Assam and the Eastern Himalayas. Notes on Plankton from the Chilka Lake. © Vol. X, 1914. Part I.—On the Pseudoscorpions of the Indian Museum. Critical Review of genera in Culicidae. Further records of Indian brackish water Mysidae with descriptions of a new genus and species. Part IT.—Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum, V. Notes on Indian Fish, I-II. Further notes on the sponges of Lake Baikal. Fauna Symbiotica Indica, V. Part III.—On a new species of Blepharocerid fly from Kashmir, with a description of some larvae from the same locality. - Studies in Indian Helminthology, No. I Studies in Indian Heiininthology, No. If. On some new terrestrial Isopods from the Andaman Islands and Southern India. Miscellanea -——Note on the genus Anactinia. Metamorphosis of ‘Zoanthella Change of name in an Indian genus of Echinoids. Note on some Amphipods collected on the Pamirs at an altitude of 15,000ft. Xenops /lla nesiotes : a correction. Z © No. - No. MEMOIRS of the INDIAN MUSEUM Vol. I. + I.—An account of the Rats of Calcutta. . By W. C. Hossack Rs.5-8 DE > . 2.—An account of the Internal Anatomy of Bathynomus giganteus. By R. E. ienwove: -Rs°°2: . 3, À and B.—The Oligochæta of India, Nepal, Ceylon, Burma and the Andaman Islands, with an account of the anatomy of certain aquatic forms. By W. MICHAELSEN and J. STEPHENSON. Rs. 4-8. . 4.—Investigator sicarıus, a Gephyrean Worm hitherto undescribed, the type of a new order. By F. H. STEWART. Rs. 2. Vol. Il. . 1.— Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer ‘Golden Crown.” Part I.—Batoidei. By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. . 2.—An account of the Indian Cirripedia Pedunculata. Part I.—Family Lepa- didæ (sensu stricto). By N. ANNANDALE. Rs. 2. 3.—A description of the deep-sea fish caught by the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘‘ Investiga- tor’ since the year 1900, with supposed evidence of mutation in Malthopsis, and Illustrations of the Zoology of the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘‘ Investigator,” Fishes, Plates XLIV—L, 1909. By R. E. LLOYD. Rs. 4-8. 4.—Etude sur les Chironomides des Indes Orientales, avec description de quelques nouvelles espèces d'Egypte. Par J.J. KIEFFER. Rs. 2. . Vol. I. . I.—Report on the Fishes taken by the Bengal Fisheries Steamer ‘‘ Golden Crown.’’ Part II.—Additional notes on the Batoidei. By N. ANNANDALE. Part III.—Plectognathi and Pediculati. By N. ANNANDALE and J. T. JENKINS. Part IV.--Pleuronectidae. By J. T. JENKINS. Rs..3. . 2.—Studies in post-larval development and minute anatomy in the genera Scal- pellum and Ibla. By F. H. STEWART. Rs. 4. . 3.—Indian Trypaneids (Fruit-Flies) in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.» By .M. BEzz1. 2 Rs 0: . 4.—An account of the Oriental Passalidae (Coleoptera) based chiefly on the collection in the Indian Museum. By F. H. GRAVELY. Rs. 5. Pa i Vol. IV. . I.—An Account of the Crustacea Stomatopoda of the Indo-Pacific Region based on the collection in the Indian Museum. By STANLEY Kemp. Rs. 15. LORS PA AE A A Did à RIES RENNES Yun AA de AR AA vaut he Ain ye ur» ” ak Ue NES tata fatality athe ly ate tata alli eh 4 RE NT OEE ILS AC EC EC ACT A HN yee POA nn RIL mn QE SERRE AN, Lah ne har a Ada N AE TE BEL RE CE GE EE WhO N eM OCT ONE ECC OC AE REINE RE ES EOS EN OO we mA an) COTON nals fh A RR RN TATEN REARS PA NE VO NC CI A DEIN TEEN DEREN CORNE DUR ONE PRY AE Haas tet Lone, PY VRE CE IE EN Baha eet NOT ATOS EN hf ye LAN 0 Fully ORNE DDC AN A A ARE DER LH SF NST YW YC RON UN Amy EL) beeen pote By Heh et TER Mp nabs EHE PIE A eh er np à à M 2 ; J vena Pat 4 ARR TERRES nm En BR MB on dt LU QUE nent he ir er REN * nenne a 1) 4 tink mA LP LAMAN DP Re GE M ba hin 6 Am ee Eben ie ; “irn ri CITE oe gala À : VOA A DU TEN HE APY BER AE MEL NC SE NE TEEN END A Ar 4 5 : fi } > i IM una # Lave CR NE Ree MA an li Ef Bom PER he L . # ti H 4 len NIEREN, vr) nr SRE EN RER RR ry z a Ann mic LEA KI » set ye Ne Hy Heed EEE TEE) } vtr 1 AND UE if be à YU ED nee Re et ceetuonant NR CITY Lame 8 it ae UE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES à Qu Y eM hebben en ee 4 A Min eg À iT à ‘ en SA sa NAT Can pan à CRD ew nr li nent 4 ei are 2 00 ROUES ES NN m AIRE Le QUE A ep Hart e Ne LE A . i rei en Le à na A AL Hh Oe her LE NE ARTE LOCAL ER 3 Pre Mew eh ken ya eo. 4 Ks ‘a {N ae a aaa Ry i a DRE di . A NCA DATE + ie 3 ar ‘4 ER Let LMI Un Date ech wine LR EAN ACT CURE aes RARES N i VU Piri Vande ag ERREGT LIEU SEE ds ps t DANS UE fe ein ern nn CALE Feit REN ER, RL late: v none er) : DE MOQUE WORTEN 5 + : es REN vey 4 3 De ME m fe He De A LL a war . i A HER à A wa ae Eu ee 3908801261 7684 SEE Fi re Ar EU wth re See à re N Rss RE —_ Hei Be dater A Ya REISEN AU : sh re Ka Et HONTE er a ne ee ae REDEN en Anse Pei Las eS i tg hep on Hote DIE SEIEN CO eme 44 RO Merri ey EL US ara ea 3 VAR U Andy Y on . Ph N ea nn VE ARD MEN, . Serna Be = KO none tere vif & f Pan 4 M0 DIG Grek ree kf + # ive MAMA De aan ne cr ia PAL En AH (ASSET 4 bits RCE KE ER ate ae as N oie aire 8c ON Pe ON RE Poa oA“ lan ssa cia ie Ree ee Pat yh 5 en AT A APT (AL) CMA BRL NUR IE ELA A aH 1! mage peas RAD te iat K 0 DORE TEE UE IE LUE A Tew } 7 nee Fans muet BY MRS nen Be RE RAAB IBAN RAIN ATHLETEN MAN Om END Ar Rare Me CEE NE CS x Ft ae Nat Be elt PEST AL ie Wr a eC VME TS MC PA re ROTE SEI DIR SR CR SEHE VO ai QE A OMS RE RER Ne A Loir ï ae na ENT te Ma 4 TEN NE EE NE EEE AE AE EE EE AE CE ARE SE A A RECRUE eles ET EME ME OÙ A 1 New dl hi Abe MU AO RU ame ine a SEM ONU SOUL eh ec ET? Anke bh antes Le Kara nel Ann n'ai Ai ge WR BES a AR NES LIANT RN Wem a AT A AL a ERTL EN RATEN ù EIERN een an, Aare tint RT th BEER BAT REN QE citer ET COS PR ESA DL innen I Lee whee 13 RE ren ee ne wo Way ee wir oi Miu yey RW teke BE a BERNER AN ADELS EMM ORES ET NR LI EN AUT N ACC TE Ben eon CRA ee MR OCA Nie Ma RO RA NS Give AQU BL AE à RH AG TE ETE tm Ip A Sh BEN HERR ERTL nn ae a u LCR EE A € 4 Mie BRUN A Ee EO eR RAUL Hobe Leh THEN CRE REN EHER E RR ICH, ey cry ae Nora ER ra) Cite tad 14, aa À dy th tun dir Vig PORTE tr eine ICE HEN SCH N N Wiebe rele hhh ee eye { eet Dah RER UNE SP ARABIEN BG PA ACA RRA emt a NEE KERLE SS LTE DNT REN) in ane . AA AURA ty, IRC OLA Sn ft À AGENT Eye PER EEE EEE OT ETES WE ER NA nk DCI A EUER 2 Aha ad wel D ance IE NE % me te EEE any Er rl Lae AURA HAL ACSA TRES SCT GC EE AE LR Ce Ra RS EN RE ET CURE y: DEEE NE CRT TENTE DU te ANNE ae a Ni mas 4 Hal " KL Ye \ ‘ Py leap ea ceri ee HE Ay D Eh Be im Mr A Au etre) ey ÿ NERO AE warden mie Men oe WRATH hir inl SAC SEA ARC TES EE Ram se TM x EN EEE TI ABER RR REN Gute Taree ER Mn Braye e he nn Ry ee, REN Br ES qe y M ENV Seam due ROUES Arabie NS N NO ORAN AN Ce CIE , CON IN EEE EUER x REN VO a EER EE OH tee BAA LEE EUR LCA BEER Ass bm EC IK fi Ty es Att Pty fed oir nl LA oh vo dal Hard (Gea MN RER a STOEL Mie UE nae ane RAA RU Re PN uke wha Bent te tb N ds" pr CS POI en LU NN ER AUS RR NG he Li CIRE ACTES OMA MMA IR EAST EEE ON id BISHER ELBE N Mee A tals RENEE AM BIER N NEA M A LA " \ eh LR DE UE it "+ “TEA LPS 18% RUE HALA GH But ea M € TROUS Cab Blane ‘y Kan uns wre » Ft PA 4 un EE ‘ar ER eR Sh EYE) CHR CRC TEEN 1 get wm den ° Sri KERNE T EIN Wathen DASA Rh OA ey UK othe De EATS ADIEU GEN ANA tie pipes Le DENT EVENT aed BOM Rel NES * BER he A UE MERE Cum A RU EE en AA a hy us Wil a A TEA Ar a Be a Aa MEAT ETS HIER Te bee hs NEON OT NAN RL DENT aM HLR TIERE DER RUE WS ce va FO RICA LI PORN SONO MON ENT ean yr UTE Pe ere tie ARC ATH eh hoe 4 LR EEE Et WR) ew be) 16 Cor we acre} Sue RER CU NP EHEN ENTE) Kuh Weihe ehe ch DIR Bin Wh LAHM Eh + " (eet ah Aik Mike AN Nie Cine POOREST ras ern RCE ILS ne x 1 sant NER ae ew gM DADE MET AN Benet Man h + i . ù ? yl abet aA EU = Me Er ney Pte PATENTS ie re emcee SC DE DT EURE LEEREN CC ES fee hae 1 4 ' 4 € ” qe ler) nt NUN! A * by vie yar A Wit MOTS eww ed a: COOP gy ch SEE Ce MI TES N A 4 h 2 da nat Fi Lena ar Ce te oe (yeep in wit he a hie hy vn N i canoe CH 4 ined 2 ee hae) CAT CCC RE Lone} CARE TEEN CCC ir UN wir Arien ad SARL ne A La AV a BE AN AUS 34 NaH A k CANIN Mi mn ee Eher ER ER EH hi Ki ai RATE DEAN dan br ste + Pt) N 5 BEL ERREUR ER ON Ki " Aig te AP NU KONNEN HA RACINE RUE Nr i RE ar ee A CENT ET NN Any eut Ananda, rt 4 AE Hs abo oe BV AN aati eT EY WE vie OT) CAO ON vie eee ny Witte MERE HOS HA » en ae Pe ee bonis EUER REN a A we + Pee DEREK ewe WAC A ENTER MORE ER ert id ae pein PE Peevey 4 oul ® ENTER NER EN p le rare ti) RON te ant EL À BT 4e FRAME : ea aera) ‘Wiikey Vira pwr yh aie hey 4 CAT rr FS ERA aR aT aie Wee tt he MORE CE NE IE ES Et Lan LR a a \ fin date NAT ; y Von d'en ed PRU boty D 4 SR Tey dr rs yeh 5) RETENUE HR Mimi KUHN EIER ai Hee te nie ’ * vu: ie à A dx duel A oe BRN a heap b Gre m'i4 i SLA RON AR AE AA Ga RMS RTS MMA Dire NOTE Gat on 4 pas nt ee desig ay FREE Matt IR KANN Nik EAN Ley | fea f Bs rt ET que te ue à à x RL de i aes Ed een ra EN wenn i AA 5 He Maure BL A f Harte F re x 4 ik + A u we her’ rd dete 4 LA ; N + a AT MR AE LOT: ARE + EE) pe bi ple y AE CDR Br MERLIEEIRERFI TIER BL A A A HR week A x at ae 2 He 278 dd AUTRE È 1 whine RAM x SATA MÉRITE S i Pa i a berne BER AE EL alg, CARE ¥ : { " 3 # UE & ae + + Dr RN Dr te ¥ N N 1 Den Re } \ ; L 4 Ay ey N si : h + + 4 u ee à ” I fe Paap se 0 CHA, # A (RUE ANR è * , £ b» » ... 7. k £ k $ 4 { , » L he Gest + fr 4 RU oe ie 3 ar k A "| : LTUNE a f à ht v M Gort + a Æ # . i t jy iy ir h 0 re ok v et Be 12 * % A \ m + e titre DOTE TOITS $ ET ESF ARME TE os 4 BD a CAEN CA gt ER. . BEE EEE TIER D NL EAU PR QD it NANTERRE EN 4 i 4 ; % KR TR HERE EUR BIE REIN Warns x ’ + wu. Mg Re MT IC i 1 Buchs +t aly a A ji Le HN Da AS Er os 4 ACER RER ‘ \ » ry L i ‘ + £ j Pin be x WER » “ . \ + \ 4 ” He re E f { ve ver AE er Re iE a eee atts > ‘ th f { i fe sigs BEI ST ten aT ite teat r . ann Be he ae asa ner pen . toe = we. ey Web due ee WIG My ASE R OS pis tu les ‘ À : b N vum FeO EEE à LEINT hegre fee 4 ‘ ‘ 2 re nn nde te vas | an; 9 br vr ‘ hy À eu De 528 ride eee tt Ld ou Uk da en PLAN ER; AE à \ tal vi PC sy ened oe + fa RE oe HAL 11 29 we Seat) TEILEN, rer arid Wikia Wa v HE UE i ey fay eae yy EE) Fe Mr oy UN bei ENT har een Tyee OR yeas 4 SCH ED “rt u L EINEN AL DB AU 26 8 hm bse I Al 4 a Cr Ws ‘ Tait Sey Shoe Hy NU SE MR OR PE edb ch IT ER UTC ITU OP HOT + ; à whe \ pg oe ae A Sa LL A jy A Dr Bree NE Set Ri ten fata PAS A at : ree ERDE ee Ue A en à 2 hrsg RENE À are at hi i ' À af ay ye JE heu: : 0 h A À va " N , LRU valu MA Testa Me dt ï Fass ek eet ¢ 3% is Pay Sue sepa a ene RATS EL EN Ar ER RN Cy bh bos ) PC CAES D Pr LE PO PE Je En (D er AG oki A he ELU CENT Mean ve aye Pe ii DI HE AE AT ‘ f \ LAC A TE en PA Alte de FSR ED ball bom YH io D i ah) Waa ee DIENT ESTER RUE N Ku vs k ' ‘2 En Petra ire POELE A AR A A ME NR A4 4 v * eal + ye A tee ton Rt er ya N nr é ai hir . A 4 x eS Ardy Hl tae Ley | AUCUN a ana neh fn is orc EP Sy in 5 Wy ae arf VR ALG Bock nr ‘ ve . * SEI PL nao Nise oh UE AUINE on i f RAN TEN à i mer PONT CR ae te . D eta mn ern x i DU EUR Ut Krug LRU ty ah RU ‘ ELITE PL ee LEN MI SY he DUT one Led fe Kick ci "pe wi , h i "51 PP Ay ap Se ow nw tan vay bof Sl A Sips D Se AiG tie Penn Aline RER ARE iy { ° ai ar “uv PA ce 98 un Ce Fo oh A Br i RAF AY f LEE A REN) BA EEE 4 4 à Kanne At Nasa bss ik Fa ù 0 OCR See are EN RE TETE É A v A ead i ai" aye wht ‘ é ‘ : WE LLC “ afin | ee vs A ie de Lib ” hh tek " » MANIP ACCES Lane Deine AO Grey OR MES shoo hi er CON PC . nk Ba ha ba ER LA PP DR Bere keh LEON CPS SC ‘ i oi + CA A Ce PU LU D 4 Mar VOLE RE ACC RON + vi ben TRIER te. tho ewe nf te Serine Theat rary Wi pele ie atin vr : + Cartes + Û ue À Kar m raue NO 5a Tara Me yf ne YM i 4 é % te A 5 1% ï ENTER, be eae bom ee HOY ae er C ; hah wt 4 Le ' to 0 ON PNA bas NEE TE PRESENT LE Ki ‘ 44 4 DRE ou WE WHE EC KR LTE ATLAS GEST CRUE ER i area \ i Ch ak i . Diet Ate UGC Mes AE ett a CO A Ne Don Ps ara See ae CNE AAA 1 MI en LA Hr a Reb BER Gt NS 4 > DAT ‘ i wi \ tl Pry eo irs CNP D MDN IRA NA Wh se ih eee HN MA Mm Lb ey Er EXC ee nie Vo . ER atmen Sera) CAE UE HR Lune et AN nee de ee Le HO EEE EU we km ae NN MAUR CES Ae nw Be 4 ares bar | DA UE 4 nth ran heh “bay Ep eg! WP bys du m The JA NOR ALA oe Male eee ae Bi bed bebe Se Or a Nie ik ten a hin ea Re ERSTE FE Wek CRE I WE itt} nt de ym spate Dey me Seay Wee ib ak go ett winner Eth Oia thr diene tray ‘ a An Au DENE RATER BR DL MTS eee Kia, aan a ee om Both Soe eel ay one bsg eho 08 Reg Oh diate à RUES rb EN RSA Be atch Paie RS ne PA RE rh COM EEE nr LUE KERNE, Dee wns RAR N DIEBE NEN eet tower sot ten te teen re in * (+ Le et We nein Ko Hinten DREHEN vise ne ET Ren KR wenn À a D Gar ml sur hie D ET Br ne den Beh Rn wie ae ie di Cire mn DAG ule ine 4 Fe Le RACE LE LES Are PRES À muse Korn DL art Eee ee FERN ru an np For PUA nie Feo 6 TBER ER NET Kuh Bene ee EU CN DRAC ae Pa 2e nn ne A rien de a an tbe a jeu De eae ne rem Fe es wie ay ahem Remeber mae ane A Fen ae Yay ALTE PUMA AE a vee De CE OUI CERTES See CRE CEE Krach mn u renee lt ON pu EEE ee u eo Ti m cn Shen N Gt he ah BT on PS A EINS Kür em me pe tm mi cy RA BR t Ran eme nern Nie WER Behr ELTERN N CE CRTC N LIE KL Te ne i wie ae tie bs RE D af TI ae TERMS i u et Tal anne ad He ee Ce M TA Ant iN D bide. AAs Ti) BOR 2 he DA Web SKB WAS ob by pete ed 18 . + id nn rn Ot ee ces han ee ih EST KRISE EN EL ES a CODEC ER e u L LAS CE re) AE QUAD BAC A N CRIE ANNEES EEE ET ew bed Mey eh . - NET ee ee ee en ihn As Pe Re Arh eee rn Me hid Ate RENNES ETS Se hee eset OP IY ama lisa weary bet DR sre ban dr 4 Paste Ara ney ET desig ease Le va he CE EW oy ie Te and eh EEE LH IR Shee eT woe NOIR Miu Av L Keane KR hee SN haan NN ne een mm eee EEE RR N) rm beth! a EDEN Hoye in NE ram meth em ut Duo ere ET eee tha VA UE gh CR 8 Ch Sah a Mech RE Bar D eee Ta ey sae Baer EIERN EN ee RR EEE RUN Du den DS EE PE TEEN AT QE ES IE EN Hh Bly QE i ET bris CIO even ies nei A toy a AR EN A EN EE OA ES EE KERNE ER Load on Eee ER D Au eur m hir Te Lacke are PERLE OFEN EHE TS ash En 29 mn te Er OREO pant D FA He oy tw HAE RN Dare Ret eens bee ne mig ib etched LA AR A ARE ad AA Dat Sadat Peis Gh ee Wier mete pee teat Hu Cn tte WA EL aN HR UR an ea Hehe ES Wot tine Lien ete hark RETIENS CONTES DOCS PRE DE KR: Late once he a HU D De fr acte A'S où br IC Miso ele Shia WALA TER A ma gee en ae Br ir en ner u im RN HSE NCA UN RN te ma hg Sack Ed ee mey Pee ee eR 1 ew ” EUER bergen che te caer A a ON DA O4 D aa ge en ON D am DEN kein di vun at A OEIL ‘ DT DEE ACTA DEE “ CCR TUE RENNER LEERE ett Ge D A D don a can rin arm nn all on LEE ha kn dan dee eB tlre ens A D 0 6 2 ep Pet eit rm d CONTE ee ate at oi LR BE Ghee hw wu À Re ne nn oo A nen 3 EAN D YS ve m md m AE TAWA Ab DA gp choc te Re be gee vx N N A ER Lea 4 k NIE ELEMENT HE CHOC one D Ara kee ob ne tie he 6 D 8 eg i cms a v Er) COMENT DIENEN ur à 4 LETTRES ais PAW IL Se Nabe ei ak gt Phe by dhe sb CMON BU anne à ehh Ooh he Oh Gt bh phe be hk A de we ee CR Wh ON ete RAEN HO m Ani aa i a tL ae Le, PEAT ORR Hoh hk Sis Fh I ani EPA EEE EE RAA dun Eh CRDI pe ae NE] VB AU TAC CONTE OE a NT ONE DRE ECC Booey te CAC en DT UELI UHR Oe RAD RL r